Dell OptiPlex 330 Manuels -> Accéder au site Dell -> Accéder aux CODES PROMO et Bons de réduction Dell -> Voir d'autres manuels Dell Revenir à l'accueil

 

 

 

OptiPlex 330
 
 
 
 
 
Quick Reference    
 
 More Languages
 
 
 
User's Guide    
 
 More Languages
-> Commander sur Dell.com, Cliquez ici

 

Autres manuels :

Dell

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D630-M..> 10-May-2013 11:17  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-690-M..> 10-May-2013 11:16  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6400-..> 10-May-2013 11:16  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M40-M..> 10-May-2013 11:15  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-360-M..> 10-May-2013 11:15  4.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R320-..> 10-May-2013 11:14  4.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-450-M..> 10-May-2013 11:13  4.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Intel-Active-Ma..> 10-May-2013 11:13  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-755-Ma..> 10-May-2013 11:12  5.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-NX30..> 10-May-2013 11:12  5.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4500..> 10-May-2013 11:10  6.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-SX280-..> 10-May-2013 11:10  6.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6400-..> 10-May-2013 10:30  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T100-..> 10-May-2013 10:22  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-270s-Man..> 10-May-2013 10:21  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-T7600..> 10-May-2013 10:21  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4400..> 10-May-2013 10:20  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4700..> 10-May-2013 10:20  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4600..> 10-May-2013 10:19  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-390-M..> 10-May-2013 10:19  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-610-M..> 10-May-2013 10:18  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 10-May-2013 10:18  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M20-M..> 10-May-2013 10:17  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 10-May-2013 10:17  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-370-M..> 10-May-2013 10:16  3.2M 

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T100-..> 10-May-2013 10:22  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-270s-Man..> 10-May-2013 10:21  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-T7600..> 10-May-2013 10:21  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4400..> 10-May-2013 10:20  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4700..> 10-May-2013 10:20  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4600..> 10-May-2013 10:19  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-390-M..> 10-May-2013 10:19  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-610-M..> 10-May-2013 10:18  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 10-May-2013 10:18  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M20-M..> 10-May-2013 10:17  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 10-May-2013 10:17  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-370-M..> 10-May-2013 10:16  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6400-..> 10-May-2013 10:16  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-M1210-Owner..> 08-May-2013 10:57  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Windows-8-Manue..> 08-May-2013 10:54  5.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R815-..> 08-May-2013 10:52  4.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1521-M..> 08-May-2013 10:51  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R900-..> 08-May-2013 10:50  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-270-Manu..> 08-May-2013 10:50  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-630-Manuels..> 08-May-2013 10:49  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-M1730-Manue..> 08-May-2013 10:49  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-200-Manu..> 08-May-2013 10:48  4.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-410-Manu..> 08-May-2013 10:48  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1700-Man..> 08-May-2013 10:47  4.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-m301z-..> 08-May-2013 10:47  4.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-Slim-Man..> 08-May-2013 10:45  5.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R620-..> 08-May-2013 08:46  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R200-..> 08-May-2013 08:46  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-640M-M..> 08-May-2013 08:46  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-600m-M..> 08-May-2013 08:45  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-Desktop-..> 08-May-2013 08:44  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1000-Man..> 08-May-2013 08:44  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-15-Int..> 08-May-2013 08:44  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 08-May-2013 08:43  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-DR4000-Manuels.htm 08-May-2013 08:43  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-M15x-..> 08-May-2013 08:42  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-XT2-Ma..> 08-May-2013 08:42  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E5520-..> 08-May-2013 08:41  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-745-Ma..> 08-May-2013 08:40  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1525-M..> 08-May-2013 08:40  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 08-May-2013 08:39  4.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 08-May-2013 08:39  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-510m-M..> 08-May-2013 08:38  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-Duo-Ma..> 08-May-2013 08:38  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1550-Man..> 08-May-2013 08:37  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-T5600..> 08-May-2013 08:37  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-8300-..> 07-May-2013 22:03  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-Cpi-Ma..> 07-May-2013 22:01  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 07-May-2013 22:01  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D620-M..> 07-May-2013 22:00  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-1950-..> 07-May-2013 22:00  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-T5600..> 07-May-2013 21:30  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R720x..> 07-May-2013 21:26  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-500m-M..> 07-May-2013 21:26  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R815-..> 07-May-2013 21:25  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-M15x-..> 07-May-2013 21:25  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3450-Man..> 07-May-2013 21:24  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R610-..> 07-May-2013 21:24  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3750-Man..> 07-May-2013 21:23  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-1555-15-..> 07-May-2013 21:23  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 07-May-2013 21:22  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6420-..> 07-May-2013 21:22  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1520-M..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Aztech-MDP3900-..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-M905-..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-400SC..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4500..> 07-May-2013 21:20  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vizioncore-Manu..> 07-May-2013 21:20  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1520-2..> 07-May-2013 21:19  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-Utilisate..> 07-May-2013 21:19  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R510-..> 07-May-2013 21:18  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-d-Utilis..> 07-May-2013 21:18  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-300-M..> 06-May-2013 19:33  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Lifecycle-Contr..> 06-May-2013 19:32  4.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-110T..> 06-May-2013 19:31  4.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-620-Ma..> 06-May-2013 19:10  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-5100-..> 06-May-2013 19:10  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuels-et-docu..> 06-May-2013 19:09  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuels-et-docu..> 06-May-2013 19:09  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-1130-Dell-1130n..> 06-May-2013 18:42  3.1M

Dell-Controleurs-RAID-Dell-PowerEdge-PERC-H310-H710-H710P-et-H810-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Laser-MFP-Dell-3333dn-et-3335dn-Guide-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-PowerVault-DL-Backup-to-Disk-Appliance-Powered-by-Symantec-Backup-Exec-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-XPS-015-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX3300-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-DE-REFERENCE

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-Network-Attached-Storage-NAS-Guide-de-depannage

Dell-Commutateur-de-consoles-2161DS-Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-d-OSCAR-et-du-materiel

Dell-PowerEdge-T420-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-PowerEdge-C8000XD-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel

Dell-OptiPlex-755-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3200i-et-MD3220i-Guide-de-deploiement

Dell-Latitude-E5400-et-E5500-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide

Dell-Set-Up-Your-Computer

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-M1730-Manuel

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M620-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel

Dell-PowerEdge-C410x-Getting-Started-With-Your-System

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-SUSE-Linux-Enterprise-Server-10-Instructions-d-installation

Dell-Utilitaires-de-gestion-du-Dell-OpenManage-Baseboard-Management-Controller-Version%204.6-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Guide-d-installation-de-la-version-7.1

Dell-Systeme-Dell-DR4000-Guide-de-l-administrateur

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge%20Red-Hat-Enterprise-Linux-6-x86_64-x86-Instructions-d-installation-et-informations-importantes

Dell-Integrated-Dell-Remote-Access-Controller-7-iDRAC7-Version-1.20.20-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Management-Plug-In-pour-VMware-vCenter-Version-1.5-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Projecteur-7700FullHD-Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Projecteur-Dell-1420X-1430X-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Solutions-Guide-de-l-administrateur

Dell-PowerEdge-Express-SSD-PCIe-Flash-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Update-Packages-DUP-Version-7.0-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-PowerEdge-R720-et-R720xd-Guide-de-mise-en-route-Manuel

Dell-PowerEdge-R320-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R510-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Precision-M4400-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-SCSI-Dell-EqualLogic-PS-Series-a-clusters-de-basculement-Microsoft-Windows-Server-Guide-d-installation-et-de-depannage-du-materie

Dell-PowerEdge-C410x-Guide-de-mise-en-route-du-systeme

Dell-Moniteur-a-ecran-plat-Dell-U2713HM-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell-P1913-P1913S-P2213

Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-du-moniteur-Dell-E1913S-E1913-E2213

Dell-Systems-Service-and-Diagnostics-Tools-Version-7.0-Guide-d-installation-rapide

Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell-S2740L-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-DE-CONFIGURATION

Dell-Dimension-Serie-8300

Dell-PowerEdge-R820-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-PowerEdge-C8000-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel-manuel

Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Version-7.1-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-PowerEdge-M1000e-M915-M910-M820-M710HD-M710-M620-M610x-M610-M520-et-M420-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Version-7.0-Guide-d-installation

Dell-Inspiron-15R-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX3200-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-Controller-PERC-S110-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Solutions-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-Micrologiciel-Dell-Chassis-Management-Controller-Version-4-1-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-Vostro-470-Manuel-du-proprietaire

/Dell-Systeme-Dell-PowerVault-NX3500-Guide-de-l-administrateur

Dell-Latitude-E6420-XFR-Guide-technique

Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-du-moniteur-S2240M-S2340M

Dell-Systemes-Dell-DR4000-Manuel-du-proprietaire-manuel

Dell-PowerEdge-T320-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-Precision-Workstation-T3600-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-DR4000-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerEdge-R420-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-PowerEdge-C8220-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel-manuel

Dell-Vostro-470-Owner-s-Manual

Dell-Projecteur-Dell-M110-Guide-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Upgrading-to-BackupExec-2012-PowerVault-DL-Backup-to-Disk-Appliance

Dell-PowerVault-NX3300-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerConnect-5500-Series-CLI-Reference-Guide

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-Series-Guide-de-deploiement

Dell-Inspiron-One-2020-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-XPS-14-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-1900-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M620-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerEdge-R815-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerEdge-R720-and-R720xd-Owner-s-Manual

Dell-Micrologiciel-Dell-Chassis-Management-Controller-Version-4.0-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Inspiron-17R-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel

Dell-Inspiron-One-2020-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C5220-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel

Dell-Inspiron-660s-Manuel-du-proprietaire-manuel

Dell-PowerEdge-R820-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-270-Manuel-du-proprietaire-manuel

Dell-Systeme-Dell-PowerEdge-C6220-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-14R-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Guide-de-l-Utilisateur-de-l-Ecran-Large-Dell-IN1940MW

Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell-S2440L-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Alienware-X51-Owner-s-Manual

Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE-MANUAL

Dell-Emplacement-des-cavaliers-de-la-carte-systeme-des-systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R310-Mise-a-jour-des-informations

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-6950-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Alienware-M17x-R4-Owner-s-Manual

Dell-XPS-13-Owner-s-Manual

Dell-HBA-SAS-Dell-PowerEdge-6-Gb-s-et-Internal-Tape-Adapter-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R910-Mise-a-jour-des-informations

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T610-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R420-Manuel-du-proprietaire

/Dell-PowerEdge-R905-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Imprimantes-laser-Dell-2350d-et-Dell-2350dn

Dell-XPS-430-Guide-de-reference-rapide

Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-Controller-PERC-H700-et-H800-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Lifecycle-Controller-2-Version-1.00.00-User-s-Guide

Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Version-7.0-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Solutions-NAS-Dell-FluidFS-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manue

Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-V525w

Dell-XPS-13-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Adaptateurs-Brocade-Manuel-d-installation-et-de-reference

Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Solutions-NX3600-NX3610-Guide-de-deploiement

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T410-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Latitude-ST-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel

Dell-OptiPlex-360-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide

Dell-PowerEdge-R810-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel

Dell-Guide-d-installation-des-systemes-Dell-PowerVault-Modular-Disk-3000

Dell-Imprimante-laser-Dell-2230d-Guide-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C6105-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel

Dell-Imprimante-personnelle-a-jet-d-encre-Dell-J740-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-2130cn-IMPRIMANTE-LASER-COULEUR

Dell-Guide-d-utilisation-de-la-station-de-travail-Dell-Precision-T3400

Dell-1235cn-Imprimante-Multifonction-Mode-d-emploi

Dell-Vostro-1310-1510-1710-et-2510-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide

Dell-Guide-d-utilisation-APC-Smart-UPS-750VA-1000VA-1500VA-100-120-230-V-CA-2U-Montage-en-baie-Onduleur

Dell-Guide-d-utilisation-Modele-TL24iSCSIxSAS%201Gb-iSCSI-a-SAS

Dell-Imprimantes-laser-Dell-1130-et-Dell-1130n

Dell-Precision-M6400-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide

Dell-M770mm-Color-Monitor-Quick-Set-up

Dell-Carte-de-gestion-reseau-AP9617-AP9618-AP9619-Manuel-d-installation-et-de-demarrage-rapide

Dell-Projecteur-Dell-1410X-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Imprimante-couleur-Dell-1350cnw

Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-Dell-Inspiron-M5040-15-N5040-15-N5050-Manuel

Dell-Manuel-de-maintenance-Dell-Inspiron-620

Dell-3D-VISION-MANUEL-D-UTILISATION

Dell-Inspiron-600m-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R805-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R900-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-2970-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C6145-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel

Dell-Inspiron-660s-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-P513w-User-s-Guide-Francais-manuel

Dell-Inspiron-660-manuels

Dell-Serveur-de-sauvegarde-sur-disque-Dell-PowerVault-DL-optimise-par-CommVault-Simpana-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-P513w-User-s-Guide-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-manuel

Dell-Precision-Workstation-T1650-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-PORTABLE

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-de-Dell-PowerEdge-M905-M805-M600-et-M605

Dell-Inspiron-One-2330-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Dimension-1100-B110-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-270-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T320-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Station-de-travail-mobile-Dell-Precision-M4700-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-XPS-8500-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-1230c-Imprimante-laser-couleur-mode-d-emploi-Manuel

Dell-Client-Management-Manuel

Dell-Studio-XPS-Setup-Guide-Manue

Dell-Adaptateur-hote-Dell-PCIe-SCSI-Ultra320-monocanal-Guide-d-utilisation-Manuel

Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-SETUP-GUIDE-Manuel

Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-GUIDE-DE-CONFIGURATION-Manuel

Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-Inspiron-M4040-14-N4050-Manuel

Dell-Guide-de-l-administrateur-de-Dell-PowerVault-705N-Manuel

Dell-Vostro-420-220-220s-Guide-de-Configuration-et-de-Reference-Rapide-Manuel

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3660f-Series-Guide-de-deploiement-Manuel

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-Network-Attached-Storage-NAS-Guide-de-l-administrateur-Manuel

Dell-Latitude-D430-Guide-d-utilisation-Manuel

Dell-Studio-XPS-Guide-de-configuration-Manuel

Dell-PowerEdge-C410x-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Precision-Workstation-T1650-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R300-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes%20-Dell%20PowerEdge-T110-II-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-200-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Mini-Tower

Dell-Inspiron-531-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-DE-BUREAU-Francais

Dell-PowerEdge-R520-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Projecteur-Dell-1201MP-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-PowerEdge-R910-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Dimension-C521-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T605-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Mobile-Jamz

Dell-Inspiron-530-Series-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-3460-Manuels

Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWER-CENTER-1.1-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-PowerVault-MD3660f-Storage-Arrays-Manuels

Dell™ Ekran Yöneticisi Kullanıcı Kılavuzu

Dell-PowerEdge-R620-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-PowerEdge-R520-Guide-de-mise-en-route

DELL-POWERVAULT-MD1200-et-MD1220-TECHNICAL-GUIDEBOOK

Console-de-gestion-multi-onduleurs-Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-pour-l-installation-et-la-configuration

DELL-OPTIPLEX580-TECHNICAL-GUIDEBOOK-INSIDE-THE-OPTIPLEX-580

Dell-Inspiron-1720-manuels

Dell-PowerEdge-R720-et-R720xd-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-Vostro-1540-1550-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Latitude-E5430-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell™ S2240L/S2340L Monitör Kullanıcı Kılavuzu

Dell PowerEdge Sistemleri İçin Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Önemli Bilgiler Kılavuzu

Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-du-moniteur-Dell-S2240L-S2340L

Dell™ S320/S320wi Projektör Kullanım Kılavuzu

Dell-%20Vostro-270-Manuels

Dell-Vostro-3460-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Francais

Dell-Inspiron-9200-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Inspiron-2600-et-2650-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Axim-X30-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Vostro-2520-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-1721-Manuel

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T710-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Precision-Workstation-T5600-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Solutions-NAS-Dell-FluidFS-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C5220-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel

Dell-Dimension-3000-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerEdge-R210-Technical-Guide

Dell-Inspiron-Manuels

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-Vostro-1700

Dell-Clavier-sans-fil-et-souris-Dell-KM713-Manuel-de-l'utilisateur

Dell-Systeme-de-navigation-GPS-Dell-Manuel-de-l'utilisateur

Dell-Logiciel-de-gestion-de-l-onduleur-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-pour-l-installation-et-la-configuration

Dell-Demarrage-rapide-du-moniteur-couleur-M990

Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-de-la-station-de-travail-Dell-Precision-370

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-2800-Guide-d-installation-et-de-depannage

Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-du-systeme-Dell-OptiPlex-SX280

Dell-Vostro-1440-1450-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Photo-Printer-540-Guide-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Streak-7-Francais-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Venue-Pro-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Imprimante-laser-personnelle-Dell-P1500-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerEdge-C5125-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel

Dell-Latitude-D630-Manuels

Dell-Vostro-400-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Mini-Tower

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T100-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-OptiPlex-9010-7010-compact-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerVault%20NX3200-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-1200-et-2200-Manuel-de%20l-utilisateur

Dell-Vostro-1540-1550-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-8600-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerVault-Baie-de-stockage-MD1120-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Dimension-E521-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-9100-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-3360-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T300-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-XPS-One-2710-manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Inspiron-1150-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Latitude-E5530-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-660-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Acceder-au-site-Dell

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-des-Dell-Latitude-E6420-et-E6420-ATG-Francais

Dell-OptiPlex-9010-Tout-en-un-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-3560-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T110-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-server-poweredge-m710-tech-guidebook_fr

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R420-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Latitude-5420-E5420-E5420m-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Latitude-E6320-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-8200-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-Francais

Dell-server-poweredge-r610-tech-guidebook_fr

Dell-server-poweredge-t710-technical-guide-book_fr

Dell-server-poweredge-m1000e-tech-guidebook_fr

Dell-server-poweredge-m610-tech-guidebook_fr

Dell-poweredge-r210-technical-guidebook-en_fr

Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M15x-MOBILE-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Beats-By-dr.dre-Manuel-et-Garantie

Dell-Dimension-3100C-Manuel-du-proprietaire

 

Dell-Precision-Workstation-T3600-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-200-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Slim-Tower

Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-DE-BUREAU

Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWER-CENTER-1-1-Guide-d-utilisation

Dell-Vostro-360-Proprietaire-du-manuel

Dell-Dimension-3100C-Manuel-du-proprietaire

AlienwareArea-51Area-51ALX

Dell-Ordinateurs-de-Bureau-PC-Portables-Netbooks/AlienwareAurora-R3

AlienwareAurora-R4

lienwareAuroraAuroraALXAurora-R2

Chassis-RAID-Dell-PowerVault-MD3000i-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Axim-X50-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Baie-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD1000-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Boîtier-Dell-PowerEdge-M1000e-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Clavier-Axim-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Dimension-3100-E310-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Dimension-9200-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Dimension-E520-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Imprimante-laser-Dell-1100-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Imprimante-laser-de-groupe-de-travail-Dell-M5200-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Imprimante-laser-monochrome-Dell-5330dn-Mode-d-emploi

Dell-Imprimante-laser-multifonction-Dell-1600n-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-13z-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-17R-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-700m-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-1100-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Inspiron-1525-1526-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-5100-et-5150-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Inspiron-9300-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-9400-E1705-Manuel-du-proprietaire

http://www.audentia-gestion.fr/Dell-Ordinateurs-de-Bureau-PC-Portables-Netbooks/Dell-Laser-Printer-1700-1700n-Manuel-du-proprietaire.htm

Dell-Laser-Printer-1710-1710n-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Laser-Printer-3100cn-manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Latitude-ST-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Latitude-XT3-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Liste-des-manuels-et-de-la-documentation-Dell

Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M11x-MOBILE-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M15x-MOBILE

Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE-francais

Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE

Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-Dell-Inspiron-M5040-15-N5040-15-N5050

Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-du-Dell-XPS-420

Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6220

Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6520

Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6320

Dell-Manuel-de-maintenance-Dell-Inspiron-N5110

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Dell-Vostro-1500

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Dell-XPS-M1330

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-des-Dell-Latitude-E6420-et-E6420-ATG

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-Inspiron-1721

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-M1730

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-One

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3260i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3660i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement

Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-944-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-964-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer%20942-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Photo-Printer-720-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerEdge-C8220-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerEdge-R620-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Guide-de-l-administrateur

Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-Precision-Workstation-T7600-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Streak-7-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Streak-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-4150-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-8200-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-1950-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M420-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R210-II-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R410-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R710-Manuel-du-proprietaire%20-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T310-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T420-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T620-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Tout-en-un-Dell-Photo-924-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-360-Proprietaire-du-manuel

Dell-Vostro-3750-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Vostro-V131-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-XP-M1530-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-XPS-630i-Manuel-du-proprietair

Dell-moniteur-D1920-Manuel-du-proprietaire

DellDimension1100Series

Imprimante-Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-922-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Imprimante-laser-de-groupe-de-travail-Dell-S2500-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Imprimante-personnelle-Dell-AIO-A960-Manuel-du-proprietaire

alienwareX51

Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6220

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T420-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-4150-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur

Dell-Streak-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-M1730

Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-944-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-One

Dell-Clavier-Axim-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R410-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-Dell-Inspiron-M5040-15-N5040-15-N5050

Dell-Manuel-de-maintenance-Dell-Inspiron-N5110

Dell-Inspiron-1100-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Imprimante-laser-de-groupe-de-travail-Dell-M5200-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Photo-Printer-720-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Imprimante-laser-Dell-1100-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Dell-Vostro-1500

Dell-XP-M1530-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R710-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Inspiron-5100-et-5150-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6520

Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE

Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6320

Dell-Laser-Printer-3100cn-manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-d-utilisation

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-1950-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-des-Dell-Latitude-E6420-et-E6420-ATG

Dell-Imprimante-laser-monochrome-Dell-5330dn-Mode-d-emploi

Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Guide-de-l-administrateur

Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Guide-de-mise-en-route

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3260i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement

Dell-PowerEdge-C8220-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M11x-MOBILE-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M420-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3660i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement

Dell-Laser-Printer-1700-1700n-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-9400-E1705-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Tout-en-un-Dell-Photo-924-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Laser-Printer-1710-1710n-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Dimension-3100-E310-Manuel-du-proprietaire

Dell-Inspiron-1525-1526-Manuel-du-proprietaire

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R815-..> 08-May-2013 10:52  4.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1521-M..> 08-May-2013 10:51  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R900-..> 08-May-2013 10:50  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-270-Manu..> 08-May-2013 10:50  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-630-Manuels..> 08-May-2013 10:49  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-M1730-Manue..> 08-May-2013 10:49  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-200-Manu..> 08-May-2013 10:48  4.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-410-Manu..> 08-May-2013 10:48  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1700-Man..> 08-May-2013 10:47  4.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-m301z-..> 08-May-2013 10:47  4.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-Slim-Man..> 08-May-2013 10:45  5.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Windows-8-Manue..> 08-May-2013 10:45  5.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R620-..> 08-May-2013 08:46  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R200-..> 08-May-2013 08:46  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-640M-M..> 08-May-2013 08:46  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-600m-M..> 08-May-2013 08:45  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-Desktop-..> 08-May-2013 08:44  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1000-Man..> 08-May-2013 08:44  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-15-Int..> 08-May-2013 08:44  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 08-May-2013 08:43  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-DR4000-Manuels.htm 08-May-2013 08:43  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-M15x-..> 08-May-2013 08:42  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-XT2-Ma..> 08-May-2013 08:42  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E5520-..> 08-May-2013 08:41  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-745-Ma..> 08-May-2013 08:40  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1525-M..> 08-May-2013 08:40  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 08-May-2013 08:39  4.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 08-May-2013 08:39  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-510m-M..> 08-May-2013 08:38  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-Duo-Ma..> 08-May-2013 08:38  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1550-Man..> 08-May-2013 08:37  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-T5600..> 08-May-2013 08:37  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-8300-..> 07-May-2013 22:03  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-Cpi-Ma..> 07-May-2013 22:01  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 07-May-2013 22:01  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D620-M..> 07-May-2013 22:00  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-1950-..> 07-May-2013 22:00  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-T5600..> 07-May-2013 21:30  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R720x..> 07-May-2013 21:26  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-500m-M..> 07-May-2013 21:26  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R815-..> 07-May-2013 21:25  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-M15x-..> 07-May-2013 21:25  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3450-Man..> 07-May-2013 21:24  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R610-..> 07-May-2013 21:24  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3750-Man..> 07-May-2013 21:23  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-1555-15-..> 07-May-2013 21:23  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 07-May-2013 21:22  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6420-..> 07-May-2013 21:22  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1520-M..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Aztech-MDP3900-..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-M905-..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-400SC..> 07-May-2013 21:21  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4500..> 07-May-2013 21:20  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vizioncore-Manu..> 07-May-2013 21:20  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1520-2..> 07-May-2013 21:19  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-Utilisate..> 07-May-2013 21:19  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R510-..> 07-May-2013 21:18  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-d-Utilis..> 07-May-2013 21:18  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-300-M..> 06-May-2013 19:33  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Lifecycle-Contr..> 06-May-2013 19:32  4.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-110T..> 06-May-2013 19:31  4.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-620-Ma..> 06-May-2013 19:10  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-5100-..> 06-May-2013 19:10  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuels-et-docu..> 06-May-2013 19:09  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuels-et-docu..> 06-May-2013 19:09  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-1130-Dell-1130n..> 06-May-2013 18:42  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Code-Promo-Dell.htm     04-Feb-2013 09:17  1.0M  

[TXT]

 Sony-NV-U83N-Manuels..> 02-Feb-2013 09:00  5.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Sansa-Clip-MP3-..> 27-Nov-2012 09:15  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-TSi-500-TSi-400..> 27-Nov-2012 09:15  1.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3360-Man..> 27-Nov-2012 09:10  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-5100-e..> 27-Nov-2012 09:09  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 27-Nov-2012 09:09  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-1815dn-Manuel ..> 27-Nov-2012 09:09  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 27-Nov-2012 09:08  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Multifunktionsp..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1150-M..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C8220..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 27-Nov-2012 09:06  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 27-Nov-2012 09:06  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 27-Nov-2012 07:42  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 27-Nov-2012 07:40  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 27-Nov-2012 07:40  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Console-de-gest..> 27-Nov-2012 07:40  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Logiciel-de-ges..> 27-Nov-2012 07:26  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 27-Nov-2012 07:20  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-M..> 27-Nov-2012 07:18  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-9150-..> 27-Nov-2012 07:07  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Lien-Manuels-Utilisa..> 19-Nov-2012 07:12   92K  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-600-francai..> 19-Nov-2012 06:29  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-430-francai..> 19-Nov-2012 06:24  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-420-francai..> 18-Nov-2012 21:25  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-410-Anglais..> 18-Nov-2012 21:25  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-9200C..> 18-Nov-2012 21:03  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-1000-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:57  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:49  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:45  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:44  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:44  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:44  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:43  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:43  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Remo..> 14-Nov-2012 22:12  4.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 14-Nov-2012 22:12  5.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Media-Center-Gu..> 14-Nov-2012 22:11  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 21:42  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-E-Legacy-Extend..> 14-Nov-2012 21:40  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-XPS-M..> 14-Nov-2012 21:39  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Adaptateurs-Del..> 14-Nov-2012 21:39  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Axim-X3-Guide-d..> 14-Nov-2012 21:38  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 14-Nov-2012 21:38  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 14-Nov-2012 21:38  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D531-G..> 14-Nov-2012 21:36  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D430-G..> 14-Nov-2012 21:36  4.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1501-M..> 14-Nov-2012 21:06  5.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 14-Nov-2012 21:05  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 14-Nov-2012 21:05  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T110-..> 14-Nov-2012 21:04  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 14-Nov-2012 21:03  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-M1710-Manue..> 14-Nov-2012 21:03  4.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Ordinateurs-por..> 14-Nov-2012 21:02  4.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-GUIDE-DE..> 14-Nov-2012 21:01  5.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1420-M..> 14-Nov-2012 21:01  5.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 21:00  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D830-G..> 14-Nov-2012 20:59  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 20:59  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-1100-..> 14-Nov-2012 12:08  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 14-Nov-2012 12:08  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 14-Nov-2012 12:07  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Photo-All-in-On..> 14-Nov-2012 12:06  4.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Carte-de-gestio..> 14-Nov-2012 12:05  4.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 12:05  4.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-M1710-Manue..> 13-Nov-2012 09:56  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-6400-E..> 13-Nov-2012 08:20  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 13-Nov-2012 08:19  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1300-B..> 13-Nov-2012 08:19  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-9010-7..> 13-Nov-2012 08:18  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Laser-Printer-5..> 13-Nov-2012 08:18  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-710-H2C-Man..> 13-Nov-2012 08:18  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1520-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:17  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1721-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:17  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 13-Nov-2012 08:16  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-M2010-Manue..> 13-Nov-2012 08:16  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1000-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:15  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-8500-G..> 13-Nov-2012 08:14  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-640M-E..> 13-Nov-2012 08:13  4.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Axim-X50-Manuel..> 13-Nov-2012 08:12  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-300m-G..> 13-Nov-2012 08:12  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-XPS-Ge..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-5160-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-8600-G..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-DL20..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-pers..> 13-Nov-2012 08:10  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-410-Guid..> 12-Nov-2012 17:26  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-l-Uti..> 12-Nov-2012 17:07  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-serie..> 12-Nov-2012 17:07  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-xps-13-l321x_se..> 12-Nov-2012 17:00  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-13-Manuel-d..> 12-Nov-2012 16:59  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 12-Nov-2012 16:59  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-2600-e..> 12-Nov-2012 16:59  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-NX33..> 12-Nov-2012 16:58  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Pave-Tactile-Sa..> 12-Nov-2012 16:58  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-poweredge-r520-..> 12-Nov-2012 16:58  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-5423-O..> 12-Nov-2012 16:57  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-3500-P..> 12-Nov-2012 16:57  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-3000-S..> 12-Nov-2012 16:56  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-270-Owne..> 12-Nov-2012 16:56  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-server-poweredg..> 12-Nov-2012 16:56  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C6220..> 12-Nov-2012 16:55  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-2145cn-Impriman..> 12-Nov-2012 16:55  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-Serie..> 12-Nov-2012 16:54  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PERC-6-i-PERC-6..> 12-Nov-2012 16:53  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Configuration-d..> 12-Nov-2012 16:53  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 12-Nov-2012 16:51  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-ALIENWARE-M18x-..> 12-Nov-2012 16:51  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-DE-L-ORD..> 12-Nov-2012 16:51  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Carte-de-Gestio..> 06-Nov-2012 18:45  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-XPS-1640..> 06-Nov-2012 18:40  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-XPS-GUID..> 06-Nov-2012 18:40  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Storage-Center-..> 06-Nov-2012 11:43  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T300-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:33  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manual-del-prop..> 06-Nov-2012 07:33  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manual-del-prop..> 06-Nov-2012 07:32  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-Syste..> 06-Nov-2012 07:32  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R710-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:31  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-S2440L-Monitor-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:31  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-P1913-P1913S-P2..> 06-Nov-2012 07:31  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-U2713HM-Flat-Pa..> 06-Nov-2012 07:30  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-U2713HM-Flat-Pa..> 06-Nov-2012 07:30  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-E1913S-E1913-E2..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-ST-Kul..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R310-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Storage-Center-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-XT3-Ow..> 06-Nov-2012 07:28  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 06-Nov-2012 07:28  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3450-Man..> 06-Nov-2012 07:27  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-14z-N4..> 06-Nov-2012 07:27  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Module-de-venti..> 06-Nov-2012 07:27  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 06-Nov-2012 07:26  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Points-d-acces-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:26  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 05-Nov-2012 18:31  4.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Boitiers-de-sto..> 05-Nov-2012 18:14  1.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-One-GUID..> 05-Nov-2012 18:14  1.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1310-151..> 05-Nov-2012 18:14  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Modules-optique..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R900-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6520-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-2900-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:12  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Point-d-acces-D..> 05-Nov-2012 18:12  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-B1260dn-Mode-d-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:11  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-B1160-Dell-B116..> 05-Nov-2012 18:11  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 05-Nov-2012 18:10  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T310-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:10  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R410-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:09  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-Guide-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:08  1.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-soluti..> 05-Nov-2012 17:29  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Adaptateurs-Brocade-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:05  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R415-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:01  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD-S..> 05-Nov-2012 15:01  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-2950-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:01  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R710-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Server-PRO-Mana..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-NX20..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD11..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-SAS-RAID-Storag..> 05-Nov-2012 14:59  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 05-Nov-2012 14:59  2.2M  

[TXT]

 IOGEAR-Guide-d-insta..> 05-Nov-2012 14:58  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 05-Nov-2012 14:58  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-install..> 05-Nov-2012 14:58  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-600m-M..> 05-Nov-2012 14:57  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Planification-du-dep..> 05-Nov-2012 14:57  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vizioncore-vRep..> 05-Nov-2012 14:57  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Server-Deployme..> 05-Nov-2012 14:56  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-XT2-XF..> 05-Nov-2012 14:54  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Deploiement-de-..> 05-Nov-2012 12:15  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 12:15  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerQuest-Data..> 05-Nov-2012 12:15  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Controleurs-Del..> 05-Nov-2012 12:14  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 12:14  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-demarr..> 05-Nov-2012 12:13  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-config..> 05-Nov-2012 12:13  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 05-Nov-2012 12:12  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-1250c-Color-Pri..> 05-Nov-2012 12:12  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-600-Manuel-..> 05-Nov-2012 12:11  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 05-Nov-2012 12:11  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 12:10  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 05-Nov-2012 12:10  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-XPS-Setu..> 05-Nov-2012 12:09  1.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-13-Kullanı..> 05-Nov-2012 12:09  1.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-13-Chinois-..> 05-Nov-2012 12:08  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-13-Arabe-Ma..> 05-Nov-2012 12:08  1.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vizioncore-vCon..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Cartes-controle..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 05-Nov-2012 09:06  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Bandotheques-De..> 05-Nov-2012 09:03  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-S320-S320wi-Pro..> 05-Nov-2012 09:02  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-..> 05-Nov-2012 09:02  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 05-Nov-2012 09:02  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vizioncore-vRan..> 05-Nov-2012 09:01  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Cartes-d-extens..> 05-Nov-2012 09:01  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-technique..> 05-Nov-2012 09:00  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Onduleur-en-Bai..> 05-Nov-2012 09:00  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 05-Nov-2012 08:59  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 08:59  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 08:58  4.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 05-Nov-2012 08:58  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-M5200-Carte-de-..> 05-Nov-2012 07:58  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-L412z-Manue..> 05-Nov-2012 07:38  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-GUIDE-DE-CO..> 05-Nov-2012 07:38  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-XPS-8100..> 05-Nov-2012 07:38  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-One-GUIDE-D..> 05-Nov-2012 07:37  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-INSPIRON-Setup-..> 05-Nov-2012 07:32  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-14R-M4..> 05-Nov-2012 07:32  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-M1210-Owner..> 05-Nov-2012 07:32  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-6000-M..> 05-Nov-2012 07:31  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 05-Nov-2012 07:31  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PERC-6-i-PERC-6..> 05-Nov-2012 07:31  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Adaptateurs-Del..> 05-Nov-2012 07:30  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 05-Nov-2012 07:29  4.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-DX-Object-Stora..> 04-Nov-2012 11:04  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T620-..> 04-Nov-2012 11:04  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-install..> 04-Nov-2012 11:03  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-XPS-G..> 04-Nov-2012 11:03  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6500-..> 04-Nov-2012 11:02  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-Expan..> 04-Nov-2012 11:02  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 04-Nov-2012 11:01  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 04-Nov-2012 11:01  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-Data..> 04-Nov-2012 11:00  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-Encr..> 04-Nov-2012 10:41  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-APC-Smart-UPS-A..> 04-Nov-2012 10:41  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-Data..> 04-Nov-2012 10:41  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-Data..> 03-Nov-2012 21:47  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-EqualLogic-Stor..> 03-Nov-2012 21:47  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E4300-..> 03-Nov-2012 21:46  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 03-Nov-2012 21:46  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-755-Gu..> 03-Nov-2012 21:12  5.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C8000..> 03-Nov-2012 18:23  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T420-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:19  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Commutateur-de-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:19  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:16  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:15  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS 15-Manuel-d..> 03-Nov-2012 18:15  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-DL-B..> 03-Nov-2012 18:12  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Laser-MFP-Dell-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:12  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Controleurs-RAI..> 03-Nov-2012 18:11  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-Expre..> 03-Nov-2012 18:11  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Sol..> 03-Nov-2012 18:10  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Projecteur-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 18:10  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Projecteur-7700..> 03-Nov-2012 18:09  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Management-Plug..> 03-Nov-2012 18:09  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Integrated-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 18:09  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:08  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systeme-Dell-DR..> 03-Nov-2012 18:08  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 03-Nov-2012 18:07  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Utilitaires-de-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:06  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:06  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C410x..> 03-Nov-2012 18:05  4.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:05  4.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 03-Nov-2012 18:04  4.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Set-Up-Your-Com..> 03-Nov-2012 18:04  4.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E5400-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:02  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 03-Nov-2012 18:02  4.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-Serie..> 03-Nov-2012 18:01  5.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-..> 03-Nov-2012 11:09  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 11:09  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systems-Service..> 03-Nov-2012 11:08  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 03-Nov-2012 11:07  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 11:07  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Moniteur-a-ecra..> 03-Nov-2012 11:06  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C410x..> 03-Nov-2012 11:06  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 03-Nov-2012 11:05  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M4400..> 03-Nov-2012 11:05  1.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R320-..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04  1.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R720-..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Update-Packages..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Micrologiciel-D..> 03-Nov-2012 08:46  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Sol..> 03-Nov-2012 08:45  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:44  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 08:44  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-15R-Ma..> 03-Nov-2012 08:43  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 03-Nov-2012 08:43  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-M1000..> 03-Nov-2012 08:42  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 03-Nov-2012 08:42  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C8000..> 03-Nov-2012 08:30  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R820-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:30  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C8220..> 03-Nov-2012 08:29  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R420-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:29  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 03-Nov-2012 08:28  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-Works..> 03-Nov-2012 08:28  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-T320-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6420-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systeme-Dell-Po..> 02-Nov-2012 18:07  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-470-Manu..> 02-Nov-2012 18:07  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 02-Nov-2012 18:07  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-14-Manuel-d..> 02-Nov-2012 17:36  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-One-20..> 02-Nov-2012 17:23  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 02-Nov-2012 17:22  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerConnect-55..> 02-Nov-2012 17:22  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-NX33..> 02-Nov-2012 17:21  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Upgrading-to-Ba..> 02-Nov-2012 17:21  1.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Projecteur-Dell..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-470-Owne..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-14R-Ma..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systeme-Dell-Po..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-270-Manu..> 02-Nov-2012 17:19  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R820-..> 02-Nov-2012 17:19  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-660s-M..> 02-Nov-2012 17:18  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 17:18  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-17R-Ma..> 02-Nov-2012 17:17  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Micrologiciel-D..> 02-Nov-2012 16:35  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R720-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:34  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R815-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:34  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:33  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:33  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R905-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:32  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:32  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:32  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:31  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-HBA-SAS-Dell-Po..> 02-Nov-2012 16:31  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-13-Owner-s-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:30  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-M17x-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:30  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:29  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Emplacement-des..> 02-Nov-2012 16:29  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:28  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Alienware-X51-O..> 02-Nov-2012 16:28  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell..> 02-Nov-2012 16:27  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-Util..> 02-Nov-2012 16:27  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 11:45  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Sol..> 02-Nov-2012 11:24  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-ST-Man..> 02-Nov-2012 11:23  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-360-Gu..> 02-Nov-2012 11:23  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Adaptateurs-Bro..> 02-Nov-2012 11:22  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-13-Manuel-d..> 02-Nov-2012 11:22  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 02-Nov-2012 11:21  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Solutions-NAS-D..> 02-Nov-2012 11:21  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 02-Nov-2012 11:20  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Lifecycle-Contr..> 02-Nov-2012 11:20  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-..> 02-Nov-2012 10:08  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-430-Guide-d..> 02-Nov-2012 10:08  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimantes-las..> 02-Nov-2012 10:07  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimantes-las..> 02-Nov-2012 10:07  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1310-151..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-1235cn-Impriman..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 02-Nov-2012 10:05  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-2130cn-IMPRIMAN..> 02-Nov-2012 10:05  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-pers..> 02-Nov-2012 09:44  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:44  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 02-Nov-2012 09:44  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide d-install..> 02-Nov-2012 09:43  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R810-..> 02-Nov-2012 09:43  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-660s-M..> 02-Nov-2012 09:42  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:42  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:41  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:41  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:40  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-600m-M..> 02-Nov-2012 09:40  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-3D-VISION-MANUE..> 02-Nov-2012 09:39  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 02-Nov-2012 09:39  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 02-Nov-2012 09:38  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-coul..> 02-Nov-2012 09:38  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Projecteur-Dell..> 02-Nov-2012 09:38  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-M770mm-Color-Mo..> 02-Nov-2012 09:37  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-M6400..> 02-Nov-2012 09:37  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 01-Nov-2012 19:14  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 01-Nov-2012 19:02  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-270-Manu..> 01-Nov-2012 19:02  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-..> 01-Nov-2012 19:00  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-Works..> 01-Nov-2012 18:46  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-P513w-User-s-Gu..> 01-Nov-2012 18:46  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Serveur-de-sauv..> 01-Nov-2012 18:42  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-660-ma..> 01-Nov-2012 18:42  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-P513w-User-s-Gu..> 01-Nov-2012 18:42  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-XPS-Guid..> 01-Nov-2012 18:41  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D430-G..> 01-Nov-2012 18:41  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 01-Nov-2012 18:41  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 01-Nov-2012 18:40  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-420-220-..> 01-Nov-2012 18:40  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-admi..> 01-Nov-2012 18:39  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 01-Nov-2012 18:39  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-GU..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-SE..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Adaptateur-hote..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Studio-XPS-Setu..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Client-Manageme..> 01-Nov-2012 18:37  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-1230c-Imprimant..> 01-Nov-2012 18:37  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-8500-Manuel..> 01-Nov-2012 18:36  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Station-de-trav..> 01-Nov-2012 18:36  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-530-Se..> 29-Oct-2012 07:41  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Mobile-Jamz.htm    29-Oct-2012 07:41  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 29-Oct-2012 07:41  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-C521-..> 29-Oct-2012 07:41  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R910-..> 29-Oct-2012 07:40  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Projecteur-Dell-1201..> 29-Oct-2012 07:40  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R520-..> 29-Oct-2012 07:39  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUE..> 29-Oct-2012 07:39  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-531-Ma..> 29-Oct-2012 07:38  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-200-Manu..> 29-Oct-2012 07:38  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes -Dell ..> 29-Oct-2012 07:37  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 29-Oct-2012 07:37  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C410x..> 29-Oct-2012 07:36  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E5430-..> 26-Oct-2012 17:29  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Console-de-gestion-m..> 26-Oct-2012 14:51  3.3M  

[TXT]

 DELL-POWERVAULT-MD12..> 26-Oct-2012 14:50  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R520-..> 26-Oct-2012 14:50  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R620-..> 26-Oct-2012 14:49  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Ekran-Yönetici..> 26-Oct-2012 14:49  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD36..> 26-Oct-2012 14:48  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD36..> 26-Oct-2012 14:48  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWE..> 26-Oct-2012 14:47  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3460-Man..> 26-Oct-2012 14:47  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3460-Man..> 26-Oct-2012 14:46  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell- Vostro-270-Man..> 26-Oct-2012 14:46  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-S320-S320wi-Pro..> 26-Oct-2012 14:45  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 26-Oct-2012 14:45  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-Siste..> 26-Oct-2012 14:44  1.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-S2240L-S2340L-M..> 26-Oct-2012 14:44  1.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1540-155..> 26-Oct-2012 14:44  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R720-..> 25-Oct-2012 18:33  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1720-m..> 25-Oct-2012 18:32  2.9M  

[TXT]

 DELL-OPTIPLEX580-TEC..> 25-Oct-2012 18:32  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 25-Oct-2012 18:31  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-Manuel..> 25-Oct-2012 18:31  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R210-..> 25-Oct-2012 18:30  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-3000-..> 25-Oct-2012 18:30  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Systemes-Dell-PowerE..> 25-Oct-2012 18:29  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Solutions-NAS-D..> 25-Oct-2012 18:29  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-Works..> 25-Oct-2012 12:10  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 25-Oct-2012 12:10  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1721-M..> 25-Oct-2012 12:09  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-2520-Man..> 25-Oct-2012 12:09  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Axim-X30-Manuel..> 25-Oct-2012 12:08  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-2600-e..> 25-Oct-2012 12:08  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-9200-M..> 25-Oct-2012 12:07  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 25-Oct-2012 12:07  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Venue-Pro-Manue..> 25-Oct-2012 12:06  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Streak-7-Franca..> 25-Oct-2012 12:06  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Photo-Printer-5..> 25-Oct-2012 12:06  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-1440-145..> 25-Oct-2012 12:05  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-l-uti..> 25-Oct-2012 12:05  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 25-Oct-2012 12:05  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-l-uti..> 25-Oct-2012 12:04  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Demarrage-rapid..> 25-Oct-2012 12:04  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dellâ„¢ Logiciel-de..> 25-Oct-2012 12:03  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systeme-de-navi..> 25-Oct-2012 12:02  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Clavier-sans-fi..> 25-Oct-2012 12:02  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1200-e..> 25-Oct-2012 09:48  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault NX32..> 25-Oct-2012 09:48  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-9010-7..> 25-Oct-2012 09:48  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 25-Oct-2012 09:47  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-400-Manu..> 25-Oct-2012 09:47  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-D630-M..> 25-Oct-2012 09:46  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C5125..> 25-Oct-2012 09:46  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-660-Ma..> 24-Oct-2012 09:15  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E5530-..> 24-Oct-2012 09:15  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1150-M..> 24-Oct-2012 09:15  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-One-2710-ma..> 24-Oct-2012 09:14  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 24-Oct-2012 09:14  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-9100-M..> 24-Oct-2012 09:13  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-E521-..> 24-Oct-2012 09:12  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-Baie..> 24-Oct-2012 09:12  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-8600-M..> 24-Oct-2012 09:11  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OptiPlex-9010-T..> 24-Oct-2012 07:54  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-3100C..> 24-Oct-2012 07:42  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Beats-By-dr.dre..> 24-Oct-2012 07:42  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-M..> 24-Oct-2012 07:42  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 24-Oct-2012 07:41  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-poweredge-r210-..> 24-Oct-2012 07:41  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:40  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:40  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:39  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:39  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-I..> 24-Oct-2012 07:39  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-E6320-..> 24-Oct-2012 07:38  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-5420-E..> 24-Oct-2012 07:38  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:37  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 24-Oct-2012 07:37  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3560-Man..> 24-Oct-2012 07:37  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 24-Oct-2012 07:36  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Acceder-au-site-Dell..> 24-Oct-2012 06:36  1.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-360-Prop..> 19-Oct-2012 07:42  1.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWE..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUE..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-200-Manu..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-Works..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Streak-7-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 17:13  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:13  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 17:13  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENW..> 18-Oct-2012 17:12  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-9300-M..> 18-Oct-2012 17:12  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-I..> 18-Oct-2012 17:11  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-R620-..> 18-Oct-2012 17:11  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 18-Oct-2012 17:10  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Precision-Works..> 18-Oct-2012 17:09  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-13z-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 17:09  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:08  3.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:08  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Boîtier-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:07  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 17:07  3.1M  

[TXT]

 DELLmanuelsutilisate..> 18-Oct-2012 17:06   12M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-5100-e..> 18-Oct-2012 17:05  4.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-l-Uti..> 18-Oct-2012 17:04  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENW..> 18-Oct-2012 17:03  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-l-uti..> 18-Oct-2012 17:02  3.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Laser-Printer-3..> 18-Oct-2012 17:02  3.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-530s-M..> 18-Oct-2012 17:01  3.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Liste-des-manue..> 18-Oct-2012 17:01  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-530s-M..> 18-Oct-2012 17:00  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-V131-Man..> 18-Oct-2012 16:59  3.4M  

[TXT]

 DellDimension1100Ser..> 18-Oct-2012 16:59  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Vostro-3750-Man..> 18-Oct-2012 16:58  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:58  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Imprimante-personnel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:57  3.4M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-17R-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 16:56  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-NX40..> 18-Oct-2012 16:56  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:55  3.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 18-Oct-2012 16:55  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-9200-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:54  3.2M  

[TXT]

 AlienwareAurora-R3.htm  18-Oct-2012 16:54  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Axim-X50-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:53  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Imprimante-laser-de-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:53  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-M..> 18-Oct-2012 16:52  3.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:52  3.2M  

[TXT]

 AlienwareAuroraAuror..> 18-Oct-2012 16:51  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 18-Oct-2012 16:51  3.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerEdge-C8220..> 18-Oct-2012 16:50  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-E520-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:50  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Chassis-RAID-Dell-Po..> 18-Oct-2012 16:49  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XPS-630i-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:49  3.0M  

[TXT]

 AlienwareAurora-R4.htm  18-Oct-2012 16:48  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 18-Oct-2012 16:48  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-700m-M..> 18-Oct-2012 16:47  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-I..> 18-Oct-2012 16:47  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:46  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Photo-Printer-7..> 18-Oct-2012 16:46  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 18-Oct-2012 16:45  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 18-Oct-2012 16:45  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:44  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:44  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-moniteur-D1920-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:43  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:43  2.8M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-XT3-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 16:42  2.7M  

[TXT]

 AlienwareArea-51Area..> 18-Oct-2012 16:42  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:41  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Baie-de-stockag..> 18-Oct-2012 16:41  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Streak-Manuel-d..> 18-Oct-2012 16:40  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Imprimante-Dell-Phot..> 18-Oct-2012 16:39  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:39  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Clavier-Axim-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 16:38  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Latitude-ST-Man..> 18-Oct-2012 16:38  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:38  2.5M  

[TXT]

 alienwareX51.htm        18-Oct-2012 16:37  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:37  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:36  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:36  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 18-Oct-2012 16:35  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 18-Oct-2012 16:35  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 18-Oct-2012 16:35  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 18-Oct-2012 16:34  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-XP-M1530-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:34  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1100-M..> 18-Oct-2012 16:33  2.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 18-Oct-2012 16:33  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 18-Oct-2012 16:33  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-9400-E..> 18-Oct-2012 16:32  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:32  1.9M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Laser-Printer-1..> 18-Oct-2012 16:32  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Inspiron-1525-1..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31  1.5M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Tout-en-un-Dell..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31  1.2M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Laser-Printer-1..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31  1.0M  

[TXT]

 Dell-Dimension-3100-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31  906K 

www.dell.com | support.dell.com Dell™ OptiPlex™ 330 Quick Reference Guide Model DCSM and DCNENotes, Notices, and Cautions NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. ____________________ Information in this document is subject to change without notice. © 2007 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden. Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, Inspiron, Dell Precision, Dimension, OptiPlex, Latitude, PowerEdge, PowerVault, PowerApp, and Dell OpenManage are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Intel, Pentium, and Celeron are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation; Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. Model DCSM and DCNE September 2007 P/N JY235 Rev. A00Contents 3 Contents Finding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Before Working Inside Your Computer. . . . . . . 10 Adding and Replacing Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Setting Up Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Installing Your Computer in an Enclosure . . . . . 13 Setting Up a Home and Office Network . . . . . . . . 15 Connecting to a Network Adapter . . . . . . . . . 15 Network Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Connecting to the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Moving Information to a New Computer . . . . . . . . 19 Setting Up a Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Connecting Two Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Power Protection Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Desktop Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Back View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Back Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Removing the Computer Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Inside View of Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Contents System Board Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Replacing the Computer Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Mini Tower Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Back View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Back Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Removing the Computer Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Inside View of Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 System Board Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Replacing the Computer Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Solving Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Dell Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Power Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Beep Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Diagnostic Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Clearing Forgotten Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Clearing CMOS Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Flashing the BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Quick Reference Guide 5 Finding Information NOTE: Some features or media may be optional and may not ship with your computer. Some features or media may not be available in certain countries. NOTE: Additional information may ship with your computer. What Are You Looking For? Find It Here • A diagnostic program for my computer • Drivers for my computer • Desktop System Software (DSS) Drivers and Utilities Media NOTE: The Drivers and Utilities media may be optional and may not ship with your computer. Drivers are already installed on your computer. You can use the media to reinstall drivers (see the online User’s Guide), to run the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 48). Readme files may be included on your media to provide last-minute updates about technical changes to your computer or advanced technical-reference material for technicians or experienced users. NOTE: Drivers and documentation updates can be found at support.dell.com.6 Quick Reference Guide • Basic troubleshooting information • How to run the Dell Diagnostics • Tools and utilities • How to set up a printer Quick Reference Guide NOTE: This document may be optional and may not ship with your computer. NOTE: This document is available as a PDF at support.dell.com. • Warranty information • Terms and Conditions (U.S. only) • Safety instructions • Regulatory information • Ergonomics information • End User License Agreement Dell™ Product Information Guide • How to remove and replace parts • Specifications • How to configure system settings • How to troubleshoot and solve problems Dell OptiPlex™ 330 User’s Guide Microsoft Windows Help and Support Center 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button→ Help and Support→ Dell User and System Guides→ System Guides. 2 Click the User’s Guide for your computer. What Are You Looking For? Find It HereQuick Reference Guide 7 • Service Tag and Express Service Code • Microsoft Windows License Label Service Tag and Microsoft® Windows® License These labels are located on your computer. • Use the Service Tag to identify your computer when you use support.dell.com or contact support. • Enter the Express Service Code to direct your call when contacting support. NOTE: As an increased security measure, the newly designed Microsoft Windows license label incorporates a missing portion or "hole" to discourage removal of the label. What Are You Looking For? Find It Here8 Quick Reference Guide • Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles from technicians, and online courses, frequently asked questions • Community — Online discussion with other Dell customers • Upgrades — Upgrade information for components, such as memory, the hard drive, and the operating system • Customer Care — Contact information, service call and order status, warranty, and repair information • Service and support — Service call status and support history, service contract, online discussions with technical support • Dell Technical Update Service — Proactive e-mail notification of software and hardware updates for your computer • Reference — Computer documentation, details on my computer configuration, product specifications, and white papers • Downloads — Certified drivers, patches, and software updates Dell Support Website — support.dell.com NOTE: Select your region or business segment to view the appropriate support site. What Are You Looking For? Find It HereQuick Reference Guide 9 • Desktop System Software (DSS) — If you reinstall the operating system for your computer, you should also reinstall the DSS utility. DSS provides critical updates for your operating system and support for processors, optical drives, USB devices, and so on. DSS is necessary for correct operation of your Dell computer. The software automatically detects your computer and operating system and installs the updates appropriate for your configuration. To download Desktop System Software: 1 Go to support.dell.com, select your region or business segment, and enter your Service Tag. 2 Select Drivers & Downloads and click Go. 3 Click your operating system and search for the keyword Desktop System Software. NOTE: The support.dell.com user interface may vary depending on your selections. • How to use Windows • How to work with programs and files • How to personalize my desktop Windows Help and Support Center 1To access Windows Help and Support: • In Windows XP, click Start and click Help and Support. • In Windows Vista™, click the Windows Vista start button →Help and Support. 2Type a word or phrase that describes your problem and click the arrow icon. 3 Click the topic that describes your problem. 4 Follow the instructions on the screen. • How to reinstall my operating system Operating System Media NOTE: The Operating System media may be optional and may not ship with your computer. What Are You Looking For? Find It Here10 Quick Reference Guide Before You Begin Before Working Inside Your Computer Use the following safety guidelines to help protect your computer from potential damage and to help to ensure your own personal safety. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: Handle components and cards with care. Do not touch the components or contacts on a card. Hold a card by its edges or by its metal mounting bracket. Hold a component such as a processor by its edges, not by its pins. The operating system is already installed on your computer. To reinstall your operating system, use the Operating System disc, and see the online User’s Guide. After you reinstall your operating system, use the Drivers and Utilities disc to reinstall drivers for the devices that came with your computer. Your operating system product key label is located on your computer. NOTE: The color of your disc varies based on the operating system you ordered. What Are You Looking For? Find It HereQuick Reference Guide 11 NOTICE: Only a certified service technician should perform repairs on your computer. Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not covered by your warranty. NOTICE: When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its pull-tab, not on the cable itself. Some cables have connectors with locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before you disconnect the cable. As you pull connectors apart, keep them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector pins. Also, before you connect a cable, ensure that both connectors are correctly oriented and aligned. NOTICE: To avoid damaging the computer, perform the following steps before you begin working inside the computer. 1 Turn off your computer (see "Turning Off Your Computer" on page 12). CAUTION: Never apply power to the computer when the cover has been removed. NOTICE: To disconnect a network cable, first unplug the cable from your computer and then unplug the cable from the network device. 2 Disconnect all telephone or network cables from the computer. 3 Disconnect your computer and all attached devices from their electrical outlets. 4 Press the power button to ground the system board. NOTICE: Before touching anything inside your computer, ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface, such as the metal at the back of the computer. While you work, periodically touch an unpainted metal surface to dissipate static electricity, which could harm internal components. Adding and Replacing Parts This section provides procedures for removing and installing the components in your computer. Unless otherwise noted, each procedure assumes that the following conditions exist: • You have performed the steps in "Turning Off Your Computer" on page 12 and "Before Working Inside Your Computer" on page 10. • You have read the safety information in the Dell™ Product Information Guide. • A component can be replaced or—if purchased separately—installed by performing the removal procedure in reverse order.12 Quick Reference Guide Recommended Tools The procedures in this document may require the following tools: • Small flat-blade screwdriver • Small Phillips screwdriver • Small plastic scribe Turning Off Your Computer NOTICE: To avoid losing data, save and close all open files and exit all open programs before you turn off your computer. 1 Shut down the operating system: a Save and close all open files and exit all open programs. b In the Microsoft® Windows® XP operating system, click Start→ Shut Down→ Shut down. In Microsoft® Windows Vista™, click the Windows Vista Start button , in the lower-left corner of the desktop, click the arrow in the lower-right corner of the Start menu as shown below, and then click Shut Down. The computer turns off after the operating system shutdown process is complete. 2 Ensure that the computer and all attached devices are turned off. If your computer and attached devices did not automatically turn off when you shut down your operating system, press and hold the power button for about 4 seconds to turn them off.Quick Reference Guide 13 Setting Up Your Computer Installing Your Computer in an Enclosure Installing your computer in an enclosure can restrict the airflow and impact your computer’s performance, possibly causing it to overheat. Follow the guidelines below when installing your computer in an enclosure: NOTICE: The operating temperature specifications indicated in this manual reflects the maximum ambient operating temperature. The room ambient temperature needs to be a consideration when installing your computer in an enclosure. For example, if the ambient room temperature is at 25°C (77°F), depending on your computer’s specifications, you only have 5° to 10°C (9° to 18°F) temperature margin before you reach your computer’s maximum operating temperature. For details about your computer’s specifications, see the online User’s Guide. • Leave a 10.2 cm (4 in) minimum clearance on all vented sides of the computer to permit the airflow required for proper ventilation. • If your enclosure has doors, they need to be of a type that allows at least 30 percent airflow through the enclosure (front and back).14 Quick Reference Guide • If your computer is installed in a corner on a desk or under a desk, leave at least 5.1 cm (2 in) clearance from the back of the computer to the wall to permit the airflow required for proper ventilation. NOTICE: Do not install your computer in an enclosure that does not allow airflow. Restricting the airflow impacts your computer’s performance, possibly causing it to overheat.Quick Reference Guide 15 Setting Up a Home and Office Network Connecting to a Network Adapter To connect a network cable: NOTE: Plug the network cable into the network adapter connector on the computer. Do not plug the network cable into the modem connector on the computer. Do not plug a network cable into a telephone wall jack. 1 Connect the network cable to the network adapter connector on the back of your computer. Insert the cable until it clicks into place, and then gently pull it to ensure that it is secure. 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to a network device.16 Quick Reference Guide Network Setup Windows XP The Microsoft® Windows® XP operating system provides a Network Setup Wizard to guide you through the process of sharing files, printers, or an Internet connection between computers in a home or small office. 1 Click the Start button, point to All Programs→ Accessories→ Communications, and then click Network Setup Wizard. 2 On the Network Setup Wizard welcome screen, click Next. 3 Click Checklist for creating a network. NOTE: Selecting the connection method This computer connects directly to the Internet enables the integrated firewall provided with Windows XP Service Pack 1 (SP1) or later. 4 Complete the checklist and required preparations. 5 Return to the Network Setup Wizard and follow the instructions on the screen. network device network adapter connector on computer network cable network adapter connectorQuick Reference Guide 17 Windows Vista To make changes to your network setup in Microsoft® Windows Vista™: 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button, , and then click Network→ Network and Sharing Center. 2 Click Set up a connection or network. 3 Select the type of network connection you want to make and follow the instructions on the screen. 4 When finished, close the Network and Sharing Center. Connecting to the Internet NOTE: ISPs and ISP offerings vary by country. To connect to the Internet, you need a modem or network connection and an Internet service provider (ISP). Your ISP will offer one or more of the following Internet connection options: • DSL connections that provide high-speed Internet access through your existing telephone line or cellular telephone service. With a DSL connection, you can access the Internet and use your telephone on the same line simultaneously. • Cable modem connections that provide high-speed Internet access through your local cable TV line. • Satellite modem connections that provide high-speed Internet access through a satellite television system. • Dial-up connections that provide Internet access through a telephone line. Dial-up connections are considerably slower than DSL and cable (or satellite) modem connections. • Wireless LAN connections that provide Internet access using Bluetooth® wireless technology. If you are using a dial-up connection, connect a telephone line to the modem connector on your computer and to the telephone wall jack before you set up your Internet connection. If you are using a DSL or cable/satellite modem connection, contact your ISP or cellular telephone service for setup instructions.18 Quick Reference Guide Setting Up Your Internet Connection To set up an Internet connection with a provided ISP desktop shortcut: 1 Save and close any open files, and exit any open programs. 2 Double-click the ISP icon on the Microsoft® Windows® desktop. 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the setup. If you do not have an ISP icon on your desktop or if you want to set up an Internet connection with a different ISP, perform the steps in the following section that corresponds to the operating system your computer is using. NOTE: If you are having problems connecting to the Internet, see "Setting Up a Home and Office Network" on page 15. If you cannot connect to the Internet but have successfully connected in the past, the ISP might have a service outage. Contact your ISP to check the service status, or try connecting again later. Windows XP 1 Save and close any open files, and exit any open programs. 2 Click Start→ Internet Explorer. The New Connection Wizard appears. 3 Click Connect to the Internet. 4 In the next window, click the appropriate option: • If you do not have an ISP and want to select one, click Choose from a list of Internet service providers (ISPs). • If you have already obtained setup information from your ISP but you did not receive a setup CD, click Set up my connection manually. • If you have a CD, click Use the CD I got from an ISP. 5 Click Next. If you selected Set up my connection manually, continue to step 6. Otherwise, follow the instructions on the screen to complete the setup. NOTE: If you do not know which type of connection to select, contact your ISP. 6 Click the appropriate option under How do you want to connect to the Internet?, and then click Next. 7 Use the setup information provided by your ISP to complete the setup.Quick Reference Guide 19 Windows Vista™ NOTE: Have your ISP information ready. If you do not have an ISP, the Connect to the Internet wizard can help you get one. 1 Save and close any open files, and exit any open programs. 2 Click the Windows Vista Start button , and click Control Panel. 3 Under Network and Internet, click Connect to the Internet. The Connect to the Internet window appears. 4 Click either Broadband (PPPoE) or Dial-up, depending on how you want to connect: • Choose Broadband if you will use a DSL, satellite modem, cable TV modem, or Bluetooth wireless technology connection. • Chose Dial-up if you will use a dial-up modem or ISDN. NOTE: If you do not know which type of connection to select, click Help me choose or contact your ISP. 5 Follow the instructions on the screen and use the setup information provided by your ISP to complete the setup. Moving Information to a New Computer You can use your operating system "wizards" to help you transfer files and other data from one computer to another—for example, from an old computer to a new computer. For instructions, see the following section that corresponds to the operating system that your computer is running. Microsoft® Windows® XP (Optional) The MicrosoftWindows XP operating system provides the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard to move data from a source computer to a new computer. You can transfer data, such as: • E-mail messages • Toolbar settings • Window sizes • Internet bookmarks 20 Quick Reference Guide You can transfer the data to the new computer over a network or serial connection, or you can store it on removable media, such as a writable CD, for transfer to the new computer. NOTE: You can transfer information from an old computer to a new computer by directly connecting a serial cable to the input/output (I/O) ports of the two computers. To transfer data over a serial connection, you must access the Network Connections utility from the Control Panel and perform additional configuration steps, such as setting up an advanced connection and designating the host computer and the guest computer. For instructions on setting up a direct cable connection between two computers, see Microsoft Knowledge Base Article #305621, titled How to Set Up a Direct Cable Connection Between Two Computers in Windows XP. This information may not be available in certain countries. For transferring information to a new computer, you must run the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard. You can use the optional Operating System media for this process or you can create a wizard disk with the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard. Running the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard With the Operating System Media NOTE: This procedure requires the Operating System media. This media is optional and may not be included with certain computers. To prepare a new computer for the file transfer: 1 Open the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard: click Start→All Programs→ Accessories→ System Tools→ Files and Settings Transfer Wizard. 2 When the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard welcome screen appears, click Next. 3 On the Which computer is this? screen, click New Computer→ Next. 4 On the Do you have a Windows XP CD? screen, click I will use the wizard from the Windows XP CD→ Next. 5 When the Now go to your old computer screen appears, go to your old or source computer. Do not click Next at this time.Quick Reference Guide 21 To copy data from the old computer: 1 On the old computer, insert the Windows XP Operating System media. 2 On the Welcome to Microsoft Windows XP screen, click Perform additional tasks. 3 Under What do you want to do?, click Transfer files and settings→ Next. 4 On the Which computer is this? screen, click Old Computer→ Next. 5 On the Select a transfer method screen, click the transfer method you prefer. 6 On the What do you want to transfer? screen, select the items you want to transfer and click Next. After the information has been copied, the Completing the Collection Phase screen appears. 7 Click Finish. To transfer data to the new computer: 1 On the Now go to your old computer screen on the new computer, click Next. 2 On the Where are the files and settings? screen, select the method you chose for transferring your settings and files and click Next. The wizard reads the collected files and settings and applies them to your new computer. When all of the settings and files have been applied, the Finished screen appears. 3 Click Finished and restart the new computer. Running the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard Without the Operating System Media To run the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard without the Operating System media, you must create a wizard disk that will allow you to create a backup image file to removable media. To create a wizard disk, use your new computer with Windows XP and perform the following steps: 1 Open the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard: click Start→All Programs→ Accessories→ System Tools→ Files and Settings Transfer Wizard.22 Quick Reference Guide 2 When the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard welcome screen appears, click Next. 3 On the Which computer is this? screen, click New Computer→ Next. 4 On the Do you have a Windows XP CD? screen, click I want to create a Wizard Disk in the following drive→ Next. 5 Insert the removable media, such as a writable CD, and click OK. 6 When the disk creation completes and the Now go to your old computer message appears, do not click Next. 7 Go to the old computer. To copy data from the old computer: 1 On the old computer, insert the wizard disk. 2 Click Start→ Run. 3 In the Open field on the Run window, browse to the path for fastwiz (on the appropriate removable media) and click OK. 4 On the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard welcome screen, click Next. 5 On the Which computer is this? screen, click Old Computer→ Next. 6 On the Select a transfer method screen, click the transfer method you prefer. 7 On the What do you want to transfer? screen, select the items you want to transfer and click Next. After the information has been copied, the Completing the Collection Phase screen appears. 8 Click Finish. To transfer data to the new computer: 1 On the Now go to your old computer screen on the new computer, click Next. 2 On the Where are the files and settings? screen, select the method you chose for transferring your settings and files and click Next. Follow the instructions on the screen. The wizard reads the collected files and settings and applies them to your new computer.Quick Reference Guide 23 When all of the settings and files have been applied, the Finished screen appears. 3 Click Finished and restart the new computer. NOTE: For more information about this procedure, search support.dell.com for document #154781 (What Are The Different Methods To Transfer Files From My Old Computer To My New Dell™ Computer Using the Microsoft® Windows® XP Operating System?). NOTE: Access to the Dell™ Knowledge Base document may not be available in certain countries. Microsoft Windows Vista™ (Optional) 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button , and then click Transfer files and settings→ Start Windows Easy Transfer. 2 In the User Account Control dialog box, click Continue. 3 Click Start a new transfer or Continue a transfer in progress. Follow the instructions provided on the screen by the Windows Easy Transfer wizard. Setting Up a Printer NOTICE: Complete the operating system setup before you connect a printer to the computer. See the documentation that came with the printer for setup information, including how to: • Obtain and install updated drivers. • Connect the printer to the computer. • Load paper and install the toner or ink cartridge. For technical assistance, refer to the printer owner's manual or contact the printer manufacturer. 24 Quick Reference Guide Printer Cable Your printer connects to your computer with either a USB cable or a parallel cable. Your printer may not come with a printer cable, so if you purchase a cable separately, ensure that it is compatible with your printer and computer. If you purchased a printer cable at the same time you purchased your computer, the cable may arrive in the computer’s shipping box. Connecting Two Monitors CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. If you purchased a graphics card that supports dual monitors, follow these instructions to connect and enable your monitors. The instructions tell you how to connect either two monitors (each with a VGA connector), one monitor with a VGA connector and one monitor with a DVI connector, or a TV. NOTICE: If you are connecting two monitors that have VGA connectors, you must have the optional DVI adapter to connect the cable. If you are connecting two flat-panel monitors, at least one of them must have a VGA connector. If you are connecting a TV, you may connect only one monitor (VGA or DVI) in addition to the TV. Connecting Two Monitors With VGA Connectors 1 Shutdown your system. NOTE: If your computer has integrated video, do not connect either monitor to the integrated video connector. If the integrated video connector is covered by a cap, do not remove the cap to connect the monitor or the monitor will not function. 2 Connect one of the monitors to the VGA (blue) connector on the back of the computer. 3 Connect the other monitor to the optional DVI adapter and connect the DVI adapter to the DVI (white) connector on the back of the computer. 4 Restart your system.Quick Reference Guide 25 Connecting One Monitor With a VGA Connector and One Monitor With a DVI Connector 1 Shutdown your system. 2 Connect the VGA connector on the monitor to the VGA (blue) connector on the back of the computer. 3 Connect the DVI connector on the other monitor to the DVI (white) connector on the back of the computer. 4 Restart your system. 1 optional DVI adapter 2 DVI (white) connector 3 TV-OUT connector 4 VGA (blue) connector 1 4 3 226 Quick Reference Guide Connecting a TV NOTE: You must purchase an S-video cable, available at most consumer electronics stores, to connect a TV to your computer. It is not included with your computer. 1 Shutdown your system. 2 Connect one end of the S-video cable to the optional TV-OUT connector on the back of the computer. 3 Connect the other end of the S-video cable to the S-video input connector on your TV. 4 Connect the VGA or DVI monitor. 5 Restart your system. Changing the Display Settings 1 After you connect the monitor(s) or TV, turn on the computer. The Microsoft® Windows® desktop displays on the primary monitor. 2 Enable extended desktop mode in the display settings. In extended desktop mode, you can drag objects from one screen to the other, effectively doubling the amount of viewable work space. Power Protection Devices Several devices are available to protect against power fluctuations and failures: • Surge protectors • Line conditioners • Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) Surge Protectors Surge protectors and power strips equipped with surge protection help prevent damage to your computer from voltage spikes that can occur during electrical storms or after power interruptions. Some surge protector manufacturers include warranty coverage for certain types of damage. Carefully read the device warranty when choosing a surge protector. A device with a higher joule rating offers more protection. Compare joule ratings to determine the relative effectiveness of different devices.Quick Reference Guide 27 NOTICE: Most surge protectors do not protect against power fluctuations or power interruptions caused by nearby lightning strikes. When lightning occurs in your area, disconnect the telephone line from the telephone wall jack and disconnect your computer from the electrical outlet. Many surge protectors have a telephone jack for modem protection. See the surge protector documentation for modem connection instructions. NOTICE: Not all surge protectors offer network adapter protection. Disconnect the network cable from the network wall jack during electrical storms. Line Conditioners NOTICE: Line conditioners do not protect against power interruptions. Line conditioners are designed to maintain AC voltage at a fairly constant level. Uninterruptible Power Supplies NOTICE: Loss of power while data is being saved to the hard drive may result in data loss or file damage. NOTE: To ensure maximum battery operating time, connect only your computer to a UPS. Connect other devices, such as a printer, to a separate power strip that provides surge protection. A UPS protects against power fluctuations and interruptions. UPS devices contain a battery that provides temporary power to connected devices when AC power is interrupted. The battery charges while AC power is available. See the UPS manufacturer documentation for information on battery operating time and to ensure that the device is approved by Underwriters Laboratories (UL).28 Quick Reference Guide Desktop Computer Front View 1 USB 2.0 connectors (2) Use the front USB connectors for devices that you connect occasionally, such as joysticks or cameras, or for bootable USB devices (see "System Setup Options in the online User’s Guide for more information on booting to a USB device). It is recommended that you use the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain connected, such as printers and keyboards. 2 drive activity light The drive activity light is on when the computer reads data from or writes data to the hard drive. The light might also be on when a device such as an optical drive is operating. 3 power button, power light Press the power button to turn on the computer. The light in the center of this button indicates power state. NOTICE: To avoid losing data, do not use the power button to turn off the computer. Instead, perform an operating system shutdown. 9 8 3 5 1 10 6 4 2 11 7Quick Reference Guide 29 4 Dell badge This badge can be rotated to match the orientation of your computer. To rotate the badge, place your fingers around the outside of the badge, press firmly, and turn the badge. You can also rotate the badge using the slot provided near the bottom of the badge. 5 power light The power light illuminates and blinks or remains solid to indicate different operating states: • No light — The computer is turned off. • Steady green — The computer is in a normal operating state. • Blinking green — The computer is in a power-saving mode. • Blinking or solid amber — See "Power Problems" in the online User’s Guide. To exit from a power-saving mode, press the power button or use the keyboard or the mouse if it is configured as a wake device in the Windows Device Manager. For more information about sleep modes and exiting from a power-saving mode, see the online User’s Guide. See"Diagnostic Lights" on page 56" for a description of light codes that can help you troubleshoot problems with your computer. 6 diagnostic lights Use the lights to help you troubleshoot a computer problem based on the diagnostic code. For more information, see "Diagnostic Lights" on page 56. 7 LAN indicator light This light indicates that a LAN (local area network) connection is established. 8 headphone and microphone connectors Use the microphone connector to attach a personal computer microphone. On computers with a sound card, the microphone connector is on the card. Use the headphone connector to attach headphones and most kinds of speakers. 9 floppy drive Can contain an optional floppy drive. 10 optical drive Use the optical drive to play a CD/DVD. 11 Service Tag Use the Service Tag to identify your computer when you access the Dell Support website or call Support.30 Quick Reference Guide Back View CAUTION: Ensure that none of the system air vents are blocked. Blocking them would cause serious thermal problems. 1 card slots Access connectors for any installed PCI and PCI Express cards. 2 back panel connectors Plug USB, audio, and other devices into the appropriate connector (see "Back Panel Connectors" on page 31 for more information). 3 power connector Insert the power cable. 4 voltage selector switch For selecting voltage rating. 5 padlock rings Padlock rings are for attaching a commercially available antitheft device. The padlock rings allows you to secure the computer cover to the chassis with a padlock to prevent unauthorized access to the inside of the computer. To use the padlock rings, insert a commercially available padlock through the rings, and then lock the padlock. 6 cover release latch Use this latch to open the computer cover. 1 2 3 4 5 6Quick Reference Guide 31 Back Panel Connectors 1 parallel connector Connect a parallel device, such as a printer, to the parallel connector. If you have a USB printer, plug it into a USB connector. NOTE: The integrated parallel connector is automatically disabled if the computer detects an installed card containing a parallel connector configured to the same address. For more information, see "System Setup Options" in the online User’s Guide. 2 link integrity light • Green — A good connection exists between a 10-Mbps network and the computer. • Orange — A good connection exists between a 100-Mbps network and the computer. • Yellow — A good connection exists between a 1-Gbps (1000-Mbps) network and the computer. • Off — The computer is not detecting a physical connection to the network. 1 3 98 7 5 6 2 432 Quick Reference Guide 3 network adapter connector To attach your computer to a network or broadband device, connect one end of a network cable to either a network jack or your network or broadband device. Connect the other end of the network cable to the network adapter connector on the back panel of your computer. A click indicates that the network cable has been securely attached. NOTE: Do not plug a telephone cable into the network connector. On computers with a network adapter card, use the connector on the card. It is recommended that you use at least Category 5 wiring and connectors for your network. If you must use Category 3 wiring, force the network speed to 10 Mbps to ensure reliable operation. 4 network activity light This light flashes yellow when the computer is transmitting or receiving network data. A high volume of network traffic may make this light appear to be in a steady "on" state. 5 line-out connector Use the green line-out connector to attach headphones and most speakers with integrated amplifiers. On computers with a sound card, use the connector on the card. 6 microphone/linein connector Use the blue line-in connector to attach a record/playback device such as a cassette player, CD player, or VCR. Use the pink microphone connector to attach a personal computer microphone for voice or musical input into a sound or telephony program. On computers with a sound card, use the connector on the card. 7 USB 2.0 connectors (6) Use the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain connected, such as printers and keyboards. It is recommended that you use the front USB connectors for devices that you connect occasionally, such as joysticks or cameras.Quick Reference Guide 33 Removing the Computer Cover CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover. 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 10. NOTE: Ensure that sufficient space exists to support the removed cover. NOTICE: Ensure that you are working on a level, protected surface to avoid scratching either the computer or the surface on which it is resting. 2 If you have installed a padlock through the padlock ring on the back panel, remove the padlock. 3 Slide the cover release latch back as you lift the cover. 8 VGA video connector Connect the monitor’s VGA cable to the VGA connector on the computer. On computers with a video card, use the connector on the card. 9 serial connector Connect a serial device, such as a handheld device, to the serial port. The default designation is COM1 for serial connector 1. For more information, see "System Setup Options" in the online User’s Guide.34 Quick Reference Guide 4 Pivot the cover up using the hinge tabs as leverage points. 5 Remove the cover from the hinge tabs and set it aside on a soft nonabrasive surface. 1 security cable slot 2 cover release latch 3 padlock ring 2 1 3Quick Reference Guide 35 Inside View of Your Computer CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. CAUTION: To avoid electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the computer cover. NOTICE: Be careful when opening the computer cover to ensure that you do not accidentally disconnect cables from the system board. 1 drives bay (CD/DVD, floppy, and hard drive) 2 power supply 3 system board 4 card slots 5 heat sink assembly 6 front I/O panel 1 2 3 4 6 536 Quick Reference Guide System Board Components 1 internal speaker connector (INT_SPKR) 2 processor connector (CPU) 3 processor power connector (12VPOWER) 4 memory module connectors (DIMM_1, DIMM_2) 1 2 13 5 3 15 17 12 4 7 14 11 8 10 9 16 6Quick Reference Guide 37 Replacing the Computer Cover CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions located in the Product Information Guide. 1 Ensure that all cables are connected, and fold cables out of the way. 2 Ensure that no tools or extra parts are left inside the computer. 3 To replace the cover: a Align the bottom of the cover with the hinge tabs located along the bottom edge of the computer. b Using the hinge tabs as leverage, rotate the cover downward to close it. c Snap the cover into place by pulling back on the cover release latch and then releasing the latch when the cover is properly seated. d Ensure that the cover is seated correctly before moving the computer. 5 SATA drive connectors (SATA0, SATA1) 6 front-panel connector (FRONTPANEL) 7 power connector (POWER) 8 SATA drive connectors (SATA2, SATA3) 9 RTC reset jumper (RTCRST) 10 password jumper (PSWD) 11 battery socket (BATTERY) 12 PCI Express x16 card connector (SLOT1) 13 PCI card connectors (SLOT2 and SLOT3) 14 internal buzzer (SPKR) 15 serial/ PS/2 connector (PS2/SER2) 16 fan connector (FAN_CPU) 17 floppy drive connector (FLOPPY)38 Quick Reference Guide Mini Tower Computer Front View 1 Service Tag Use the Service Tag to identify your computer when you access the Dell Support website or call Support. 2 optical drive Use the optical drive to play a CD/DVD. 4 8 7 3 2 6 5 1 10 9Quick Reference Guide 39 3 floppy drive A floppy drive is optional. 4 drive activity light The drive activity light is on when the computer reads data from or writes data to the hard drive. The light might also be on when a device such as an optical drive is operating. 5 USB 2.0 connectors (2) Use the front USB connectors for devices that you connect occasionally, such as joysticks or cameras, or for bootable USB devices (see "System Setup Options" in the online User’s Guide for more information on booting to a USB device). It is recommended that you use the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain connected, such as printers and keyboards. 6 diagnostic lights Use these lights to help you troubleshoot a computer problem based on the diagnostic code. For more information, see "Diagnostic Lights" on page 56. 7 power button, power light Press the power button to turn on the computer. The light in the center of this button indicates power state. NOTICE: To avoid losing data, do not use the power button to turn off the computer. Instead, perform an operating system shutdown. 8 headphone connector Use the headphone connector to attach headphones and most kinds of speakers. 9 microphone connector Use the microphone connector to attach a personal computer microphone for voice or musical input into a sound or telephony program. On computers with a sound card, the microphone connector is on the card. 10 LAN indicator light This light indicates that a LAN (local area network) connection is established.40 Quick Reference Guide Back View 1 cover release latch This latch allows you to open the computer cover. 2 padlock rings Padlock rings are for attaching a commercially available antitheft device. The padlock rings allows you to secure the computer cover to the chassis with a padlock to prevent unauthorized access to the inside of the computer. To use the padlock rings, insert a commercially available padlock through the rings, and then lock the padlock. 4 3 5 6 2 1Quick Reference Guide 41 CAUTION: Ensure that none of the system air vents are blocked. Blocking them would cause serious thermal problems. Back Panel Connectors 3 power connector Insert the power cable. 4 voltage selector switch For selecting voltage rating. 5 back panel connectors Plug USB, audio, and other devices into the appropriate connector (see "Back Panel Connectors" on page 31 for more information. 6 card slots Access connectors for any installed PCI and PCI Express cards. 1 parallel connector Connect a parallel device, such as a printer, to the parallel connector. If you have a USB printer, plug it into a USB connector. NOTE: The integrated parallel connector is automatically disabled if the computer detects an installed card containing a parallel connector configured to the same address. For more information, see "System Setup Options" in the online User’s Guide. 1 3 98 7 5 6 2 442 Quick Reference Guide 2 link integrity light • Green — A good connection exists between a 10-Mbps network and the computer. • Orange — A good connection exists between a 100-Mbps network and the computer. • Yellow — A good connection exists between a 1-Gbps (1000-Mbps) network and the computer. • Off — The computer is not detecting a physical connection to the network. 3 network adapter connector To attach your computer to a network or broadband device, connect one end of a network cable to either a network jack or your network or broadband device. Connect the other end of the network cable to the network adapter connector on the back panel of your computer. A click indicates that the network cable has been securely attached. NOTE: Do not plug a telephone cable into the network connector. On computers with a network adapter card, use the connector on the card. It is recommended that you use at least Category 5 wiring and connectors for your network. If you must use Category 3 wiring, force the network speed to 10 Mbps to ensure reliable operation. 4 network activity light This light flashes yellow when the computer is transmitting or receiving network data. A high volume of network traffic may make this light appear to be in a steady "on" state. 5 line-out connector Use the green line-out connector to attach headphones and most speakers with integrated amplifiers. On computers with a sound card, use the connector on the card. 6 microphone/linein connector Use the blue and pink line-in connector to attach a record/playback device such as a cassette player, CD player, or VCR; or personal computer microphone. 7 USB 2.0 connectors (6) Use the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain connected, such as printers and keyboards. It is recommended that you use the front USB connectors for devices that you connect occasionally, such as joysticks or cameras.Quick Reference Guide 43 Removing the Computer Cover CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover. 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 10. NOTE: Ensure that sufficient space exists to support the removed cover. NOTICE: Ensure that you are working on a level, protected surface to avoid scratching either the computer or the surface on which it is resting. 2 Lay your computer on its side with the computer cover facing up. 8 VGA video connector Connect the monitor’s VGA cable to the VGA connector on the computer. On computers with a video card, use the connector on the card. 9 serial connector Connect a serial device, such as a handheld device, to the serial port. The default designation is COM1 for serial connector 1. For more information, see "System Setup Options" in the online User’s Guide.44 Quick Reference Guide 3 Release the computer cover by pulling it away from the front of the computer and lifting it up. 4 Set the cover aside in a secure location. 1 security cable slot 2 cover release latch 3 padlock ring 2 1 3Quick Reference Guide 45 Inside View of Your Computer 1 floppy drive 2 optical drive 3 power supply 4 system board 5 heat sink assembly 6 hard drive 1 3 4 6 2 546 Quick Reference Guide System Board Components 1 internal speaker connector (INT_SPKR) 2 processor connector (CPU) 3 processor power connector (12VPOWER) 4 memory module connectors (DIMM_1, DIMM_2) 1 2 6 5 13 3 15 17 12 4 7 14 11 8 10 9 16Quick Reference Guide 47 Replacing the Computer Cover CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions located in the Product Information Guide. 1 Ensure that all cables are connected, and fold cables out of the way. 2 Ensure that no tools or extra parts are left inside the computer. 3 To replace the cover: a Align the bottom of the cover with the hinge tabs located along the bottom edge of the computer. b Using the hinge tabs as leverage, rotate the cover downward to close it. c Snap the cover into place by pulling back on the cover release latch and then releasing the latch when the cover is properly seated. d Ensure that the cover is seated correctly before moving the computer. 4 Move the computer to the upright position. Solving Problems Dell provides a number of tools to help you if your computer does not perform as expected. For the latest troubleshooting information available for your computer, see the Dell support website at support.dell.com. 5 SATA drive connectors (SATA0, SATA1) 6 front-panel connector (FRONTPANEL) 7 power connector (POWER) 8 SATA drive connectors (SATA2, SATA3) 9 RTC reset jumper (RTCRST) 10 password jumper (PSWD) 11 battery socket (BATTERY) 12 PCI Express x16 card connector (SLOT1) 13 PCI card connectors (SLOT2 and SLOT3) 14 internal buzzer (SPKR) 15 serial/ PS/2 connector (PS2/SER2) 16 fan connector (FAN_CPU) 17 floppy drive connector (FLOPPY)48 Quick Reference Guide If computer problems occur that require help from Dell, write a detailed description of the error, beep codes, or diagnostic light patterns, record your Express Service Code and Service Tag below, and then contact Dell from the same location as your computer. For an example of the Express Service Code and Service Tag, see "Finding Information" in your computer User’s Guide. Dell Diagnostics CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. When to Use the Dell Diagnostics If you experience a problem with your computer, perform the checks in Lockups and Software Problems (see the online User’s Guide for details) and run the Dell Diagnostics before you contact Dell for technical assistance. It is recommended that you print these procedures before you begin. NOTICE: The Dell Diagnostics works only on Dell™ computers. NOTE: The Drivers and Utilities media is optional and may not ship with your computer. See "System Setup" in the online User’s Guide to review your computer’s configuration information, and ensure that the device that you want to test displays in the system setup program and is active. Start the Dell Diagnostics from your hard drive or from the Drivers and Utilities media. Starting the Dell Diagnostics From Your Hard Drive The Dell Diagnostics is located on a hidden diagnostic utility partition on your hard drive. NOTE: If your computer cannot display a screen image, contact Dell. 1 Ensure that the computer is connected to an electrical outlet that is known to be working properly. Express Service Code: Service Tag:Quick Reference Guide 49 2 Turn on (or restart) your computer. 3 When the DELL™ logo appears, press immediately. Select Diagnostics from the boot menu and press . NOTE: If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop; then, shut down your computer and try again. NOTE: If you see a message stating that no diagnostics utility partition has been found, run the Dell Diagnostics from the Drivers and Utilities media. 4 Press any key to start the Dell Diagnostics from the diagnostics utility partition on your hard drive. Starting the Dell Diagnostics From the Drivers and Utilities Media 1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities media. 2 Shut down and restart the computer. When the DELL logo appears, press immediately. NOTE: If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop; then, shut down your computer and try again. NOTE: The next steps change the boot sequence for one time only. On the next start-up, the computer boots according to the devices specified in the system setup program. 3 When the boot device list appears, highlight CD/DVD/CD-RW and press . 4 Select the Boot from CD-ROM option from the menu that appears and press . 5 Type 1 to start the CD menu and press to proceed. 6 Select Run the 32 Bit Dell Diagnostics from the numbered list. If multiple versions are listed, select the version appropriate for your computer. 7 When the Dell Diagnostics Main Menu appears, select the test you want to run.50 Quick Reference Guide Dell Diagnostics Main Menu 1 After the Dell Diagnostics loads and the MainMenu screen appears, click the button for the option you want. NOTE: It is recommended that you select Test System to run a complete test on your computer. 2 After you have selected the Test System option from the main menu, the following menu appears: NOTE: It is recommended that you select Extended Test from the menu below to run a more thorough check of devices in the computer. 3 If a problem is encountered during a test, a message appears with an error code and a description of the problem. Write down the error code and problem description and contact Dell. NOTE: The Service Tag for your computer is located at the top of each test screen. If you contact Dell, technical support will ask for your Service Tag. 4 If you run a test from the Custom Test or Symptom Tree option, click the applicable tab described in the following table for more information. Option Function Test Memory Run the stand-alone memory test Test System Run System Diagnostics Exit Exit the Diagnostics Option Function Express Test Performs a quick test of devices in the system. This typically can take 10 to 20 minutes. Extended Test Performs a thorough check of devices in the system. This typically can take an hour or more. Custom Test Use to test a specific device or customize the tests to be run. Symptom Tree This option allows you to select tests based on a symptom of the problem you are having. This option lists the most common symptoms.Quick Reference Guide 51 5 When the tests are complete, close the test screen to return to the Main Menu screen. To exit the Dell Diagnostics and restart the computer, close the Main Menu screen. 6 Remove the Dell Drivers and Utilities media (if applicable). Power Lights CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. The power button light (bi-color LED) located on the front of the computer illuminates and blinks or remains solid to indicate different states: • If the power light is off, the computer is either turned off or is not receiving power. – Reseat the power cable in the power connector on the back of the computer and the electrical outlet. Tab Function Results Displays the results of the test and any error conditions encountered. Errors Displays error conditions encountered, error codes, and the problem description. Help Describes the test and may indicate requirements for running the test. Configuration Displays your hardware configuration for the selected device. The Dell Diagnostics obtains configuration information for all devices from system setup, memory, and various internal tests, and it displays the information in the device list in the left pane of the screen. The device list may not display the names of all the components installed on your computer or all devices attached to your computer. Parameters Allows you to customize the test by changing the test settings.52 Quick Reference Guide – If the computer is plugged into a power strip, ensure that the power strip is plugged into an electrical outlet and that the power strip is turned on. Also, bypass power protection devices, power strips, and power extension cables to verify that the computer turns on properly. – Ensure that the electrical outlet is working by testing it with another device, such as a lamp. • If the power light is steady green and the computer is not responding: – Ensure that the display is connected and powered on. – If the display is connected and powered on, see "Beep Codes" on page 53. • If the power light is blinking green, the computer is in standby mode. Press a key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power button to resume normal operation.If the power light is green and the computer is not responding: – Ensure the display is connected and powered on. – If the display is connected and powered on, see "Beep Codes" on page 53. • If the power light is steady amber, the computer is receiving electrical power, but a device might be malfunctioning or incorrectly installed. – Remove and then reinstall the memory modules. – Remove and then reinstall any cards. – Remove and then reinstall the graphics card, if applicable. • If the power light is blinking amber, there may be a power problem or an internal device malfunction. – Ensure that all power cables are securely connected to the system board (see "System Board Components" on page 36). – Ensure that the main power cable and front panel cable are securely connected to the system board (see "System Board Components" on page 36).Quick Reference Guide 53 Beep Codes Your computer might emit a series of beeps during start-up if the monitor cannot display errors or problems. This series of beeps, called a beep code, identifies a problem. For example, beep code 1-3-1 (one possible beep code) consists of one beep, a burst of three beeps, and then one beep. This beep code tells you that the computer encountered a memory problem. Reseating the memory modules may correct the following beep code errors. If the problem persists, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" in the User’s Guide) for instructions on obtaining technical assistance. If you experience any of the following beep code errors, see "Contacting Dell" in the User’s Guide for instructions on obtaining technical assistance. Code Cause 1-3-1 through 2-4-4 Memory not being properly identified or used 4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh Code Cause 1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure 1-1-3 NVRAM read/write failure 1-1-4 ROM BIOS checksum failure 1-2-1 Programmable interval timer failure 1-2-2 DMA initialization failure 1-2-3 DMA page register read/write failure 1-3 Video Memory Test failure 1-3-1 through 2-4-4 Memory not being properly identified or used 3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure 3-1-2 Master DMA register failure 3-1-3 Master interrupt mask register failure 3-1-4 Slave interrupt mask register failure54 Quick Reference Guide System Messages NOTE: If the message you received is not listed in the table, see the documentation for either the operating system or the program that was running when the message appeared. 3-2-2 Interrupt vector loading failure 3-2-4 Keyboard Controller Test failure 3-3-1 NVRAM power loss 3-3-2 Invalid NVRAM configuration 3-3-4 Video Memory Test failure 3-4-1 Screen initialization failure 3-4-2 Screen retrace failure 3-4-3 Search for video ROM failure 4-2-1 No timer tick 4-2-2 Shutdown failure 4-2-3 Gate A20 failure 4-2-4 Unexpected interrupt in protected mode 4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh 4-3-3 Timer-chip counter 2 failure 4-3-4 Time-of-day clock stopped 4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure 4-4-2 Failure to decompress code to shadowed memory 4-4-3 Math-coprocessor test failure 4-4-4 Cache test failure ALERT! PREVIOUS ATTEMPTS A T BOOTING THIS SYSTEM HAVE FAILED A T CHECKPOINT [NNNN]. FO R HELP IN RESOLVING THIS PROBLEM, PLEASE NOTE THIS CHECKPOINT AND CONTACT DELL TECHNICAL SUPPORT — The computer failed to complete the boot routine three consecutive times for the same error. Code CauseQuick Reference Guide 55 CMOS CHECKSUM ERROR — Possible motherboard failure or RTC battery low. Replace battery. CPU FAN FAILURE — CPU fan failure. Replace the CPU fan. DISKETTE DRIVE 0 SEEK FAILURE — A cable may be loose, or the computer configuration information may not match the hardware configuration. Check cable connections. DISKETTE READ FAILURE — The floppy disk may be defective or a cable may be loose. Replace the floppy disk/check for a loose cable connection. HARD-DISK DRIVE FAILURE — Possible hard disk drive failure during HDD POST. Check cables /swap hard disks. HARD-DISK DRIVE READ FAILURE — Possible HDD failure during HDD boot test. KEYBOARD FAILURE — Keyboard failure or keyboard cable loose. NO BOOT DEVICE AVAILABLE — The system cannot detect a bootable device or partition. • If the floppy drive is your boot device, ensure that the cables are connected and that a bootable floppy disk is in the drive. • If the hard drive is your boot device, ensure that the cables are connected and that the drive is installed properly and partitioned as a boot device. • Enter system setup and ensure that the boot sequence information is correct. NO TIMER TICK INTERRUPT — A chip on the system board might be malfunctioning or motherboard failure. NON-SYSTEM DISK O R DISK ERROR — Replace the floppy disk with one that has a bootable operating system or remove the floppy disk from drive A and restart the computer.56 Quick Reference Guide Diagnostic Lights CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions located in the Product Information Guide. To help you troubleshoot a problem, your computer has four lights labeled 1, 2, 3, and 4 on the front or back panel. The lights can be off or green. When the computer starts normally, the patterns or codes on the lights change as the boot process completes. When the computer starts normally, the patterns or codes on the lights change as the boot process completes. If the POST portion of system boot completes successfully, all four lights display solid green. If the computer malfunctions during the POST process, the pattern displayed on the LEDs may help identify where in the process the computer halted. NOTE: The orientation of the diagnostic lights may vary depending on the system type. The diagnostic lights can appear either vertical or horizontal. NO T A BOOT DISKETTE — Insert a bootable floppy disk and restart your computer. USB OVER CURRENT ERROR — Disconnect the USB device. Use an external power source for the USB device. NOTICE - HARD DRIVE SELF MONITORING SYSTEM HAS REPORTED THAT A PARAMETER HAS EXCEEDED ITS NORMAL OPERATING RANGE. DELL RECOMMENDS THAT YOU BACK U P YOUR DATA REGULARLY. A PARAMETER OUT O F RANGE MAY O R MAY NOT INDICATE A POTENTIAL HARD DRIVE PROBLEM — S.M.A.R.T error, possible HDD failure. This feature can be enabled or disabled in BIOS setup.Quick Reference Guide 57 Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution The computer is in a normal "off" condition, or a possible pre-BIOS failure has occurred. The diagnostic lights are not lit after the computer successfully boots to the operating system. Plug the computer into a working electrical outlet and press the power button. A possible BIOS failure has occurred; the computer is in the recovery mode. Run the BIOS Recovery utility, wait for recovery completion, and then restart the computer. A possible processor failure has occurred. Reinstall the processor and restart the computer. Memory modules are detected, but a memory failure has occurred. • If you have one memory module installed, reinstall it and restart the computer. (see the online User’s Guide for instructions on how to remove and install memory modules.) • If you have two or more memory modules installed, remove the modules, reinstall one module, and then restart the computer. If the computer starts normally, reinstall an additional module. Continue until you have identified a faulty module or reinstalled all modules without error. • If available, install properly working memory of the same type into your computer. • If the problem persists, contact Dell.58 Quick Reference Guide A possible graphics card failure has occurred. • If the computer has a graphics card, remove the card, reinstall it, and then restart the computer. • If the problem still exists, install a graphics card that you know works and restart the computer. • If the problem persists or the computer has integrated graphics, contact Dell. A possible floppy or hard drive failure has occurred. Reseat all power and data cables and restart the computer. A possible USB failure has occurred. Reinstall all USB devices, check cable connections, and then restart the computer. Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested ResolutionQuick Reference Guide 59 No memory modules are detected. • If you have one memory module installed, reinstall it and restart the computer. See the online User’s Guide for instructions on how to remove and install memory modules. • If you have two or more memory modules installed, remove the modules, reinstall one module, and then restart the computer. If the computer starts normally, reinstall an additional module. Continue until you have identified a faulty module or reinstalled all modules without error. • If available, install properly working memory of the same type into your computer. • If the problem persists, contact Dell. Memory modules are detected, but a memory configuration or compatibility error exists. • Ensure that no special memory module/memory connector placement requirements exist. • Verify that the memory modules that you are installing are compatible with your computer. • If the problem persists, Contact Dell. Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution60 Quick Reference Guide Clearing Forgotten Passwords CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions located in the Product Information Guide. 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 10. 2 Remove the computer cover (see "Removing the Computer Cover" on page 43). 3 Locate the 2-pin password jumper (PSWD) on the system board. By default, Pin1 and Pin2 should be connected. You will need to remove the jumper and boot the system, as follows. 4 Remove the jumper. A failure has occurred. This pattern also displays when you enter system setup and may not indicate a problem. • Ensure that the cables are properly connected to the system board from the hard drive and the optical drive. • Check the computer message that appears on your monitor screen. • If the problem persists, Contact Dell. After POST is complete, all four diagnostic lights turn green briefly before turning off to indicate normal operating condition. None. Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested ResolutionQuick Reference Guide 61 5 Replace the computer cover (see "Replacing the Computer Cover" on page 37). NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network device and then plug it into the computer. 6 Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on. 7 After the Microsoft® Windows® desktop appears on your computer, shut down your computer (see "Turning Off Your Computer" on page 12). 8 Turn off the monitor and disconnect it from the electrical outlet. 9 Disconnect the computer power cable from the electrical outlet, and press the power button to ground the system board. 10 Open the computer cover. 11 Locate the 2-pin password jumper (PSWD) on the system board and attach the jumper to reenable the password feature. 12 Replace the computer cover (see "Replacing the Computer Cover" on page 37).62 Quick Reference Guide NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network wall jack and then plug it into the computer. 13 Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on. NOTE: This procedure enables the password feature. When you enter system setup (see "Entering System Setup" in your User’s Guide), both system and administrator password options appear as Not Set—meaning that the password feature is enabled but no password is assigned. 14 Assign a new system and/or administrator password. Clearing CMOS Settings CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions located in the Product Information Guide. 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 10. NOTE: The computer must be disconnected from the electrical outlet to clear the CMOS setting. 2 Remove the computer cover (see "Removing the Computer Cover" on page 43). 3 Remove the computer cover. 4 Reset the current CMOS settings: a Locate the password (PSWD) and CMOS (RTCRST) jumpers on the system board (see "Clearing Forgotten Passwords" on page 60). b Remove the password jumper plug from its pins. c Place the password jumper plug on the RTCRST pins and wait approximately 5 seconds. d Remove the jumper plug from the RTCRST pins and place it back on the password pins. 5 Replace the computer cover (see "Replacing the Computer Cover" on page 37). NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer. 6 Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.Quick Reference Guide 63 Flashing the BIOS The BIOS may require flashing when an update is available or when replacing the system board. 1 Turn on the computer. 2 Locate the BIOS update file for your computer at the Dell Support website at support.dell.com. 3 Click Download Now to download the file. 4 If the Export Compliance Disclaimer window appears, click Yes, I Accept this Agreement. The File Download window appears. 5 Click Save this program to disk, and then click OK. The Save In window appears. 6 Click the down arrow to view the Save In menu, select Desktop, and then click Save. The file downloads to your desktop. 7 Click Close when the Download Complete window appears. The file icon appears on your desktop and is titled the same as the downloaded BIOS update file. 8 Double-click the file icon on the desktop and follow the on-screen instructions.64 Quick Reference GuideIndex 65 Index B beep codes, 53 C CDs operating system, 9 CMOS settings clearing, 62 computer beep codes, 53 components inside, 35, 45 inside view, 35, 45 cover removing, 33, 43 replacing, 37, 47 D Dell Diagnostics, 48 Dell support site, 8 diagnostics beep codes, 53 Dell, 48 documentation End User License Agreement, 6 ergonomics, 6 online, 8 Product Information Guide, 6 Quick Reference, 6 regulatory, 6 safety, 6 User’s Guide, 6 warranty, 6 E End User License Agreement, 6 ergonomics information, 6 error messages beep codes, 53 H hardware beep codes, 53 Dell Diagnostics, 48 Help and Support Center, 9 help file Windows Help and Support Center, 9 I installing parts before you begin, 11 recommended tools, 1266 Index turning off your computer, 12 Internet connection about, 17 options, 17 setting up, 18 L labels Microsoft Windows, 7 Service Tag, 7, 29, 38 lights power, 29 M monitor clone mode, 26 connect DVI, 24-25 connect TV, 24, 26 connect two, 24-25 connect VGA, 24-25 display settings, 26 extended desktop mode, 26 motherboard. See system board N network Network Setup Wizard, 16 Network Setup Wizard, 16 O operating system reinstalling, 9 Operating System CD, 9 P password clearing, 60 jumper, 60 power button, 28, 39 light, 29 line conditioners protection devices surge protectors UPS printer cable, 24 connecting, 15, 23 setting up, 15, 23 problems beep codes, 53 Dell Diagnostics, 48 Product Information Guide, 6 R regulatory information, 6 ResourceCD Dell Diagnostics, 48Index 67 S S.M.A.R.T, 56 safety instructions, 6 Service Tag, 7, 29, 38 Starting the Dell Diagnostics From the Drivers and Utilities CD, 49 Starting the Dell Diagnostics From Your Hard Drive, 48 support website, 8 system board, 36, 46 T troubleshooting Dell Diagnostics, 48 Help and Support Center, 9 TV connect to computer, 24, 26 U uninterruptible power supply. See UPS UPS User’s Guide, 6 W warranty information, 6 Windows XP Help and Support Center, 9 Network Setup Wizard, 16 reinstalling, 9 wizards Network Setup Wizard, 1668 Indexwww.dell.com | support.dell.com Dell™ OptiPlex™ 330 Guide de référence rapide Modèles DCSM et DCNERemarques, avis et précautions REMARQUE : Une REMARQUE indique des informations importantes qui peuvent vous aider à mieux utiliser votre ordinateur. AVIS : Un AVIS vous avertit d’un risque de dommage matériel ou de perte de données et vous indique comment éviter le problème. PRÉCAUTION : Une PRÉCAUTION indique un risque potentiel d'endommagement du matériel, de blessure corporelle ou de mort. ____________________ Les informations contenues dans ce document sont sujettes à modification sans préavis. © 2007 Dell Inc. Tous droits réservés. La reproduction de ce document, de quelque manière que ce soit, sans l'autorisation écrite de Dell Inc. est strictement interdite. Marques utilisées dans ce document : Dell, le logo DELL, Inspiron, Dell Precision, Dimension, OptiPlex, Latitude, PowerEdge, PowerVault, PowerApp et Dell OpenManage sont des marques de Dell Inc. ; Intel, Pentium, et Celeron sont des marques déposées d'Intel Corporation ; Microsoft et Windows sont des marques déposées de Microsoft Corporation. D'autres marques et noms commerciaux peuvent être utilisés dans ce document pour faire référence aux entités se réclamant de ces marques et de ces noms ou à leurs produits. Dell Inc. rejette tout intérêt propriétaire dans les marques et les noms commerciaux autres que les siens. Modèles DCSM et DCNE Septembre 2007 Réf. JY235 Rév. A00Table des matières 71 Table des matières Recherche d'informations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Avant de commencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Avant d'intervenir à l'intérieur de votre ordinateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Ajout et remplacement de pièces . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Configuration de votre ordinateur . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Installation de votre ordinateur dans une enceinte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Configuration d'un réseau domestique et d'un réseau d'entreprise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Connexion à une carte réseau . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Configuration réseau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Connexion à Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Transfert d'informations vers un nouvel ordinateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Configuration d'une imprimante . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Raccordement de deux moniteurs . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Périphériques de protection contre les surtensions électriques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Ordinateur de bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Vue frontale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Vue arrière . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Connecteurs du panneau arrière . . . . . . . . . 10072 Table des matières Retrait du capot de l'ordinateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Vue intérieure de votre ordinateur . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Composants de la carte système . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Remplacement du capot de l'ordinateur . . . . . . . . 106 Ordinateur mini-tour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Vue frontale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Vue arrière . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Connecteurs du panneau arrière . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Retrait du capot de l'ordinateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Vue intérieure de l'ordinateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Composants de la carte système . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Remplacement du capot de l'ordinateur . . . . . . . . 116 Résolution des problèmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Dell Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Voyants d'alimentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Codes sonores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Messages système . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Voyants de diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Effacement des mots de passe oubliés . . . . . . . . . 129 Effacement des paramètres CMOS . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Clignotement du BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Guide de référence rapide 73 Recherche d'informations REMARQUE : Il se peut que certaines fonctionnalités et certains supports soient en option et ne soient pas livrés avec votre ordinateur. Certaines fonctionnalités ne sont pas nécessairement disponibles dans tous les pays. REMARQUE : Il est possible que des informations supplémentaires soient fournies avec votre ordinateur. Que recherchez-vous ? Cherchez ici • Programme de diagnostic pour mon ordinateur • Pilotes pour mon ordinateur • Logiciel DSS (Desktop System Software) Support Drivers and Utilities REMARQUE : Il se peut que le support Drivers and Utilities soit en option et qu'il ne soit pas livré avec tous les ordinateurs. Les pilotes sont déjà installés sur votre ordinateur. Vous pouvez utiliser ce support pour réinstaller les pilotes (reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation en ligne) et pour exécuter Dell Diagnostics (reportez-vous à la section « Dell Diagnostics » à la page 117). Des fichiers « Lisez-moi » peuvent être inclus sur votre support ; ces fichiers fournissent des informations sur les modifications techniques de dernière minute apportées à votre système ou des informations de référence destinées aux techniciens ou aux utilisateurs expérimentés. REMARQUE : Les dernières mises à jour des pilotes et de la documentation se trouvent à l'adresse support.dell.com.74 Guide de référence rapide • Informations de dépannage de base • Comment exécuter Dell Diagnostics • Outils et utilitaires • Comment installer une imprimante Guide de référence rapide REMARQUE : Ce document peut être en option et n'est pas obligatoirement expédié avec votre ordinateur. REMARQUE : Ce document est disponible au format PDF à l'adresse support.dell.com. • Informations sur les garanties • Termes et Conditions (États-Unis uniquement) • Consignes de sécurité • Informations sur les réglementations • Informations relatives à l'ergonomie • Contrat de licence pour utilisateur final Guide d'information sur le produit Dell™ • Comment retirer et remplacer des pièces • Caractéristiques • Comment configurer les paramètres du système • Comment déterminer et résoudre des problèmes Guide d'utilisation du Dell OptiPlex™ 330 Centre d'aide et de support Microsoft Windows 1 Cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer de Windows Vista, puis sur Aide et support→ User and system guides (Guides d'utilisation du système)→System Guides (Guides de système). 2 Cliquez sur le Guide d'utilisation de votre ordinateur. Que recherchez-vous ? Cherchez iciGuide de référence rapide 75 • Numéro de service et code de service express • Étiquette de licence Microsoft Windows Numéro de service et licence Microsoft® Windows® Ces étiquettes sont apposées à l'ordinateur. • Utilisez le numéro de service pour identifier votre ordinateur lorsque vous accédez au site Web support.dell.com ou lorsque vous contactez le service de support. • Entrez le code de service express pour orienter votre appel lorsque vous contactez le service de support. REMARQUE : Par mesure de sécurité, la nouvelle étiquette de licence de Microsoft Windows intègre une partie manquante afin d'éviter qu'elle ne soit enlevée. Que recherchez-vous ? Cherchez ici76 Guide de référence rapide • Solutions — Conseils et astuces de dépannage, articles de techniciens, cours en ligne et questions fréquemment posées • Forum clients — Discussion en ligne avec d'autres clients Dell • Mises à niveau — Informations sur les mises à niveau des composants, comme la mémoire, l'unité de disque dur et le système d'exploitation • Service clientèle — Coordonnées, appels de service et état des commandes, garantie et informations sur les réparations • Service et support — État des appels de service et historique du support, contrat de service, discussions en ligne avec le support technique • Service Dell Technical Update — Notification proactive par e-mail des mises à jour logicielles et matérielles de votre ordinateur • Référence — Documentation de l'ordinateur, détails sur la configuration de l'ordinateur, caractéristiques de produit et livres blancs • Téléchargements — Pilotes, correctifs et mises à jour logicielles agréés Site Web de support de Dell — support.dell.com REMARQUE : Sélectionnez votre région ou votre secteur d'activité pour afficher le site de support qui vous concerne. Que recherchez-vous ? Cherchez iciGuide de référence rapide 77 • DSS (Desktop System Software - Logiciel système de bureau) — Si vous réinstallez le système d'exploitation de votre ordinateur, vous devez également réinstaller l'utilitaire DSS. DSS fournit des mises à jour essentielles pour le système d'exploitation et la prise en charge des processeurs, des lecteurs optiques, des périphériques USB, etc. DSS est requis pour le bon fonctionnement de votre ordinateur Dell. Ce logiciel détecte automatiquement votre ordinateur et son système d'exploitation, et installe les mises à jour appropriées à votre configuration. Pour télécharger DSS (Desktop System Software) : 1 Rendez-vous sur le site support.dell.com, sélectionnez votre région ou secteur d'activité, puis saisissez votre numéro de service. 2 Sélectionnez Drivers & Downloads (Pilotes et téléchargements) et cliquez sur OK. 3 Cliquez sur votre système d'exploitation et recherchez le mot-clé Desktop System Software. REMARQUE : L'interface utilisateur support.dell.com peut varier selon vos sélections. • Comment utiliser Windows • Comment utiliser des programmes et des fichiers • Comment personnaliser mon bureau Centre d'aide et de support de Windows 1 Pour accéder à l'aide et au support de Windows : • Sous Windows XP, cliquez sur Démarrer et sur Aide et support. • Sous Windows Vista™, cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer de Windows Vista et sur Aide et support. 2Tapez un mot ou une expression qui décrit votre problème, puis cliquez sur l'icône en forme de flèche. 3 Cliquez sur la rubrique qui décrit votre problème. 4 Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent à l'écran. • Comment réinstaller mon système d'exploitation Support Operating System REMARQUE : Il se peut que le support Operating System soit en option et qu'il ne soit pas livré avec certains ordinateurs. Que recherchez-vous ? Cherchez ici78 Guide de référence rapide Avant de commencer Avant d'intervenir à l'intérieur de votre ordinateur Respectez les consignes de sécurité suivantes pour vous aider à protéger votre ordinateur contre les dommages éventuels et pour garantir votre sécurité personnelle. PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. AVIS : Manipulez les composants et les cartes avec précaution. Ne touchez pas les pièces ou les contacts d'une carte. Tenez une carte par les bords ou par la languette de montage métallique. Tenez les pièces, telles qu'un processeur, par les bords et non par les broches. Le système d'exploitation est déjà installé sur votre ordinateur. Pour réinstaller votre système d'exploitation, utilisez le disque Operating System et reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation en ligne. Après la réinstallation de votre système d'exploitation, utilisez le disque Drivers and Utilities pour réinstaller les pilotes des périphériques fournis avec l'ordinateur. L'étiquette de la Clé de produit du système d'exploitation est apposée sur l'ordinateur. REMARQUE : La couleur du disque varie selon le système d'exploitation que vous avez commandé. Que recherchez-vous ? Cherchez iciGuide de référence rapide 79 AVIS : Seul un technicien d'entretien qualifié doit effectuer les réparations sur votre ordinateur. Les dommages causés par une personne non agréée par Dell ne sont pas couverts par votre garantie. AVIS : Lorsque vous débranchez un câble, tirez sur le connecteur ou sur la languette de retrait, mais jamais sur le câble lui-même. Certains câbles sont munis de connecteurs à languettes de verrouillage ; si vous déconnectez ce type de câble, appuyez sur les languettes de verrouillage vers l'intérieur avant de déconnecter le câble. Quand vous séparez les connecteurs en tirant dessus, veillez à les maintenir alignés pour ne pas plier de broches de connecteur. De même, lorsque vous connectez un câble, assurez-vous que les deux connecteurs sont bien orientés et alignés. AVIS : Avant de commencer à travailler sur l'ordinateur, suivez les étapes suivantes pour éviter de l'endommager. 1 Mettez votre ordinateur hors tension (reportez-vous à la section « Mise hors tension de l'ordinateur » à la page 80). PRÉCAUTION : Ne mettez jamais l'ordinateur sous tension si le capot est retiré. AVIS : Pour déconnecter un câble réseau, débranchez d'abord le câble de votre ordinateur, puis du périphérique réseau. 2 Débranchez tous les câbles de téléphone ou réseau de l'ordinateur. 3 Déconnectez l'ordinateur et tous les périphériques qui y sont reliés de leur prise secteur. 4 Appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation pour mettre à la terre la carte système. AVIS : Avant de toucher quoi que ce soit à l'intérieur de l'ordinateur, raccordezvous à la masse en touchant une surface métallique non peinte, par exemple la partie métallique à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. Pendant votre intervention, touchez périodiquement une surface métallique non peinte de l'ordinateur pour dissiper toute électricité statique qui pourrait endommager les composants internes. Ajout et remplacement de pièces Cette section fournit des procédures pour le retrait et l'installation des composants dans votre ordinateur. À moins d'indication contraire, les conditions suivantes doivent exister préalablement à chaque procédure : • Vous avez suivi les étapes décrites dans les sections « Mise hors tension de l'ordinateur » à la page 80 et « Avant d'intervenir à l'intérieur de votre ordinateur » à la page 78.80 Guide de référence rapide • Vous avez lu les consignes de sécurité qui figurent dans le Guide d'information sur le produit de Dell™. • Pour remplacer un composant ou pour l'installer, s'il a été acheté séparément, effectuez la procédure de retrait en ordre inverse. Outils recommandés Les procédures mentionnées dans ce document exigent les outils suivants : • un petit tournevis à lame plate • un petit tournevis cruciforme • une petite pointe en plastique Mise hors tension de l'ordinateur AVIS : Pour éviter de perdre des données, enregistrez tous les fichiers ouverts, fermez-les et quittez toutes les applications avant de procéder à l'arrêt du système. 1 Arrêtez le système d'exploitation : a Enregistrez et fermez tout fichier ouvert et quittez tous les programmes d'application en cours d'utilisation. b Sous le système d'exploitation Microsoft® Windows® XP, cliquez sur Démarrer→ Arrêter→ Arrêter. Sous Microsoft® Windows Vista™, cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer de Windows Vista , dans le coin inférieur gauche du bureau, cliquez sur la flèche dans le coin inférieur droit du menu Démarrer comme illustré ci-dessous, puis cliquez sur Arrêter. L'ordinateur s'éteint automatiquement une fois le processus d'arrêt du système d'exploitation terminé. 2 Vérifiez que l'ordinateur et les périphériques reliés sont éteints. Si votre ordinateur et les périphériques reliés ne s'éteignent pas automatiquement lorsque vous arrêtez le système d'exploitation, appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation et maintenez-le enfoncé pendant environ 4 secondes pour les éteindre.Guide de référence rapide 81 Configuration de votre ordinateur Installation de votre ordinateur dans une enceinte L'installation de votre ordinateur dans une enceinte peut restreindre la circulation de l'air et ainsi affecter la performance de votre ordinateur et peut- être même le faire surchauffer. Suivez les consignes ci-dessous lorsque vous installez votre ordinateur dans une enceinte : AVIS : Les spécifications de la température de fonctionnement indiquées dans ce manuel reflètent la température ambiante maximale de fonctionnement. La température ambiante doit être prise en compte lorsque vous installez votre ordinateur dans une enceinte. Par exemple, si la température ambiante est de 25 °C (77 °F), selon les spécifications de votre ordinateur, vous n'avez qu'une marge de température de 5° à 10 °C (de 9° à 18 °F) avant d'atteindre la température maximale de fonctionnement de votre ordinateur. Pour en savoir plus sur les spécifications de votre ordinateur, reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation en ligne. • Laissez un dégagement d'au moins 10,2 cm (4 po) au niveau des entrées d'air de l'ordinateur afin de permettre la circulation de l'air nécessaire à une bonne ventilation. • Si l'enceinte est équipée de portes, celles-ci doivent être du type qui permet une circulation d'air de 30 pour cent à l'intérieur de l'enceinte (avant et arrière).82 Guide de référence rapide • Si votre ordinateur est installé dans un coin sur un bureau ou en-dessous d'un bureau, prévoyez une ouverture d'au moins 5,1 cm (2 po.) entre l'arrière de l'ordinateur et le mur afin d'assurer la circulation d'air nécessaire à une ventilation appropriée. AVIS : N'installez pas votre ordinateur dans une enceinte qui ne permet pas un écoulement d'air. Une restriction de circulation d'air affecte les performances de votre ordinateur et peut même le faire surchauffer.Guide de référence rapide 83 Configuration d'un réseau domestique et d'un réseau d'entreprise Connexion à une carte réseau Pour connecter un câble de réseau : REMARQUE : Raccordez le câble de réseau au connecteur réseau de votre ordinateur. Ne le raccordez pas au connecteur modem de votre ordinateur. Ne raccordez pas non plus de câble de réseau à une prise téléphonique murale. 1 Raccordez le câble de réseau au connecteur de carte réseau à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. Insérez le câble jusqu'à ce qu'il s'enclenche et tirez dessus doucement pour vous assurer qu'il est correctement fixé. 2 Connectez l'autre extrémité du câble de réseau à un périphérique réseau.84 Guide de référence rapide Configuration réseau Windows XP L'Assistant Configuration réseau du système d'exploitation Microsoft® Windows® XP vous guide dans la procédure de partage des fichiers, des imprimantes ou d'une connexion Internet entre ordinateurs présents au sein d'un réseau domestique ou d'une petite entreprise. 1 Cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer, pointez sur Tous les programmes→ Accessoires→ Communications, puis cliquez sur Assistant Configuration réseau. 2 Sur l'écran de bienvenue de l'Assistant Configuration réseau, cliquez sur Suivant. 3 Cliquez sur Liste de vérification pour la création d'un réseau. REMARQUE : La sélection de la méthode de connexion This computer connects directly to the Internet (Cet ordinateur se connecte directement à Internet) entraîne l'activation du pare-feu intégré fourni avec Windows XP Service Pack 1 (SP1). 4 Terminez la liste de vérifications et les préparations requises. 5 Revenez à l'Assistant Configuration réseau et suivez les instructions qui s'affichent. périphérique réseau connecteur de carte réseau de l'ordinateur câble de réseau connecteur de carte réseauGuide de référence rapide 85 Windows Vista Pour modifier votre configuration réseau dans Microsoft® Windows Vista™ : 1 Cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer de Windows Vista , puis sur Réseau→ Centre de réseau et de partage. 2 Cliquez sur Configurer une connexion ou un réseau. 3 Sélectionnez le type de connexion réseau souhaité et suivez les instructions à l'écran. 4 Lorsque vous avez terminé, fermez le Centre de réseau et de partage. Connexion à Internet REMARQUE : Les fournisseurs d'accès Internet (FAI) et leurs offres varient selon les pays. Pour vous connecter à Internet, vous devez disposer d'un modem ou d'une connexion réseau et d'un fournisseur d'accès Internet (FAI). Votre fournisseur d'accès Internet vous proposera une ou plusieurs des options de connexion Internet suivantes : • Connexions ADSL qui offrent un accès à Internet à haute vitesse par l'intermédiaire de votre ligne téléphonique existante ou un service de téléphone cellulaire. Avec une connexion ADSL, vous pouvez accéder à Internet et utiliser votre téléphone sur la même ligne simultanément. • Connexions modem par câble qui offrent un accès à Internet à haute vitesse par l'intermédiaire de la ligne TV câblée locale. • Connexions modem par satellite qui offrent un accès à Internet à haute vitesse par l'intermédiaire d'un système de télévision par satellite. • Connexions d'accès à distance qui offrent un accès à Internet par l'intermédiaire d'une ligne téléphonique. Ces connexions sont beaucoup plus lentes que les connexions ADSL et de modem par câble (ou satellite). • Connexions LAN sans fil qui offrent un accès à Internet par l'intermédiaire de la technologie sans fil Bluetooth®. Si vous utilisez une connexion d'accès à distance, connectez une ligne téléphonique au connecteur du modem sur votre ordinateur et à la prise téléphonique murale avant de configurer la connexion Internet. Si vous utilisez une connexion ADSL ou modem par câble/satellite, contactez votre fournisseur d'accès Internet (FAI) ou votre fournisseur de service de téléphone cellulaire pour obtenir des informations sur la configuration.86 Guide de référence rapide Configuration de votre connexion Internet Pour configurer une connexion Internet à l'aide du raccourci de bureau d'un fournisseur d'accès Internet fourni : 1 Enregistrez et fermez tous les fichiers et quittez tous les programmes. 2 Double-cliquez sur l'icône d'un fournisseur d'accès Internet sur le bureau Microsoft® Windows®. 3 Pour effectuer la configuration, suivez les instructions qui s'affichent à l'écran. Si vous ne voyez pas l'icône d'un fournisseur d'accès Internet sur votre bureau ou que vous souhaitez configurer une connexion Internet avec un autre FAI, suivez la procédure décrite ci-dessous et appropriée au système d'exploitation que vous utilisez. REMARQUE : Si vous rencontrez des problèmes de connexion à Internet, reportez-vous à la section « Configuration d'un réseau domestique et d'un réseau d'entreprise » à la page 83. Si vous ne pouvez pas vous connecter à Internet alors que vous l'avez fait auparavant, il est possible que le fournisseur d'accès Internet subisse une interruption de services. Contactez-le pour vérifier l'état des services ou essayez de vous connecter ultérieurement. Windows XP 1 Enregistrez et fermez tous les fichiers et quittez tous les programmes. 2 Cliquez sur Démarrer→ Internet Explorer. L'Assistant Nouvelle connexion s'affiche. 3 Cliquez sur Connecter à Internet. 4 Dans la fenêtre suivante, cliquez sur l'option appropriée : • Si vous ne disposez pas de fournisseur d'accès Internet et souhaitez en sélectionner un, cliquez sur Choisir dans une liste de fournisseurs de services Internet. • Si vous avez déjà reçu les informations de configuration de votre fournisseur de services Internet, mais pas le CD de configuration, cliquez sur Configurer ma connexion manuellement. • Si vous disposez d'un CD, cliquez sur Utiliser le CD fourni par mon fournisseur de services Internet. 5 Cliquez sur Suivant.Guide de référence rapide 87 Si vous sélectionnez Configurer ma connexion manuellement, passez à l'étape 6. Sinon, suivez les instructions qui s'affichent à l'écran pour terminer la configuration. REMARQUE : Si vous ne savez pas quel type de connexion sélectionner, contactez votre fournisseur d'accès Internet. 6 Cliquez sur l'option appropriée sous Comment souhaitez-vous vous connecter à Internet ?, puis cliquez sur Suivant. 7 Utilisez les informations fournies par votre fournisseur d'accès Internet pour terminer la configuration. Windows Vista™ REMARQUE : Veillez à avoir à portée de main les informations concernant votre FAI. Si vous n'avez pas de FAI, l'Assistant Connexion à Internet vous aide à en trouver un. 1 Enregistrez et fermez tous les fichiers et quittez tous les programmes. 2 Cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer de Windows Vista , puis sur Panneau de configuration. 3 Sous Réseau et Internet, cliquez sur Connexion à Internet. La fenêtre Connexion à Internet s'affiche. 4 Cliquez sur Large bande (PPPoE) ou Accès à distance, selon la façon dont vous souhaitez vous connecter : • Choisissez Large bande si vous comptez utiliser une connexion ADSL, un modem par satellite, un modem par câble ou la technologie sans fil Bluetooth. • Choisissez Accès à distance si vous comptez utiliser un modem d'accès à distance ou le RNIS. REMARQUE : Si vous ne savez pas quel type de connexion sélectionner, cliquez sur Aidez-moi à choisir ou contactez votre FAI. 5 Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent à l'écran et utilisez les informations de configuration fournies par votre FAI pour terminer la procédure de configuration.88 Guide de référence rapide Transfert d'informations vers un nouvel ordinateur Vous pouvez utiliser les « Assistants » de votre système d'exploitation pour transférer des fichiers et toute autre donnée d'un ordinateur à l'autre, par exemple d'un ancien ordinateur vers un nouvel ordinateur. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section correspondant au système d'exploitation que vous utilisez. Microsoft® Windows® XP (optionnel) Le système d'exploitation MicrosoftWindows XP fournit l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres pour déplacer les données de l'ordinateur source vers un nouvel ordinateur. Vous pouvez transférer des données telles que : • messages e-mail • paramètres de la barre d'outils • tailles de fenêtre • signets Internet Vous pouvez transférer les données vers un nouvel ordinateur en utilisant une connexion réseau ou série, ou les stocker sur un support amovible, comme un CD inscriptible. REMARQUE : Vous pouvez transférer les informations d'un ancien ordinateur vers un nouveau en connectant directement un câble série aux ports d'entrée/sortie (E/S) des deux ordinateurs. Pour le transfert de données par connexion série, vous devez accéder à l'utilitaire Connexions réseau depuis le Panneau de configuration et passer par des étapes de configuration supplémentaires, comme le paramétrage d'une connexion avancée et la désignation de l'ordinateur hôte et invité. Pour des instructions sur la configuration d'une connexion à câble directe entre deux ordinateurs, reportez-vous à la base de connaissances de Microsoft Article nº 305621, intitulé How to Set Up a Direct Cable Connection Between Two Computers in Windows XP (Comment configurer une connexion à câble directe entre deux ordinateurs sous Windows XP). Il se peut que ces informations ne soient pas disponibles dans certains pays. Pour transférer des informations vers un nouvel ordinateur, vous devez lancer l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez utiliser le support Operating System en option ou créer un disque Assistant à l'aide de l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres.Guide de référence rapide 89 Exécution de l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres avec le support Operating System REMARQUE : Le support Operating system est requis. Toutefois, ce support est en option et n'est pas obligatoirement expédié avec certains ordinateurs. Pour préparer un nouvel ordinateur au transfert de fichiers : 1 Ouvrez l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres : cliquez sur Démarrer→ Tous les programmes→ Accessoires→ Outils système→ Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres. 2 Lorsque l'écran de bienvenue de l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres s'affiche, cliquez sur Suivant. 3 Dans l'écran De quel ordinateur s'agit-il ?, cliquez sur Nouvel ordinateur, puis sur Suivant. 4 Dans l'écran Avez-vous un CD-ROM de Windows XP ?, cliquez sur J'utiliserai l'Assistant du CD-ROM de Windows XP→ Suivant. 5 Lorsque l'écran Allez maintenant à votre ancien ordinateur s'affiche, allez à l'ancien ordinateur ou ordinateur source. Ne cliquez pas sur Suivant à ce moment. Pour copier les données à partir de l'ancien ordinateur : 1 Sur l'ancien ordinateur, insérez le support Operating System pour Windows XP. 2 Dans l'écran Bienvenue dans Microsoft Windows XP, cliquez sur Effectuer des tâches supplémentaires. 3 Sous Que voulez-vous faire ?, cliquez sur Transférer des fichiers et des paramètres→ Suivant. 4 Dans l'écran De quel ordinateur s'agit-il ?, cliquez sur Ancien ordinateur→ Suivant. 5 Dans l'écran Sélectionnez une méthode de transfert, cliquez sur la méthode de transfert de votre choix. 6 Dans l'écran Que voulez-vous transférer ?, sélectionnez les éléments à transférer, puis cliquez sur Suivant. Une fois les informations copiées, l'écran Fin de la phase de collecte des données apparaît. 7 Cliquez sur Terminer.90 Guide de référence rapide Pour transférer les données vers le nouvel ordinateur : 1 Dans l'écran Allez maintenant à votre ancien ordinateur sur le nouvel ordinateur, cliquez sur Suivant. 2 Dans l'écran Où sont les fichiers et les paramètres ?, sélectionnez la méthode de transfert de vos paramètres et fichiers, puis cliquez sur Suivant. L'Assistant lit les paramètres et fichiers recueillis, puis les applique à votre nouvel ordinateur. Lorsque tous les paramètres et fichiers ont été appliqués, l'écran Terminé s'affiche. 3 Cliquez sur Terminé et redémarrez le nouvel ordinateur. Exécution de l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres sans le support Operating System Pour exécuter l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres sans le support Operating System, il faut créer un disque Assistant qui va permettre la création d'un fichier d'image de sauvegarde pour support amovible. Pour créer un disque Assistant, servez-vous de votre nouvel ordinateur doté de Windows XP et suivez les étapes ci-dessous : 1 Ouvrez l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres : cliquez sur Démarrer→ Tous les programmes→ Accessoires→ Outils système→ Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres. 2 Lorsque l'écran de bienvenue de l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres s'affiche, cliquez sur Suivant. 3 Dans l'écran De quel ordinateur s'agit-il ?, cliquez sur Nouvel ordinateur, puis sur Suivant. 4 Dans l'écran Avez-vous un CD-ROM de Windows XP ?, cliquez sur Je désire créer un disque Assistant dans le lecteur suivant→ Suivant. 5 Insérez le support amovible, tel qu'un CD inscriptible, puis cliquez sur OK. 6 Lorsque la création du disque est terminée et que le message Now go to your old computer (Allez maintenant à votre ancien ordinateur) apparaît, ne cliquez pas sur Suivant. 7 Allez à votre ancien ordinateur.Guide de référence rapide 91 Pour copier les données à partir de l'ancien ordinateur : 1 Insérez le disque Assistant sur l'ancien ordinateur. 2 Cliquez sur Démarrer→ Exécuter. 3 Dans le champ Ouvrir de la fenêtre Exécuter, recherchez le chemin fastwiz (pour le support amovible approprié) et cliquez sur OK. 4 Dans l'écran de bienvenue de l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres, cliquez sur Suivant. 5 Dans l'écran De quel ordinateur s'agit-il ?, cliquez sur Ancien ordinateur→ Suivant. 6 Dans l'écran Sélectionnez une méthode de transfert, cliquez sur la méthode de transfert de votre choix. 7 Dans l'écran Que voulez-vous transférer ?, sélectionnez les éléments à transférer, puis cliquez sur Suivant. Une fois les informations copiées, l'écran Fin de la phase de collecte des données apparaît. 8 Cliquez sur Terminer. Pour transférer les données vers le nouvel ordinateur : 1 Dans l'écran Allez maintenant à votre ancien ordinateur sur le nouvel ordinateur, cliquez sur Suivant. 2 Dans l'écran Où sont les fichiers et les paramètres ?, sélectionnez la méthode de transfert de vos paramètres et fichiers, puis cliquez sur Suivant. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent à l'écran. L'Assistant lit les paramètres et fichiers recueillis, puis les applique à votre nouvel ordinateur. Lorsque tous les paramètres et fichiers ont été appliqués, l'écran Terminé s'affiche. 3 Cliquez sur Terminé et redémarrez le nouvel ordinateur. REMARQUE : Pour plus d'informations sur cette procédure, rendez-vous sur le site Web support.dell.com pour accéder au document nº 154781 (What Are The Different Methods To Transfer Files From My Old Computer To My New Dell™ Computer Using the Microsoft® Windows® XP Operating System? [Quelles sont les différentes méthodes pour transférer des fichiers à partir de mon ancien ordinateur vers mon nouvel ordinateur Dell™ à l'aide du système d'exploitation Microsoft® Windows® XP ?]).92 Guide de référence rapide REMARQUE : Certains pays peuvent ne pas avoir accès au document de la base de connaissances Dell™. Microsoft Windows Vista™ (optionnel) 1 Cliquez sur le bouton Démarrer de Windows Vista , puis sur Transférer des fichiers et des paramètres→ Start Windows Easy Transfer (Lancer le transfert de fichiers et de paramètres Windows). 2 Dans la boîte de dialogue Contrôle de compte d'utilisateur, cliquez sur Continuer. 3 Cliquez sur Lancer un nouveau transfert ou Continuer un transfert en cours. Suivez les instructions affichées à l'écran par l'Assistant Transfert de fichiers et de paramètres Windows. Configuration d'une imprimante AVIS : Effectuez la configuration du système d'exploitation avant de connecter une imprimante à l'ordinateur. Reportez-vous à la documentation fournie avec l'imprimante pour obtenir des informations sur la configuration, notamment : • Obtenir et installer les pilotes mis à jour. • Connecter l'imprimante à l'ordinateur. • Charger le papier et installer la cartouche de toner ou d'encre. Consultez le Manuel du propriétaire de l'imprimante pour obtenir une assistance technique ou contactez le fabricant de l'imprimante. Câble de l'imprimante L'imprimante se connecte à l'ordinateur avec un câble USB ou un câble parallèle. Il est possible que l'imprimante soit livrée sans câble. Par conséquent, si vous achetez un câble séparément, assurez-vous qu'il est compatible avec votre imprimante et votre ordinateur. Si vous avez acheté un câble d'imprimante en même temps que l'ordinateur, il est possible qu'il vous soit livré avec ce dernier. Guide de référence rapide 93 Raccordement de deux moniteurs PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. Si vous avez acheté une carte graphique prenant en charge deux moniteurs, suivez les instructions ci-dessous pour connecter et activer vos moniteurs. Les instructions vous indiquent la façon de raccorder deux moniteurs (chacun disposant d'un connecteur VGA), l'un disposant d'un connecteur VGA et l'autre disposant d'un connecteur DVI ou un téléviseur. AVIS : Si vous raccordez deux moniteurs ayant des connecteurs VGA, vous devez disposer de l'adaptateur DVI en option pour pouvoir connecter le câble. Si vous raccordez deux moniteurs à écran plat, au moins un des moniteurs doit être équipé d'un connecteur VGA. Si vous connectez un téléviseur, vous ne pouvez raccorder qu'un moniteur (VGA ou DVI) en plus du téléviseur. Raccordement de deux moniteurs ayant des connecteurs VGA 1 Mettez votre système hors tension. REMARQUE : Si votre ordinateur dispose de la vidéo intégrée, ne connectez aucun moniteur au connecteur vidéo intégré. Si le connecteur vidéo intégré est couvert d'un capot, ne retirez pas le capot pour connecter le moniteur, sinon le moniteur ne fonctionnera pas. 2 Connectez l'un des moniteurs au connecteur VGA (bleu) situé à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. 3 Connectez l'autre moniteur à l'adaptateur DVI en option, puis connectez l'adaptateur DVI au connecteur DVI (blanc) situé à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. 4 Redémarrez votre système.94 Guide de référence rapide Raccordement d'un moniteur disposant d'un connecteur VGA et d'un autre disposant d'un connecteur DVI 1 Mettez votre système hors tension. 2 Connectez le connecteur VGA sur le moniteur au connecteur VGA (bleu) situé à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. 3 Connectez le connecteur DVI de l'autre moniteur au connecteur DVI (blanc) situé à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. 4 Redémarrez votre système. Connexion d'un téléviseur REMARQUE : Pour connecter un téléviseur à votre ordinateur, vous devez acheter un câble S-vidéo, disponible chez la plupart des revendeurs de composants électroniques. Ce câble n'est pas inclus avec votre ordinateur. 1 Mettez votre système hors tension. 2 Branchez une extrémité du câble S-vidéo dans le connecteur de sortie TV en option situé à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. 1 adaptateur DVI en option 2 connecteur DVI (blanc) 3 connecteur sortie TV 4 connecteur VGA (bleu) 1 4 3 2Guide de référence rapide 95 3 Branchez l'autre extrémité du câble S-vidéo au connecteur d'entrée TV S-vidéo. 4 Connectez le moniteur VGA ou DVI. 5 Redémarrez votre système. Modification des paramètres d'affichage 1 Après avoir connecté le(s) moniteur(s) ou le téléviseur, allumez l'ordinateur. Le bureau Microsoft® Windows® s'affiche sur le moniteur principal. 2 Activez le mode Bureau étendu dans les paramètres d'affichage. En mode Bureau étendu, vous pouvez faire glisser des objets d'un écran à l'autre, ce qui a pour effet de doubler l'espace de travail d'affichage. Périphériques de protection contre les surtensions électriques Plusieurs périphériques peuvent vous protéger contre les fluctuations de la tension et les pannes d'alimentation : • Parasurtenseurs • Filtres de ligne • Onduleurs Parasurtenseurs Les parasurtenseurs et les rampes d'alimentation équipées d'une protection contre la surtension réduisent les risques d'endommagement de votre ordinateur provoqués par les pointes de tension pouvant survenir au cours d'un orage électrique ou suite à une coupure de courant. Certains fabricants offrent également une garantie contre certains types de dégâts. Lisez attentivement la garantie du parasurtenseur que vous achetez. Un protecteur doté d'une valeur nominale en joules plus élevée offre une meilleure protection. Comparez les valeurs nominales, en joules, afin de déterminer l'efficacité relative des différents dispositifs. AVIS : La plupart des parasurtenseurs ne protègent pas contre les fluctuations de tension ou les coupures de courant. Lorsqu'un orage est proche, débranchez la ligne téléphonique de la prise murale et déconnectez votre ordinateur de la prise de courant.96 Guide de référence rapide De nombreux parasurtenseurs sont équipés d'une prise téléphonique pour assurer la protection du modem. Consultez la documentation du parasurtenseur pour obtenir des instructions sur la connexion du modem. AVIS : Certains parasurtenseurs n'offrent pas de protection pour les cartes réseau. Déconnectez le câble de réseau de la prise réseau murale pendant les orages. Filtres de ligne AVIS : Les filtres de ligne n'offrent pas de protection contre les coupures de courant. Ils sont conçus pour maintenir la tension CA à un niveau relativement constant. Onduleurs AVIS : Une baisse de tension pendant l'enregistrement des données sur le disque dur peut provoquer une perte de données ou la corruption du fichier. REMARQUE : Pour optimiser le temps de fonctionnement de la batterie, connectez uniquement votre ordinateur à un onduleur. Connectez les autres périphériques, tels que l'imprimante, à une rampe d'alimentation différente équipée d'un parasurtenseur. Les onduleurs protègent contre les fluctuations de tension et les coupures de courant. Ils incluent une batterie qui alimente temporairement les périphériques connectés lorsque l'alimentation secteur est coupée. La batterie se charge lorsque l'alimentation secteur est disponible. Consultez la documentation fournie par le fabricant de l'onduleur afin d'obtenir des informations sur la durée de fonctionnement de la batterie et vous assurer que le dispositif est approuvé par Underwriters Laboratories (UL).Guide de référence rapide 97 Ordinateur de bureau Vue frontale 1 connecteurs USB 2.0 (2) Utilisez les connecteurs USB frontaux pour connecter les périphériques dont vous ne vous servez qu'occasionnellement, tels qu'une manette de jeu ou une caméra, ou des périphériques USB amorçables (reportez-vous à la section « Options de configuration du système » dans le Guide d'utilisation en ligne pour de plus amples informations sur l'amorçage à partir d'un périphérique USB). Il est recommandé d'utiliser les connecteurs USB situés à l'arrière pour les périphériques qui restent connectés, comme une imprimante ou un clavier. 2 voyant d'activité du lecteur Le voyant d'activité du lecteur s'allume lorsque l'ordinateur lit ou écrit des données sur l'unité de disque dur. Le voyant peut également être allumé lorsqu'un périphérique, comme un lecteur optique, fonctionne. 3 bouton d'alimentation, voyant d'alimentation Appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation pour allumer l'ordinateur. Le voyant qui se trouve au centre de ce bouton indique l'état de l'alimentation. AVIS : Pour éviter de perdre des données, n'utilisez pas le bouton d'alimentation pour éteindre l'ordinateur. Procédez plutôt à un arrêt du système d'exploitation. 9 8 3 5 1 10 6 4 2 11 798 Guide de référence rapide 4 badge Dell Vous pouvez faire pivoter ce badge pour l'aligner sur l'orientation de votre ordinateur. Pour le faire pivoter, placez vos doigts sur le pourtour du badge, appuyez fermement dessus, puis tournez-le. Vous pouvez également le faire pivoter à l'aide de l'encoche située vers le bas du badge. 5 voyant d'alimentation Le voyant d'alimentation s'allume et clignote ou reste fixe, selon l'état de fonctionnement : • Éteint — L'ordinateur est éteint. • Vert fixe — L'ordinateur fonctionne normalement. • Vert clignotant — L'ordinateur est en mode d'économie d'énergie. • Orange clignotant ou fixe — Reportez-vous à la section « Problèmes d'alimentation » du Guide d'utilisation en ligne. Pour quitter le mode d'économie d'énergie, appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation ou utilisez le clavier ou la souris si ce périphérique est configuré comme un périphérique de réveil dans le Gestionnaire de périphériques Windows. Pour plus d'informations sur les modes de mise en veille et sur la façon de quitter le mode d'économie d'énergie, reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation en ligne. Reportez-vous à la section « Voyants de diagnostic » à la page 126 pour obtenir la description des codes lumineux qui pourront vous aider à résoudre les problèmes rencontrés avec votre ordinateur. 6 voyants de diagnostic Ces voyants vous aident à résoudre les problèmes informatiques d'après le code de diagnostic. Pour plus d'informations, reportezvous à la section « Voyants de diagnostic » à la page 126. 7 voyant LAN Ce voyant indique qu'une connexion LAN (réseau local) est établie. 8 casque et connecteurs microphone Permet de connecter un microphone d'ordinateur personnel. Sur les ordinateurs équipés d'une carte son, le connecteur de microphone est situé sur la carte. Permet de connecter le casque et la plupart des haut-parleurs. 9 lecteur de disquette Peut contenir un lecteur de disquette optionnel. 10 lecteur optique Permet de jouer un CD/DVD. 11 numéro de service Utilisez le numéro de service pour identifier votre ordinateur lorsque vous accédez au site Web de support de Dell ou que vous contactez le support technique.Guide de référence rapide 99 Vue arrière PRÉCAUTION : Assurez-vous qu'aucune entrée d'air du système n’est bloquée. Cela peut produire des problèmes thermiques graves. 1 logements de carte Permettent d'accéder aux connecteurs de toutes les cartes PCI et PCI Express installées. 2 connecteurs du panneau arrière Branchez les périphériques USB, audio et autres dans le connecteur approprié (reportez-vous à la section « Connecteurs du panneau arrière » à la page 100 pour obtenir plus d'informations). 3 connecteur d'alimentation Insérez le câble d'alimentation. 4 sélecteur de tension Permet de sélectionner la capacité en tension. 5 anneaux pour cadenas Les anneaux pour cadenas permettent de connecter un dispositif antivol offert sur le marché. Ils permettent également de fixer le capot de l'ordinateur au châssis à l'aide d'un cadenas afin d'empêcher un accès non autorisé à l'intérieur de l'ordinateur. Pour utiliser les anneaux pour cadenas, insérez un cadenas offert sur le marché à travers les anneaux, puis verrouillez le cadenas. 6 loquet de fermeture du capot Ce loquet permet d'ouvrir le capot de l'ordinateur. 1 2 3 4 5 6100 Guide de référence rapide Connecteurs du panneau arrière 1 connecteur parallèle Permet de connecter un périphérique parallèle, tel qu'une imprimante. Si vous avez une imprimante USB, raccordez-la à un connecteur USB. REMARQUE : Le connecteur parallèle intégré est automatiquement désactivé si l'ordinateur détecte une carte installée contenant un connecteur parallèle configuré sur la même adresse. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section « Options du programme de configuration » du Guide d'utilisation en ligne. 2 voyant d'intégrité de la liaison • Vert — Une bonne connexion est établie entre un réseau à 10 Mb/s et l'ordinateur. • Orange — Une bonne connexion est établie entre un réseau à 100 Mb/s et l'ordinateur. • Jaune — Une bonne connexion est établie entre un réseau à 1 Gb/s (ou 1000 Mb/s) et l'ordinateur. • Éteint — L'ordinateur ne détecte pas de connexion physique au réseau. 1 3 98 7 5 6 2 4Guide de référence rapide 101 3 connecteur de carte réseau Pour connecter l'ordinateur à un périphérique réseau ou large bande, branchez l'une des extrémités d'un câble réseau à une prise réseau, un périphérique réseau ou un périphérique large bande. Connectez l'autre extrémité du câble au connecteur de carte réseau situé sur le panneau arrière de votre ordinateur. Un déclic indique que le câble de réseau a été correctement installé. REMARQUE : Ne branchez pas un câble téléphonique au connecteur réseau. Sur les ordinateurs disposant d'une carte d'adaptateur réseau, utilisez le connecteur situé sur cette carte. Il est recommandé d'utiliser au moins un câblage et des connecteurs de catégorie 5 pour le réseau. Si vous devez utiliser un câblage de catégorie 3, forcez la vitesse réseau à 10 Mb/s pour garantir un fonctionnement fiable. 4 voyant d'activité réseau Ce voyant est jaune clignotant lorsque l'ordinateur transmet ou reçoit des données réseau. Un trafic réseau important peut donner l'impression que ce voyant est fixe. 5 connecteur ligne de sortie Utilisez le connecteur ligne de sortie vert pour raccorder le casque et la plupart des haut-parleurs dotés d'amplificateurs intégrés. Sur les ordinateurs équipés d'une carte son, utilisez le connecteur qui se trouve sur cette carte. 6 connecteur microphone/ ligne d'entrée Utilisez le connecteur ligne d'entrée bleu pour raccorder un appareil d'enregistrement/de lecture, tel qu'un lecteur de cassette, un lecteur de CD ou un magnétoscope. Utilisez le connecteur de microphone rose pour raccorder un microphone d'ordinateur personnel destiné à une entrée vocale ou musicale dans un programme sonore ou de téléphonie. Sur les ordinateurs équipés d'une carte son, utilisez le connecteur qui se trouve sur cette carte. 7 connecteurs USB 2.0 (6) Utilisez les connecteurs USB situés à l'arrière pour les périphériques connectés en permanence, comme l'imprimante et le clavier. Il est recommandé d'utiliser les connecteurs USB frontaux pour les périphériques connectés occasionnellement, comme les manettes de jeu ou les appareils photo.102 Guide de référence rapide Retrait du capot de l'ordinateur PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. PRÉCAUTION : Pour prévenir tout risque de choc électrique, débranchez toujours votre ordinateur de la prise électrique avant de retirer le capot. 1 Suivez les procédures décrites dans la section « Avant de commencer » à la page 78. REMARQUE : Assurez-vous qu'il y a assez d'espace pour supporter le capot retiré. AVIS : Assurez-vous de travailler sur une surface de niveau et protégée afin d'éviter des égratignures sur l'ordinateur ou la surface sur laquelle il repose. 2 Si vous avez installé un cadenas dans l'anneau prévu à cet effet sur le panneau arrière, retirez-le. 3 Faites glisser le loquet de fermeture du capot vers l'arrière tout en soulevant le capot. 8 connecteur vidéo VGA Connectez le câble VGA du moniteur au connecteur VGA sur l'ordinateur. Sur les ordinateurs équipés d'une carte vidéo, utilisez le connecteur qui se trouve sur cette carte. 9 connecteur série Connectez un périphérique série, tel qu'un PDA, au port série. La désignation par défaut est COM1 pour le connecteur série 1. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section « Options du programme de configuration » du Guide d'utilisation en ligne.Guide de référence rapide 103 4 Faites pivoter le capot de l'ordinateur vers le haut en utilisant les languettes des charnières comme leviers. 5 Retirez le capot des languettes de charnière et mettez-le de côté sur une surface douce non abrasive. 1 emplacement pour câble de sécurité 2 loquet de fermeture du capot 3 anneau pour cadenas 2 1 3104 Guide de référence rapide Vue intérieure de votre ordinateur PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. PRÉCAUTION : Pour éviter tout choc électrique, débranchez toujours la prise secteur de votre ordinateur avant d'ouvrir le capot de l'ordinateur. AVIS : Lorsque vous ouvrez le capot de l'ordinateur, prenez soin de ne pas déconnecter de câbles de la carte système accidentellement. 1 baie de lecteurs (CD/DVD, disquette et disque dur) 2 bloc d'alimentation 3 carte système 4 logements de carte 5 assemblage du dissipateur de chaleur 6 panneau d'E/S avant 1 2 3 4 6 5Guide de référence rapide 105 Composants de la carte système 1 connecteur de haut-parleur interne (INT_SPKR) 2 connecteur du processeur (UC) 3 connecteur d'alimentation du processeur (12VPOWER) 4 connecteurs de module de mémoire (DIMM_1, DIMM_2) 1 2 13 5 3 15 17 12 4 7 14 11 8 10 9 16 6106 Guide de référence rapide Remplacement du capot de l'ordinateur PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. 1 Vérifiez que tous les câbles sont connectés et pliez-les de sorte qu'ils ne gênent pas. 2 Vérifiez que vous n'avez rien oublié à l'intérieur de l'ordinateur. 3 Pour remettre en place le capot : a Alignez le bas du capot sur les languettes de charnière situées le long du bord inférieur de l'ordinateur. b Faites pivoter le capot vers le bas en utilisant les languettes de charnière comme leviers et fermez-le. c Enclenchez le capot en place en tirant vers l'arrière le loquet de fermeture du capot, puis en le relâchant, une fois le capot correctement installé. d Vérifiez que le capot est correctement installé avant de déplacer l'ordinateur. 5 connecteurs de disque SATA (SATA0, SATA1) 6 connecteur du panneau avant (FRONTPANEL) 7 connecteur d'alimentation (POWER) 8 connecteurs de disque SATA (SATA2, SATA3) 9 cavalier de réinitialisation RTC (RTCRST) 10 cavalier du mot de passe (PSWD) 11 support de pile (BATTERY) 12 connecteur de carte PCI Express x16 (SLOT1) 13 connecteurs de carte PCI (SLOT2 et SLOT3) 14 avertisseur interne (SPKR) 15 connecteur série/ PS/2 (PS2/SER2) 16 connecteur du ventilateur (FAN_CPU) 17 connecteur pour lecteur de disquette (FLOPPY)Guide de référence rapide 107 Ordinateur mini-tour Vue frontale 1 numéro de service Utilisez le numéro de service pour identifier votre ordinateur lorsque vous accédez au site Web de support de Dell ou que vous contactez le support technique. 2 lecteur optique Permet de jouer un CD/DVD. 4 8 7 3 2 6 5 1 10 9108 Guide de référence rapide 3 lecteur de disquette Un lecteur de disquette est optionnel. 4 voyant d'activité du lecteur Le voyant d'activité du lecteur s'allume lorsque l'ordinateur lit ou écrit des données sur l'unité de disque dur. Le voyant peut également être allumé lorsqu'un périphérique, comme un lecteur optique, fonctionne. 5 connecteurs USB 2.0 (2) Utilisez les connecteurs USB frontaux pour connecter les périphériques dont vous ne vous servez qu'occasionnellement, tels qu'une manette de jeu ou une caméra, ou des périphériques USB amorçables (reportezvous à la section « Options de configuration du système » dans le Guide d'utilisation en ligne pour de plus amples informations sur l'amorçage à partir d'un périphérique USB). Il est recommandé d'utiliser les connecteurs USB situés à l'arrière pour les périphériques qui restent connectés, comme une imprimante ou un clavier. 6 voyants de diagnostic Utilisez ces voyants pour vous aider à résoudre les problèmes grâce au code de diagnostic. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section « Voyants de diagnostic » à la page 126. 7 bouton d'alimentation voyant d'alimentation Appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation pour allumer l'ordinateur. Le voyant qui se trouve au centre de ce bouton indique l'état de l'alimentation. AVIS : Pour éviter de perdre des données, n'utilisez pas le bouton d'alimentation pour éteindre l'ordinateur. Procédez plutôt à un arrêt du système d'exploitation. 8 connecteur de casque Permet de connecter le casque et la plupart des hautparleurs. 9 connecteur de microphone Utilisez le connecteur de microphone pour raccorder un microphone d'ordinateur personnel destiné à une entrée vocale ou musicale dans un programme sonore ou de téléphonie. Sur les ordinateurs équipés d'une carte son, le connecteur de microphone est situé sur la carte. 10 voyant LAN Ce voyant indique qu'une connexion LAN (réseau local) est établie.Guide de référence rapide 109 Vue arrière 1 loquet de fermeture du capot Ce loquet permet d'ouvrir le capot de l'ordinateur. 2 anneaux pour cadenas Les anneaux pour cadenas permettent de connecter un dispositif antivol offert sur le marché. Ils permettent également de fixer le capot de l'ordinateur au châssis à l'aide d'un cadenas afin d'empêcher un accès non autorisé à l'intérieur de l'ordinateur. Pour utiliser les anneaux pour cadenas, insérez un cadenas offert sur le marché à travers les anneaux, puis verrouillez le cadenas. 4 3 5 6 2 1110 Guide de référence rapide PRÉCAUTION : Assurez-vous qu'aucune entrée d'air de système est bloquée. Cela peut produire des problèmes thermiques graves. Connecteurs du panneau arrière 3 connecteur d'alimentation Insérez le câble d'alimentation. 4 sélecteur de tension Permet de sélectionner la capacité en tension. 5 connecteurs du panneau arrière Branchez les périphériques USB, audio et autres dans le connecteur approprié (reportez-vous à la section « Connecteurs du panneau arrière » à la page 100 pour obtenir plus d'informations). 6 logements de carte Permettent d'accéder aux connecteurs de toutes les cartes PCI et PCI Express installées. 1 connecteur parallèle Permet de connecter un périphérique parallèle, tel qu'une imprimante. Si vous avez une imprimante USB, raccordez-la à un connecteur USB. REMARQUE : Le connecteur parallèle intégré est automatiquement désactivé si l'ordinateur détecte une carte installée contenant un connecteur parallèle configuré sur la même adresse. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section « Options de configuration du système » du Guide d'utilisation en ligne. 1 3 98 7 5 6 2 4Guide de référence rapide 111 2 voyant d'intégrité de la liaison • Vert — Une bonne connexion est établie entre un réseau à 10 Mb/s et l'ordinateur. • Orange — Une bonne connexion est établie entre un réseau à 100 Mb/s et l'ordinateur. • Jaune — Une bonne connexion est établie entre un réseau à 1 Gb/s (ou 1000 Mb/s) et l'ordinateur. • Éteint — L'ordinateur ne détecte pas de connexion physique au réseau. 3 connecteur de carte réseau Pour connecter l'ordinateur à un périphérique réseau ou large bande, branchez l'une des extrémités d'un câble réseau à une prise réseau, un périphérique réseau ou un périphérique large bande. Connectez l'autre extrémité du câble au connecteur de carte réseau situé sur le panneau arrière de votre ordinateur. Un déclic indique que le câble réseau a été correctement installé. REMARQUE : Ne branchez pas un câble téléphonique au connecteur réseau. Sur les ordinateurs disposant d'une carte d'adaptateur réseau, utilisez le connecteur situé sur cette carte. Il est recommandé d'utiliser au moins un câblage et des connecteurs de catégorie 5 pour le réseau. Si vous devez utiliser un câblage de catégorie 3, forcez la vitesse réseau à 10 Mb/s pour garantir un fonctionnement fiable. 4 voyant d'activité réseau Ce voyant est jaune clignotant lorsque l'ordinateur transmet ou reçoit des données réseau. Un trafic réseau important peut donner l'impression que ce voyant est fixe. 5 connecteur ligne de sortie Utilisez le connecteur ligne de sortie vert pour raccorder le casque et la plupart des haut-parleurs dotés d'amplificateurs intégrés. Sur les ordinateurs équipés d'une carte son, utilisez le connecteur qui se trouve sur cette carte. 6 connecteur microphone/ ligne d'entrée Utilisez le connecteur ligne d'entrée de couleurs bleue et rose pour connecter des périphériques d'enregistrement ou de lecture (magnétophones, lecteurs de CD, magnétoscopes ou microphones d'ordinateur personnel).112 Guide de référence rapide Retrait du capot de l'ordinateur PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. PRÉCAUTION : Pour prévenir tout risque de choc électrique, débranchez toujours votre ordinateur de la prise électrique avant de retirer le capot. 1 Suivez les procédures décrites dans la section « Avant de commencer » à la page 78. REMARQUE : Assurez-vous qu'il y a assez d'espace pour supporter le capot retiré. AVIS : Assurez-vous de travailler sur une surface de niveau et protégée afin d'éviter des égratignures sur l'ordinateur ou la surface sur laquelle il repose. 2 Posez votre ordinateur sur son côté avec le capot de l'ordinateur pointant vers le haut. 7 connecteurs USB 2.0 (6) Utilisez les connecteurs USB situés à l'arrière pour les périphériques connectés en permanence, comme l'imprimante et le clavier. Il est recommandé d'utiliser les connecteurs USB frontaux pour les périphériques connectés occasionnellement, comme les manettes de jeu ou les appareils photo. 8 connecteur vidéo VGA Connectez le câble VGA du moniteur au connecteur VGA sur l'ordinateur. Sur les ordinateurs équipés d'une carte vidéo, utilisez le connecteur qui se trouve sur cette carte. 9 connecteur série Connectez un périphérique série, tel qu'un PDA, au port série. La désignation par défaut est COM1 pour le connecteur série 1. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section « Options du programme de configuration » du Guide d'utilisation en ligne.Guide de référence rapide 113 3 Relâchez le capot de l'ordinateur en le tirant vers l'extérieur de l'avant de l'ordinateur, puis en levant vers le haut. 4 Mettez le capot de côté dans un endroit sûr. 1 emplacement pour câble de sécurité 2 loquet de fermeture du capot 3 anneau pour cadenas 2 1 3114 Guide de référence rapide Vue intérieure de l'ordinateur 1 lecteur de disquette 2 lecteur optique 3 bloc d'alimentation 4 carte système 5 assemblage du dissipateur de chaleur 6 disque dur 1 3 4 6 2 5Guide de référence rapide 115 Composants de la carte système 1 connecteur de haut-parleur interne (INT_SPKR) 2 connecteur du processeur (UC) 3 connecteur d'alimentation du processeur (12VPOWER) 4 connecteurs de module de mémoire (DIMM_1, DIMM_2) 1 2 6 5 13 3 15 17 12 4 7 14 11 8 10 9 16116 Guide de référence rapide Remplacement du capot de l'ordinateur PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. 1 Vérifiez que tous les câbles sont connectés et pliez-les de sorte qu'ils ne gênent pas. 2 Vérifiez que vous n'avez rien oublié à l'intérieur de l'ordinateur. 3 Pour remettre en place le capot : a Alignez le bas du capot sur les languettes de charnière situées le long du bord inférieur de l'ordinateur. b Faites pivoter le capot vers le bas en utilisant les languettes de charnière comme leviers et fermez-le. c Enclenchez le capot en place en tirant vers l'arrière le loquet de fermeture du capot, puis en le relâchant, une fois le capot correctement installé. d Vérifiez que le capot est correctement installé avant de déplacer l'ordinateur. 4 Placez l'ordinateur en position verticale. 5 connecteurs de disque SATA (SATA0, SATA1) 6 connecteur du panneau avant (FRONTPANEL) 7 connecteur d'alimentation (POWER) 8 connecteurs de disque SATA (SATA2, SATA3) 9 cavalier de réinitialisation RTC (RTCRST) 10 cavalier du mot de passe (PSWD) 11 support de pile (BATTERY) 12 connecteur de carte PCI Express x16 (SLOT1) 13 connecteurs de carte PCI (SLOT2 et SLOT3) 14 avertisseur interne (SPKR) 15 connecteur série/ PS/2 (PS2/SER2) 16 connecteur du ventilateur (FAN_CPU) 17 connecteur pour lecteur de disquette (FLOPPY)Guide de référence rapide 117 Résolution des problèmes Dell fournit un certain nombre d'outils qui vous aideront si votre ordinateur ne fonctionne pas de la manière escomptée. Pour obtenir les dernières informations sur le dépannage disponibles pour votre ordinateur, consultez le site Web du service de support de Dell à l'adresse support.dell.com. Si des problèmes nécessitant l'aide de Dell surviennent, rédigez une description détaillée de l'erreur, des codes sonores ou des voyants de diagnostic, notez votre code de service express et votre numéro de service cidessous, puis contactez Dell depuis l'endroit où se trouve votre ordinateur. Pour obtenir un exemple de code de service express et de numéro de service, reportez-vous à la section « Recherche d'informations » du Guide d'utilisation de votre ordinateur. Dell Diagnostics PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. Quand utiliser Dell Diagnostics Si vous rencontrez un problème avec l'ordinateur, effectuez les vérifications indiquées dans la section « Blocages et problèmes logiciels » (reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation en ligne pour en savoir plus) et exécutez Dell Diagnostics avant de contacter Dell pour obtenir une assistance technique. Nous vous recommandons d'imprimer ces procédures avant de commencer. AVIS : Dell Diagnostics ne fonctionne que sur les ordinateurs Dell™. REMARQUE : Il se peut que le CD Drivers and Utilities soit en option et qu'il ne soit pas livré avec tous les ordinateurs. Reportez-vous à la section « Configuration du système » du Guide d'utilisation en ligne pour étudier les informations de configuration de votre ordinateur et vérifiez que le périphérique à tester apparaît dans le programme de configuration du système et qu'il est actif. Lancez Dell Diagnostics à partir de votre disque dur ou à partir du support Drivers and Utilities. Code de service express : Numéro de service :118 Guide de référence rapide Démarrage de Dell Diagnostics à partir du disque dur Dell Diagnostics se trouve dans une partition cachée (utilitaire de diagnostics) de votre disque dur. REMARQUE : Si aucune image ne s'affiche, contactez Dell. 1 Assurez-vous que l'ordinateur est connecté à une prise électrique qui fonctionne correctement. 2 Mettez votre ordinateur sous tension (ou redémarrez-le). 3 Lorsque le logo DELL™ apparaît, appuyez immédiatement sur . Sélectionnez Diagnostics à partir du menu de démarrage et appuyez sur . REMARQUE : Si vous avez attendu trop longtemps et que le logo du système d'exploitation s'affiche, attendez que le bureau de Microsoft® Windows® s'affiche, puis arrêtez votre ordinateur et essayez à nouveau. REMARQUE : Si un message indique qu'aucune partition de diagnostic n'a été trouvée, exécutez Dell Diagnostics à partir du CD Drivers and Utilities. 4 Appuyez sur une touche pour démarrer Dell Diagnostics à partir de la partition de diagnostics du disque dur. Démarrage de Dell Diagnostics à partir du support Drivers and Utilities 1 Insérez le disque Drivers and Utilities. 2 Arrêtez, puis redémarrez l'ordinateur. Lorsque le logo DELL apparaît, appuyez immédiatement sur . REMARQUE : Si vous avez attendu trop longtemps et que le logo du système d'exploitation s'affiche, attendez que le bureau de Microsoft® Windows® s'affiche, puis arrêtez votre ordinateur et essayez à nouveau. REMARQUE : Les étapes suivantes modifient la séquence d'amorçage pour une seule exécution. Au démarrage suivant, l'ordinateur démarre en fonction des périphériques définis dans le programme de configuration du système. 3 Lorsque la liste des périphériques d'amorçage s'affiche, mettez en surbrillance CD/DVD/CD-RW et appuyez sur . 4 Sélectionnez l'option Boot from CD-ROM (Amorcer à partir du CD-ROM) dans le menu qui s'affiche, puis appuyez sur . 5 Tapez 1 pour démarrer le menu du CD, puis appuyez sur pour continuer.Guide de référence rapide 119 6 Sélectionnez Exécuter Dell Diagnostics 32 bits dans la liste numérotée. Si plusieurs versions sont répertoriées, sélectionnez la version appropriée à votre ordinateur. 7 Lorsque le menu principal de Dell Diagnostics s'affiche, sélectionnez le test à effectuer. Menu principal de Dell Diagnostics 1 Une fois Dell Diagnostics chargé et lorsque l'écran Menu principal s'affiche, cliquez sur le bouton de l'option de votre choix. REMARQUE : Il vous est recommandé de sélectionner Test System (Test système) pour exécuter un test complet sur votre ordinateur. 2 Après que vous sélectionnez l'option Test System (Test système) dans le menu principal, le menu suivant s'affiche. REMARQUE : Il vous est recommandé de sélectionner Extended Test (Test approfondi) dans le menu ci-dessous pour exécuter un test plus approfondi des périphériques de l'ordinateur. Option Fonction Test Memory (Test mémoire) Permet d'exécuter le test de mémoire autonome. Test System (Test système) Permet d'exécuter les diagnostics système. Exit (Quitter) Permet de quitter les diagnostics. Option Fonction Express Test (Test rapide) Exécute un test rapide des périphériques du système. Typiquement, cela peut prendre de 10 à 20 minutes. Extended Test (Test approfondi) Exécute un test approfondi des périphériques du système. Typiquement, cela peut prendre une heure ou plus. Custom Test (Test personnalisé) Permet de tester un périphérique spécifique ou de personnaliser les tests à exécuter. Symptom Tree (Arborescence des symptômes) Cette option permet de sélectionner les tests selon un symptôme du problème que vous rencontrez. Elle répertorie les symptômes les plus communs.120 Guide de référence rapide 3 Si un problème survient pendant un test, un message indiquant le code d'erreur et une description du problème s'affiche. Prenez note du code d'erreur et de la description du problème, puis contactez Dell. REMARQUE : Le numéro de service de votre ordinateur est situé en haut de chaque écran de test. Lorsque vous contacterez le support technique de Dell, ce numéro de service vous sera demandé. 4 Si vous exécutez un test à partir de l'option Custom Test (Test personnalisé) ou Symptom Tree (Arborescence des symptômes), cliquez sur l'onglet approprié décrit dans le tableau suivant pour obtenir plus d'informations. 5 Une fois les tests effectués, fermez l'écran de test pour revenir à l'écran du menu principal. Pour quitter Dell Diagnostics et redémarrer l'ordinateur, fermez l'écran Menu principal. 6 Retirez le support Drivers and Utilities de Dell (le cas échéant). Onglet Fonction Results (Résultats) Affiche les résultats du test et les conditions d'erreur rencontrées. Errors (Erreurs) Affiche les conditions d'erreur rencontrées, les codes d'erreur et la description du problème. Help (Aide) Décrit le test et peut indiquer les conditions requises pour exécuter le test. Configuration (Configuration) Affiche la configuration matérielle du périphérique sélectionné. Dell Diagnostics obtient des informations de configuration sur tous les périphériques à partir du programme de configuration du système, de la mémoire et de divers tests internes. Ces résultats sont ensuite affichés dans la liste des périphériques située dans la partie gauche de l'écran. La liste des périphériques risque de ne pas afficher les noms de tous les composants installés sur votre ordinateur ou de tous les périphériques reliés à celui-ci. Parameters (Paramètres) Vous permet de personnaliser le test en modifiant ses paramètres.Guide de référence rapide 121 Voyants d'alimentation PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. Le voyant de bouton d'alimentation (DEL bicolore) qui se trouve à l'avant de l'ordinateur s'allume et clignote ou bien demeure allumé pour indiquer différents états : • Si le voyant d'alimentation est éteint, l'ordinateur n'est pas allumé ou n'est pas branché à une source d'alimentation. – Rebranchez le câble d'alimentation dans le connecteur d'alimentation situé à l'arrière de l'ordinateur et dans la prise secteur. – Si l'ordinateur est connecté à une multiprise, vérifiez qu'elle est branchée à une prise secteur et qu'elle est allumée. Contournez également les périphériques de protection contre les surtensions électriques, les barrettes d'alimentation et les rallonges d'alimentation pour vérifier que l'ordinateur est sous tension. – Assurez-vous que la prise secteur fonctionne en la testant à l'aide d'un autre appareil, une lampe par exemple. • Si le voyant d'alimentation est vert statique et que l'ordinateur ne répond plus : – Vérifiez si l'écran est connecté et sous tension. – Si l'écran est connecté et sous tension, reportez-vous à la section « Codes sonores » à la page 122. • Si le voyant d'alimentation est vert clignotant, l'ordinateur est en mode Veille. Appuyez sur une touche sur le clavier, déplacez la souris ou appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation pour reprendre l'opération normale. Si le voyant d'alimentation est vert et que l'ordinateur ne répond pas : – Vérifiez si l'écran est connecté et sous tension. – Si l'écran est connecté et sous tension, reportez-vous à la section « Codes sonores » à la page 122. • Si le voyant d'alimentation est orange statique, l'ordinateur reçoit l'alimentation électrique, mais il se peut qu'un périphérique soit défectueux ou incorrectement installé. – Retirez, puis réinstallez les modules de mémoire. – Retirez, puis réinstallez la ou les carte(s). – Retirez, puis réinstallez la carte graphique, le cas échéant.122 Guide de référence rapide • Si le voyant d'alimentation est orange clignotant, il existe peut-être un problème d'alimentation ou une défaillance de périphérique interne. – Vérifiez si tous les câbles d'alimentation sont branchés à la carte système de façon sûre (reportez-vous à la section « Composants de la carte système » à la page 105). – Vérifiez que le câble d'alimentation principal et le câble du panneau avant sont bien connectés à la carte système (reportez-vous à la section « Composants de la carte système » à la page 105). Codes sonores Il se peut que votre ordinateur émette une série de bips lors du démarrage si le moniteur ne peut pas afficher des erreurs ou des problèmes. Cette série de signaux, appelés « codes sonores », permet d'identifier les problèmes de fonctionnement de l'ordinateur. Par exemple, le code sonore 1-3-1 (un code sonore possible) est composé d'un signal, d'une série de trois signaux, puis d'un autre signal. Ce code sonore vous indique que l'ordinateur a rencontré un problème de mémoire. La réinstallation des modules de mémoire peut permettre de corriger les erreurs signalées par les codes sonores suivants. Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell (reportez-vous à la section « Contacter Dell » du Guide d'utilisation) pour savoir comment obtenir une assistance technique. Si vous rencontrez les erreurs signalées par les codes sonores suivants, reportez-vous à la section « Contacter Dell » du Guide d'utilisation pour savoir comment obtenir une assistance technique. Code Cause 1-3-1 à 2-4-4 La mémoire n'est pas correctement identifiée ou utilisée 4-3-1 Échec de mémoire au-dessus de l'adresse 0FFFFh Code Cause 1-1-2 Panne de registre du microprocesseur 1-1-3 Erreur de lecture/écriture en NVRAM 1-1-4 Échec du total des vérifications BIOS ROMGuide de référence rapide 123 1-2-1 Erreur du temporisateur d'intervalles programmable 1-2-2 Échec d'initialisation du DMA (accès direct à la mémoire) 1-2-3 Échec de lecture/écriture du registre des pages de DMA 1-3 Échec du test de la mémoire vidéo 1-3-1 à 2-4-4 La mémoire n'est pas correctement identifiée ou utilisée 3-1-1 Échec de registre DMA esclave 3-1-2 Échec de registre DMA maître 3-1-3 Échec de registre de masque d'interruption maître 3-1-4 Échec de registre de masque d'interruption esclave 3-2-2 Échec de chargement du vecteur d'interruption 3-2-4 Échec du test de contrôleur de clavier 3-3-1 Perte d'alimentation de NVRAM 3-3-2 Configuration incorrecte de la NVRAM 3-3-4 Échec du test de la mémoire vidéo 3-4-1 Échec d'initialisation de l'écran 3-4-2 Échec de retraçage de l'écran 3-4-3 Échec de recherche de ROM vidéo 4-2-1 Aucune impulsion d'horloge 4-2-2 Échec de l'arrêt 4-2-3 Échec de la porte A20 4-2-4 Interruption inattendue en mode protégé 4-3-1 Échec de mémoire au-dessus de l'adresse 0FFFFh 4-3-3 Panne du compteur 2 de puce de l'horloge 4-3-4 Arrêt de l'horloge machine 4-4-1 Échec du test de port parallèle ou série 4-4-2 Échec de décompression de code dans la mémoire en double 4-4-3 Échec du test de coprocesseur mathématique 4-4-4 Échec du test de mémoire cache Code Cause124 Guide de référence rapide Messages système REMARQUE : Si le message affiché n'est pas répertorié dans le tableau, consultez la documentation du système d'exploitation ou du programme en cours d'utilisation au moment où le message est apparu. ALERT! PREVIOUS ATTEMPTS A T BOOTING THIS SYSTEM HAVE FAILED A T CHECKPOINT [NNNN]. FO R HELP IN RESOLVING THIS PROBLEM, PLEASE NOTE THIS CHECKPOINT AND CONTACT DELL TECHNICAL SUPPORT (ALERTE ! LE S TENTATIVES PRÉCÉDENTES D E DÉMARRAGE D E C E SYSTÈME ONT ÉCHOUÉ A U POINT D E CONTRÔLE [NNNN]. POUR RÉSOUDRE C E PROBLÈME, VEUILLEZ PRENDRE NOTE D E C E POINT D E CONTRÔLE E T CONTACTER L E SUPPORT TECHNIQUE D E DELL) — L'ordinateur n'a pas terminé la procédure d'amorçage trois fois consécutives pour la même erreur. CMOS CHECKSUM ERROR (ERREUR D E SOMME D E CONTRÔLE D U CMOS) — Échec possible de la carte mère ou décharge de la batterie RTC. Remplacez la batterie. CPU FAN FAILURE (ÉCHEC D U VENTILATEUR UC) — Échec du ventilateur UC. Remplacez le ventilateur UC. DISKETTE DRIVE 0 SEEK FAILURE (ÉCHEC D E RECHERCHE D U LECTEUR D E DISQUETTE 0) — Il se peut qu'un câble soit desserré ou que les informations de configuration de l'ordinateur ne correspondent pas à la configuration matérielle. Vérifiez les raccordements de câble. DISKETTE READ FAILURE (ÉCHEC D E LECTURE D E DISQUETTE) — Il se peut que la disquette soit défectueuse ou qu'un câble soit desserré. Remplacez la disquette ou vérifiez s'il existe un raccordement de câble desserré. HARD-DISK DRIVE FAILURE (ÉCHEC D E L'UNITÉ D E DISQUE DUR) — Échec possible de l'unité de disque lors de HDD POST. Vérifiez les câbles ou échangez le disque dur. HARD-DISK DRIVE READ FAILURE (ÉCHEC D E LECTURE D E L'UNITÉ D E DISQUE DUR) — Échec de lecture possible de l'unité de disque dur lors du test d'amorçage du disque dur. KEYBOARD FAILURE (PANNE D U CLAVIER) — Panne du clavier ou câble de clavier desserré.Guide de référence rapide 125 NO BOOT DEVICE AVAILABLE (AUCUN PÉRIPHÉRIQUE D'AMORÇAGE N'EST DISPONIBLE) — Le système ne peut pas détecter un périphérique ou une partition amorçable. • Si le lecteur de disquette est votre périphérique d'amorçage, assurez-vous que les câbles sont bien raccordés et qu'une disquette se trouve dans le lecteur. • Si le disque dur est votre périphérique d'amorçage, assurez-vous que les câbles sont bien raccordés, que le lecteur est installé, bien en place et partitionné comme périphérique d'amorçage. • Ouvrez le programme de configuration du système et assurez-vous que les informations de la séquence d'amorçage sont correctes. NO TIMER TICK INTERRUPT (AUCUNE INTERRUPTION D E TIC D'HORLOGE) — ll se peut qu'une puce sur la carte système soit défectueuse ou qu'il y ait un échec de la carte mère. NON-SYSTEM DISK OR DISK ERROR (ERREUR DISQUE OU DISQUE NON-SYSTÈME) — Remplacez la disquette par une disquette avec un système d'exploitation amorçable ou retirez la disquette du lecteur A et redémarrez l'ordinateur. NO T A BOOT DISKETTE (DISQUETTE NON AMORÇABLE) — Insérez une disquette d'amorçage et redémarrez votre ordinateur. USB OVER CURRENT ERROR (ERREUR D E SURINTENSITÉ USB) — Débranchez le périphérique USB. Utilisez une source d'alimentation électrique externe pour le périphérique USB. NOTICE - HARD DRIVE SELF MONITORING SYSTEM HAS REPORTED THAT A PARAMETER HAS EXCEEDED ITS NORMAL OPERATING RANGE. DELL RECOMMENDS THAT YOU BACK U P YOUR DATA REGULARLY. A PARAMETER OUT O F RANGE MAY O R MAY NOT INDICATE A POTENTIAL HARD DRIVE PROBLEM — (Avis - Le système d’auto-surveillance du disque dur a déclaré qu'un paramètre a dépassé la plage de fonctionnement normale. Dell vous recommande de sauvegarder vos données périodiquement. Un paramètre hors limites peut ou non indiquer un problème de disque dur éventuel) Erreur S.M.A.R.T, échec possible du disque dur. Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver cette fonctionnalité dans la configuration du BIOS.126 Guide de référence rapide Voyants de diagnostic PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. Afin de vous aider à résoudre les problèmes, l'ordinateur est équipé de quatre voyants situés sur le panneau avant ou arrière : 1, 2, 3 et 4. Ces voyants peuvent être éteints ou verts. Lorsque l'ordinateur démarre normalement, le comportement ou les codes des voyants changent au fur et à mesure de l'avancement du processus de démarrage. Lorsque l'ordinateur démarre normalement, le comportement ou les codes des voyants changent au fur et à mesure de l'avancement du processus de démarrage. Si la partie POST (autotest à la mise sous tension) du démarrage du système s'effectue correctement, les quatre voyants sont verts fixes. Si l'ordinateur ne fonctionne pas correctement lors du processus POST, le comportement des voyants peut vous aider à identifier l'origine du problème. REMARQUE : L'orientation des voyants de diagnostic peut varier selon le type de système. Les voyants de diagnostic peuvent apparaître soit verticalement, soit horizontalement. Comportement des voyants Description du problème Solution proposée L'ordinateur est en condition d'arrêt normale ou une panne est survenue avant le BIOS. Les voyants de diagnostic ne sont pas allumés alors que le système d'exploitation de l'ordinateur s'est lancé correctement. Raccordez l'ordinateur à une prise secteur qui fonctionne et appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation. Échec éventuel du BIOS ; l'ordinateur est en mode Restauration. Exécutez l'utilitaire de sauvegarde du BIOS, attendez que la restauration soit terminée et redémarrez l'ordinateur. Une défaillance du processeur semble s'être produite. Réinstallez le processeur et redémarrez l'ordinateur.Guide de référence rapide 127 Les modules de mémoire sont détectés, mais une panne de mémoire est survenue. • Si un module de mémoire est installé, réinstallez-le et redémarrez l'ordinateur. (Reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation en ligne pour obtenir des instructions sur la façon de retirer et d'installer les modules de mémoire.) • Si au moins deux modules de mémoire sont installés, supprimez-les, réinstallez un module, puis redémarrez l'ordinateur. Si l'ordinateur redémarre normalement, réinstallez un autre module. Répétez cette procédure jusqu'à identification du module défectueux ou réinstallation de tous les modules sans erreur. • Installez sur votre ordinateur la mémoire du même type fonctionnant correctement, le cas échéant. • Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell. Une défaillance de la carte graphique semble s'être produite. • Si l'ordinateur possède une carte graphique, retirez-la, réinstallezla, puis redémarrez l'ordinateur. • Si le problème persiste, installez une carte graphique qui fonctionne et redémarrez l'ordinateur. • Si le problème persiste ou que votre ordinateur dispose de fonctions vidéo intégrées, contactez Dell. Comportement des voyants Description du problème Solution proposée128 Guide de référence rapide Panne possible de lecteur de disquette ou de disque dur. Réinstallez tous les câbles de données et d'alimentation, puis redémarrez l'ordinateur. Panne USB possible. Réinstallez tous les périphériques USB, vérifiez la connexion des câbles, puis redémarrez l'ordinateur. Aucun module de mémoire n'a été détecté. • Si un module de mémoire est installé, réinstallez-le et redémarrez l'ordinateur. Reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation en ligne pour obtenir des instructions sur la façon de retirer et d'installer les modules de mémoire. • Si au moins deux modules de mémoire sont installés, supprimez-les, réinstallez un module, puis redémarrez l'ordinateur. Si l'ordinateur redémarre normalement, réinstallez un autre module. Répétez cette procédure jusqu'à identification du module défectueux ou réinstallation de tous les modules sans erreur. • Installez sur votre ordinateur la mémoire du même type fonctionnant correctement, le cas échéant. • Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell. Comportement des voyants Description du problème Solution proposéeGuide de référence rapide 129 Effacement des mots de passe oubliés PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. 1 Suivez les procédures décrites dans la section « Avant de commencer » à la page 78. 2 Retirez le capot de l'ordinateur (reportez-vous à la section « Retrait du capot de l'ordinateur » à la page 112). Les modules de mémoire sont détectés, mais une erreur de configuration de mémoire ou de compatibilité est survenue. • Vérifiez qu'aucune contrainte particulière ne doit être respectée pour l'installation des modules dans les connecteurs de mémoire. • Vérifiez que les modules de mémoire que vous installez sont compatibles avec votre ordinateur. • Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell. Une erreur est survenue. Cette séquence s'affiche également lorsque vous ouvrez le programme de configuration du système et n'est pas forcément significative d'un problème. • Vérifiez que les câbles sont correctement connectés entre le disque dur, le lecteur optique et la carte mère. • Lisez le message qui s'affiche sur l'écran du moniteur. • Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell. Une fois le POST terminé, les quatre voyants de diagnostic deviennent brièvement verts avant de s'éteindre pour indiquer une condition de fonctionnement normale. Aucune. Comportement des voyants Description du problème Solution proposée130 Guide de référence rapide 3 Repérez le cavalier de mot de passe (PSWD, 2 broches) sur la carte système. Par défaut, Pin1 et Pin2 (Broche1 et Broche2) devraient être connectées. Vous devez retirer le cavalier et amorcer le système, comme suit : 4 Retirez le cavalier. 5 Remettez le capot de l'ordinateur en place (reportez-vous à la section « Remplacement du capot de l'ordinateur » à la page 106). AVIS : Pour connecter un câble de réseau, branchez-le d'abord au périphérique réseau, puis à l'ordinateur. 6 Rebranchez l'ordinateur et ses périphériques à leurs prises électriques, puis allumez-les. 7 Après l'affichage du bureau Microsoft® Windows® sur votre ordinateur, arrêtez celui-ci (reportez-vous à la section « Mise hors tension de l'ordinateur » à la page 80). 8 Éteignez le moniteur et débranchez-le de la prise secteur. 9 Débranchez l'ordinateur de la prise secteur, puis appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation pour mettre la carte système à la terre. 10 Ouvrez le capot de l'ordinateur. 11 Repérez le cavalier de mot de passe (PSWD, 2 broches) sur la carte système, et remettez-le en place pour réactiver la fonction de mot de passe.Guide de référence rapide 131 12 Remettez le capot de l'ordinateur en place (reportez-vous à la section « Remplacement du capot de l'ordinateur » à la page 106). AVIS : Pour connecter un câble de réseau, branchez le câble d'abord sur la prise réseau murale, puis sur l'ordinateur. 13 Rebranchez l'ordinateur et ses périphériques à leurs prises électriques, puis allumez-les. REMARQUE : Cette opération réactive la fonctionnalité de mot de passe. Lorsque vous ouvrez le programme de configuration du système (reportez-vous à la section « Ouverture du programme de configuration du système » du Guide d'utilisation), les deux options de mot de passe (système et administrateur) ont pour valeur Not Set (Non défini) — Cela signifie que la fonctionnalité est activée mais qu'aucun mot de passe n'est attribué. 14 Affectez un nouveau mot de passe système et/ou administrateur. Effacement des paramètres CMOS PRÉCAUTION : Avant de commencer toute procédure de cette section, consultez et respectez les consignes de sécurité du Guide d'information sur le produit. 1 Suivez les procédures décrites dans la section « Avant de commencer » à la page 78. REMARQUE : L'ordinateur doit être débranché de la prise secteur pour effacer le paramètre CMOS. 2 Retirez le capot de l'ordinateur (reportez-vous à la section « Retrait du capot de l'ordinateur » à la page 112). 3 Retirez le capot de l'ordinateur. 4 Réinitialisez les paramètres CMOS : a Repérez les cavaliers de mot de passe (PSWD) et CMOS (RTCRST) sur la carte système (reportez-vous à la section « Effacement des mots de passe oubliés » à la page 129). b Retirez la fiche du cavalier PSWD de ses broches. c Placez la fiche sur les broches du cavalier RTCRST et attendez environ cinq secondes. d Retirez la fiche des broches RTCRST et remettez-la sur les broches du cavalier PWSD.132 Guide de référence rapide 5 Remettez le capot de l'ordinateur en place (reportez-vous à la section « Remplacement du capot de l'ordinateur » à la page 106). AVIS : Pour connecter un câble de réseau, branchez-le d'abord au port réseau ou au périphérique, puis à l'ordinateur. 6 Rebranchez l'ordinateur et ses périphériques à leurs prises électriques, puis allumez-les. Clignotement du BIOS Il se peut que le BIOS nécessite le clignotement lorsqu'une mise à jour est disponible ou lorsque vous remplacez la carte système. 1 Allumez l'ordinateur. 2 Recherchez le fichier de mise à jour BIOS pour votre ordinateur sur le site Web du service de support de Dell à l'adresse support.dell.com. 3 Cliquez sur Download Now (Télécharger maintenant) pour télécharger le fichier. 4 Si la fenêtre Export Compliance Disclaimer (Renonciation à la conformité aux normes d’exportation) s'affiche, cliquez sur Yes, I Accept this Agreement (Oui, j'accepte cet accord). La fenêtre File Download (Téléchargement du fichier) apparaît. 5 Cliquez sur Save this program to disk (Enregistrer ce programme sur un disque), puis cliquez sur OK. La fenêtre Save In (Enregistrer dans) apparaît. 6 Cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas pour afficher le menu Enregistrer dans, sélectionnez Desktop (Bureau), puis cliquez sur Save (Enregistrer). Le fichier est téléchargé sur votre bureau. 7 Cliquez sur Fermer lorsque la fenêtre Download Complete (Téléchargement terminé) apparaît. L'icône de fichier apparaît sur votre bureau et porte le même nom que le fichier de mise à jour BIOS. 8 Double-cliquez sur l'icône de fichier sur le bureau et suivez les instructions apparaissant à l'écran.Index 133 Index A alimentation bouton, 97, 108 filtres de ligne parasurtenseurs périphériques de protection UPS voyant, 98 alimentation sans interruption. Voir UPS Assistant Configuration réseau, 84 assistants Assistant Configuration réseau, 84 C capot remplacement, 106, 116 retrait, 102, 112 carte mère. Voir carte système carte système, 105, 115 CD système d'exploitation, 77 CD Operating System, 77 CD ResourceCD Dell Diagnostics, 117 Centre d'aide et de support, 77 codes sonores, 122 codes sonores d'ordinateur codes sonores, 122 composants avant de commencer, 79 connexion Internet à propos de, 85 configuration, 86 options, 85 consignes de sécurité, 74 contrat de licence pour utilisateur final, 74 D Dell Diagnostics, 117 Démarrage de Dell Diagnostics à partir du CD Drivers and Utilities, 118 Démarrage de Dell Diagnostics à partir du disque dur, 118 dépannage Centre d'aide et de support, 77 Dell Diagnostics, 117 diagnostics codes sonores, 122 Dell, 117134 Index documentation contrat de licence pour utilisateur final, 74 en ligne, 76 ergonomie, 74 garantie, 74 Guide d'information sur le produit, 74 Guide d'utilisation, 74 Référence rapide, 74 réglementation, 74 sécurité, 74 E étiquettes Microsoft Windows, 75 numéro de service, 75, 98, 107 F fichier d'aide Centre d'aide et de support de Windows, 77 G Guide d'information sur le produit, 74 Guide d'utilisation, 74 I imprimante câble, 92 configuration, 83, 92 connexion, 83, 92 informations relatives à l'ergonomie, 74 informations relatives à la garantie, 74 informations sur les réglementations, 74 installation de pièces mise hors tension de l'ordinateur, 80 installer des composants outils recommandés, 80 M matériel codes sonores, 122 Dell Diagnostics, 117 messages d'erreur codes sonores, 122 moniteur connecter le DVI, 93-94 connecter le VGA, 93-94 connecter un téléviseur, 93-94 connecter VGA, 93 en raccorder deux, 93-94 mode bureau étendu, 95 mode de clonage, 95Index 135 paramètres d'affichage, 95 raccorder deux, 93 mot de passe cavalier, 129 effacement, 129 N numéro de service, 75, 98, 107 O ordinateur codes sonores, 122 composants à l'intérieur, 104, 114 vue intérieure, 104, 114 P paramètres CMOS effacement, 131 problèmes codes sonores, 122 Dell Diagnostics, 117 R réseau Assistant Configuration réseau, 84 S S.M.A.R.T, 125 site de support de Dell, 76 site Web de support, 76 système d'exploitation réinstallation, 77 T téléviseur connecter à l'ordinateur, 93-94 U UPS V voyants alimentation, 98 W Windows XP Assistant Configuration réseau, 84 Centre d'aide et de support, 77 réinstallation, 77136 Indexwww.dell.com | support.dell.com Dell™ OptiPlex™ 330 Guía de referencia rápida Modelo DCSM y DCNENotas, avisos y precauciones NOTA: una NOTA proporciona información importante que le ayuda a utilizar su ordenador de la mejor manera posible. AVISO: un AVISO indica la posibilidad de daños en el hardware o pérdida de datos y le explica cómo evitar el problema. PRECAUCIÓN: una PRECAUCIÓN indica un posible daño material, lesión corporal o muerte. ____________________ La información contenida en este documento puede modificarse sin aviso previo. © 2007 Dell Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Queda estrictamente prohibido realizar cualquier tipo de reproducción sin el consentimiento por escrito de Dell Inc. Marcas comerciales utilizadas en este texto: Dell, el logotipo de DELL, Inspiron, Dell Precision, Dimension, OptiPlex, Latitude, PowerEdge, PowerVault, PowerApp y Dell OpenManage son marcas comerciales de Dell Inc.; Intel, Pentium y Celeron son marcas comerciales registradas de Intel Corporation; Microsoft y Windows son marcas comerciales registradas de Microsoft Corporation. Este documento puede incluir otras marcas y nombres comerciales para referirse a las entidades que son propietarias de los mismos o a sus productos. Dell Inc. renuncia a cualquier interés sobre la propiedad de marcas y nombres comerciales que no sean los suyos. Modelo DCSM y DCNE Septiembre 2007 P/N JY235 Rev. A00Contenido 139 Contenido Búsqueda de información . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Antes de comenzar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Antes de trabajar en el interior de su ordenador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Adición y sustitución de piezas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Configuración del ordenador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Instalación del ordenador en un gabinete . . . . . 149 Configuración de una red doméstica y de oficina . . . 151 Conexión a un adaptador de red . . . . . . . . . . 151 Configuración de red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Conexión a Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Transferencia de información a un ordenador nuevo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Configuración de una impresora . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Conexión de dos monitores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Dispositivos de protección de alimentación . . . . . . 163 Ordenador de sobremesa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Vista anterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Vista posterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Conectores del panel posterior . . . . . . . . . . 168 Extracción de la cubierta del ordenador . . . . . . . . 170140 Contenido Vista interior del ordenador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Componentes de la placa base . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Cómo volver a colocar la cubierta del ordenador . . . 174 Ordenador de minitorre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Vista anterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Vista posterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Conectores del panel posterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Cómo quitar la cubierta del ordenador . . . . . . . . . 180 Vista interior del ordenador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Componentes de la placa base . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Cómo volver a colocar la cubierta del ordenador . . . 184 Solución de problemas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Dell Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Indicadores de alimentación . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Códigos de sonido . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Mensajes del sistema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Indicadores de diagnóstico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Cómo borrar contraseñas olvidadas . . . . . . . . . . 198 Borrado de la configuración de CMOS . . . . . . . . . 200 Actualización flash del BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Índice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Guía de referencia rápida 141 Búsqueda de información NOTA: Algunas funciones o medios son opcionales y pueden no incluirse en su ordenador. Es posible que algunas funciones o medios no estén disponibles en determinados países. NOTA: Su ordenador puede incluir información adicional. ¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontrará • Un programa de diagnóstico para mi ordenador • Controladores para mi ordenador • Software del sistema de escritorio (DSS) Soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities (Controladores y utilidades) NOTA: El soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities (Controladores y utilidades) es opcional y es posible que no se entregue con el ordenador. Los controladores ya están instalados en el ordenador. Puede utilizar el soporte multimedia para volver a instalar los controladores (consulte la Guía del usuario en línea), para ejecutar los Dell Diagnostics (consulte el apartado “Dell Diagnostics” en la página 185). Los archivos “readme” (léame) pueden estar incluidos en su CD para disponer de actualizaciones de última hora sobre los cambios técnicos del ordenador o material de consulta destinado a los técnicos o usuarios avanzados. NOTA: Los controladores y las actualizaciones de la documentación se pueden encontrar en support.dell.com.142 Guía de referencia rápida • Información básica sobre la solución de problemas • Cómo ejecutar Dell Diagnostics • Herramientas y utilidades • Cómo configurar una impresora Guía de referencia rápida NOTA: Este documento puede ser opcional, por lo que es posible que no se envíe con su ordenador. NOTA: Este documento está disponible en formato PDF en support.dell.com. • Información sobre la garantía • Términos y condiciones (sólo en EE.UU.) • Instrucciones de seguridad • Información reglamentaria • Información ergonómica • Contrato de licencia de usuario final Guía de información del producto de Dell™ • Cómo extraer y cambiar piezas • Especificaciones • Cómo configurar los parámetros del sistema • Cómo detectar y solucionar problemas Guía del usuario de Dell OptiPlex™ 330 Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico de Microsoft Windows 1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio de Windows Vista→Ayuda y soporte técnico→ Guías del usuario y del sistema de Dell→ Guías del sistema. 2 Haga clic en la Guía del usuario de su ordenador. ¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontraráGuía de referencia rápida 143 • Etiqueta de servicio y Express Service Code (Código de servicio rápido) • Etiqueta de licencia de Microsoft Windows Etiqueta de servicio y licencia de Microsoft® Windows® Estas etiquetas se encuentran en su ordenador. • Utilice la etiqueta de servicio para identificar el ordenador cuando visite support.dell.com o se ponga en contacto con el servicio de asistencia. • Escriba el código de servicio urgente para dirigir su llamada cuando se ponga en contacto con el servicio de asistencia. NOTA: Como una mayor medida de seguridad, a las etiquetas de licencia de Microsoft Windows diseñadas recientemente parece que les falta un trozo de etiqueta o que tienen un “agujero”, para disuadir a los delincuentes de retirar la etiqueta. ¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontrará144 Guía de referencia rápida • Soluciones: consejos y orientación para la solución de problemas, artículos de técnicos y cursos en línea, preguntas frecuentes. • Comunidad: debates en línea con otros clientes de Dell. • Actualizaciones: información de actualización para componentes como, por ejemplo, la memoria, la unidad de disco duro y el sistema operativo. • Atención al cliente: información de contacto, llamada de servicio y estado de los pedidos, garantía e información de reparación. • Servicio y asistencia: historial de asistencia y estado de las llamadas de servicio, contrato de servicio, debates en línea con el personal de asistencia técnica. • El servicio Dell Technical Update: notificación proactiva mediante correo electrónico de actualizaciones de software y hardware para el ordenador. • Referencia: documentación del ordenador, detalles en la configuración de mi ordenador, especificaciones del producto y documentación técnica. • Descargas: controladores certificados, revisiones y actualizaciones de software. Sitio web Dell Support: support.dell.com NOTA: Seleccione su región o segmento de negocios para ver el sitio de asistencia técnica apropiado. ¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontraráGuía de referencia rápida 145 • Desktop System Software (DSS): si vuelve a instalar el sistema operativo del ordenador, también debe volver a instalar la utilidad DSS. DSS proporciona actualizaciones importantes del sistema operativo y asistencia para procesadores, unidades ópticas, dispositivos USB, etc. La utilidad DSS es necesaria para el correcto funcionamiento de su ordenador Dell. El software detecta automáticamente su ordenador y sistema operativo e instala las actualizaciones apropiadas a su configuración. Para descargar Desktop System Software: 1 Vaya a support.dell.com, seleccione su zona o segmento empresarial e introduzca la etiqueta de servicio. 2 Seleccione Drivers & Downloads (Controladores & Descargas) y haga clic en Go (Ir). 3 Haga clic en el sistema operativo y busque la palabra clave Desktop System Software. NOTA: La interfaz para el usuario support.dell.com puede variar dependiendo de las selecciones que efectúe. • Cómo utilizar Windows • Cómo trabajar con programas y archivos • Cómo personalizar mi escritorio Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico de Windows 1 Para acceder a Ayuda y soporte técnico de Windows: • En Windows XP, haga clic en Inicio y en Ayuda y soporte técnico. • En Windows Vista™, haga clic en el botón Inicio de Windows Vista →Ayuda y soporte técnico. 2 Escriba una palabra o frase que describa el problema y, a continuación, haga clic en el icono de flecha. 3 Haga clic en el tema que describa el problema. 4 Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en pantalla. • Cómo volver a instalar mi sistema operativo Soporte multimedia Operating System (Sistema operativo) NOTA: El soporte multimedia Operating System (Sistema operativo) es opcional, por lo que es posible que no se envíe con su ordenador. ¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontrará146 Guía de referencia rápida Antes de comenzar Antes de trabajar en el interior de su ordenador Use las siguientes instrucciones de seguridad para proteger el equipo contra posibles daños y garantizar su propia seguridad personal. PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. AVISO: Manipule los componentes y las tarjetas con precaución. No toque los componentes o contactos ubicados en una tarjeta. Sostenga las tarjetas por sus bordes o por su soporte metálico de montaje. Sujete un componente, como un procesador, por sus bordes y no por sus patas. El sistema operativo ya está instalado en el ordenador. Para volver a instalar el sistema operativo, utilice el disco Operating System (Sistema operativo) y consulte la Guía del usuario en línea. Después de volver a instalar el sistema operativo, utilice el disco Drivers and Utilities (Controladores y utilidades) para volver a instalar los controladores de los dispositivos que se incluían con el ordenador. La clave del producto del sistema operativo se encuentra en el ordenador. NOTA: El color del disco varía según el sistema operativo que haya solicitado. ¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontraráGuía de referencia rápida 147 AVISO: Sólo un técnico certificado debe realizar reparaciones en el ordenador. La garantía no cubre los daños por reparaciones no autorizadas por Dell. AVISO: Cuando desconecte un cable, tire del conector o de la lengüeta de tiro, no tire directamente del cable. Algunos cables tienen conectores con lengüetas de bloqueo; si va a desconectar un cable de este tipo, antes pulse las lengüetas de bloqueo. Cuando separe conectores, manténgalos alineados para evitar doblar las patas de conexión. Además, antes de conectar un cable, asegúrese de que los dos conectores estén orientados y alineados correctamente. AVISO: Para evitar daños en el ordenador, realice los pasos siguientes antes de comenzar a trabajar dentro del ordenador. 1 Apague el ordenador (consulte el apartado “Cómo apagar el ordenador” en la página 148). PRECAUCIÓN: Nunca suministre alimentación eléctrica al ordenador cuando se haya extraído la cubierta. AVISO: Para desconectar un cable de red, desconecte primero el cable del ordenador y, a continuación, del dispositivo de red. 2 Desconecte todos los cables del teléfono o de la red del ordenador. 3 Desconecte el ordenador y todos los dispositivos conectados de sus tomas de alimentación eléctrica. 4 Pulse el botón de alimentación para conectar a tierra la placa base. AVISO: Antes de tocar algo en el interior del ordenador, conéctese a tierra tocando una superficie metálica sin pintura como, por ejemplo, la parte posterior del ordenador. Mientras trabaja, toque periódicamente una superficie metálica sin pintar para disipar la electricidad estática, que podría dañar los componentes internos. Adición y sustitución de piezas Esta sección le proporciona los procedimientos para quitar e instalar los componentes en su ordenador.A menos que se especifique lo contrario, para cada procedimiento se presupone que se cumplen las condiciones siguientes: • Ha realizado los pasos que se indican en los apartados “Cómo apagar el ordenador” en la página 148 y “Antes de trabajar en el interior de su ordenador” en la página 146. • Ha leído la información de seguridad de la Guía de información del producto de Dell™.148 Guía de referencia rápida • Un componente se puede volver a colocar o—si se ha adquirido por separado—instalar mediante el proceso de extracción realizado en orden inverso. Herramientas recomendadas Es posible que necesite las herramientas siguientes para los procedimientos descritos en este documento: • Un destornillador pequeño de paletas planas • Destornillador Phillips pequeño • Punta trazadora pequeña de plástico Cómo apagar el ordenador AVISO: Para evitar la pérdida de datos, guarde y cierre todos los archivos abiertos y salga de todos los programas abiertos antes de apagar el ordenador. 1 Apague el sistema operativo: a Guarde y cierre todos los archivos abiertos y salga de todos los programas activos. b En el sistema operativo Microsoft® Windows® XP, haga clic en Inicio→ Apagar→ Apagar. En Microsoft® Windows Vista™, haga clic en el botón Inicio de Windows Vista , situado en la esquina inferior izquierda del escritorio, haga clic en la flecha de la esquina inferior derecha del menú Inicio tal como se muestra a continuación y después haga clic en Apagar. El equipo se apaga una vez finalizado el proceso de cierre del sistema operativo. 2 Asegúrese de que el ordenador y todos los dispositivos conectados estén apagados. Si el ordenador y los dispositivos conectados no se apagaron automáticamente cuando apagó el sistema operativo, pulse el botón de alimentación durante 4 segundos aproximadamente para apagarlos.Guía de referencia rápida 149 Configuración del ordenador Instalación del ordenador en un gabinete La instalación del ordenador en un gabinete puede restringir el flujo de aire, influir en el rendimiento del ordenador y hacer que posiblemente se caliente en exceso. Siga las siguientes pautas cuando instale el ordenador en un gabinete: AVISO: Las especificaciones de temperatura de funcionamiento que se indican en este manual reflejan la temperatura ambiente de funcionamiento máxima. Se tiene que tener en cuenta la temperatura ambiente de la sala cuando se instala el ordenador en un gabinete. Por ejemplo, si la temperatura ambiente de la sala es de 25° C (77° F), en función de las especificaciones del ordenador, sólo tiene un margen de temperatura de 5° a 10° C (de 9° a 18° F) antes de alcanzar la temperatura de funcionamiento máxima del ordenador. Para obtener más detalles sobre las especificaciones de su ordenador, consulte la Guía del usuario en línea. • Deje que haya una distancia de separación de 10,2 cm (4 pulgadas) como mínimo en todos los laterales del ordenador que facilitan la ventilación para permitir que el aire que se necesita ofrezca la ventilación adecuada. • Si el gabinete tiene tapas, tienen que ser de un tipo que permita que haya como mínimo un flujo de aire del 30 por ciento a través del gabinete (delante y detrás).150 Guía de referencia rápida • Si el ordenador está instalado en una esquina sobre un escritorio o debajo de un escritorio, deje como mínimo 5,1 centímetros (2 pulgadas) de distancia de separación entre la parte posterior del ordenador y la pared para permitir que haya el flujo de aire necesario para una ventilación adecuada. AVISO: No instale el ordenador en un gabinete que no permita que haya flujo de aire. Restringir el flujo de aire afecta negativamente al rendimiento del ordenador y hace que posiblemente se caliente.Guía de referencia rápida 151 Configuración de una red doméstica y de oficina Conexión a un adaptador de red Para conectar el cable de red: NOTA: Enchufe el cable de red al conector del adaptador de red del ordenador. No enchufe el cable de red al conector del módem del ordenador. No enchufe un cable de red a una toma telefónica de la pared. 1 Conecte el cable de red al conector del adaptador de red, que está situado en la parte posterior del ordenador. Inserte el cable hasta que encaje en su posición y, a continuación, tire de él suavemente para asegurarse de que está bien encajado. 2 Conecte el otro extremo del cable de red a un dispositivo de red.152 Guía de referencia rápida Configuración de red Windows XP El sistema operativo Microsoft® Windows® XP ofrece un Asistente para configuración de redes que le guiará en el proceso de compartir archivos, impresoras o una conexión a Internet entre ordenadores en un entorno doméstico o de pequeña oficina. 1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio, seleccione Todos los programas→ Accesorios→ Comunicaciones y, a continuación, haga clic en Asistente para configuración de redes. 2 En la pantalla de bienvenida Asistente para configuración de red, haga clic en Siguiente. 3 Haga clic en Lista de comprobación para crear una red. NOTA: Al seleccionar el método de conexión Este ordenador se conecta directamente a Internet, se activa el servidor de seguridad integrado que se proporciona con Windows XP Service Pack 1 (SP1) o posterior. 4 Haga las comprobaciones de la lista de verificación y los preparativos necesarios. 5 Vuelva a Asistente para configuración de red y siga las instrucciones que aparecen en pantalla. Dispositivo de red Conector del adaptador de red del ordenador Cable de red Conector del adaptador de redGuía de referencia rápida 153 Windows Vista Para realizar cambios en la configuración de red en Microsoft® Windows Vista™: 1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio de Windows Vista, y, a continuación, haga clic en Red→ Centro de redes y recursos compartidos. 2 Haga clic en Set up a connection or network (Establecer una conexión o red). 3 Seleccione el tipo de conexión de red que desea hacer y siga las instrucciones de la pantalla. 4 Cuando haya acabado, cierre el Centro de redes y recursos compartidos. Conexión a Internet NOTA: Los proveedores de servicios de internet y las ofertas de estos proveedores pueden variar según el país. Para conectarse a Internet, necesita una conexión por módem o de red y un proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP). Su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) le ofrecerá una o más de las siguientes opciones de conexión a Internet: • Las conexiones ADSL, que ofrecen acceso a Internet de alta velocidad a través de la línea de teléfono existente o del servicio de telefonía móvil. Con una conexión ADSL, podrá acceder a Internet y utilizar su teléfono en la misma línea simultáneamente. • Las conexiones de módem por cable, que ofrecen acceso a Internet de alta velocidad a través de su línea de TV por cable local. • Las conexiones de módem por satélite, que ofrecen acceso a Internet de alta velocidad a través del sistema de televisión por satélite. • Las conexiones de acceso telefónico, que ofrecen acceso a Internet a través de la línea telefónica. Las conexiones de acceso telefónico son considerablemente más lentas que las de ADSL y conexiones de módem por cable (o satélite). • Las conexiones LAN (Red de área local) inalámbricas, que ofrecen acceso a Internet utilizando tecnología inalámbrica Bluetooth®. Si utiliza una conexión de acceso telefónico, conecte una línea telefónica al conector del módem en el ordenador y a la roseta del teléfono antes de configurar la conexión a Internet. Si utiliza una conexión ADSL o de módem por cable/satélite, póngase en contacto con su proveedor de servicios de internet o con su servicio de telefonía móvil para obtener instrucciones de configuración.154 Guía de referencia rápida Configuración de su conexión a Internet Para configurar una conexión a Internet con un acceso directo en el escritorio de su proveedor de servicios de internet: 1 Guarde y cierre todos los archivos que estén abiertos y salga de los programas activos. 2 Haga doble clic en el icono de su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) en el escritorio de Microsoft® Windows®. 3 Siga las instrucciones de la pantalla para completar la configuración. Si no tiene un icono de su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) en el escritorio o desea configurar una conexión a Internet con un ISP diferente, realice los pasos de la siguiente sección que se correspondan con el sistema operativo del ordenador que utiliza. NOTA: Si tiene problemas para conectarse a Internet, consulte el apartado “Configuración de una red doméstica y de oficina” en la página 151. Si no puede conectarse a Internet pero consiguió hacerlo anteriormente, puede que el proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) tenga una interrupción del servicio. Póngase en contacto con su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) para comprobar el estado del servicio, o intente conectarse de nuevo más tarde. Windows XP 1 Guarde y cierre todos los archivos que estén abiertos y salga de los programas activos. 2 Haga clic en Inicio→ Internet Explorer. Aparecerá el Asistente para conexión nueva. 3 Haga clic en Conectarse a Internet. 4 En la siguiente ventana, haga clic en la opción correcta: • Si no tiene un proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) y desea seleccionar uno, haga clic en Elegir de una lista de proveedores de servicios Internet (ISP). • Si ha obtenido información de configuración de su ISP pero no ha recibido un CD de configuración, haga clic en Establecer mi conexión manualmente. • Si dispone de un CD, haga clic en Usar el CD que tengo de un proveedor de servicios Internet (ISP).Guía de referencia rápida 155 5 Haga clic en Siguiente. Si ha seleccionado Establecer mi conexión manualmente, continúe con el paso 6. En caso contrario, siga las instrucciones de la pantalla para completar la configuración. NOTA: Si no sabe qué tipo de conexión seleccionar, póngase en contacto con su ISP. 6 Haga clic en la opción adecuada de ¿Cómo desea conectar a Internet? y, a continuación, haga clic en Siguiente. 7 Utilice la información de configuración ofrecida por su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) para completar la configuración. Windows Vista™ NOTA: Tenga la información de su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) preparada. Si no dispone de ISP, el asistente para Conectarse a Internet podrá ayudarle a obtener uno. 1 Guarde y cierre todos los archivos que estén abiertos y salga de los programas activos. 2 Haga clic en el botón Inicio de Windows Vista y en Panel de control. 3 En Red e Internet, haga clic en Conectarse a Internet. Aparece la ventana Conectarse a Internet. 4 Haga clic en Banda ancha (PPPoE) o Conexión telefónica, dependiendo de cómo desee conectarse: • Seleccione Banda ancha si va a utilizar una conexión ADSL, de módem por satélite, de módem por TV de cable, o de tecnología inalámbrica Bluetooth. • Seleccione Conexión telefónica si va a utilizar un módem de acceso telefónico o ISDN. NOTA: Si no sabe qué tipo de conexión seleccionar, haga clic en Ayúdeme a elegir o póngase en contacto con su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP). 5 Siga las instrucciones de la pantalla y utilice la información de configuración suministrada por su proveedor de servicios de internet (ISP) para completar la configuración.156 Guía de referencia rápida Transferencia de información a un ordenador nuevo Puede utilizar los “asistentes” del sistema operativo para ayudarle a transferir archivos y otros datos de un ordenador a otro (por ejemplo, de un ordenador antiguo a uno nuevo. Para obtener instrucciones, consulte en los apartados siguientes el que corresponda al sistema operativo que ejecuta su ordenador. Microsoft® Windows® XP (opcional) El sistema operativo MicrosoftWindows XP proporciona un Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones que sirve para transferir datos del ordenador de origen a uno nuevo. Puede transferir datos, como los siguientes: • Mensajes de correo electrónico • Configuraciones de barras de herramientas • Tamaños de ventana • Marcadores de Internet Puede transferir los datos al ordenador nuevo a través de una conexión de red o de serie o puede guardarlos en medios extraíbles como, por ejemplo, un CD grabable, para transferirlos al ordenador nuevo. NOTA: Puede transferir información de un ordenador viejo a un ordenador nuevo conectando directamente un cable serie a los puertos de entrada/salida (E/S) de los dos ordenadores. Para transferir datos a través de una conexión serie, debe acceder a la utilidad Conexiones de red desde el Panel de control y realizar los pasos de configuración adicionales, como configurar una conexión avanzada y designar el ordenador host y el ordenador invitado. Para obtener instrucciones sobre la configuración de una conexión de cables directa entre dos ordenadores, consulte en Microsoft Knowledge Base el artículo número 305621, titulado How to Set Up a Direct Cable Connection Between Two Computers in Windows XP. Es posible que esta información no esté disponible en determinados países. Para transferir información a un ordenador nuevo, debe ejecutar el Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones. Para este proceso, puede utilizar el soporte multimedia opcional Operating System (Sistema operativo) o bien crear un disco del asistente con el Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones.Guía de referencia rápida 157 Ejecución del Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones con el CD Operating System (Sistema operativo) NOTA: Para este procedimiento es necesario el soporte multimedia Operating System (Sistema operativo). Este soporte multimedia es opcional, por lo que es posible que no se envíe con todos los ordenadores. Para preparar un ordenador nuevo para la transferencia de archivos: 1 Abra el Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones: haga clic en Inicio→ Todos los programas→ Accesorios→ Herramientas del sistema→ Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones. 2 Cuando aparezca la pantalla de bienvenida Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones, haga clic en Siguiente. 3 En la pantalla ¿Qué ordenador es éste?, haga clic en Ordenador nuevo→ Siguiente. 4 En la pantalla ¿Tiene un CD de Windows XP?, haga clic en Utilizaré el asistente desde el CD de Windows XP→ Siguiente. 5 Cuando aparezca la pantalla Diríjase al ordenador antiguo, vaya al ordenador antiguo o de origen. No haga clic en Siguiente en esta ocasión. Para copiar datos del ordenador antiguo: 1 En el ordenador antiguo, inserte el soporte multimedia Operating System (Sistema operativo) de Windows XP. 2 En la pantalla Microsoft Windows XP, haga clic en Realizar tareas adicionales. 3 En ¿Qué desea hacer?, haga clic en Transferir archivos y configuraciones→ Siguiente. 4 En la pantalla ¿Qué ordenador es éste?, haga clic en Ordenador antiguo→ Siguiente. 5 En la pantalla Seleccione un método de transferencia, haga clic en el método de transferencia que prefiera. 6 En la pantalla Elija qué desea transferir, seleccione los elementos que desea transferir y haga clic en Siguiente. Una vez copiada la información, se muestra la pantalla Completando la Fase de recopilación. 7 Haga clic en Terminar.158 Guía de referencia rápida Para transferir información al ordenador nuevo: 1 En la pantalla Diríjase al ordenador antiguo del ordenador nuevo, haga clic en Siguiente. 2 En la pantalla Seleccione la ubicación de archivos y configuraciones, seleccione el método que ha elegido para transferir los archivos y las configuraciones y haga clic en Siguiente. El asistente lee las configuraciones y los archivos recopilados y los aplica al nuevo ordenador. Una vez se han aplicado todas las configuraciones y los archivos, aparece la pantalla Completado. 3 Haga clic en Completado y reinicie el ordenador nuevo. Ejecución del Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones sin el soporte multimedia Operating System (Sistema operativo) Para ejecutar el Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones sin el soporte multimedia Operating System (Sistema operativo), debe crear un disco del asistente que le permitirá crear un archivo imagen a modo de copia de seguridad para los medios extraíbles. Para crear un disco del asistente, utilice el nuevo ordenador con Windows XP y realice los pasos siguientes: 1 Abra el Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones: haga clic en Inicio→ Todos los programas→ Accesorios→ Herramientas del sistema→ Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones. 2 Cuando aparezca la pantalla de bienvenida Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones, haga clic en Siguiente. 3 En la pantalla ¿Qué ordenador es éste?, haga clic en Ordenador nuevo→ Siguiente. 4 En la pantalla ¿Tiene un CD de Windows XP?, haga clic en Deseo crear un disco del asistente en la siguiente unidad:→ Siguiente. 5 Inserte los medios extraíbles, como un CD grabable, y haga clic en Aceptar. 6 Cuando la creación del disco haya finalizado y aparezca el mensaje Diríjase al ordenador antiguo, no haga clic en Siguiente. 7 Diríjase al ordenador antiguo.Guía de referencia rápida 159 Para copiar datos del ordenador antiguo: 1 En el ordenador antiguo, inserte el disco del asistente. 2 Haga clic en Inicio→ Ejecutar. 3 En el campo Abrir de la ventana Ejecutar, busque la ruta de acceso de fastwiz (en los medios extraíbles adecuados) y haga clic en Aceptar. 4 En la pantalla de bienvenida Asistente para transferencia de archivos y configuraciones, haga clic en Siguiente. 5 En la pantalla ¿Qué ordenador es éste?, haga clic en Ordenador antiguo→ Siguiente. 6 En la pantalla Seleccione un método de transferencia, haga clic en el método de transferencia que prefiera. 7 En la pantalla Elija qué desea transferir, seleccione los elementos que desea transferir y haga clic en Siguiente. Una vez copiada la información, se muestra la pantalla Completando la Fase de recopilación. 8 Haga clic en Terminar. Para transferir información al ordenador nuevo: 1 En la pantalla Diríjase al ordenador antiguo del ordenador nuevo, haga clic en Siguiente. 2 En la pantalla Seleccione la ubicación de archivos y configuraciones, seleccione el método que ha elegido para transferir los archivos y las configuraciones y haga clic en Siguiente. Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en pantalla. El asistente lee las configuraciones y los archivos recopilados y los aplica al nuevo ordenador. Una vez se han aplicado todas las configuraciones y los archivos, aparece la pantalla Completado. 3 Haga clic en Completado y reinicie el ordenador nuevo. NOTA: Para obtener más información acerca de este procedimiento, busque en el sitio web support.dell.com el documento n.º 154781 (What Are The Different Methods To Transfer Files From My Old Computer To My New Dell™ Computer Using the Microsoft® Windows® XP Operating System?). NOTA: Es posible que no pueda acceder al documento Dell™ Knowledge Base en determinados países.160 Guía de referencia rápida Microsoft Windows Vista™ (opcional) 1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio de Windows Vista y, a continuación, haga clic en Transferir archivos y configuraciones→ Iniciar Windows Easy Transfer. 2 En el cuadro de diálogo User Account Control (Control de cuenta de usuario), haga clic en Continue (Continuar). 3 Haga clic en Start a new transfer (Iniciar una transferencia nueva) o Continue a transfer in progress (Continuar con una transferencia en curso). Siga las instrucciones del asistente Windows Easy Transfer (Transferencia sencilla de Windows) que aparecen en la pantalla. Configuración de una impresora AVISO: Complete la configuración del sistema operativo antes de conectar una impresora al ordenador. Consulte la documentación incluida con la impresora para obtener información sobre la configuración, entre ella, cómo: • Obtener e instalar unidades actualizadas. • Conectar la impresora al ordenador. • Cargar papel e instalar el cartucho de tóner o de tinta. Si necesita asistencia técnica, consulte el manual del propietario de la impresora o póngase en contacto con el fabricante de la impresora. Cable de la impresora Su impresora se conecta al ordenador con un cable USB o un cable paralelo. Su impresora puede no incluir un cable de impresora, así que cómprelo por separado, asegurándose de que sea compatible con la impresora y el ordenador. Si ha adquirido un cable de impresora al mismo tiempo que compró el ordenador, puede que el cable venga en la caja de envío del ordenador. Guía de referencia rápida 161 Conexión de dos monitores PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. Si ha adquirido una tarjeta gráfica que admita monitores duales, siga estas instrucciones para conectar y activar los monitores. Las instrucciones le dirán cómo conectar los dos monitores (cada uno de ellos con un conector VGA), un monitor con un conector VGA y un monitor con un conector DVI, o una TV. AVISO: Si conecta dos monitores que tengan conectores VGA, deberá disponer del adaptador DVI opcional para conectar el cable. Si conecta dos monitores de panel-plano, al menos uno de ellos deberá tener un conector VGA. Si conecta una TV, podrá conectar sólo un monitor (VGA o DVI) además de la TV. Conexión de dos monitores con conectores VGA 1 Apague el sistema. NOTA: Si el ordenador tiene vídeo integrado, no conecte ningún monitor al conector de vídeo integrado. Si el conector de vídeo integrado está cubierto por una funda, no retire la funda para conectar el monitor o el monitor no funcionará. 2 Conecte uno de los monitores al conector VGA (azul) de la parte trasera del ordenador. 3 Conecte el otro monitor al adaptador DVI opcional y conecte el adaptador DVI al conector DVI (blanco) de la parte trasera del ordenador. 4 Reinicie el sistema.162 Guía de referencia rápida Conexión de un monitor con un conector VGA y un monitor con un conector DVI 1 Apague el sistema. 2 Conecte el conector VGA del monitor al conector VGA (azul) de la parte trasera del ordenador. 3 Conecte el conector DVI del otro monitor al conector DVI (blanco) de la parte trasera del ordenador. 4 Reinicie el sistema. Conexión de una TV NOTA: Debe adquirir un cable de S-vídeo, disponible en la mayoría de los establecimientos de electrónica de consumo, para conectar un televisor al ordenador. No viene incluido con el ordenador. 1 Apague el sistema. 2 Conecte un extremo del cable de S-vídeo al conector de SALIDA de TV opcional situado en la parte trasera del ordenador. 1 Adaptador DVI opcional 2 Conector DVI (blanco) 3 Conector de SALIDA de TV 4 Conector VGA (azul) 1 4 3 2Guía de referencia rápida 163 3 Conecte el otro extremo del cable de S-vídeo al conector de entrada de Svídeo del televisor. 4 Conecte el monitor VGA o DVI. 5 Reinicie el sistema. Cambio de la configuración de pantalla 1 Después de conectar los monitores o el televisor, encienda el ordenador. El escritorio de Microsoft® Windows® aparece en el monitor principal. 2 Active el modo de escritorio ampliado en la configuración de pantalla. En el modo de escritorio ampliado, puede arrastrar objetos de una pantalla a otra, con lo que se dobla de manera eficaz la cantidad de área de trabajo visible. Dispositivos de protección de alimentación Dispone de varios dispositivos para protegerse contra las fluctuaciones y fallos de la alimentación: • Protectores contra sobrevoltajes • Acondicionadores de línea • Sistemas de alimentación ininterrumpida (SAI) Protectores contra sobrevoltajes Los protectores contra sobrevoltajes y las cajas de enchufes equipadas con protección contra sobrevoltaje ayudan a evitar daños en el ordenador causados por los picos de voltaje que se puedan producir durante tormentas eléctricas o tras interrupciones eléctricas. Algunos fabricantes de protectores contra sobrevoltajes incluyen cobertura de garantía para determinados tipos de daños. Lea atentamente la garantía del dispositivo al elegir un protector contra sobrevoltajes. Un dispositivo con un rango de julios más alto ofrece mayor protección. Compare los rangos de julios para determinar la eficacia relativa de los distintos dispositivos. AVISO: La mayoría de los protectores contra sobrevoltajes no protegen contra las fluctuaciones de alimentación o los cortes de electricidad causados por descargas de rayos cercanas. Si se produce una descarga en su zona, desconecte la línea telefónica de la roseta del teléfono y desconecte el ordenador de la toma de corriente.164 Guía de referencia rápida Muchos protectores contra sobrevoltaje tienen una roseta para protección del módem. Consulte la documentación del protector contra sobrevoltajes para obtener instrucciones sobre conexiones de módem. AVISO: No todos los protectores contra sobrevoltajes ofrecen protección al adaptador de red. Desconecte el cable de red de la toma de red de pared durante las tormentas eléctricas. Acondicionadores de línea AVISO: Los acondicionadores de línea no protegen contra las interrupciones del suministro eléctrico. Los acondicionadores de línea están diseñados para mantener el voltaje de corriente alterna a un nivel cuasi constante. Sistemas de alimentación ininterrumpida AVISO: El corte del suministro eléctrico mientras los datos se estén guardando en la unidad de disco duro podría causar la pérdida de los datos o daños en los archivos. NOTA: Para garantizar un tiempo máximo de funcionamiento de la batería, conecte sólo un ordenador al SAI. Conecte los demás dispositivos, caso de una impresora, a una caja de enchufes independiente que ofrezca protección contra sobrevoltajes. Una SAI protege contra las fluctuaciones e interrupciones de la electricidad. Los dispositivos SAI contienen una batería que proporciona alimentación temporal a los dispositivos a ellos conectados cuando la alimentación de CA se interrumpe. La batería se carga mientras haya alimentación de CA. Consulte la documentación del fabricante de SAI para obtener información acerca del tiempo de funcionamiento de la batería y para asegurarse de que el dispositivo esté aprobado por Underwriters Laboratories (UL).Guía de referencia rápida 165 Ordenador de sobremesa Vista anterior 1 Conectores USB 2.0 (2) Utilice los conectores USB para los dispositivos que conecte ocasionalmente, como palancas de mando o cámaras, o para dispositivos USB de arranque (consulte el apartado “Opciones de la Configuración del sistema” en la Guía del usuario en línea para obtener más información sobre cómo arrancar desde un dispositivo USB). Se recomienda la utilización de los conectores USB posteriores para los dispositivos que suelen permanecer siempre conectados como, por ejemplo, impresoras y teclados. 2 Indicador de actividad de la unidad El indicador de actividad de la unidad se enciende cuando el ordenador lee o escribe datos en la unidad de disco duro. El indicador también puede encenderse cuando un dispositivo como la unidad óptica está en funcionamiento. 3 Botón de encendido Pulse el botón de encendido para encender el ordenador. El indicador situado en el centro de este botón señala el estado encendido. AVISO: Para evitar la pérdida de datos no utilice el botón de alimentación para apagar el ordenador. En su lugar, apague el ordenador mediante el sistema operativo. 9 8 3 5 1 10 6 4 2 11 7166 Guía de referencia rápida 4 Placa de identificación de Dell Esta placa puede girarse de modo que esté orientada igual que su ordenador. Para girar la placa, coloque los dedos alrededor de la placa, presione con fuerza y gírela. También puede girarla utilizando la ranura que hay cerca de la parte inferior de la placa. 5 Indicador de alimentación El indicador de alimentación se ilumina y parpadea o permanece encendido para indicar estados diferentes: • Sin luz: el ordenador está apagado. • Verde sólido: el ordenador se encuentra en un estado de funcionamiento normal. • Verde parpadeante: el ordenador se encuentra en un modo de ahorro de energía. • Ámbar sólido o parpadeante: consulte “Problemas de alimentación” en la Guía del usuario en línea. Para salir de un modo de ahorro de energía, pulse el botón de encendido o utilice el teclado o el ratón si está configurado como un dispositivo de activación en el Administrador de dispositivos de Windows. Para obtener más información acerca de los modos de suspensión y cómo salir del modo de ahorro de energía, consulte la Guía del usuario en línea. Consulte el apartado “Indicadores de diagnóstico” en la página 194 para ver una descripción de los códigos luminosos que pueden ayudarle a solucionar problemas del ordenador. 6 Indicadores de diagnóstico Utilice los indicadores para solucionar problemas del ordenador basados en el código de diagnóstico. Para obtener más información, consulte el apartado “Indicadores de diagnóstico” en la página 194. 7 Indicador luminoso de LAN Este indicador señala que se ha establecido una conexión LAN (red de área local). 8 Conectores de micrófono y auricular Utilice el conector del micrófono para conectar un micrófono para PC. En los ordenadores con tarjeta de sonido, el conector de micrófono está en la tarjeta. Utilice el conector de los auriculares para conectar los auriculares y la mayoría de los altavoces. 9 Unidad de disco flexible Puede contener una unidad de disco flexible. 10 Unidad óptica Utilice la unidad óptica para reproducir un CD/DVD. 11 Etiqueta de servicio Utilice la etiqueta de servicio para identificar el ordenador al acceder al sitio web Dell Support o al llamar a la asistencia.Guía de referencia rápida 167 Vista posterior PRECAUCIÓN: Asegúrese de que ninguno de los ventiladores de aire del sistema estén bloqueados. Su bloqueo podría causar serios problemas termales. 1 Ranuras para tarjetas Acceda a los conectores de las tarjetas PCI y PCI Express instaladas. 2 Conectores del panel posterior Conecte el USB, el audio y demás dispositivos en el conector adecuado (consulte el apartado “Conectores del panel posterior” en la página 168 para obtener más información). 3 Conector de alimentación Inserte el cable de alimentación. 4 Interruptor selector de voltaje Para seleccionar el tipo de voltaje. 5 Anillos del candado Los anillos del candado sirven para conectar un dispositivo contra robo comercialmente disponible. Los anillos del candado le permiten asegurar la cubierta del ordenador al chasis con un candado, evitando así el acceso no autorizado al interior del ordenador. Para utilizar anillos del candado, inserte un candado disponible comercialmente a través de los anillos y, a continuación, cierre el candado. 6 Pestillo de liberación de la cubierta Utilice este seguro para abrir la cubierta del ordenador. 1 2 3 4 5 6168 Guía de referencia rápida Conectores del panel posterior 1 Conector paralelo Conecte un dispositivo paralelo, como una impresora, al conector paralelo. Si tiene una impresora USB, enchúfela a un conector USB. NOTA: El conector paralelo integrado se desactiva automáticamente si el ordenador detecta una tarjeta instalada que contiene un conector paralelo configurado en la misma dirección. Si desea más información, consulte el apartado “Opciones de configuración del sistema” en la Guía del usuario en línea. 2 Indicador de integridad de vínculo • Verde: existe una conexión correcta entre una red a 10 Mbps y el ordenador. • Naranja: existe una conexión correcta entre una red a 100 Mbps y el ordenador. • Amarillo: existe una conexión correcta entre una red a 1 Gb (o 1.000 Mbps) y el ordenador. • Apagado: el ordenador no detecta una conexión física con la red. 1 3 98 7 5 6 2 4Guía de referencia rápida 169 3 Conector del adaptador de red Para conectar el ordenador a una red o a un dispositivo de banda ancha, conecte un extremo de un cable de red a un enchufe de red o a su dispositivo de banda ancha. Conecte el otro extremo del cable de red al conector del adaptador de red, situado en el panel posterior del equipo. Cuando el cable de red se haya conectado correctamente, oirá un clic. NOTA: No enchufe un cable de teléfono al conector de red. En los ordenadores con una tarjeta adaptadora de red, utilice el conector de la tarjeta. Se recomienda que utilice al menos cableado y conectores de categoría 5 para su red. Si debe utilizar la categoría 3 para cables, fuerce la velocidad de la red a 10 Mbps para garantizar un funcionamiento fiable. 4 Indicador de actividad de red Este indicador amarillo parpadea cuando el ordenador transmite o recibe datos de la red. Un gran volumen de tráfico en la red puede hacer que este indicador luminoso parezca estar continuamente encendido. 5 Conector de salida de línea Utilice el conector verde de salida de línea para conectar auriculares y la mayoría de altavoces con amplificadores integrados. En ordenadores con tarjeta de sonido, use el conector de la tarjeta. 6 Conector del micrófono/línea de entrada Utilice el conector azul de entrada de línea para conectar un dispositivo de grabación/reproducción como un reproductor de casete, de CD o VCR. Utilice el conector rosa de micrófono para conectar un micrófono de PC para la entrada de música o de voz a un programa de sonido o de telefonía. En ordenadores con tarjeta de sonido, use el conector de la tarjeta. 7 Conectores USB 2.0 (6) Utilice los conectores USB posteriores para los dispositivos que suelen permanecer siempre conectados como, por ejemplo, impresoras y teclados. Se recomienda la utilización de los conectores USB delanteros para los dispositivos que se conectan ocasionalmente, como, por ejemplo, palancas de mando o cámaras.170 Guía de referencia rápida Extracción de la cubierta del ordenador PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las instrucciones de seguridad en la Guía de información del producto. PRECAUCIÓN: Para protegerse de las descargas eléctricas, desconecte el ordenador de la toma de corriente eléctrica antes de retirar la cubierta. 1 Siga los procedimientos que se indican en el apartado “Antes de comenzar” en la página 146. NOTA: Asegúrese de que existe suficiente espacio para la extracción de la cubierta. AVISO: Asegúrese de trabajar en una superficie protegida y nivelada para evitar arañar el ordenador o la superficie sobre la que descansa. 2 Si ha instalado un candado a través del anillo del candado en el panel posterior, retire el candado. 3 Deslice el seguro de liberación de la cubierta hacia atrás al mismo tiempo que levanta la cubierta. 8 Conector de vídeo VGA Conecte el cable VGA del monitor al conector VGA del ordenador. En ordenadores con tarjeta de vídeo, utilice el conector de la tarjeta. 9 Conector serie Conecte un dispositivo serie, como un dispositivo portátil, al puerto serie. El nombre predeterminado para el conector serie 1 es COM1. Si desea más información, consulte el apartado “Opciones de configuración del sistema” en la Guía del usuario en línea.Guía de referencia rápida 171 4 Levante la cubierta utilizando las lengüetas de la bisagra a modo de palanca. 5 Retire la cubierta de las lengüetas de la bisagra y colóquela sobre una superficie suave y no abrasiva. 1 Ranura para cable de seguridad 2 Pestillo de liberación de la cubierta 3 Anillo del candado 2 1 3172 Guía de referencia rápida Vista interior del ordenador PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. PRECAUCIÓN: Para evitar las descargas eléctricas, desconecte el ordenador de la toma de alimentación eléctrica antes de retirar la cubierta. AVISO: Asegúrese de que al abrir la cubierta del ordenador no haya desconectado inadvertidamente los cables de la placa base. 1 Compartimento de las unidades (CD/DVD, disquete y unidad de disco duro) 2 Fuente de alimentación 3 Tarjeta del sistema 4 Ranuras para tarjetas 5 Ensamblaje de disipador de calor 6 Panel de E/S frontal 1 2 3 4 6 5Guía de referencia rápida 173 Componentes de la placa base 1 Conector del altavoz interno (INT_SPKR) 2 Conector del procesador (CPU) 3 Conector de alimentación del procesador (12VPOWER) 4 Conectores del módulo de memoria (DIMM_1, DIMM_2) 1 2 13 5 3 15 17 12 4 7 14 11 8 10 9 16 6174 Guía de referencia rápida Cómo volver a colocar la cubierta del ordenador PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de este apartado, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. 1 Compruebe que todos los cables estén conectados y apártelos de forma que no molesten. 2 Asegúrese de no dejar herramientas ni piezas adicionales dentro del ordenador. 3 Para volver a colocar la cubierta: a Alinee la parte inferior de la cubierta con las lengüetas de la bisagra situadas a lo largo del borde inferior del ordenador. b Haga palanca con las lengüetas de la bisagra para girar la cubierta hacia abajo y cerrarla. c Coloque la cubierta en su sitio tirando del seguro de liberación de la cubierta y, cuando la cubierta esté bien colocada, suelte el seguro. d Compruebe que la cubierta está colocada correctamente antes de mover el ordenador. 5 Conectores de unidad SATA (SATA0, SATA1) 6 Conector del panel anterior (FRONTPANEL) 7 Conector de alimentación (POWER) 8 Conectores de unidad SATA (SATA2, SATA3) 9 Puente de reinicio de RTC (RTCRST) 10 Puente de contraseña (PSWD) 11 Zócalo de la batería (BATTERY) 12 Conector de tarjeta PCI Express x16 (SLOT1) 13 Conectores de tarjeta PCI (SLOT2 y SLOT3) 14 Timbre interno (SPKR) 15 Conector serie/ PS/2 (PS2/SER2) 16 Conector del ventilador (FAN_CPU) 17 Conector de la unidad de disco flexible (FLOPPY)Guía de referencia rápida 175 Ordenador de minitorre Vista anterior 1 Etiqueta de servicio Utilice la etiqueta de servicio para identificar el ordenador al acceder al sitio web Dell Support o al llamar a la asistencia. 2 Unidad óptica Utilice la unidad óptica para reproducir un CD/DVD. 4 8 7 3 2 6 5 1 10 9176 Guía de referencia rápida 3 Unidad de disco flexible Una unidad de disco flexible es opcional. 4 Indicador de actividad de la unidad El indicador de actividad de la unidad se enciende cuando el ordenador lee o escribe datos en la unidad de disco duro. El indicador también puede encenderse cuando un dispositivo como la unidad óptica está en funcionamiento. 5 Conectores USB 2.0 (2) Utilice los conectores USB para los dispositivos que conecte ocasionalmente, como palancas de mando o cámaras, o para dispositivos USB de arranque (consulte el apartado “Opciones de la Configuración del sistema” en la Guía del usuario en línea para obtener más información sobre cómo arrancar desde un dispositivo USB). Se recomienda la utilización de los conectores USB posteriores para los dispositivos que suelen permanecer siempre conectados como, por ejemplo, impresoras y teclados. 6 Indicadores de diagnóstico Utilice los indicadores para solucionar problemas del ordenador basados en el código de diagnóstico. Para obtener más información, consulte el apartado “Indicadores de diagnóstico” en la página 194. 7 Botón de alimentación, Indicador de alimentación Pulse el botón de encendido para encender el ordenador. El indicador situado en el centro de este botón señala el estado encendido. AVISO: Para evitar la pérdida de datos no utilice el botón de alimentación para apagar el ordenador. En su lugar, apague el ordenador mediante el sistema operativo. 8 Conector de auriculares Utilice el conector de los auriculares para conectar los auriculares y la mayoría de los altavoces. 9 Conector del micrófono Utilice el conector para micrófono para conectar un micrófono de PC para la entrada de voz o música a un programa de sonido o de telefonía. En los ordenadores con tarjeta de sonido, el conector de micrófono está en la tarjeta. 10 Indicador luminoso de LAN Este indicador señala que se ha establecido una conexión LAN (red de área local).Guía de referencia rápida 177 Vista posterior 4 3 5 6 2 1178 Guía de referencia rápida PRECAUCIÓN: Asegúrese de que ninguno de los ventiladores de aire del sistema estén bloqueados. Su bloqueo podría causar serios problemas termales. Conectores del panel posterior 1 Pestillo de liberación de la cubierta Este seguro le permite abrir la cubierta de su ordenador. 2 Anillos del candado Los anillos del candado sirven para conectar un dispositivo contra robo comercialmente disponible. Los anillos del candado le permiten asegurar la cubierta del ordenador al chasis con un candado, evitando así el acceso no autorizado al interior del ordenador. Para utilizar anillos del candado, inserte un candado disponible comercialmente a través de los anillos y, a continuación, cierre el candado. 3 Conector de alimentación Inserte el cable de alimentación. 4 Interruptor selector de voltaje Para seleccionar el tipo de voltaje. 5 Conectores del panel posterior Conecte el USB, el audio y demás dispositivos en el conector adecuado (consulte el apartado “Conectores del panel posterior” en la página 168 para obtener más información). 6 Ranuras para tarjetas Acceda a los conectores de las tarjetas PCI y PCI Express instaladas. 1 3 98 7 5 6 2 4Guía de referencia rápida 179 1 Conector paralelo Conecte un dispositivo paralelo, como una impresora, al conector paralelo. Si tiene una impresora USB, enchúfela a un conector USB. NOTA: El conector paralelo integrado se desactiva automáticamente si el ordenador detecta una tarjeta instalada que contiene un conector paralelo configurado en la misma dirección. Para obtener más información, consulte el apartado “Opciones de configuración del sistema” en la Guía del usuario en línea. 2 Indicador de integridad de vínculo • Verde: existe una conexión correcta entre una red a 10 Mbps y el ordenador. • Naranja: existe una conexión correcta entre una red a 100 Mbps y el ordenador. • Amarillo: existe una conexión correcta entre una red a 1 Gb (o 1.000 Mbps) y el ordenador. • Apagado: el ordenador no detecta una conexión física con la red. 3 Conector del adaptador de red Para conectar el ordenador a una red o a un dispositivo de banda ancha, conecte un extremo de un cable de red a un enchufe de red o a su dispositivo de banda ancha. Conecte el otro extremo del cable de red al conector del adaptador de red, situado en el panel posterior del equipo. Cuando el cable de red se haya conectado correctamente, oirá un clic. NOTA: No enchufe un cable de teléfono al conector de red. En los ordenadores con una tarjeta adaptadora de red, utilice el conector de la tarjeta. Se recomienda que utilice al menos cableado y conectores de categoría 5 para su red. Si debe utilizar la categoría 3 para cables, fuerce la velocidad de la red a 10 Mbps para garantizar un funcionamiento fiable. 4 Indicador de actividad de red Este indicador amarillo parpadea cuando el ordenador transmite o recibe datos de la red. Un gran volumen de tráfico en la red puede hacer que este indicador luminoso parezca estar continuamente encendido.180 Guía de referencia rápida Cómo quitar la cubierta del ordenador PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las instrucciones de seguridad en la Guía de información del producto. PRECAUCIÓN: Para protegerse de las descargas eléctricas, desconecte el ordenador de la toma de corriente eléctrica antes de retirar la cubierta. 1 Siga los procedimientos que se indican en el apartado “Antes de comenzar” en la página 146. NOTA: Asegúrese de que existe suficiente espacio para la extracción de la cubierta. AVISO: Asegúrese de trabajar en una superficie protegida y nivelada para evitar arañar el ordenador o la superficie sobre la que descansa. 5 Conector de salida de línea Utilice el conector verde de salida de línea para conectar auriculares y la mayoría de altavoces con amplificadores integrados. En ordenadores con tarjeta de sonido, use el conector de la tarjeta. 6 Conector del micrófono/línea de entrada Utilice el conector de entrada de línea azul y rosa para conectar un dispositivo de grabación/reproducción como un reproductor de casete, de CD o VCR; o un micrófono para PC. 7 Conectores USB 2.0 (6) Utilice los conectores USB posteriores para los dispositivos que suelen permanecer siempre conectados como, por ejemplo, impresoras y teclados. Se recomienda la utilización de los conectores USB delanteros para los dispositivos que se conectan ocasionalmente, como, por ejemplo, palancas de mando o cámaras. 8 Conector de vídeo VGA Conecte el cable VGA del monitor al conector VGA del ordenador. En ordenadores con tarjeta de vídeo, utilice el conector de la tarjeta. 9 Conector serie Conecte un dispositivo serie, como un dispositivo portátil, al puerto serie. El nombre predeterminado para el conector serie 1 es COM1. Si desea más información, consulte el apartado “Opciones de configuración del sistema” en la Guía del usuario en línea.Guía de referencia rápida 181 2 Deje el ordenador de lado con la cubierta mirando hacia arriba. 3 Saque la cubierta del ordenador tirando de ella de la parte delantera del ordenador y levantándola. 4 Deje la cubierta a un lado en un lugar segura. 1 Ranura para cable de seguridad 2 Pestillo de liberación de la cubierta 3 Anillo del candado 2 1 3182 Guía de referencia rápida Vista interior del ordenador 1 Unidad de disco flexible 2 Unidad óptica 3 Fuente de alimentación 4 Tarjeta del sistema 5 Ensamblaje de disipador de calor 6 Unidad de disco duro 1 3 4 6 2 5Guía de referencia rápida 183 Componentes de la placa base 1 Conector del altavoz interno (INT_SPKR) 2 Conector del procesador (CPU) 3 Conector de alimentación del procesador (12VPOWER) 4 Conectores del módulo de memoria (DIMM_1, DIMM_2) 5 Conectores de unidad SATA (SATA0, SATA1) 6 Conector del panel anterior (FRONTPANEL) 1 2 6 5 13 3 15 17 12 4 7 14 11 8 10 9 16184 Guía de referencia rápida Cómo volver a colocar la cubierta del ordenador PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de este apartado, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. 1 Compruebe que todos los cables estén conectados y apártelos de forma que no molesten. 2 Asegúrese de no dejar herramientas ni piezas adicionales dentro del ordenador. 3 Para volver a colocar la cubierta: a Alinee la parte inferior de la cubierta con las lengüetas de la bisagra situadas a lo largo del borde inferior del ordenador. b Haga palanca con las lengüetas de la bisagra para girar la cubierta hacia abajo y cerrarla. c Coloque la cubierta en su sitio tirando del seguro de liberación de la cubierta y, cuando la cubierta esté bien colocada, suelte el seguro. d Compruebe que la cubierta está colocada correctamente antes de mover el ordenador. 4 Mueva el ordenador poniéndolo en posición vertical. Solución de problemas Dell proporciona una serie de herramientas para ayudarle en el caso de que el ordenador no funcione como es de esperar. Para obtener la información más actualizada sobre la solución de problemas de su ordenador, consulte el sitio web Dell Support en support.dell.com. 7 Conector de alimentación (POWER) 8 Conectores de unidad SATA (SATA2, SATA3) 9 Puente de reinicio de RTC (RTCRST) 10 Puente de contraseña (PSWD) 11 Zócalo de la batería (BATTERY) 12 Conector de tarjeta PCI Express x16 (SLOT1) 13 Conectores de tarjeta PCI (SLOT2 y SLOT3) 14 Timbre interno (SPKR) 15 Conector serie/ PS/2 (PS2/SER2) 16 Conector del ventilador (FAN_CPU) 17 Conector de la unidad de disco flexible (FLOPPY)Guía de referencia rápida 185 Si se produce algún problema en el ordenador para el que necesite la ayuda de Dell, escriba una descripción detallada del error, los códigos de sonido o los patrones de los indicadores de diagnóstico, introduzca el código de servicio rápido y la etiqueta de servicio que aparece a continuación y póngase en contacto con Dell desde la misma ubicación que el ordenador. Para obtener un ejemplo del código de servicio rápido y de la etiqueta de servicio, consulte el apartado “Localización de información” en la Guía del usuario del ordenador. Dell Diagnostics PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. Cuándo utilizar los Dell Diagnostics (Diagnósticos Dell) Si tiene algún problema con el ordenador, realice las comprobaciones que se indican en la sección Bloqueos y problemas de software (consulte la Guía del usuario en línea) y ejecute Dell Diagnostics antes de ponerse en contacto con Dell para obtener asistencia técnica. Se recomienda imprimir estos procesos antes de empezar. AVISO: Los Dell Diagnostics (Diagnósticos Dell) sólo funcionan en los ordenadores Dell™. NOTA: El soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities (Controladores y utilidades) es opcional y es posible que no se entregue con el ordenador. Consulte la “Configuración del sistema” en la Guía del usuario en línea para revisar la información de configuración del ordenador y asegúrese de que el dispositivo que desea probar se muestra en la Configuración del sistema y que está activo. Inicie los Dell Diagnostics desde la unidad de disco duro o desde el soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities (Controladores y utilidades). Código de servicio urgente: Etiqueta de servicio:186 Guía de referencia rápida Inicio de los Dell Diagnostics desde la unidad de disco duro Los Dell Diagnostics se encuentran en una partición oculta de la utilidad de diagnóstico en la unidad de disco duro. NOTA: Si el ordenador no muestra ninguna imagen en la pantalla, póngase en contacto con Dell. 1 Asegúrese de que el ordenador esté conectado a una toma de corriente que funcione correctamente. 2 Encienda (o reinicie) el ordenador. 3 Cuando aparezca el logotipo de DELL™, pulse inmediatamente. Seleccione Diagnostics (Diagnósticos) desde el menú de inicio y pulse . NOTA: Si espera demasiado y aparece el logotipo del sistema operativo, siga esperando hasta que vea el escritorio de Microsoft® Windows® y, a continuación, cierre el ordenador e inténtelo de nuevo. NOTA: Si recibe un mensaje que indica que no se ha encontrado ninguna partición para la utilidad de diagnóstico, ejecute los Dell Diagnostics desde el soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities. 4 Pulse cualquier tecla para iniciar los Dell Diagnostics desde la partición de la utilidad de diagnósticos en la unidad de disco duro. Inicio de los Dell Diagnostics desde el soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities 1 Introduzca el soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities (Controladores y utilidades). 2 Apague y reinicie el ordenador Cuando aparezca el logotipo de DELL, pulse inmediatamente. NOTA: Si espera demasiado y aparece el logotipo del sistema operativo, siga esperando hasta que vea el escritorio de Microsoft® Windows® y, a continuación, cierre el ordenador e inténtelo de nuevo. NOTA: Los siguientes pasos cambian la secuencia de inicio una sola vez. La próxima vez que inicie el ordenador, éste lo hará según los dispositivos especificados en el programa Configuración del sistema. 3 Cuando aparezca la lista de dispositivos de inicio, resalte CD/DVD/ CD-RW y pulse . 4 Seleccione la opción Boot from CD-ROM (Iniciar desde CD-ROM) en el menú que aparece y pulse . 5 Escriba 1 para iniciar el menú del CD y presione para continuar.Guía de referencia rápida 187 6 Seleccione Run the 32 Bit Dell Diagnostics (Ejecutar los Dell Diagnostics de 32 bits) de la lista numerada. Si se muestran varias versiones, seleccione la apropiada para su ordenador. 7 Cuando aparezca el Main Menu (Menú principal) de Dell Diagnostics (Diagnósticos Dell), seleccione la prueba que desea ejecutar. Menú principal de Dell Diagnostics (Diagnósticos Dell) 1 Una vez se hayan cargado los Dell Diagnostics y aparezca la pantalla Main Menu (Menú principal), haga clic en el botón de la opción que desee. NOTA: Se recomienda que seleccione Test System (Probar sistema) para ejecutar una prueba completa en el ordenador. 2 Después de seleccionar la opción Test System (Probar sistema) del menú principal, aparecerá el siguiente menú: NOTA: Se recomienda que seleccione Extended Test (Prueba exhaustiva) en el siguiente menú para realizar una comprobación más exhaustiva de los dispositivos del ordenador. Opción Función Test Memory (Probar memoria) Ejecutar la prueba de memoria independiente Test System (Probar sistema) Ejecutar los diagnósticos del sistema Exit (Salir) Salir de los diagnósticos Opción Función Express Test (Prueba rápida) Realiza una prueba rápida de los dispositivos del sistema. Suele tardar de 10 a 20 minutos. Extended Test (Prueba extendida) Realiza una comprobación exhaustiva de los dispositivos del sistema. Suele tardar una hora o más. Custom Test (Prueba personalizada) Se utiliza para probar un dispositivo específico o para personalizar las pruebas que se van a ejecutar. Symptom Tree (Árbol de síntomas) Esta opción le permite seleccionar pruebas basadas en un síntoma del problema que tiene. Esta opción enumera los síntomas más comunes.188 Guía de referencia rápida 3 Si se produce un problema durante una prueba, aparecerá un mensaje con un código de error y una descripción del problema. Anote el código de error y la descripción del problema y póngase en contacto con Dell. NOTA: La etiqueta de servicio para su ordenador está situada en la parte superior de cada pantalla de prueba. Si se pone en contacto con Dell, el servicio de asistencia técnica le pedirá su etiqueta de servicio. 4 Si ejecuta una prueba desde la opción Custom Test (Prueba personalizada) o Symptom Tree (Árbol de síntomas), haga clic en la ficha correspondiente que se describe en la tabla siguiente para obtener más información. 5 Cuando las pruebas hayan terminado, cierre la pantalla de la prueba para volver a la pantalla Main Menu (Menú principal). Para salir de Dell Diagnostics y reiniciar el ordenador, cierre la pantalla Main Menu (Menú principal). 6 Retire el soporte multimedia Drivers and Utilities(Controladores y utilidades) de Dell (si corresponde). Ficha Función Results (Resultados) Muestra el resultado de la prueba y las condiciones de error encontradas. Errors (Errores) Muestra las condiciones de error encontradas, los códigos de error y la descripción del problema. Help (Ayuda) Describe la prueba y puede indicar los requisitos para ejecutarla. Configuration (Configuración) Muestra la configuración de hardware del dispositivo seleccionado. Dell Diagnostics obtiene la información de configuración de todos los dispositivos a partir de la configuración del sistema, la memoria y varias pruebas internas, y la muestra en la lista de dispositivos del panel izquierdo de la pantalla. La lista de dispositivos puede que no muestre los nombres de todos los componentes instalados en el ordenador o de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador. Parameters (Parámetros) Permite personalizar la prueba cambiando su configuración.Guía de referencia rápida 189 Indicadores de alimentación PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. El indicador del botón de alimentación (LED bicolor) ubicado en la parte anterior del ordenador se ilumina y parpadea o permanece encendido para indicar diferentes estados: • Si el indicador de alimentación está apagado, el ordenador está apagado o no recibe alimentación. – Coloque de nuevo el cable de alimentación en el conector de alimentación de la parte posterior del ordenador y en la toma de corriente. – Si el ordenador está enchufado a una caja de enchufes, asegúrese de que la caja de enchufes esté enchufada a una toma de corriente y que esté encendida. Además, puentee los dispositivos de protección de la alimentación, las regletas de enchufes y los alargadores de alimentación para comprobar que el ordenador se enciende correctamente. – Asegúrese de que la toma de alimentación eléctrica funciona; para ello, pruébela con otro dispositivo, por ejemplo, una lámpara. • Si el indicador de alimentación se ilumina en verde y el ordenador no responde: – Asegúrese de que la pantalla está conectada y encendida. – Si la pantalla está conectada y encendida, consulte el apartado “Códigos de sonido” en la página 190. • Si el indicador de alimentación se ilumina de color verde y parpadea, el ordenador está en modo de espera. Pulse una tecla del teclado, mueva el ratón o pulse el botón de alimentación para reanudar la operación normal. Si la luz de alimentación es verde y el ordenador no responde: – Asegúrese de que la pantalla está conectada y encendida. – Si la pantalla está conectada y encendida, consulte el apartado “Códigos de sonido” en la página 190.190 Guía de referencia rápida • Si el indicador de alimentación está en ámbar, el ordenador estará recibiendo corriente eléctrica pero puede que un dispositivo no funcione bien o no esté correctamente instalado. – Retire y vuelva a instalar los módulos de memoria. – Extraiga las tarjetas y vuelva a instalarlas. – Extraiga la tarjeta gráfica y vuelva a instalarla, si procede. • Si el indicador de alimentación parpadea en ámbar, puede que haya algún problema de alimentación o que falle un dispositivo interno. – Asegúrese de que todos los cables de alimentación estén firmemente conectados a la placa base (consulte el apartado “Componentes de la placa base” en la página 173). – Asegúrese de que el cable de alimentación principal y el cable del panel anterior están firmemente conectados a la placa base (consulte el apartado “Componentes de la placa base” en la página 173). Códigos de sonido Su ordenador puede emitir una serie de sonidos durante el inicio si el monitor no puede mostrar errores o problemas.Esta serie de sonidos, denominada códigos de sonido, identifica un problema. Por ejemplo, el código de sonido 1- 3-1 (un código de sonido posible) consiste en un sonido, una serie de tres sonidos y, a continuación, otro sonido. Este código de sonido indica que el equipo ha detectado un problema de memoria. El hecho de volver a colocar los módulos de memoria puede corregir los errores de código de sonido siguientes. Si el problema continua, póngase en contacto con Dell para obtener asistencia técnica (consulte el apartado “Cómo ponerse en contacto con Dell” en la Guía del usuario). Si se le presenta alguno de los siguientes errores de códigos de sonido, consulte el apartado “Cómo ponerse en contacto con Dell” en la Guía del usuario para obtener instrucciones sobre cómo obtener asistencia técnica. Código Causa 1-3-1 a 2-4-4 La memoria no se está utilizando o identificando adecuadamente 4-3-1 Fallo de memoria por encima de la dirección 0FFFFhGuía de referencia rápida 191 Código Causa 1-1-2 Fallo en un registro del microprocesador 1-1-3 Fallo de lectura/escritura NVRAM 1-1-4 Fallo en la suma de comprobación del BIOS en ROM 1-2-1 Error del temporizador de intervalos programable 1-2-2 Fallo en la inicialización de DMA 1-2-3 Fallo de lectura /escritura en el registro de páginas del sistema de DMA 1-3 Fallo en la prueba de la memoria de vídeo 1-3-1 a 2-4-4 La memoria no se está utilizando o identificando adecuadamente 3-1-1 Fallo en el registro DMA esclavo 3-1-2 Fallo en el registro del DMA maestro 3-1-3 Fallo en el registro maestro de enmascaramiento de interrupciones. 3-1-4 Fallo en el registro esclavo de enmascaramiento de interrupciones 3-2-2 Fallo en la carga del vector de interrupciones 3-2-4 Fallo de la prueba de la controladora del teclado 3-3-1 Pérdida de alimentación para la NVRAM 3-3-2 Configuración de la NVRAM no válida 3-3-4 Fallo en la prueba de la memoria de vídeo 3-4-1 Fallo de inicio de la pantalla 3-4-2 Fallo en el retrazo de la pantalla 3-4-3 Fallo de búsqueda de ROM de vídeo 4-2-1 No hay impulsos del temporizador 4-2-2 Fallo de suspensión del trabajo 4-2-3 Error Gate A20 4-2-4 Interrupción inesperada en modo protegido 4-3-1 Fallo de memoria por encima de la dirección 0FFFFh 4-3-3 Fallo en el contador del chip del temporizador 2 4-3-4 El reloj de hora se ha parado 4-4-1 Fallo en la prueba de un puerto serie o paralelo 4-4-2 Falló la descompresión de los datos hacia la memoria duplicada 4-4-3 Fallo en la prueba del coprocesador matemático 4-4-4 Fallo de la prueba de la memoria caché192 Guía de referencia rápida Mensajes del sistema NOTA: Si el mensaje que ha recibido no aparece en la lista de la tabla, consulte la documentación para el sistema operativo o programa que se estaba ejecutando cuando apareció el mensaje. ALERT! PREVIOUS ATTEMPTS A T BOOTING THIS SYSTEM HAVE FAILED A T CHECKPOINT [NNNN ] (¡ALERTA! LO S INTENTOS ANTERIORES D E INICIAR ESTE SISTEMA N O HAN SIDO SATISFACTORIOS EN E L PUNTO D E CONTROL [NNNN]). PARA OBTENER AYUDA ACERCA D E L A RESOLUCIÓN D E ESTE PROBLEMA, ANOTE ESTE PUNTO D E CONTROL Y PÓNGASE EN CONTACTO CON E L SOPORTE TÉCNICO D E DELL: The computer failed to complete the boot routine three consecutive times for the same error (el ordenador no ha podido completar la rutina de inicio tres veces consecutivas por el mismo error). CMOS CHECKSUM ERROR (ERROR D E SUMA D E COMPROBACIÓN D E CMOS): Possible motherboard failure or RTC battery low (Posible fallo de la placa base o batería baja de RTC). Cambie la batería CPU FAN FAILURE (FALLO DEL VENTILADOR D E L A UNIDAD CENTRAL D E PROCESAMIENTO): CPU fan failure (Fallo del ventilador de la Unidad central de procesamiento). Cambie el ventilador de la UCP. DISKETTE DRIVE 0 SEEK FAILURE (FALLO D E BÚSQUEDA EN UNIDAD D E DISCO FLEXIBLE 0): A cable may be loose, or the computer configuration information may not match the hardware configuration (Un cable puede estar suelto, o la información de configuración del equipo puede no coincidir con la configuración del hardware). Compruebe las conexiones de cable. DISKETTE READ FAILURE (EL DISQUETE N O S E PUEDE LEER): The floppy disk may be defective or a cable may be loose (El disco flexible puede estar defectuoso o un cable puede estar suelto). Replace the floppy disk/check for a loose cable connection (Sustituya el disco flexible/compruebe si hay una conexión de cable suelta). HARD-DISK DRIVE FAILURE (FALLO D E L A UNIDAD D E DISCO DURO): Possible hard disk drive failure during HDD POST (Posible fallo de la unidad de disco duro durante la autoprueba de encendido de la unidad de disco duro). Compruebe los cables/cambie los discos duros.Guía de referencia rápida 193 HARD-DISK DRIVE READ FAILURE (FALLO D E LECTURA D E LA UNIDAD D E DISCO DURO): Possible HDD failure during HDD boot test (Posible fallo de la unidad de disco duro durante la prueba de arranque de la unidad de disco duro). KEYBOARD FAILURE (ERROR D E TECLADO): Keyboard failure or keyboard cable loose (Fallo del teclado o cable del teclado suelto). NO BOOT DEVICE AVAILABLE (NO HAY NINGÚN DISPOSITIVO D E INICIO DISPONIBLE): The system cannot detect a bootable device or partition (El sistema no puede detectar un dispositivo de inicio o una partición). • If the floppy drive is your boot device, ensure that the cables are connected and that a bootable floppy disk is in the drive (Si la unidad de disco flexible es el dispositivo de inicio, asegúrese de que los cables estén conectados y que el disquete de inicio esté en la unidad). • Si la unidad de disco duro es el dispositivo de inicio, asegúrese de que los cables estén conectados y que la unidad esté instalada correctamente y dividida en particiones como un dispositivo de inicio. • Ejecute el programa de configuración del sistema y asegúrese de que la información de la secuencia de inicio es correcta. NO TIMER TICK INTERRUPT (NO HAY INTERRUPCIÓN D E TIC D E TEMPORIZADOR): A chip on the system board might be malfunctioning or motherboard failure (Un chip de la placa base podría estar fallando o fallo de la placa base). NON-SYSTEM DISK O R DISK ERROR (NO E S DISCO DEL SISTEMA O ERROR D E DISCO): Cambie el disco flexible por uno que contenga un sistema operativo ejecutable o retire el disco flexible de la unidad A y reinicie el ordenador. NO T A BOOT DISKETTE (NO E S UN DISQUETE D E INICIALIZACIÓN): Inserte un disquete de inicio y reinicie el ordenador. USB OVER CURRENT ERROR (ERROR D E SOBRECORRIENTE EN USB): Disconnect the USB device (Desconecte el dispositivo USB). Use an external power source for the USB device (Utilice una fuente de energía externa para el dispositivo USB).194 Guía de referencia rápida Indicadores de diagnóstico PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de este apartado, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. Para ayudarle a solucionar un problema con el ordenador, el ordenador cuenta con cuatro indicadores denominados 1, 2, 3 y 4 situados en el panel anterior o posterior. Estos indicadores pueden estar apagados o ser de color verde. Cuando el equipo se inicia normalmente, los patrones o códigos de los indicadores cambian a medida que avanza el proceso de arranque. Cuando el equipo se inicia normalmente, los patrones o códigos de los indicadores cambian a medida que avanza el proceso de arranque. Si la parte de la POST del arranque del sistema se completa correctamente, los cuatro indicadores luminosos emiten una luz verde fija. En el caso de que se produzcan errores durante el proceso de la POST, el patrón mostrado en los indicadores LED puede ayudarle a identificar la fase del proceso en la que se ha detenido el equipo. NOTA: La orientación de las luces de diagnóstico puede variar en función del tipo de sistema. Los indicadores de diagnóstico pueden estar en posición vertical u horizontal. NOTICE - HARD DRIVE SELF MONITORING SYSTEM HAS REPORTED THAT A PARAMETER HAS EXCEEDED ITS NORMAL OPERATING RANGE (AVISO - UNIDAD D E DISCO DURO EL SISTEMA DE SUPERVISIÓN AUTOMÁTICO H A INFORMADO D E QUE UN PARÁMETRO H A SUPERADO S U RANGO OPERATIVO NORMAL). DELL RECOMMENDS THAT YOU BACK U P YOUR DATA REGULARLY (DELL RECOMIENDA QUE REGULARMENTE HAGA UNA COPIA D E SEGURIDAD D E LOS DATOS). A PARAMETER OUT O F RANGE MAY O R MAY NOT INDICATE A POTENTIAL HARD DRIVE PROBLEM (UN PARÁMETRO FUERA D E RANGO PUEDE O N O INDICAR UN PROBLEMA POTENCIAL EN LA UNIDAD D E DISCO DURO). Error de S.M.A.R.T, posible fallo de la unidad de disco duro. Esta función puede estar activada o desactivada en la configuración de BIOS. Patrón de luz Descripción del problema Resolución sugerida El ordenador está apagado o se ha producido un error de preBIOS. Los indicadores de diagnóstico no permanecen encendidos después de que el ordenador se inicie correctamente en el sistema operativo. Enchufe el ordenador a una toma de alimentación eléctrica en funcionamiento y pulse el botón de alimentación.Guía de referencia rápida 195 Se ha producido un posible fallo del BIOS; el ordenador se encuentra en modo de recuperación. Ejecute la Utilidad de recuperación de BIOS, espere a que acabe la recuperación y reinicie el ordenador. Se ha producido un posible fallo en el procesador. Vuelva a instalar el procesador y reinicie el ordenador. Se han detectado los módulos de memoria, pero se ha producido un error de memoria. • Si tiene instalado un módulo de memoria, vuelva a instalarlo y, a continuación, reinicie el ordenador. (consulte la Guía del usuario en línea para obtener instrucciones sobre cómo quitar e instalar módulos de memoria). • Si tiene instalados dos o más módulos de memoria, extráigalos, vuelva a instalar uno y reinicie el ordenador. Si el equipo se inicia normalmente, vuelva a instalar otro módulo. Prosiga de este modo hasta que identifique el módulo anómalo o hasta que haya vuelto a instalar todos los módulos sin errores. • Si es posible, instale una memoria del mismo tipo que funcione correctamente en el ordenador. • Si el problema persiste, póngase en contacto con Dell. Patrón de luz Descripción del problema Resolución sugerida196 Guía de referencia rápida Se ha producido un posible fallo de la tarjeta de gráficos. • Si el ordenador incluye una tarjeta gráfica, extráigala, vuelta a instalarla y, a continuación, reinicie el ordenador. • Si persiste el problema, instale una tarjeta de gráficos que sepa que funcione y reinicie el ordenador. • Si no se soluciona el problema o el ordenador tiene gráficos integrados, póngase en contacto con Dell. Se ha producido un error de unidad de disco flexible o de disco duro. Vuelva a asentar todos los cables de alimentación y de datos y reinicie el ordenador. Se ha producido un fallo de USB. Vuelva a instalar todos los dispositivos USB, compruebe las conexiones por cable y reinicie el ordenador. Patrón de luz Descripción del problema Resolución sugeridaGuía de referencia rápida 197 No se detectan módulos de memoria. • Si tiene instalado un módulo de memoria, vuelva a instalarlo y, a continuación, reinicie el ordenador. Consulte la Guía del usuario en línea para obtener instrucciones sobre cómo quitar e instalar módulos de memoria. • Si tiene instalados dos o más módulos de memoria, extráigalos, vuelva a instalar uno y reinicie el ordenador. Si el equipo se inicia normalmente, vuelva a instalar otro módulo. Prosiga de este modo hasta que identifique el módulo anómalo o hasta que haya vuelto a instalar todos los módulos sin errores. • Si es posible, instale una memoria del mismo tipo que funcione correctamente en el ordenador. • Si el problema persiste, póngase en contacto con Dell. Se han detectado los módulos de memoria, pero existe un error de configuración del sistema o de compatibilidad. • Asegúrese de que no existen requisitos especiales para la colocación del conector o del módulo de memoria. • Asegúrese de que los módulos de memoria que va a instalar son compatibles con el ordenador. • Si el problema no desaparece, póngase en contacto con Dell. Patrón de luz Descripción del problema Resolución sugerida198 Guía de referencia rápida Cómo borrar contraseñas olvidadas PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de este apartado, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. 1 Siga los procedimientos que se indican en el apartado “Antes de comenzar” en la página 146. 2 Quite la cubierta del ordenador (consulte el apartado “Cómo quitar la cubierta del ordenador” en la página 180). 3 Localice el puente de contraseña de 2 patas (PSWD) situado en la placa base. De manera predeterminada, la pata 1 y la pata 2 deberían estar conectadas. Tendrá que retirar el puente e iniciar el sistema como se explica a continuación. 4 Retire el puente. Se ha producido un fallo. Este patrón también se muestra cuando entra en la configuración del sistema y puede que no indique un problema. • Compruebe que los cables de las unidades de disco duro y de la unidad óptica están conectados correctamente a la placa base. • Compruebe el mensaje del ordenador que aparece en la pantalla del monitor. • Si el problema no desaparece, póngase en contacto con Dell. Cuando se ha completado la POST, los cuatro indicadores verdes se encienden unos segundos antes de apagarse para indicar un funcionamiento normal. Ninguna. Patrón de luz Descripción del problema Resolución sugeridaGuía de referencia rápida 199 5 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta del ordenador (consulte el apartado “Cómo volver a colocar la cubierta del ordenador” en la página 174). AVISO: Para conectar un cable de red, conecte primero el cable al dispositivo de red y, a continuación, enchúfelo al ordenador. 6 Conecte el ordenador y los dispositivos a las tomas de corriente y enciéndalos. 7 Después de que aparezca el escritorio de Microsoft® Windows® en el ordenador, apague el ordenador (consulte el apartado “Cómo apagar el ordenador” en la página 148). 8 Apague el monitor y desconéctelo de la toma de alimentación eléctrica. 9 Desconecte el cable de alimentación del ordenador de la toma de alimentación eléctrica y pulse el botón de alimentación para conectar a tierra la placa base. 10 Abra la cubierta de la PC. 11 Localice el puente de contraseña de 2 patas (PSWD) en la placa base y conecte el puente para volver a activar la función de contraseña. 12 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta del ordenador (consulte el apartado “Cómo volver a colocar la cubierta del ordenador” en la página 174).200 Guía de referencia rápida AVISO: Para conectar un cable de red, primero conecte el cable a la toma de red de la pared y, después, al ordenador. 13 Conecte el ordenador y los dispositivos a las tomas de corriente y enciéndalos. NOTA: Este procedimiento permite activar la función de contraseña. Cuando entre en la configuración del sistema (consulte el apartado “Cómo entrar en la configuración del sistema” de la Guía del usuario), las opciones de contraseña del sistema y de contraseña de administrador aparecen con el valor Not Set (No establecida), lo que significa que la función de contraseña está activada pero no se ha asignado ninguna contraseña. 14 Asigne una nueva contraseña del sistema y/o de administrador. Borrado de la configuración de CMOS PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de este apartado, siga las instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto. 1 Siga los procedimientos que se indican en el apartado “Antes de comenzar” en la página 146. NOTA: El ordenador debe estar desconectado de la toma de corriente para borrar la configuración de CMOS. 2 Quite la cubierta del ordenador (consulte el apartado “Cómo quitar la cubierta del ordenador” en la página 180). 3 Retire la cubierta del sistema. 4 Restablezca la configuración actual de la memoria CMOS: a Localice los puentes de contraseña (PSWD) y CMOS (RTCRST) en la placa base (consulte el apartado “Cómo borrar contraseñas olvidadas” en la página 198). b Quite el conector del puente de contraseña de sus patillas. c Coloque el conector del puente de contraseña en las patas RTCRST y espere unos cinco segundos. d Quite el conector del puente de las patas de RTCRST y colóquelo de nuevo en las patas de la contraseña. 5 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta del ordenador (consulte el apartado “Cómo volver a colocar la cubierta del ordenador” en la página 174).Guía de referencia rápida 201 AVISO: Para conectar un cable de red, conecte primero el cable al dispositivo o puerto de red y, a continuación, enchúfelo al ordenador. 6 Conecte el ordenador y los dispositivos a las tomas de corriente y enciéndalos. Actualización flash del BIOS Es posible que sea necesario actualizar el BIOS cuando haya una actualización disponible o cuando se cambie la placa base. 1 Encienda el ordenador. 2 Localice el archivo de actualización del BIOS para el ordenador situado en el sitio web Dell Support en support.dell.com. 3 Haga clic en Download Now (Descargar) ahora para descargar el archivo. 4 Si aparece la ventana Export Compliance Disclaimer (Renuncia de cumplimiento para exportación), haga clic en Yes, I Accept this Agreement (Sí, acepto este acuerdo). Aparece la ventana File Download (Descarga de archivos). 5 Haga clic en Save this program to disk (Guardar este programa en el disco) y, a continuación, haga clic en OK (Aceptar). Aparece la ventana Save In (Guardar en). 6 Haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo para ver el menú Save In (Guardar en), seleccione Desktop (Escritorio) y, a continuación, haga clic en Save (Guardar). El archivo se descarga en el escritorio. 7 Haga clic en Close (Cerrar) cuando aparezca la ventana Download Complete (Descarga completa). Aparecerá un icono de archivo en el escritorio que se titula igual que el archivo de actualización BIOS que se ha descargado. 8 Haga doble clic en el icono de archivo situado en el escritorio y siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la pantalla.202 Guía de referencia rápidaÍndice 203 Índice A alimentación acondicionadores de línea botón, 176 dispositivos de protección indicador, 166 protector contra sobrevoltajes UPS archivo de ayuda Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico de Windows, 145 Asistente para configuración de red, 152 asistentes Asistente para configuración de red, 152 C CD sistema operativo, 145 CD Operating System (Sistema operativo), 145 Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico, 145 códigos de sonido, 190 conexión a Internet acerca de, 153 configuración, 154 opciones, 153 configuración de CMOS borrar, 200 contraseña borrar, 198 puente, 198 Contrato de licencia del usuario final, 142 cubierta quitar, 170, 180 volver a colocar, 174, 184 D Dell Diagnostics, 185 diagnósticos códigos de sonido, 190 Dell, 185 documentación Contrato de licencia del usuario final, 142 en línea, 144 ergonomía, 142 garantía, 142 Guía de información del producto, 142 Guía del usuario, 142 Referencia rápida, 142 reglamentaria, 142204 Índice seguridad, 142 E equipo componentes del interior, 182 vista interior, 182 etiqueta de servicio, 143, 166, 175 etiquetas etiqueta de servicio, 143, 166, 175 Microsoft Windows, 143 G Guía de información del producto, 142 Guía del usuario, 142 H hardware códigos de sonido, 190 Dell Diagnostics, 185 I impresora cable, 160 conectar, 151 conexión, 160 configurar, 151, 160 indicadores alimentación, 166 información reglamentaria, 142 información sobre ergonomía, 142 información sobre la garantía, 142 Iniciar los Dell Diagnostics desde el CD Drivers and Utilities, 186 Iniciar los Dell Diagnostics desde la unidad de disco duro, 186 instalación de piezas antes de comenzar, 147 instalar piezas apagar el ordenador, 148 herramientas recomendadas, 148 instrucciones de seguridad, 142 M mensajes de error códigos de sonido, 190 monitor conectar dos, 161-162 conectar DVI, 161-162 conectar TV, 161-162 conectar VGA, 161-162 configuración de pantalla, 163 modo de clonación, 163 modo de escritorio ampliado, 163Índice 205 O ordenador códigos de sonido, 190 componentes internos, 172 vista interior, 172 P placa base, 173, 183 placa base. Consulte placa base placa base. Véase placa base problemas códigos de sonido, 190 Dell Diagnostics, 185 R red Asistente para configuración de red, 152 ResourceCD Dell Diagnostics, 185 S S.M.A.R.T, 194 sistema de alimentación ininterrumpida. Consulte UPS sistema operativo volver a instalar, 145 sitio web de asistencia técnica, 144 sitio web de asistencia técnica de Dell, 144 solución de problemas Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico, 145 Dell Diagnostics, 185 T TV conectar al equipo, 161 conectar al ordenador, 162 U UPS W Windows XP Asistente para configuración de red, 152 Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico, 145 volver a instalar, 145206 Índice www.dell.com | support.dell.com Dell™ Inspiron™ 1520 Owner’s Manual Model PP22LNotes, Notices, and Cautions NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. ____________________ Information in this document is subject to change without notice. © 2007 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc.is strictly forbidden. Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, Inspiron, Wi-Fi Catcher, and Dell MediaDirect are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Intel is a registered trademark and Core is a trademark of Intel Corporation; Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries; Blu-ray Disc is a trademark of the Blu-ray Disc Association; Bluetooth is a registered trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and is used by Dell under license. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. Model PP22L October 2007 P/N UX862 Rev. A03Contents 3 Contents Finding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1 About Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Determining Your Computer’s Configuration . . . . . . 21 Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Left Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Right Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Back View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 2 Setting Up Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Connecting to the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Setting Up Your Internet Connection . . . . . . . . 36 Transferring Information to a New Computer . . . . . 37 Windows Easy Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Setting Up a Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Printer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Connecting a USB Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Contents Power Protection Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Surge Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Line Conditioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Uninterruptible Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . 40 3 Using the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Adjusting Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Using a Projector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Making Images and Text Look Bigger or Sharper . . . 41 Microsoft® Windows® XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Windows Vista® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Using Both a Monitor and Your Computer Display . . . 43 Microsoft Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Setting Display Resolution and Refresh Rate . . . . . . 44 Microsoft Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 4 Using the Keyboard and Touchpad . . . . . 47 Numeric Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 System Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Display Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Microsoft® Windows® Logo Key Functions . . . . 49 Dell™ QuickSet Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . 49 Adjusting Keyboard Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Contents 5 Touch Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Customizing the Touch Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 5 Using a Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Battery Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Checking the Battery Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Dell QuickSet Battery Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Microsoft® Windows® Battery Meter . . . . . . . 55 Charge Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Low-Battery Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Conserving Battery Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Power Management Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Standby and Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Hibernate Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Configuring Power Management Settings . . . . . . . 58 Accessing Power Options Properties . . . . . . . 58 Charging the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Replacing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Storing a Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 6 Using Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Playing Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Playing Media Using Dell Travel Remote (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 Contents Copying CD, DVD, and Blu-ray Disc™ (BD) Media . . . 64 How to Copy a CD, DVD, or BD . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Using Blank CD, DVD, and BD Media . . . . . . . 65 Helpful Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Adjusting the Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Adjusting the Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Using Dell MediaDirect™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Connecting Your Computer to a TV or Audio Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 S-Video and Standard Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 S-Video and S/PDIF Digital Audio . . . . . . . . . 73 Composite Video and Standard Audio . . . . . . . 75 Composite Video and S/PDIF Digital Audio . . . . 77 Component Video and Standard Audio . . . . . . 79 Component Video and S/PDIF Digital Audio . . . . 81 Enabling the Display Settings for a TV . . . . . . . 84 7 Using ExpressCards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 ExpressCard Blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Installing an ExpressCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Removing an ExpressCard or Blank . . . . . . . . . . . 89 8 Using the Memory Card Reader . . . . . . . 91 Memory Card Blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Installing a Memory Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Removing a Memory Card or Blank . . . . . . . . . . . 92Contents 7 9 Setting Up and Using Networks . . . . . . . 93 Connecting a Network or Broadband Modem Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Setting Up a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Wireless Local Area Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 What You Need to Establish a WLAN Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Checking Your Wireless Network Card . . . . . . 95 Setting Up a New WLAN Using a Wireless Router and a Broadband Modem . . . . 96 Connecting to a WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Mobile Broadband (or Wireless Wide Area Network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 What You Need to Establish a Mobile Broadband Network Connection . . . . . . . . . 100 Checking Your Dell Mobile Broadband Card . . . . 100 Connecting to a Mobile Broadband Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Enabling/Disabling the Dell Mobile Broadband Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Dell Wi-Fi Catcher™ Network Locator . . . . . . . . . 102 10 Securing Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Security Cable Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 If Your Computer Is Lost or Stolen . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 Contents 11 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Dell Technical Update Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Dell Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Dell Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dell Support 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Dell PC Tune-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Dell PC CheckUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Dell Network Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 DellConnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Drive Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Optical drive problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Hard drive problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 E-Mail, Modem, and Internet Problems . . . . . . . . . 117 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 ExpressCard Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 IEEE 1394 Device Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Keyboard Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 External Keyboard problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Unexpected characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Lockups and Software Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 The computer does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 The computer stops responding . . . . . . . . . . 127 A program stops responding or crashes repeatedly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 A program is designed for an earlier Microsoft® Windows® operating system . . . . . 127 A solid blue screen appears . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Contents 9 Dell MediaDirect problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Other software problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Memory Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Network Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Mobile Broadband (Wireless Wide Area Network [WWAN]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Power Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Printer Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Scanner Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Sound and Speaker Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 No sound from integrated speakers . . . . . . . . 135 No sound from external speakers . . . . . . . . . 135 No sound from headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Touch Pad or Mouse Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Video and Display Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 If the display is blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 If the display is difficult to read . . . . . . . . . . 138 If only part of the display is readable . . . . . . . 139 Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 What Is a Driver? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Identifying Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities . . . . . . . . . . 140 Troubleshooting Software and Hardware Problems in the Microsoft® Windows® XP and Microsoft Windows Vista® Operating Systems . . . . 143 Restoring Your Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Using MicrosoftWindows System Restore . . . . 14510 Contents Starting System Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Using Dell™ PC Restore and Dell Factory Image Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Using the Operating System Media . . . . . . . . 150 12 Adding and Replacing Parts . . . . . . . . . 153 Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Turning Off Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Before Working Inside Your Computer . . . . . . . 154 Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Removing the Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Replacing the Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Returning a Hard Drive to Dell . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Removing the Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Replacing the Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Hinge Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Removing the Hinge Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Replacing the Hinge Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Removing the Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Replacing the Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Removing the DIMM A Memory Module . . . . . . 163 Replacing the DIMM A Memory Module . . . . . 165 Removing the DIMM B Memory Module . . . . . . 166 Replacing the DIMM B Memory Module . . . . . 167Contents 11 Subscriber Identity Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Wireless Mini Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Removing a WLAN Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Replacing a WLAN Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Removing a Mobile Broadband or WWAN Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Replacing a WWAN Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Removing a WPAN Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Replacing a WPAN Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Flash Cache Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Removing the FCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Replacing the FCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Internal Card With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Removing the Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Replacing the Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Coin-Cell Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Removing the Coin-Cell Battery . . . . . . . . . . 181 Replacing the Coin-Cell Battery . . . . . . . . . . 182 13 Dell™ QuickSet Features . . . . . . . . . . . 183 14 Traveling With Your Computer . . . . . . . 185 Identifying Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Packing the Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Travel Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Traveling by Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18612 Contents 15 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Obtaining Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Technical Support and Customer Service . . . . . 188 DellConnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Online Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 AutoTech Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Automated Order-Status Service . . . . . . . . . 189 Problems With Your Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Product Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Returning Items for Warranty Repair or Credit . . . . . 190 Before You Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 16 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Using the System Setup Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Viewing the System Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . 204 System Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Commonly Used Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Cleaning Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Computer, Keyboard, and Display . . . . . . . . . 206 Touch Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Contents 13 Dell Technical Support Policy (U.S. Only) . . . . . . . 208 Definition of "Dell-Installed" Software and Peripherals 209 Definition of "Third-Party" Software and Peripherals 209 FCC Notice (U.S. Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 FCC Class B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Macrovision Product Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22914 ContentsFinding Information 15 Finding Information NOTE: Some features may be optional and may not ship with your computer. Some features may not be available in certain countries. NOTE: Additional information may ship with your computer. What Are You Looking For? Find It Here • A diagnostic program for my computer • Drivers for my computer • Device documentation • Notebook System Software (NSS) Drivers and Utilities Media Documentation and drivers are already installed on your computer. You can use the Drivers and Utilities media to reinstall drivers (see "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140) or run the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). Readme files may be included on your Drivers and Utilities media to provide last-minute updates about technical changes to your computer or advanced technical-reference material for technicians or experienced users. NOTE: Drivers and documentation updates can be found at support.dell.com.16 Finding Information • Warranty information • Terms and Conditions (U.S. only) • Safety instructions • Regulatory information • Ergonomics information • End User License Agreement Dell™ Product Information Guide • How to set up my computer Setup Diagram NOTE: See the setup diagram that came with your computer. • How to remove and replace parts • Specifications • How to configure system settings • How to troubleshoot and solve problems Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista® Help and Support Center 1 Click Start→Help and Support→ Dell User and System Guides→ System Guides. 2 Click the User’s Guide for your computer. • Service Tag and Express Service Code • Microsoft® Windows® Product Key Service Tag and Microsoft Windows Product Key These labels are located on your computer. • Use the Service Tag to identify your computer when you use support.dell.com or contact support. NOTE: If your operating system is Windows XP, this label might look different. • Enter the Express Service Code to direct your call when contacting support. NOTE: As an increased security measure, the newly designed Microsoft Windows license label incorporates a "security portal," which looks like a missing portion of the label, to discourage removal of the label. What Are You Looking For? Find It HereFinding Information 17 • Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles from technicians, online courses, and frequently asked questions • Community — Online discussion with other Dell customers • Upgrades — Upgrade information for components, such as the memory, hard drive, and operating system • Customer Care — Contact information, service call and order status, and warranty and repair information • Service and support — Service call status, support history, service contract, and online discussions with support • Dell Technical Update Service — Proactive e-mail notification of software and hardware updates for your computer • Reference — Computer documentation, details on my computer configuration, product specifications, and white papers • Downloads — Certified drivers, patches, and software updates • Notebook System Software (NSS) — If you reinstall the operating system on your computer, you should also reinstall the NSS utility. NSS automatically detects your computer and operating system, and installs the updates appropriate for your configuration, providing critical updates for your operating system and support for Dell 3.5-inch USB floppy drives, Intel® processors, optical drives, and USB devices. NSS is necessary for correct operation of your Dell computer. Dell Support Website — support.dell.com NOTE: Select your region or business segment to view the appropriate support site. To download Notebook System Software: 1 Go to support.dell.com, select your country/region, and then click Drivers & Downloads. 2 Enter your Service Tag or product model, and then click Go. 3 Select your operating system and language, and then click Find Downloads, or under Downloads Search, search for the keywordNotebook System Software. NOTE: The support.dell.com user interface may vary depending on your selections. What Are You Looking For? Find It Here18 Finding Information • Software upgrades and troubleshooting hints — Frequently asked questions, hot topics, and general health of your computing environment Dell Support Utility The Dell Support Utility is an automated upgrade and notification system installed on your computer. This support provides real-time health scans of your computing environment, software updates, and relevant self-support information. Access the Dell Support Utility from the icon on the taskbar. For more information, see "Dell Support Center" on page 111. • How to use Windows XP or Windows Vista • How to work with programs and files • How to personalize my desktop Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista Help and Support Center 1 Click Start→Help and Support. 2Type a word or phrase that describes your problem and click the arrow icon. 3 Click the topic that describes your problem. 4 Follow the instructions on the screen. • Information on network activity, the Power Management Wizard, hotkeys, and other items controlled by Dell QuickSet Dell QuickSet Help To view Dell QuickSet Help, right-click the Dell QuickSet icon in the Windows notification area. For more information on Dell QuickSet, see "Dell™ QuickSet Features" on page 183. What Are You Looking For? Find It HereFinding Information 19 • How to reinstall my operating system Operating System Media The operating system is already installed on your computer. To reinstall your operating system, use one of the following methods: • Microsoft Windows System Restore— Microsoft Windows System Restore returns your computer to an earlier operating state without affecting data files. • Dell PC Restore — Dell PC Restore returns your computer to its original operating state. Dell PC Restore may not ship with your computer. • Operating System Installation Media — If you received operating system media with your computer, you can use it to restore your operating system. For more information, see "Restoring Your Operating System" on page 144. After you reinstall your operating system, use the Drivers and Utilities media to reinstall drivers for the devices that came with your computer. Your operating system product key label is located on your computer. NOTE: The color of your operating system installation media varies according to the operating system you ordered. What Are You Looking For? Find It Here20 Finding InformationAbout Your Computer 21 About Your Computer Determining Your Computer’s Configuration Based on selections that you made when purchasing your computer, your computer has one of several different video controller configurations. To determine your computer’s video controller configuration: 1 Click Start , and then click Help and Support. 2 Under Pick a Task, click Use Tools to view your computer information and diagnose problems. 3 Under My Computer Information, select Hardware. From the My Computer Information - Hardware screen, you can view the type of video controller installed in your computer, as well as the other hardware components.22 About Your Computer Front View 1 camera indicator (optional) 2 camera (optional) 3 display latch 4 display 5 power button 6 keyboard 7 device status lights 8 touch pad 9 consumer IR 10 media control buttons 11 touch pad buttons 12 Dell MediaDirect™ button 13 keyboard status lights 14 digital array microphones 4 5 13 3 6 12 8 7 14 1 2 11 10 9About Your Computer 23 CAMERA INDICATOR — Indicates that the camera is on. Based on configuration selections you made when ordering your computer, your computer may not include a camera. CAMERA — Built-in camera for video capture, conferencing, and chat. Based on configuration selections you made when ordering your computer, your computer may not include a camera. DISPLAY LATCH — Keeps the display closed. DISPLAY — For more information about your display, see "Using the Display" on page 41. POWER BUTTON — Press the power button to turn on the computer or exit a power management mode (see "Power Management Modes" on page 56). NOTICE: To avoid losing data, turn off your computer by performing a Microsoft® Windows® operating system shutdown rather than by pressing the power button. If the computer stops responding, press and hold the power button until the computer turns off completely (may take several seconds). KEYBOARD — For more information about the keyboard, see "Using the Keyboard and Touchpad" on page 47. 24 About Your Computer DEVICE STATUS LIGHTS The blue lights located to the right of the keyboard indicate the following: Power light – Turns on when you turn on the computer, and blinks when the computer is in a power management mode. Hard drive activity light – Turns on when the computer reads or writes data. NOTICE: To avoid loss of data, never turn off the computer while the light is flashing. Battery status light – Turns on steadily or blinks to indicate battery charge status. WiFi status light – Turns on when wireless networking is enabled. To enable or disable wireless networking, use the wireless switch (see "wireless switch" on page 27).About Your Computer 25 If the computer is connected to an electrical outlet, the light operates as follows: – Solid blue: The battery is charging. – Flashing blue: The battery is almost fully charged. – Off: The battery is adequately charged. If the computer is running on a battery, the light operates as follows: – Off: The battery is adequately charged (or the computer is turned off). – Flashing amber: The battery charge is low. – Solid amber: The battery charge is critically low. TOUCH PAD — Provides the functionality of a mouse (see "Touch Pad" on page 50). TOUCH PAD BUTTONS — Use these buttons much like the buttons on a mouse when you use the touch pad to move the cursor on the display (see "Touch Pad" on page 50). MEDIA CONTROL BUTTONS — Control CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc™ (BD), and Media Player playback. Bluetooth® status light – Turns on when a card with Bluetooth wireless technology is enabled. NOTE: The card with Bluetooth wireless technology is an optional feature. The light turns on only if you ordered the card with your computer. For more information, see the documentation that came with your card. To turn off only the Bluetooth wireless technology functionality, right-click the icon in the notification area, and then click Disable Bluetooth Radio. To quickly enable or disable all wireless devices, use the wireless switch (see "wireless switch" on page 27). Mute the sound. Play the previous track. Turn the volume down. Play the next track. Turn the volume up. Stop. Play or pause. 26 About Your Computer DELL MEDIADIRECT™ BUTTON — Press the Dell MediaDirect button to launch Dell MediaDirect (see "Using Dell MediaDirect™" on page 68). KEYBOARD STATUS LIGHTS The blue lights located above the keyboard indicate the following: DIGITAL ARRAY MICROPHONES — Built-in microphone for conferencing and chat. Turns on when the numeric keypad is enabled. Turns on when the uppercase letter (caps lock) function is enabled. Turns on when the scroll lock function is enabled. 9 AAbout Your Computer 27 Left Side View SECURITY CABLE SLOT — Lets you attach a commercially available antitheft device to the computer (see "Security Cable Lock" on page 103). WIRELESS SWITCH — When enabled through Dell QuickSet, this switch can scan for a wireless local area network (WLAN) in your vicinity. You can also use it to rapidly turn off or on any wireless devices such as WLAN cards and internal cards with Bluetooth wireless technology (see "Dell Wi-Fi Catcher™ Network Locator" on page 102). 1 security cable slot 2 wireless switch 3 Wi-Fi Catcher light 4 air vents 5 audio connectors 6 ExpressCard slot 1 off Disables wireless devices. 2 on Enables wireless devices. 3 momentary Scans for WLAN networks (see "Dell Wi-Fi Catcher™ Network Locator" on page 102). 4 Wi-Fi Catcher light • Flashing green: Searching for networks • Solid green: Strong network found • Solid yellow: Weak network found • Flashing yellow: Error • Off: No signal found 1 2 56 3 4 1 2 3 428 About Your Computer CAUTION: Do not block, push objects into, or allow dust to accumulate in the air vents. Do not store your computer in a low-airflow environment, such as a closed briefcase, while it is running. Restricting the airflow can damage the computer or cause a fire. AIR VENTS — The computer uses an internal fan to create airflow through the vents, which prevents the computer from overheating. The computer turns the fan on when the computer gets hot. Fan noise is normal and does not indicate a problem with the fan or the computer. AUDIO CONNECTORS EXPRESSCARD SLOT — Supports one ExpressCard. The computer ships with a plastic blank installed in the slot. For more information, see "Using ExpressCards" on page 87. Attach headphones to the connector. Attach a microphone to the connector.About Your Computer 29 Right Side View OPTICAL DRIVE — For more information about the optical drive, see "Using Multimedia" on page 61. EJECT BUTTON — Press the eject button to open the optical drive. 8-IN-1 MEMORY CARD READER — Provides a fast and convenient way to view and share digital photos, music, and videos stored on a memory card. The computer ships with a plastic blank installed in the slot. The 8-in-1 memory card reader reads the following digital memory cards: • Secure Digital (SD) memory card • SDIO card • MultiMediaCard (MMC) • Memory Stick • Memory Stick PRO • xD-Picture Card • Hi Speed-SD • Hi Density-SD IEEE 1394 CONNECTOR — Connects devices supporting IEEE 1394 high-speed transfer rates, such as some digital video cameras. 1 battery status light 2 hard drive activity light 3 power light 4 optical drive 5 eject button 6 8-in-1 memory card reader 7 IEEE 1394 connector 8 video connector (VGA) 9 network connector (RJ-45) 10 USB connectors (2) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 330 About Your Computer VIDEO CONNECTOR NETWORK CONNECTOR (RJ-45) USB CONNECTORS Back View Connects video devices, such as a monitor. Connects the computer to a network. The two lights next to the connector indicate status and activity for wired network connections. For information on using the network adapter, see the device user’s guide supplied with your computer. Connect USB devices, such as a mouse, keyboard, or printer. 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 USB connectors (2) 3 AC adapter connector 4 battery 5 modem connector (RJ-11) 1 2 3 4 5About Your Computer 31 S-VIDEO TV-OUT CONNECTOR USB CONNECTORS AC ADAPTER CONNECTOR — Attaches an AC adapter to the computer. The AC adapter converts AC power to the DC power required by the computer. You can connect the AC adapter with your computer turned on or off. CAUTION: The AC adapter works with electrical outlets worldwide. However, power connectors and power strips vary among countries. Using an incompatible cable or improperly connecting the cable to the power strip or electrical outlet may cause fire or equipment damage. NOTICE: When you disconnect the AC adapter cable from the computer, grasp the connector, not the cable itself, and pull firmly, but gently to help prevent damage to the cable. Connects your computer to a TV. Also connects digital audio-capable devices using the TV/digital audio adapter cable. Connect USB devices, such as a mouse, keyboard, or printer. 32 About Your Computer MODEM CONNECTOR (RJ-11) Bottom View Connect the telephone line to the modem connector. For information on using the modem, see the online modem documentation supplied with your computer. 1 left speaker 2 memory module/coin-cell battery compartment 3 consumer IR 4 right speaker 5 wireless mini card compartment 6 battery 7 battery charge/health gauge 8 battery-bay latch releases (2) 9 fan 10 hard drive 2 3 4 10 7 1 6 8 9 5About Your Computer 33 LEFT SPEAKER — To adjust the volume of the integrated speaker, press the volume control buttons or the mute button. MEMORY MODULE/COIN-CELL BATTERY COMPARTMENT — Compartment that contains the DIMM B memory module and the coin-cell battery. For additional information, see "Adding and Replacing Parts" on page 153. CONSUMER IR — Infrared sensor for the Dell Travel Remote. RIGHT SPEAKER — To adjust the volume of the integrated speaker, press the volume control buttons or the mute button. WIRELESS MINI CARD COMPARTMENT — Compartment for WLAN, WWAN, or WPAN Mini Cards (see "Wireless Mini Cards" on page 170). BATTERY — When a battery is installed, you can use the computer without connecting the computer to an electrical outlet (see "Using a Battery" on page 53). BATTERY CHARGE/HEALTH GAUGE — Provides information on the battery charge (see "Checking the Battery Charge" on page 54). BATTERY-BAY LATCH RELEASES — Releases the battery (see "Replacing the Battery" on page 59 for instructions). FAN — The computer uses a fan to create airflow through the vents, which prevents the computer from overheating. The computer turns the fan on when the computer gets hot. Fan noise is normal and does not indicate a problem with the fan or the computer. HARD DRIVE — Stores software and data.34 About Your ComputerSetting Up Your Computer 35 Setting Up Your Computer Connecting to the Internet NOTE: ISPs and ISP offerings vary by country. To connect to the Internet, you need a modem or network connection and an Internet service provider (ISP). Your ISP will offer one or more of the following Internet connection options: • DSL connections that provide high-speed Internet access through your existing telephone line or cellular telephone service. With a DSL connection, you can access the Internet and use your telephone on the same line simultaneously. • Cable modem connections that provide high-speed Internet access through your local cable TV line. • Satellite modem connections that provide high-speed Internet access through a satellite television system. • Dial-up connections that provide Internet access through a telephone line. Dial-up connections are considerably slower than DSL, cable, and satellite modem connections. • Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) or Mobile Broadband technology provides a connection to the Internet using cellular technology at broadband rates. • Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) connections use high-frequency radio waves to communicate. Typically, a wireless router is connected to the broadband cable or DSL modem that broadcasts the Internet signal to your computer. If you are using a dial-up connection, connect a telephone line to the modem connector on your computer and to the telephone wall jack before you set up your Internet connection. If you are using a DSL, cable, or satellite modem connection, contact your ISP or cellular telephone service for setup instructions.36 Setting Up Your Computer Setting Up Your Internet Connection To set up an Internet connection with a provided ISP desktop shortcut: 1 Save and close any open files, and exit any open programs. 2 Double-click the ISP icon on the Microsoft® Windows® desktop. 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the setup. NOTE: If you are having problems connecting to the Internet, see "E-Mail, Modem, and Internet Problems" on page 117. If you cannot connect to the Internet, but have successfully connected in the past, the ISP may have a service outage. Contact your ISP to check the service status, or try connecting again later. NOTE: Have your ISP information ready. If you do not have an ISP, the Connect to the Internet wizard can help you obtain one. If you do not have an ISP icon on your desktop or if you want to set up an Internet connection with a different ISP: 1 Save and close any open files, and exit any open programs. 2 Click Start , and then click Control Panel. 3 Under Network and Internet, click Connect to the Internet. The Connect to the Internet window appears. 4 Click either Broadband (PPPoE), Wireless, or Dial-up, depending on how you want to connect: • Choose Broadband if you will use a DSL modem, cable TV modem, or satellite modem. • Choose Wireless if you will use a wireless connection through a WLAN card. • Choose Dial-up if you will use a dial-up modem or ISDN. NOTE: If you do not know which type of connection to select, click Help me choose or contact your ISP. 5 Follow the instructions on the screen and use the setup information provided by your ISP to complete the setup.Setting Up Your Computer 37 Transferring Information to a New Computer You can transfer the following types of data from one computer to another: • E-mail messages • Toolbar settings • Window sizes • Internet bookmarks Use one of the following methods for transferring data: • Windows Easy Transfer wizard, an Easy Transfer Cable, and a USB port • Over a network • Removable media, such as a writable CD Windows Easy Transfer 1 Click Start →All Programs→Accessories→System Tools→Windows Easy Transfer. 2 In the User Account Control dialog box, click Continue. 3 Click Next. 4 Click Start a new transfer or Continue a transfer in progress. 5 Follow the instructions in the Windows Easy Transfer wizard. Setting Up a Printer NOTICE: Complete the operating system setup before you connect a printer to the computer. See the documentation that came with the printer for setup information, including how to: • Obtain and install updated drivers. • Connect the printer to the computer. • Load paper and install the toner or ink cartridge. For technical assistance, refer to the printer owner's manual or contact the printer manufacturer. 38 Setting Up Your Computer Printer Cable Your printer connects to your computer with a USB cable. Your printer may not come with a printer cable, so if you purchase a cable separately, ensure that it is compatible with your printer and computer. If you purchased a printer cable at the same time you purchased your computer, the cable may arrive in the computer’s shipping box. Connecting a USB Printer NOTE: You can connect USB devices while the computer is turned on. 1 Complete the operating system setup if you have not already done so. 2 Attach the USB printer cable to the USB connectors on the computer and the printer. The USB connectors fit only one way. 1 USB connector on computer 2 USB connector on printer 3 USB printer cable 3 2 1Setting Up Your Computer 39 3 Turn on the printer, and then turn on the computer. If the Add New Hardware Wizard window appears, click Cancel. 4 Click Start , and then click Network. 5 Click Add a printer to start the Add Printer Wizard. NOTE: To install the printer driver, see "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140 and the documentation that came with your printer. 6 Click Add a local printer or Add a network, wireless, or Bluetooth printer. 7 Follow the instructions in the Add Printer Wizard. Power Protection Devices Several devices are available to protect against power fluctuations and failures: • Surge protectors • Line conditioners • Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) Surge Protectors Surge protectors and power strips equipped with surge protection help prevent damage to your computer from voltage spikes that can occur during electrical storms or after power interruptions. Some surge protector manufacturers include warranty coverage for certain types of damage. Carefully read the device warranty when choosing a surge protector. A device with a higher joule rating offers more protection. Compare joule ratings to determine the relative effectiveness of different devices. NOTICE: Most surge protectors do not protect against power fluctuations or power interruptions caused by nearby lightning strikes. When lightning occurs in your area, disconnect the telephone line from the telephone wall jack and disconnect your computer from the electrical outlet. Many surge protectors have a telephone jack for modem protection. See the surge protector documentation for modem connection instructions. NOTICE: Not all surge protectors offer network adapter protection. Disconnect the network cable from the network wall jack during electrical storms.40 Setting Up Your Computer Line Conditioners NOTICE: Line conditioners do not protect against power interruptions. Line conditioners are designed to maintain AC voltage at a fairly constant level. Uninterruptible Power Supplies NOTICE: Loss of power while data is being saved to the hard drive may result in data loss or file damage. NOTE: To ensure maximum battery operating time, connect only your computer to a UPS. Connect other devices, such as a printer, to a separate power strip that provides surge protection. A UPS protects against power fluctuations and interruptions. UPS devices contain a battery that provides temporary power to connected devices when AC power is interrupted. The battery charges while AC power is available. See the UPS manufacturer documentation for information on battery operating time and to ensure that the device is approved by Underwriters Laboratories (UL).Using the Display 41 Using the Display Adjusting Brightness When a Dell™ computer is running on battery power, you can conserve power by setting the display brightness to the lowest comfortable level. • Press and the up-arrow key to increase brightness on the integrated display only (not on an external monitor). • Press and the down-arrow key to decrease brightness on the integrated display only (not on an external monitor). NOTE: Brightness key combinations only affect the display on your portable computer, not monitors or projectors that you attach to your portable computer or docking device. If your computer is connected to an external monitor and you try to change the brightness level, the Brightness Meter may appear, but the brightness level on the external device does not change. Using a Projector When you start the computer with an external device attached (such as an external monitor or projector) and turned on, the image may appear on either the computer display or the external device. Press to switch the video image between the display only, the external device only, or the display and the external device simultaneously. Making Images and Text Look Bigger or Sharper NOTE: If you change the display resolution from the current settings, the image may appear blurry or text may be hard to read if you change the resolution to one not supported by your computer and display. Before you change any of the display settings, make a note of the current settings so you can change back to the previous settings if you need to. You can enhance the legibility of text and change the appearance of images on the screen by adjusting display resolution. As you increase resolution, items appear smaller on the screen. In contrast, lower resolution causes text 42 Using the Display and images to appear larger and can benefit people with vision impairments. To display a program at a specific resolution, both the video card and the display must support the program, and the necessary video drivers must be installed. NOTE: Use only the Dell-installed video drivers, which are designed to offer the best performance with your Dell-installed operating system. If you choose a resolution or color palette that is higher than the display supports, the settings adjust automatically to the closest supported values. To set the display resolution and refresh rate for your display, perform the steps in the following section that corresponds to the operating system your computer is using. Microsoft® Windows® XP 1 Click Start→Settings→Control Panel. 2 Under Pick a category, click Appearance and Themes. 3 Under Pick a task..., click the area you want to change, or under or pick a Control Panel icon, click Display. 4 In the Display Properties window, click the Settings tab. 5 Try different settings for Color quality and Screen resolution. NOTE: As the resolution increases, icons and text appear smaller on the screen. Windows Vista® 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button , and click Control Panel. 2 Under Appearance and Personalization, click Adjust screen resolution. 3 In the Display Settings window, under Resolution, slide the slide bar to the left or right to decrease/increase the screen resolution. 4 Click How do I get the best display? for further instructions. If the video resolution setting is higher than that supported by the display, the computer enters pan mode. In pan mode, the entire video image cannot be displayed at one time, and the taskbar that usually appears at the bottom of the desktop may no longer be visible. To view the parts of the video image that are not visible, you can use the touch pad or track stick to move (or pan) the image up, down, left, and right. NOTICE: You can damage an external monitor by using an unsupported refresh rate. Before adjusting the refresh rate on an external monitor, see the user’s guide for the monitor.Using the Display 43 Using Both a Monitor and Your Computer Display You can attach an external monitor or projector to your computer and use it as an extension of your display (known as dual independent display or extended desktop mode). This mode allows you to use both screens independently and drag objects from one screen to the other, effectively doubling the amount of viewable work space. To use extended desktop mode, perform the steps in the following section that corresponds to the operating system your computer is using. Microsoft Windows XP 1 Connect the external monitor, TV, or projector to the computer. 2 Click Start→Settings→Control Panel. 3 Under Pick a category, click Appearance and Themes. 4 Under Pick a task..., click the area you want to change, or under or pick a Control Panel icon, click Display. 5 In the Display Properties window, click the Settings tab. NOTE: If you choose a resolution or color palette that is higher than the display supports, the settings adjust automatically to the closest supported values. For more information, see your operating system documentation. 6 Click the monitor 2 icon, click the Extend my Windows desktop... check box, and then click Apply. 7 Change Screen Area to the appropriate sizes for both displays and click Apply. 8 If prompted to restart the computer, click Apply the new color setting without restarting and click OK. 9 If prompted, click OK to resize your desktop. 10 If prompted, click Yes to keep the settings. 11 Click OK to close the Display Properties window.44 Using the Display To disable dual independent display mode: 1 Click the Settings tab in the Display Properties window. 2 Click the monitor 2 icon, uncheck the Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor option, and then click Apply. If necessary, press to bring the screen image back to the computer display. Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button , and click Control Panel. 2 Under Appearance and Personalization, click Adjust screen resolution. 3 In the Display Settings window, click the monitor 2 icon, click the Extend the desktop onto this monitor check box, and then click Apply. 4 Click OK to close the Display Settings window. To disable extended desktop mode: 1 In the Display Settings window, click the Settings tab. 2 Click the monitor 2 icon, uncheck the Extend the desktop onto this monitor option, and then click Apply. Setting Display Resolution and Refresh Rate NOTE: If you change the display resolution from the current settings, the image may appear blurry or text may be hard to read if you change the resolution to one not supported by your computer and display. Before you change any of the display settings, make a note of the current settings so you can change back to the previous settings if needed. You can enhance the legibility of text and change the appearance of images on the screen by adjusting display resolution. As you increase resolution, items appear smaller on the screen. In contrast, lower resolution causes text and images to appear larger and can benefit people with vision impairments. To display a program at a specific resolution, both the video card and the display must support the program, and the necessary video drivers must be installed. NOTE: Use only the Dell-installed video drivers, which are designed to offer the best performance with your Dell-installed operating system.Using the Display 45 If you choose a resolution or color palette that is higher than the display supports, the settings adjust automatically to the closest supported values. To set the display resolution and refresh rate for your display, perform the steps in the following section that corresponds to the operating system your computer is using. Microsoft Windows XP 1 Click Start→Settings→Control Panel. 2 Under Pick a category, click Appearance and Themes. 3 Under Pick a task..., click the area you want to change, or under or pick a Control Panel icon, click Display. 4 In the Display Properties window, click the Settings tab. 5 Try different settings for Color quality and Screen resolution. NOTE: As the resolution increases, icons and text appear smaller on the screen. Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button and click Control Panel. 2 Under Appearance and Personalization, click Adjust screen resolution. 3 In the Display Settings window, under Resolution, move the slide bar to the left or right to decrease or increase the screen resolution. NOTE: For additional instructions, click How do I get the best display?46 Using the DisplayUsing the Keyboard and Touchpad 47 Using the Keyboard and Touchpad Numeric Keypad The numeric keypad functions like the numeric keypad on an external keyboard. Each key on the keypad has multiple functions. The keypad numbers and symbols are marked in blue on the right of the keypad keys. To type a number or symbol, hold down and press the desired key. • To enable the keypad, press . The light indicates that the keypad is active. • To disable the keypad, press again. numeric keypad 948 Using the Keyboard and Touchpad Key Combinations System Functions Display Functions Battery Power Management Opens the Task Manager window. Displays icons representing all currently available display options (display only, external monitor or projector only, both display and projector, etc). Highlight the desired icon to switch the display to that option. and up-arrow key Increases brightness on the integrated display only (not on an external monitor). and down-arrow key Decreases brightness on the integrated display only (not on an external monitor). Displays the Dell™ QuickSet Battery Meter (see "Dell QuickSet Battery Meter" on page 54). Activates a power management mode. You can reprogram this keyboard shortcut to activate a different power management mode using the Advanced tab in the Power Options Properties window (see "Power Management Modes" on page 56).Using the Keyboard and Touchpad 49 Microsoft® Windows® Logo Key Functions Dell™ QuickSet Key Combinations If Dell QuickSet is installed, you can use other shortcut keys for functions such as the Battery Meter or activating power management modes. For more information about Dell QuickSet key combinations, right-click the QuickSet icon in the notification area, and then click Help. Adjusting Keyboard Settings To adjust keyboard operation, such as the character repeat rate: 1 Click Start , and then click Control Panel. 2 Click Hardware and Sound. 3 Click Keyboard. Windows logo key and Minimizes all open windows. Windows logo key and Restores all minimized windows. This key combination functions as a toggle to restore minimized windows following the use of the Windows logo key and combination. Windows logo key and Starts Windows Explorer. Windows logo key and Opens the Run dialog box. Windows logo key and Opens the Search Results dialog box. Windows logo key and Opens the Search Results-Computer dialog box (if the computer is connected to a network). Windows logo key and Opens the System Properties dialog box.50 Using the Keyboard and Touchpad Touch Pad The touch pad detects the pressure and movement of your finger to allow you to move the cursor on the display. Use the touch pad and touch pad buttons as you would use a mouse. • To move the cursor, lightly slide your finger over the touch pad. • To select an object, lightly tap once on the surface of the touch pad or use your thumb to press the left touch pad button. • To select and move (or drag) an object, position the cursor on the object and tap twice on the touch pad. On the second tap, leave your finger on the touch pad and move the selected object by sliding your finger over the surface. • To double-click an object, position the cursor on the object and tap twice on the touch pad or use your thumb to press the left touch pad button twice. 1 touch pad 2 silk screen depicting scrolling capabilities 1 2Using the Keyboard and Touchpad 51 Customizing the Touch Pad You can use the Mouse Properties window to disable the touch pad or adjust the touch pad settings. 1 Click Start , and then click Control Panel. 2 Click Hardware and Sound. 3 Click Keyboard. 4 In the Mouse Properties window: • Click the Device Select tab to disable the touch pad. • Click the Touch Pad tab to adjust touch pad settings. 5 Click OK to save the settings and close the window.52 Using the Keyboard and TouchpadUsing a Battery 53 Using a Battery Battery Performance NOTE: For information about the Dell warranty for your computer, see the Product Information Guide or separate paper warranty document that shipped with your computer. For optimal computer performance and to help preserve BIOS settings, operate your Dell™ portable computer with the main battery installed at all times. One battery is supplied as standard equipment in the battery bay. NOTE: Because the battery may not be fully charged, use the AC adapter to connect your new computer to an electrical outlet the first time you use the computer. For best results, operate the computer with the AC adapter until the battery is fully charged. To view battery charge status, place the mouse cursor over the battery icon in the Windows notification area. NOTE: Battery operating time (the time the battery can hold a charge) decreases over time. Depending on how often the battery is used and the conditions under which it is used, you may need to purchase a new battery during the life of your computer. NOTE: It is recommended that you connect your computer to an electrical outlet when writing to media. Battery operating time varies depending on operating conditions. Operating time is significantly reduced when you perform operations including, but not limited to, the following: • Using optical drives. • Using wireless communications devices, ExpressCards, memory cards, or USB devices. • Using high-brightness display settings, 3D screen savers, or other powerintensive programs such as complex 3D graphics applications. • Running the computer in maximum performance mode (see "Power Management Modes" on page 56 for information about accessing Windows Power Options Properties or Dell QuickSet, which you can use to configure power management settings).54 Using a Battery You can check the battery charge before you insert the battery into the computer. You can also set power management options to alert you when the battery charge is low. CAUTION: Using an incompatible battery may increase the risk of fire or explosion. Replace the battery only with a compatible battery purchased from Dell. The battery is designed to work with your Dell computer. Do not use batteries from other computers with your computer. CAUTION: Do not dispose of batteries with household waste. When your battery no longer holds a charge, call your local waste disposal or environmental agency for advice on disposing of a lithium-ion battery (see "Battery Disposal" in the Product Information Guide). CAUTION: Misuse of the battery may increase the risk of fire or chemical burn. Do not puncture, incinerate, disassemble, or expose the battery to temperatures above 65°C (149°F). Keep the battery away from children. Handle damaged or leaking batteries with extreme care. Damaged batteries may leak and cause personal injury or equipment damage. Checking the Battery Charge You can check the battery charge on your computer using any one of the following methods: • Dell QuickSet Battery Meter • Microsoft Windows battery meter icon located in the notification area • Battery charge/health gauge located on the battery • Low-battery warning pop-up window Dell QuickSet Battery Meter To view the Dell QuickSet Battery Meter: • Double-click the Dell QuickSet icon in the taskbar, and then click Battery Meter or • Press The Battery Meter displays the status, battery health, charge level, and charge completion time for the battery in your computer. For more information about QuickSet, right-click the QuickSet icon, and then click Help.Using a Battery 55 Microsoft® Windows® Battery Meter The battery meter indicates the remaining battery charge. To check the battery meter, double-click the icon in the notification area. Charge Gauge By either pressing once or pressing and holding the status button on the battery charge gauge, you can check: • Battery charge (check by pressing and releasing the status button) • Battery health (check by pressing and holding the status button) The battery operating time is largely determined by the number of times it is charged. After hundreds of charge and discharge cycles, batteries lose some charge capacity—or battery health. Therefore, a battery can show a status of charged, but maintain a reduced charge capacity (health). Check the Battery Charge To check the battery charge, press and release the status button on the battery charge gauge to illuminate the charge indicator lights. Each light represents approximately 20 percent of the total battery charge. For example, if the battery has 80 percent of its charge remaining, four of the lights are on. If no lights are on, the battery has no charge. Check the Battery Health NOTE: You can check battery health in one of two ways: by using the charge gauge on the battery, as described below, and by using the Battery Meter in Dell QuickSet. For information about QuickSet, right-click the QuickSet icon in the notification area, and then click Help. To check the battery health using the charge gauge, press and hold the status button on the battery charge gauge for at least 3 seconds to illuminate the health indicator lights. Each light represents incremental degradation. If no lights appear, the battery is in good condition, and more than 80 percent of its original charge capacity remains. If five lights appear, less than 60 percent of the charge capacity remains, and you should consider replacing the battery (see "Battery" on page 198 for more information about the battery operating time).56 Using a Battery Low-Battery Warning NOTICE: To avoid losing or corrupting data, save your work immediately after a low-battery warning, then connect the computer to an electrical outlet. If the battery runs completely out of power, Sleep state begins automatically. A pop-up window warns you when the battery charge is approximately 90 percent depleted. The computer enters Sleep state when the battery charge is at a critically low level. You can change the settings for the battery alarms in Dell QuickSet or the Power Options window (see "Power Management Modes" on page 56). Conserving Battery Power To conserve battery power on your portable computer, do any of the following: • Connect the computer to an electrical outlet when possible; battery life is largely determined by the number of times the battery is used and recharged. • Configure the power management settings using either Dell QuickSet or Microsoft Windows Power Options to optimize your computer’s power usage (see "Power Management Modes" on page 56). • Use the Sleep power state when you leave the computer unattended for long periods of time (see "Standby and Sleep Mode" on page 56). Power Management Modes Standby and Sleep Mode Standby mode (sleep mode in Microsoft Windows Vista®) conserves power by turning off the display and the hard drive after a predetermined period of inactivity (a time-out). When the computer exits standby or sleep mode, it returns to the same operating state it was in before entering standby or sleep mode. NOTICE: If your computer loses AC and battery power while in standby or sleep mode, it may lose data. To enter standby mode in Windows XP, click Start→Turn off computer→ Stand by. To enter sleep mode in Windows Vista, click the Windows Vista Start button , and then click Sleep.Using a Battery 57 Depending on how you set the power management options in the Power Options Properties window or the QuickSet Power Management Wizard, you may also use one of the following methods: • Press the power button. • Close the display. • Press . To exit standby or sleep mode, press the power button or open the display, depending on how you set the power management options. You cannot make the computer exit standby or sleep mode by pressing a key or touching the touch pad. Hibernate Mode Hibernate mode conserves power by copying system data to a reserved area on the hard drive and then completely turning off the computer. When the computer exits hibernate mode, it returns to the same operating state it was in before entering hibernate mode. NOTICE: You cannot remove devices or undock your computer while your computer is in hibernate mode. Your computer enters hibernate mode if the battery charge level becomes critically low. To enter hibernate mode in Windows XP, click the Start button, click Turn off computer, press and hold , and then click Hibernate. To enter hibernate mode in Windows Vista, click the Windows Vista Start button , and then click Hibernate. Depending on how you set the power management options in the Power Options Properties window or the QuickSet Power Management Wizard, you may also use one of the following methods to enter hibernate mode: • Press the power button. • Close the display. • Press . NOTE: Some ExpressCards may not operate correctly after the computer exits hibernate mode. Remove and reinsert the card (see "Removing an ExpressCard or Blank" on page 89), or simply restart (reboot) your computer.58 Using a Battery To exit hibernate mode, press the power button. The computer may take a short time to exit hibernate mode. You cannot make the computer exit hibernate mode by pressing a key or touching the touch pad. For more information on hibernate mode, see the documentation that came with your operating system. Configuring Power Management Settings You can use Dell QuickSet or Windows Power Options to configure the power management settings on your computer. • For information on how to use the Dell QuickSet Power Management wizard, right-click the QuickSet icon in the notification area, click Help, and then select Power Management. Accessing Power Options Properties Windows XP Click Start→Control Panel→Performance and Maintenance, and then click Power Options Windows Vista Click the Windows Vista Start button , click Control Panel, click System and Maintenance, and then click Power Options. Charging the Battery NOTE: Charge time is longer with the computer turned on. You can leave the battery in the computer for as long as you like. The battery’s internal circuitry prevents the battery from overcharging. When you connect the computer to an electrical outlet or install a battery while the computer is connected to an electrical outlet, the computer checks the battery charge and temperature. If necessary, the AC adapter then charges the battery and maintains the battery charge. If the battery is hot from being used in your computer or being in a hot environment, the battery may not charge when you connect the computer to an electrical outlet.Using a Battery 59 The battery is too hot to start charging if the battery light flashes alternately blue and amber. Disconnect the computer from the electrical outlet and allow the computer and the battery to cool to room temperature, then connect the computer to an electrical outlet to continue charging the battery. For more information about resolving problems with a battery, see "Power Problems" on page 132. Replacing the Battery CAUTION: Using an incompatible battery may increase the risk of fire or explosion. Replace the battery only with a compatible battery purchased from Dell. The battery is designed to work with your Dell computer. Do not use batteries from other computers with your computer. CAUTION: Before performing these procedures, turn off the computer, disconnect the AC adapter from the electrical outlet and the computer, disconnect the modem from the wall connector and the computer, and remove any other external cables from the computer. NOTICE: You must remove all external cables from the computer to avoid possible connector damage. NOTICE: If you choose to replace the battery with the computer in Sleep state, you have up to 1 minute to complete the battery replacement before the computer shuts down and loses any unsaved data. To remove the battery: 1 If the computer is connected to a docking device (docked), undock it. See the documentation that came with your docking device for instructions. 2 Ensure that the computer is turned off. 3 Turn the computer over. 4 Slide and click the battery release latches to keep them open. 5 Slide the battery out of the bay.60 Using a Battery To replace the battery, follow the removal procedure in reverse order. Storing a Battery Remove the battery when you store your computer for an extended period of time. A battery discharges during prolonged storage. After a long storage period, recharge the battery fully (see "Charging the Battery" on page 58) before you use it. 1 battery 2 battery release latches (2) 1 2Using Multimedia 61 Using Multimedia Playing Media NOTICE: Do not press down on the optical drive tray when you open or close it. Keep the tray closed when you are not using the drive. NOTICE: Do not move the computer while playing media. 1 Press the eject button on the front of the drive. 2 Place the disc, label side up, in the center of the tray and snap the disc onto the spindle. 3 Push the tray back into the drive. To format media for storing or copying data, see the media software that came with your computer. NOTE: Ensure that you follow all copyright laws when copying media.62 Using Multimedia A CD player includes the following basic buttons: A DVD player includes the following basic buttons: For more information on playing media, click Help on the media player (if available). Play Move backward within the current track Pause Move forward within the current track Stop Go to the previous track Eject Go to the next track Stop Restart the current chapter Play Fast forward Pause Fast reverse Advance a single frame while in pause mode Go to the next title or chapter Continuously play the current title or chapter Go to the previous title or chapter EjectUsing Multimedia 63 Playing Media Using Dell Travel Remote (Optional) The Dell Travel Remote is designed to control Dell Media Direct and Windows Vista Media Center. It can work only with specified computers. For more details, refer to the Dell Support website at support.dell.com. To play media using Dell Travel Remote: 1 Install a coin-cell battery into your remote control. 2 Launch Windows Vista® Media Center from Start →Programs. 3 Use the remote control buttons to play media. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 14 13 12 11 10 17 15 18 1664 Using Multimedia Copying CD, DVD, and Blu-ray Disc™ (BD) Media This section applies only to computers that have a DVD+/-RW drive or a BD-RE drive. NOTE: Ensure that you observe all copyright laws when copying media. NOTE: The types of optical drives offered by Dell may vary by country. The following instructions explain how to make an exact copy of a CD, DVD, or BD using Roxio Creator. You can also use Roxio Creator for other purposes, such as creating music CDs from audio files stored on your computer or backing up important data. For help, open Roxio Creator, and then press . The DVD drives and BD drives installed in Dell computers do not support HD-DVD media. For a list of supported media formats, see "Using Blank CD, DVD, and BD Media" on page 65. How to Copy a CD, DVD, or BD NOTE: BD media can only be copied to other BD media. NOTE: Copying a BD-R to BD-RE will not produce an exact copy. NOTE: Most commercial DVDs and BDs have copyright protection and cannot be copied using Roxio Creator. 1 Click Start →All Programs→ Roxio Creator→Projects→Copy. 2 Under the Copy tab, click Copy Disc. 1 Infrared Transmitter 2 Arrow Up 3 OK/Enter/Select 4 Arrow Right 5 Arrow Down 6 Play/Pause 7 Forward 8 Skip Forward 9 Stop 10 Skip Back 11 Reverse 12 Back 13 Arrow Left 14 Mute 15 Volume Down 16 Page Down 17 Volume Up 18 Page UpUsing Multimedia 65 3 To copy the CD, DVD, or BD: • If you have one optical drive, insert the source disc into the drive, ensure that the settings are correct, and then click the Copy Disc button to continue. The computer reads your source disc and copies the data to a temporary folder on your computer hard drive. When prompted, insert a blank disc into the drive and click OK. • If you have two optical drives, select the drive into which you have inserted your source disc and click the Copy Disc button to continue. The computer copies the data from the source disc to the blank disc. Once you have finished copying the source disc, the disc that you have created automatically ejects. Using Blank CD, DVD, and BD Media DVD-writable drives can write to both CD and DVD recording media. BD-writable drives can write to CD, DVD and BD recording media. Use blank CD-Rs to record music or permanently store data files. After creating a CD-R, you cannot write to that CD-R again (see the Sonic documentation for more information). Use a blank CD-RW if you plan to erase, rewrite, or update information on that disc later. Blank DVD+/-R or BD-R media can be used to permanently store large amounts of information. After you create a DVD+/-R or BD-R, you may not be able to write to that disc again if the disc is finalized or closed during the final stage of the disc creation process. Use blank DVD+/-RW or BD-RE media if you plan to erase, rewrite, or update information on that disc later. CD-Writable Drives Media Type Read Write Rewritable CD-R Yes Yes No CD-RW Yes Yes Yes66 Using Multimedia DVD-Writable Drives BD-Writable Drives Helpful Tips • Use Microsoft® Windows® Explorer to drag and drop files to a CD-R or CD-RW only after you start Roxio Creator and open a Creator project. • Do not burn a blank CD-R or CD-RW to its maximum capacity; for example, do not copy a 650-MB file to a blank 650-MB CD. The CD-RW drive needs 1–2 MB of the blank space to finalize the recording. Media Type Read Write Rewritable CD-R Yes Yes No CD-RW Yes Yes Yes DVD+R Yes Yes No DVD-R Yes Yes No DVD+RW Yes Yes Yes DVD-RW Yes Yes Yes DVD+R DL Yes Yes No DVD-R DL Yes No No Media Type Read Write Rewritable CD-R Yes Yes No CD-RW Yes Yes Yes DVD+R Yes Yes No DVD-R Yes Yes No DVD+RW Yes Yes Yes DVD-RW Yes Yes Yes DVD+R DL Yes Yes No DVD-R DL Yes No No BD-R Yes Yes No BD-RE Yes Yes YesUsing Multimedia 67 • Use CD-Rs to burn music CDs that you want to play in regular stereos. CD-RWs do not play in most home or car stereos. • Music MP3 files can be played only on MP3 players or on computers that have MP3 software installed. • Use a blank CD-RW to practice CD recording until you are familiar with CD recording techniques. If you make a mistake, you can erase the data on the CD-RW and try again. You can also use blank CD-RWs to test music file projects before you record the project permanently to a blank CD-R. • You cannot create audio DVDs with Roxio Creator. • Commercially available DVD players used in home theater systems may not support all available DVD formats. For a list of formats supported by your DVD player, see the documentation provided with your DVD player or contact the manufacturer. • Commercially available BD players used in home theater systems may not support all available BD formats. For a list of formats supported by your BD player, see the documentation provided with your BD player or contact the manufacturer. • See the Roxio website at www.sonic.com or the Blu-ray Disc™ Association website at blu-raydisc.com for additional information. Adjusting the Volume NOTE: When the speakers are muted, you do not hear the media playing. 1 Right-click the volume icon in the notification area. 2 Click Open Volume Mixer. 3 Click and drag the bar to slide it up or down to increase or decrease the volume. For more information on volume control options, click Help in the Volume Mixer window. The Volume Meter displays the current volume level, including mute, on your computer. Either click the QuickSet icon in the notification area and select or deselect Disable On Screen Volume Meter, or press the volume control buttons to enable or disable the Volume Meter on the screen.68 Using Multimedia Adjusting the Picture If an error message notifies you that the current resolution and color depth are using too much memory and preventing media playback, adjust the display properties. Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Appearance and Themes. 2 Under Pick a task..., click Change the screen resolution. 3 Under Screen resolution, click and drag the bar to reduce the resolution setting. 4 In the drop-down menu under Color quality, click Medium (16 bit) and click OK. Windows Vista® 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button , click Control Panel, and then click Appearance and Personalization. 2 Under Personalization, click Adjust Screen Resolution. The Display Properties window appears. 3 Under Resolution: click and drag the bar to reduce the resolution setting. 4 In the drop-down menu under Colors:, click Medium (16 bit). 5 Click OK. Using Dell MediaDirect™ Dell MediaDirect is an instant-on multimedia playback mode for digital media. Press the Dell MediaDirect button, located on the hinge cover, to launch Dell MediaDirect. If the computer is turned on or in standby or sleep mode If you press the Dell MediaDirect button while the computer is turned on or in standby (Windows XP) or sleep (Windows Vista) mode, either Windows Media Center Manager or Dell Media Experience launches, depending on your system setup. If both applications are present, Windows Media Center Manager launches.Using Multimedia 69 If the computer is turned off or in hibernate mode When your computer is turned off or in hibernate mode, you can press the Dell MediaDirect button to start the computer and automatically launch the Dell MediaDirect application. NOTE: You cannot reinstall Dell MediaDirect if you voluntarily reformat the hard drive. You need the installation software to reinstall Dell MediaDirect. Contact Dell for assistance (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). For more information on using Dell MediaDirect, use the Help menu in the Dell MediaDirect application. Connecting Your Computer to a TV or Audio Device NOTE: Video and audio cables for connecting your computer to a TV or other audio device may not be included with your computer. Cables and TV/digital audio adapter cables are available for purchase from Dell. Your computer has an S-video TV-out connector that, together with a standard S-video cable, a composite video adapter cable, or a component video adapter cable (available from Dell), enable you to connect the computer to a TV. 1 Dell MediaDirect button 170 Using Multimedia Your TV has either an S-video input connector, a composite video-input connector, or a component video-input connector. Depending on what type of connector is available on your TV, you can use a commercially available S-video cable, composite video cable, or component video cable to connect your computer to your TV. 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 S-video connector 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 composite video adapter 3 S/PDIF digital audio connector 4 composite video-output connector 5 S-video connector 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 component video adapter 3 S/PDIF digital audio connector 4 Pr (red) component video-output connector 5 Pb (blue) component videooutput connector 6 Y (green) component video-output connector 1 2 5 4 3 1 2 5 4 3 1 2 6Using Multimedia 71 If you want to connect your computer to a TV or audio device, it is recommended that you connect video and audio cables to your computer in one of the following combinations: • S-video and standard audio • Composite video and standard audio • Component-out video and standard audio NOTE: See the diagrams at the beginning of each subsection to help you determine which method of connection you should use. When you finish connecting the video and audio cables between your computer and your TV, you must enable your computer to work with the TV. See "Enabling the Display Settings for a TV" on page 84 to ensure that the computer recognizes and works properly with the TV. Additionally, if you are using S/PDIF digital audio, see "Enabling S/PDIF Digital Audio" on page 84. S-Video and Standard Audio 1 audio connector 2 S-video TV-out connector 1 272 Using Multimedia 1 Turn off the computer and the TV and/or audio device that you want to connect. NOTE: If your TV or audio device supports S-video but not S/PDIF digital audio, you can connect an S-video cable directly to the S-video TV-out connector on the computer (without the TV/digital audio adapter cable). 2 Plug one end of the S-video cable into the S-video output connector on the computer. 3 Plug the other end of the S-video cable into the S-video input connector on your TV. 4 Plug the single-connector end of the audio cable into the headphone connector on your computer. 5 Plug the two RCA connectors on the other end of the audio cable into the audio input connectors on your TV or other audio device. 6 Turn on the TV and any audio device that you connected (if applicable), and then turn on the computer. 7 See "Enabling the Display Settings for a TV" on page 84 to ensure that the computer recognizes and works properly with the TV. 1 standard S-video cable 2 standard audio cable 1 2Using Multimedia 73 S-Video and S/PDIF Digital Audio 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 composite video adapter 1 composite video adapter 2 S-video cable 3 S/PDIF digital audio cable 1 2 1 2 374 Using Multimedia 1 Turn off the computer and the TV and/or the audio device that you want to connect. 2 Connect the composite video adapter to the S-video TV-out connector on your computer. 3 Plug one end of the S-video cable into the S-video output connector on the composite video adapter. 4 Plug the other end of the S-video cable into the S-video input connector on the TV. 5 Plug one end of the S/PDIF digital audio cable into the digital audio connector on the composite video adapter cable. 6 Plug the other end of the S/PDIF digital audio cable into the audio input connector on your TV or audio device. 7 Turn on the TV, turn on any audio device that you connected (if applicable), and then turn on the computer. 8 See "Enabling the Display Settings for a TV" on page 84 to ensure that the computer recognizes and works properly with the TV. 1 composite video adapter 2 S-video cable 1 composite video adapter 2 S/PDIF digital audio cable 1 2 1 2Using Multimedia 75 Composite Video and Standard Audio 1 audio input connector 2 S-video TV-out connector 3 composite video adapter 1 composite video adapter 2 composite video cable 3 standard audio cable 2 1 3 1 2 376 Using Multimedia 1 Turn off the computer and the TV and/or audio device that you want to connect. 2 Connect the composite video adapter to the S-video TV-out connector on your computer. 3 Plug one end of the composite video cable into the composite videooutput connector on the composite video adapter. 4 Plug the other end of the composite video cable into the composite videoinput connector on the TV. 5 Plug the single-connector end of the audio cable into the headphone connector on the computer. 6 Plug the two RCA connectors on the other end of the audio cable into the audio input connectors on your TV or other audio device. 7 Turn on the TV, turn on any audio device that you connected (if applicable), and then turn on the computer. 8 See "Enabling the Display Settings for a TV" on page 84 to ensure that the computer recognizes and works properly with the TV. 1 composite video adapter 2 composite video cable 2 1Using Multimedia 77 Composite Video and S/PDIF Digital Audio 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 composite video adapter 1 composite video adapter 2 composite video cable 3 standard audio cable 1 2 1 2 378 Using Multimedia 1 Turn off the computer and the TV and/or audio device that you want to connect. 2 Connect the composite video adapter to the S-video TV-out connector on the computer. 3 Plug one end of the composite video cable into the composite video-input connector on the composite video adapter. 4 Plug the other end of the composite video cable into the composite videoinput connector on the TV. 5 Plug one end of the S/PDIF digital audio cable into the S/PDIF audio connector on the composite video adapter. 6 Plug the other end of the digital audio cable into the S/PDIF input connector on your TV or other audio device. 7 Turn on the TV, turn on any audio device that you connected (if applicable), and then turn on the computer. 8 See "Enabling the Display Settings for a TV" on page 84 to ensure that the computer recognizes and works properly with the TV. 1 composite video adapter 2 composite video cable 1 composite video adapter 2 S/PDIF digital audio cable 2 1 1 2Using Multimedia 79 Component Video and Standard Audio 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 component video adapter 1 component video adapter 2 component video cable 3 standard audio cable 1 2 1 2 380 Using Multimedia 1 Turn off the computer and the TV and/or audio device that you want to connect. 2 Connect the component video adapter to the S-video TV-out connector on your computer. 3 Plug all three ends of the component video cable into the component video-output connectors on the component video adapter. Make sure that the red, green, and blue colors of the cable match the corresponding adapter ports. 4 Plug all three connectors from the other end of the component video cable into the component video-input connectors on the TV. Make sure that the red, green, and blue colors of the cable match the colors of the TV input connectors. 5 Plug the single-connector end of the audio cable into the headphone connector on the computer. 6 Plug the two RCA connectors on the other end of the audio cable into the audio input connectors on your TV or audio device. 7 Turn on the TV, turn on any audio device that you connected (if applicable), and then turn on the computer. 8 See "Enabling the Display Settings for a TV" on page 84 to ensure that the computer recognizes and works properly with the TV. 1 component video adapter 2 component video cable 1 2Using Multimedia 81 Component Video and S/PDIF Digital Audio 1 S-video TV-out connector 2 component video adapter 1 282 Using Multimedia 1 Turn off the computer and the TV and/or audio device that you want to connect. 2 Connect the component video adapter to the S-video TV-out connector on the computer. 3 Plug all three ends of the component video cable into the component video-output connectors on the component video adapter. Make sure that the red, green, and blue colors of the cable match the corresponding adapter ports. 1 component video adapter 2 component video cable 3 standard audio cable 1 2 3Using Multimedia 83 4 Plug all three connectors from the other end of the component video cable into the component video-input connectors on the TV. Make sure that the red, green, and blue colors of the cable match the colors of the TV input connectors. 5 Plug one end of the S/PDIF digital audio cable into the S/PDIF audio connector on the component video adapter. 6 Plug the other end of the digital audio cable into the S/PDIF input connector on your TV or other audio device. 7 Turn on the TV, turn on any audio device that you connected (if applicable), and then turn on the computer. 8 See "Enabling the Display Settings for a TV" on page 84 to ensure that the computer recognizes and works properly with the TV. 1 component video adapter 2 component video-output connectors 3 component video cable 1 component video adapter 2 S/PDIF digital audio cable 1 3 2 2 184 Using Multimedia Enabling S/PDIF Digital Audio 1 Double-click the speaker icon in the Windows notification area. 2 Click the Options menu and then click Advanced Controls. 3 Click Advanced. 4 Click S/PDIF Interface. 5 Click Close. 6 Click OK. Enabling the Display Settings for a TV NOTE: To ensure that the display options appear correctly, connect the TV to the computer before you enable the display settings. Windows XP 1 Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. 2 Double-click Display and click the Settings tab. 3 Click Advanced. 4 Click the tab for your video card. NOTE: To determine the type of video card installed in your computer, see the Windows Help and Support Center. To access the Help and Support Center, click Start→Help and Support. Under Pick a Task, click Use Tools to view your computer information and diagnose problems. Then, under My Computer Information, select Hardware. 5 In the display devices section, select the appropriate option for using either a single display or multiple displays, ensuring that the display settings are correct for your selection.Using Multimedia 85 Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button , click Control Panel, and then click Appearance and Personalization. 2 Under Personalization, click Adjust Screen Resolution. The Display Properties window appears. 3 Click Advanced. 4 Click the tab for your video card. NOTICE: To determine the type of video card installed in your computer, see the Windows Help and Support Center. To access the Help and Support Center in Windows Vista, click the Windows Vista Start button →Help and Support. Under Pick a Task, click Use Tools to view your computer information and diagnose problems. Then, under My Computer Information, select Hardware. 5 In the display devices section, select the appropriate option for using either a single display or multiple displays, ensuring that the display settings are correct for your selection.86 Using MultimediaUsing ExpressCards 87 Using ExpressCards ExpressCards provide additional memory, wired and wireless communications, multimedia and security features. For example, you can add an ExpressCard to make wireless wide area network (WWAN) connectivity available on your computer. ExpressCards support two form factors: • ExpressCard/34 (34 mm wide) • ExpressCard/54 (54 mm wide in an L-shape with a 34 mm connector) The 34 mm card fits into both the 34 mm and 54 mm card slots. The 54 mm card only fits into a 54 mm card slot. See "Specifications" on page 193 for information on supported ExpressCards. NOTE: An ExpressCard is not a bootable device. ExpressCard Blanks Your computer shipped with a plastic blank installed in the ExpressCard slot. Blanks protect unused slots from dust and other particles. Save the blank for use when no ExpressCard is installed in the slot; blanks from other computers may not fit your computer. 1 ExpressCard/34 2 ExpressCard/54 1 288 Using ExpressCards Remove the blank before installing an ExpressCard. To remove the blank, see "Removing an ExpressCard or Blank" on page 89. Installing an ExpressCard You can install an ExpressCard while the computer is running. The computer automatically detects the card. ExpressCards are generally marked with a symbol (such as a triangle or an arrow) or a label to indicate which end to insert into the slot. The cards are keyed to prevent incorrect insertion. If card orientation is not clear, see the documentation that came with the card. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. To install an ExpressCard: 1 Hold the card with the top side of the card facing up. 2 Slide the card into the slot until the card is completely seated in its connector. If you encounter too much resistance, do not force the card. Check the card orientation and try again. 1 slot 2 ExpressCard 1 2Using ExpressCards 89 The computer recognizes the ExpressCard and automatically loads the appropriate device driver. If the configuration program tells you to load the manufacturer's drivers, use the media that came with the ExpressCard. Removing an ExpressCard or Blank CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. Press the latch and remove the card or blank. For some latches, you must press the latch twice, once to pop the latch out, and then a second time to pop the card out. Save a blank to use when no ExpressCard is installed in a slot. Blanks protect unused slots from dust and other particles. 1 release button 190 Using ExpressCardsUsing the Memory Card Reader 91 Using the Memory Card Reader The memory card reader provides a fast and convenient way to view and share digital photos, music, and videos stored on a memory card. NOTE: A memory card is not a bootable device. The 8-in-1 memory card reader reads the following memory cards: • Secure Digital (SD) • SDIO • MultiMediaCard (MMC) • Memory Stick • Memory Stick PRO • xD-Picture Card • Hi Speed-SD • Hi Density-SD Memory Card Blanks Your computer shipped with a plastic blank installed in the 8-in-1 memory card reader. Blanks protect unused slots from dust and other particles. Save the blank for use when no memory card is installed in the slot; blanks from other computers may not fit your computer. Remove the blank before installing a memory card. To remove the blank, see "Removing a Memory Card or Blank" on page 92. Installing a Memory Card You can install a memory card in the computer while the computer is running. The computer automatically detects the card. Memory cards are generally marked with a symbol (such as a triangle or an arrow) or a label to indicate which end to insert into the slot. The cards are keyed to prevent incorrect insertion. If card orientation is not clear, see the documentation that came with the card. 92 Using the Memory Card Reader CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. To install a memory card: 1 Hold the card with the top side of the card facing up. 2 Slide the card into the slot until the card is completely seated in its connector. If you encounter too much resistance, do not force the card. Check the card orientation and try again. The computer recognizes the memory card and automatically loads the appropriate device driver. If the configuration program tells you to load the manufacturer's drivers, use the media that came with the memory card, if applicable. Removing a Memory Card or Blank CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: Use the memory card configuration utility (click the icon in the notification area) to select a card and stop it from functioning before you remove it from the computer. If you do not stop the card in the configuration utility, you could lose data. Press the card into the slot to release it from the card reader. When it is partially ejected, remove the card. Setting Up and Using Networks 93 Setting Up and Using Networks A computer network provides connectivity between your computer and the Internet, another computer, or a network. For example, with a network set up in a home or small office you can print to a shared printer, access drives and files on another computer, browse other networks, or access the Internet. You can set up a local area network (LAN) using a network or broadband modem cable or set up a wireless LAN (WLAN). The Microsoft® Windows® XP and Microsoft Windows Vista® operating systems provide wizards to help guide you through the process of networking computers. For more information about Networking, see the Windows Help and Support Center (see "Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista® Help and Support Center" on page 16). Connecting a Network or Broadband Modem Cable Before you connect your computer to a network, the computer must have a network adapter installed and a network cable connected to it. 1 Connect the network cable to the network adapter connector on the back of your computer. NOTE: Insert the cable connector until it clicks into place, and then gently pull on the cable to ensure that it is securely attached. 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to a network connection device or a network wall connector. NOTE: Do not use a network cable with a telephone wall connector.94 Setting Up and Using Networks Setting Up a Network Windows XP 1 Click Start→All Programs→ Accessories→ Communications→Network Setup Wizard→Next→Checklist for creating a network. NOTE: Selecting the connection method labeled This computer connects directly to the Internet enables the integrated firewall provided with Windows XP Service Pack 2 (SP2). 2 Complete the checklist. 3 Return to the Network Setup Wizard and follow the instructions in the wizard. Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista Start button , and then click Connect To→ Set up a connection or network. 2 Select an option under Choose a connection option. 3 Click Next, and then follow the instructions in the wizard. Wireless Local Area Network A wireless local area network (WLAN) is a series of interconnected computers that communicate with each other over the air waves rather than through a network cable connected to each computer. In a WLAN, a radio communications device called an access point or wireless router connects network computers and provides Internet, or network access. The access point or wireless router and the wireless network card in the computer communicate by broadcasting data from their antennas over the air waves. What You Need to Establish a WLAN Connection Before you can set up a WLAN, you need: • High-speed (broadband) Internet access (such as cable or DSL) • A broadband modem that is connected and working • A wireless router or access pointSetting Up and Using Networks 95 • A wireless network card for each computer that you want to connect to your WLAN • A network cable with a network (RJ-45) connector Checking Your Wireless Network Card Depending on what you selected when you purchased your computer, the computer has a variety of configurations. To confirm that your computer has a wireless network card and to determine the type of card, use one of the following: • The Start button and the Connect To option • The order confirmation for your computer Start Button and Connect To Option In Microsoft Windows XP, click Start→ Connect To→Show all connections. NOTE: If your computer is set to the Classic Start menu option, click Start→ Settings→Network Connections to view your network connections. In Microsoft Windows Vista, click → Connect To→View network computers and devices. If Wireless Network Connection does not appear under LAN or High-Speed Internet, you may not have a wireless network card. If Wireless Network Connection appears, you have a wireless network card. To view detailed information about the wireless network card: 1 Right-click Wireless Network Connection. 2 Click Properties. The Wireless Network Connection Properties window appears. The wireless network card’s name and model number are listed on the Generaltab. NOTE: If Wireless Network Connection does not appear, you may not have a wireless network card. The Order Confirmation for Your Computer The order confirmation that you received when you ordered your computer lists the hardware and software that shipped with your computer.96 Setting Up and Using Networks Setting Up a New WLAN Using a Wireless Router and a Broadband Modem 1 Contact your Internet service provider (ISP) to obtain specific information about the connection requirements for your broadband modem. 2 Ensure that you have wired Internet access through your broadband modem before you attempt to set up a wireless Internet connection (see "Connecting a Network or Broadband Modem Cable" on page 93). 3 Install any software required for your wireless router. Your wireless router may have been shipped with installation media. Installation media usually contains installation and troubleshooting information. Install the required software according to the instructions provided by the router manufacturer. 4 Shut down your computer and any other wireless-enabled computers in the vicinity through the Windows Vista Start button . 5 Disconnect your broadband modem power cable from the electrical outlet. 6 Disconnect the network cable from the computer and the modem. 7 Disconnect the AC adapter cable from your wireless router to ensure that there is no power connected to the router. NOTE: Wait for a minimum of 5 minutes after disconnecting your broadband modem before continuing with the network setup. 8 Insert a network cable into the network (RJ-45) connector on the unpowered broadband modem. 9 Connect the other end of the network cable into the Internet network (RJ-45) connector on the unpowered wireless router. 10 Ensure that no network or USB cables, other than the network cable connecting the modem and the wireless router, are connected to the broadband modem. NOTE: Restart your wireless equipment in the order described below to prevent a potential connection failure. 11 Turn on only your broadband modem and wait for at least 2 minutes for the broadband modem to stabilize. After 2 minutes, proceed to step 12. 12 Turn on your wireless router and wait for at least 2 minutes for the wireless router to stabilize. After 2 minutes, proceed to the step 13. 13 Start your computer and wait until the boot process completes.Setting Up and Using Networks 97 14 See the documentation that came with your wireless router to do the following in order to set up the wireless router: • Establish communication between your computer and your wireless router. • Configure your wireless router to communicate with your broadband router. • Find out your wireless router’s broadcast name. The technical term for the name of your router’s broadcast name is Service Set Identifier (SSID) or network name. 15 If necessary, configure your wireless network card to connect to the wireless network (see "Connecting to a WLAN" on page 97). Connecting to a WLAN NOTE: Before you connect to a WLAN, ensure that you have followed the instructions in "Wireless Local Area Network" on page 94. NOTE: The following networking instructions do not apply to internal cards with Bluetooth® wireless technology or cellular products. This section provides general procedures for connecting to a network using wireless technology. Specific network names and configuration details vary. See "Wireless Local Area Network" on page 94 for more information about how to prepare for connecting your computer to a WLAN. Your wireless network card requires specific software and drivers for connecting to a network. The software is already installed. NOTE: If the software is removed or corrupted, follow the instructions in the user documentation for your wireless network card. Verify the type of wireless network card installed in your computer and then search for that name on the Dell™ Support website at support.dell.com. For information on the type of wireless network card that is installed in your computer, see "Checking Your Wireless Network Card" on page 95. When you turn on your computer, and a network for which your computer is not configured is detected in the area, a pop-up appears near the network icon in the Windows notification area.98 Setting Up and Using Networks Determining the Wireless Network Device Manager Depending on the software installed on your computer, different wireless configuration utilities may manage your network devices: • Your wireless network card’s client utility • The Windows XP or Windows Vista operating system To determine which wireless configuration utility is managing your wireless network card in Windows XP: 1 Click Start→Settings→Control Panel→Network Connections. 2 Right-click the Wireless Network Connection icon, and then click View Available Wireless Networks. If the Choose a wireless network window states Windows cannot configure this connection, the wireless network card’s client utility is managing the wireless network card. If the Choose a wireless network window states Click an item in the list below to connect to a wireless network in range or to get more information, the Windows XP operating system is managing the wireless network card. To determine which wireless configuration utility is managing your wireless network card in Windows Vista: 1 Click → Connect To→Manage wireless networks. 2 Double-click a profile to open the wireless network properties screen. For specific information about the wireless configuration utility installed on your computer, see your wireless network documentation in the Windows Help and Support Center (see "Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista® Help and Support Center" on page 16). Completing the Connection to the WLAN When you turn on your computer and a network (for which your computer is not configured) is detected in the area, a pop-up appears near the network icon in the notification area (in the lower-right corner of the Windows desktop). Follow the instructions provided in any utility prompts that appear on your screen. Once you have configured your computer for the wireless network that you selected, another pop-up notifies you that your computer is connected to that network. Setting Up and Using Networks 99 Thereafter, whenever you log on to your computer within the range of the wireless network that you selected, the same pop-up notifies you of the wireless network connection. NOTE: If you select a secure network, you must enter a WEP or WPA key when prompted. Network security settings are unique to your network. Dell cannot provide this information. NOTE: Your computer can take up to 1 minute to connect to the network. Monitoring the Status of the Wireless Network Card Through Dell QuickSet The wireless activity indicator provides you with an easy way to monitor the status of your computer’s wireless devices. To turn the wireless activity indicator on or off, click the QuickSet icon in the taskbar and select Hotkey Popups. If Wireless Activity Indicator Off is not checked, the indicator is on. If Wireless Activity Indicator Off is checked, the indicator is off. The wireless activity indicator displays whether your computer’s integrated wireless devices are enabled or disabled. When you turn the wireless networking function on or off, the wireless activity indicator changes to display the status. For more information about the Dell QuickSet wireless activity indicator, right-click the QuickSet icon in the taskbar, and then select Help. Mobile Broadband (or Wireless Wide Area Network) A Mobile Broadband network, also known as a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN), is a high-speed digital cellular network that provides Internet access over a much wider geographical area than a WLAN, which typically covers only from 100 to 1000 feet. Your computer can maintain Mobile Broadband network access as long as the computer is within a cellular-data coverage zone. Contact your service provider for coverage of a high-speed digital cellular network. NOTE: Even if you are able to make a call from your cellular phone in a specific geographical location, that location may not necessarily be within a cellular-data coverage zone.100 Setting Up and Using Networks What You Need to Establish a Mobile Broadband Network Connection NOTE: Depending on your computer, you can use either a Mobile Broadband ExpressCard or Mini Card, but not both, to establish a Mobile Broadband network connection. To set up a Mobile Broadband network connection, you need: • A Mobile Broadband ExpressCard or Mini Card (depending on your computer’s configuration) NOTE: For instructions on using ExpressCards, see "Using ExpressCards" on page 87. • An activated Mobile Broadband ExpressCard or activated Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) for your service provider • The Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility (already installed on your computer if you purchased the card when you purchased your computer, or on the media that accompanied your card if purchased separately from your computer) If the utility is corrupted or deleted from your computer, see the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility user’s guide in Windows Help and Support (click Start , and then click Help and Support) or on the media that accompanied your card if you purchased it separately from your computer. Checking Your Dell Mobile Broadband Card Depending on what you selected when you purchased your computer, the computer has a variety of configurations. To determine your computer configuration, see one of the following: • Your order confirmation • Microsoft Windows Help and Support To check your Mobile Broadband card in Windows Help and Support: 1 Click Start →Help and Support→Use Tools to view your computer information and diagnose problems. 2 Under Tools, click My Computer Information→Find information about the hardware installed on this computer.Setting Up and Using Networks 101 On the My Computer Information - Hardware screen, you can view the type of Mobile Broadband card installed in your computer as well as other hardware components. NOTE: The Mobile Broadband card is listed under Modems. Connecting to a Mobile Broadband Network NOTE: These instructions only apply to Mobile Broadband ExpressCards or MiniCards. They do not apply to internal cards with wireless technology. NOTE: Before you connect to the Internet, you must activate Mobile Broadband service through your cellular service provider. For instructions and for additional information about using the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility, see the user's guide available through Windows Help and Support (click Start , and then click Help and Support). The user's guide is also available on the Dell Support website at support.dell.com and on the media included with your Mobile Broadband card if you purchased the card separately from your computer. Use the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility to establish and manage a Mobile Broadband network connection to the Internet: 1 Click the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility icon in the Windows notification area to run the utility. 2 Click Connect. NOTE: The Connect button changes to the Disconnect button. 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to manage the network connection with the utility. or 1 Click Start →All Programs→Dell Wireless. 2 Click Dell Wireless Broadband and follow the instructions on the screen.102 Setting Up and Using Networks Enabling/Disabling the Dell Mobile Broadband Card NOTE: If you are unable to connect to a Mobile Broadband network, ensure that you have all the components for establishing a Mobile Broadband connection (see "What You Need to Establish a Mobile Broadband Network Connection" on page 100), and then verify that your Mobile Broadband card is enabled by verifying the setting of the wireless switch. You can turn your Mobile Broadband card on and off using the wireless switch on your computer. You can turn your computer’s wireless devices on and off with the wireless switch on the left side of the computer (see "Left Side View" on page 27). If the switch is in the on position, move the switch to the off position to disable the switch and the Mobile Broadband card. If the switch is in the off position, move the switch to the on position to enable the switch and the Dell Mobile Broadband card. For information about the wireless switch positions, see "wireless switch" on page 27. To monitor the status of your wireless device, see "Monitoring the Status of the Wireless Network Card Through Dell QuickSet" on page 99. Dell Wi-Fi Catcher™ Network Locator The wireless switch on your Dell computer uses the Dell Wi-Fi Catcher Network Locator to scan specifically for wireless networks in your vicinity. To scan for a wireless network, slide and hold the wireless switch (see "wireless switch" on page 27) in the momentary position for a few seconds. The Wi-Fi Catcher Network Locator functions regardless of whether your computer is turned on or off, or in Sleep state, as long as the switch is configured through Dell QuickSet or the BIOS (system setup program) to control WiFi network connections. Because the Wi-Fi Catcher Network Locator is disabled and not configured for use when your computer is shipped to you, you must first use Dell QuickSet to enable and configure the switch to control WiFi network connections. For more information on the Wi-Fi Catcher Network Locator and to enable the feature through Dell QuickSet, right-click the QuickSet icon in the notification area, and then select Help.Securing Your Computer 103 Securing Your Computer Security Cable Lock NOTE: Your computer does not ship with a security cable lock. A security cable lock is a commercially available antitheft device. To use the lock, attach it to the security cable slot on your Dell computer. For more information, see the instructions included with the device. NOTICE: Before you buy an antitheft device, ensure that it will work with the security cable slot on your computer.104 Securing Your Computer Passwords Passwords prevent unauthorized access to your computer. When you first start your computer, you must assign a primary password at the prompt. If you do not enter a password within 2 minutes, the computer returns to its previous operating state. When using passwords, observe the following guidelines: • Choose a password that you can remember, but not one that is easy to guess. For example, do not use the names of family members or pets for passwords. • It is recommended that you do not write down your password. If you do write it down, however, ensure that the password is stored in a secure location. • Do not share your password with other people. • Ensure that people are not watching you when you type your password. NOTICE: Passwords provide a high level of security for data in your computer or hard drive. However, they are not foolproof. If you require more security, obtain and use additional forms of protection such as data encryption programs. Use the User Accounts option in the Control Panel in the Microsoft® Windows® operating system to create user accounts or to change passwords. Once you create a user password, you must enter it each time you turn on or unlock your computer. If you do not enter a password within 2 minutes, the computer returns to its previous operating state. For more information, see your Windows documentation. If you forget any of your passwords, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). For your protection, Dell technical support staff will ask you for proof of your identity to ensure that only an authorized person can use the computer.Securing Your Computer 105 If Your Computer Is Lost or Stolen • Call a law enforcement agency to report the lost or stolen computer. Include the Service Tag in your description of the computer. Ask that a case number be assigned and write down the number, along with the name, address, and phone number of the law enforcement agency. If possible, obtain the name of the investigating officer. NOTE: If you know where the computer was lost or stolen, call a law enforcement agency in that area. If you do not know, call a law enforcement agency where you live. • If the computer belongs to a company, notify the security office of the company. • Contact Dell customer service to report the missing computer. Provide the computer Service Tag, the case number, and the name, address, and phone number of the law enforcement agency to which you reported the missing computer. If possible, give the name of the investigating officer. The Dell customer service representative will log your report under the computer Service Tag and record the computer as missing or stolen. If someone calls Dell for technical assistance and gives your Service Tag, the computer is identified automatically as missing or stolen. The representative will attempt to get the phone number and address of the caller. Dell will then contact the law enforcement agency to which you reported the missing computer.106 Securing Your ComputerTroubleshooting 107 Troubleshooting Dell Technical Update Service The Dell Technical Update service provides proactive e-mail notification of software and hardware updates for your computer. The service is free and can be customized for content, format, and how frequently you receive notifications. To enroll for the Dell Technical Update service, go to support.dell.com/technicalupdate. Dell Diagnostics CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. When to Use the Dell Diagnostics If you experience a problem with your computer, perform the checks in "Lockups and Software Problems" on page 127 and run the Dell Diagnostics before you contact Dell for technical assistance. It is recommended that you print these procedures before you begin. NOTE: The Dell Diagnostics only operate on Dell computers. Enter system setup, review your computer’s configuration information, and ensure that the device you want to test displays in system setup and is active (see "Using the System Setup Program" on page 203). Start the Dell Diagnostics from your hard drive or from your Drivers and Utilities media (see "Drivers and Utilities Media" on page 15).108 Troubleshooting Starting the Dell Diagnostics From Your Hard Drive The Dell Diagnostics is located on a hidden diagnostic utility partition on your hard drive. NOTE: If your computer cannot display a screen image, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). NOTE: If the computer is connected to a docking device (docked), undock it. See the documentation that came with your docking device for instructions. 1 Ensure that the computer is connected to an electrical outlet that is known to be working properly. 2 Turn on (or restart) your computer. 3 Start the Dell Diagnostics in one of the following two ways: a When the DELL™ logo appears, press immediately. Select Diagnostics from the boot menu, and then press . NOTE: If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop, then shut down your computer and try again. NOTE: Before attempting option B, the computer must be powered down completely. b Press and hold the key while powering the computer on. NOTE: If you see a message stating that no diagnostics utility partition has been found, run the Dell Diagnostics from your Drivers and Utilities media. The computer runs the Pre-boot System Assessment, a series of initial tests of your system board, keyboard, hard drive, and display. • During the assessment, answer any questions that appear. • If a failure is detected, the computer stops and beeps. To stop the assessment and restart the computer, press ; to continue to the next test, press ; to retest the component that failed, press . • If failures are detected during the Pre-boot System Assessment, write down the error code(s) and contact Dell. If the Pre-boot System Assessment completes successfully, you receive the message Booting Dell Diagnostic Utility Partition. Press any key to continue. 4 Press any key to start the Dell Diagnostics from the diagnostics utility partition on your hard drive.Troubleshooting 109 Starting the Dell Diagnostics From the Drivers and Utilities Media 1 Insert your Drivers and Utilities media. 2 Shut down and restart the computer. 3 When the DELL logo appears, press immediately. NOTE: Keyboard failure may result when a key on the keyboard is held down for extended periods of time. To avoid possible keyboard failure, press and release in even intervals until the boot device menu appears. 4 At the boot device menu, use the up- and down-arrow keys to highlight CD/DVD/CD-RW, and then press . NOTE: The Quickboot feature changes the boot sequence for the current boot only. Upon restart, the computer boots according to the boot sequence specified in system setup. 5 Select the Boot from CD-ROM option from the menu that appears, and then press . 6 Type 1 to start the Drivers and Utilities menu, and then press . 7 Select Run the 32 Bit Dell Diagnostics from the numbered list. If multiple versions are listed, select the version appropriate for your computer. 8 At the Dell Diagnostics Main Menu, select the test you want to run. NOTE: Write down any error codes and problem descriptions exactly as they appear and follow the instructions on the screen. 9 After all tests have completed, close the test window to return to the Dell Diagnostics Main Menu. 10 Remove your Drivers and Utilities media, then close the Main Menu window to exit the Dell Diagnostics and restart the computer.110 Troubleshooting Dell Diagnostics Main Menu After the Dell Diagnostics loads and the MainMenu screen appears, click the button for the option you want. NOTE: It is recommended that you select Test System to run a complete test on your computer. After you have selected the Test System option from the main menu, the following menu appears. NOTE: It is recommended that you select Extended Test from the menu below to run a more thorough check of the devices in the computer. For any problem encountered during a test, a message appears with an error code and a description of the problem. Write down the error code and problem description exactly as it appears and follow the instructions on the screen. If you cannot resolve the problem, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). NOTE: The Service Tag for your computer is located at the top of each test screen. When contacting Dell support, have your Service Tag ready. Option Function Test Memory Run the stand-alone memory test Test System Run System Diagnostics Exit Exit the Diagnostics Option Function Express Test Performs a quick test of system devices. The test typically takes 10 to 20 minutes and requires no interaction on your part. Run Express Test first to increase the possibility of tracing the problem quickly. Extended Test Performs a thorough check of system devices. The test typically takes an hour or more and periodically requires your input to answer specific questions. Custom Test Tests a specific device in the system and can be used to customize the tests you want to run. Symptom Tree Lists a number of common symptoms and allows you to select a test based on the symptom of the problem you are having.Troubleshooting 111 The following tabs provide additional information for tests run from the Custom Test or Symptom Tree option: Dell Support Center The Dell Support Center helps you find the service, support and system-specific information you need. For more information about Dell Support Center and available support tools, click the Services tab at support.dell.com. Systems purchased on June 26, 2007 and later are pre-installed with Dell Support Center. Click on the desktop icon and select the area of assistance you require. For computers purchased prior to June 26, 2007, you can download Dell Support Center from the Services page at support.dell.com. Click the Dell Support Center icon on your computer’s desktop to run the application and to access the following features: • Self-help tools such as, Dell Support 3, Dell PC Tune-Up, Dell PC CheckUp, and Network Assistant • DellConnect for remote, real-time, technical support Tab Function Results Displays the results of the test and any error conditions encountered. Errors Displays error conditions encountered, error codes, and the problem description. Help Describes the test and any requirements for running the test. Configuration Displays your hardware configuration for the selected device. The Dell Diagnostics obtains configuration information for all devices from system setup, memory, and various internal tests, and it displays the information in the device list in the left pane of the screen. The device list may not display the names of all the components installed on your computer or all devices attached to your computer. Parameters Allows you to customize the test by changing the test settings.112 Troubleshooting • Dell support contact information including e-mail and online chat addresses as well as telephone numbers • Resources specific to your computer are available under Drivers & Downloads, Upgrades and System Information The top of the Dell Support Center home page displays your computer’s model number along with its Service Tag, Express Service code, and warranty expiration details. When permissions are given to Dell to use your Service Tag, additional details about your computer, such as available memory, disk space, installed hardware, network addresses, modem specifications, installed security software, and much more are provided. In addition, using your Service Tag, Dell can link you to the most relevant www.dell.com web pages for information about your warranty, ordering accessories and details about installing recommended drivers and downloads. Dell Support 3 The Dell Support 3 is customized for your computing environment. This utility provides self-support information, software updates, and health scans for your computer. Use this utility for the following functions: • Check your computing environment • View the Dell Support 3 settings • Access the Dell Support 3 help file • View frequently asked questions • Learn more about Dell Support 3 • Turn Dell Support 3 off For more information about Dell Support 3, click the question mark (?) at the top of the Dell Support 3 window. To access Dell Support 3: • Click the Dell Support 3 icon in the notification area of your Windows desktop. NOTE: The icon functions vary depending on whether you click, doubleclick, or right-click the icon. orTroubleshooting 113 • Click the Microsoft® Windows Vista® Start button →All Programs→ Dell Support 3→Dell Support Settings. Ensure that the Show icon on the taskbar option is checked. NOTE: If Dell Support 3 is not available from the Start menu, go to support.dell.com and download the software. Dell PC Tune-Up The automated or monthly version of Dell PC Tune-Up allows you to choose the day and time of the month you want your computer "tuned up". A typical tune-up includes hard drive defragmentation, removal of unwanted and temporary files, updated security settings, verification of "good" restore points, and other maintenance activities designed to improve computer performance and security. The monthly version is available as an annual subscription and is a feature of Dell Support 3, a complimentary application that provides real-time health scans and information on how to maintain your computer (see "Dell Support 3" on page 112). Both versions of PC Tune-Up are available to customers in the U.S. and Canada. For the latest updates and to learn how to keep your computer running at peak performance, search for the keyword PC TuneUp on support.dell.com. Dell PC CheckUp Dell PC Checkup is a troubleshooting and diagnostic tool that provides customized scanning and testing of your Dell computer. PC Checkup verifies whether your hardware is working properly and provides automated fixes for common configuration concerns. It is recommended that you run PC Checkup on a regular basis or before contacting Dell for assistance. The application creates a detailed report that Dell technicians can use to resolve your issue quickly. Dell Network Assistant Designed specifically for users of Dell™ computers, the Dell Network Assistant helps simplify the setup, monitoring, troubleshooting, and repair of your network.114 Troubleshooting The Dell Network Assistant provides the following features: • Consolidated setup, alerting, and device status • Simplified tracking of networked devices through a visual display of network status • Proactive troubleshooting and repair of network problems • Tutorials, setup wizards, and frequently asked questions (FAQs) to enhance understanding of networking principles To access Dell Network Assistant: 1 Click the Dell Support Center icon on your computer’s desktop. 2 Click Self Help→Network / Internet→Network Management. DellConnect DellConnect is a simple online access tool that allows a Dell service and support associate to access your computer through an Internet connection, diagnose the problem and repair it. The associate works with your permission under your supervision, and you can work with Dell’s associate during the troubleshooting session. To use this service, you must have an Internet connection and your Dell computer must be under warranty. DellConnect is also available for a fee through "Dell On Call." To begin a live session with a Dell associate: 1 Click the Dell Support Center icon on your computer’s desktop. Click Assistance From Dell→Technical Support→DellConnect→Phone and follow the instructions. Drive Problems CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. ENSURE THAT MICROSOFT® WINDOWS® RECOGNIZES THE DRIVE — Windows XP Click Start→My Computer.Troubleshooting 115 Windows Vista® Click Start →Computer. If the drive is not listed, perform a full scan with your antivirus software to check for and remove viruses. Viruses can sometimes prevent Windows from recognizing the drive. TEST THE DRIVE — • Insert another floppy disk, CD, or DVD to eliminate the possibility that the original media is defective. • Insert a bootable floppy disk and restart the computer. CLEAN THE DRIVE O R DISK — See "Cleaning Your Computer" on page 206. ENSURE THAT THE CD O R DVD MEDIA I S SNAPPED ONTO THE SPINDLE CHECK THE CABLE CONNECTIONS CHECK FOR HARDWARE INCOMPATIBILITIES — See "Troubleshooting Software and Hardware Problems in the Microsoft® Windows® XP and Microsoft Windows Vista® Operating Systems" on page 143. RUN THE DELL DIAGNOSTICS — See "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107. Optical drive problems NOTE: High-speed optical drive vibration is normal and may cause noise, which does not indicate a defect in the drive or the media. NOTE: Because of different regions worldwide and different disc formats, not all DVD titles work in all DVD drives. Problems writing to a CD-RW, DVD+/-RW, or BD-RE drive CLOSE OTHER PROGRAMS — CD-RW, DVD+/-RW, and BD-RE drives must receive a steady stream of data when writing. If the stream is interrupted, an error occurs. Try closing all programs before you write to the drive. TURN OFF SLEEP STATE IN WINDOWS BEFORE WRITING T O A CD/DVD/BD DISC — See "Standby and Sleep Mode" on page 56 for information on Sleep state. CHANGE THE WRITE SPEED T O A SLOWER RATE — See the help files for your CD, DVD, or BD creation software.116 Troubleshooting The drive tray cannot eject 1 Ensure that the computer is shut down. 2 Straighten a paper clip and insert one end into the eject hole at the front of the drive, then push firmly until the tray is partially ejected. 3 Gently pull out the tray until it stops. The drive makes an unfamiliar scraping or grinding sound • Ensure that the sound is not caused by the program that is running. • Ensure that the disc is inserted properly. Hard drive problems ALLOW THE COMPUTER T O COOL BEFORE TURNING I T ON — A hot hard drive may prevent the operating system from starting. Try allowing the computer to return to room temperature before turning it on. RUN CHECK DISK — Windows XP 1 Click Start and click My Computer. 2 Right-click Local Disk C:. 3 Click Properties→Tools→Check Now. 4 Click Scan for and attempt recovery of bad sectors and click Start. Windows Vista 1 Click Start and click Computer. 2 Right-click Local Disk C:. 3 Click Properties→Tools→Check Now. The User Account Control window may appear. If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action. 4 Follow the instructions on the screen.Troubleshooting 117 E-Mail, Modem, and Internet Problems CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTE: Connect the modem to an analog telephone jack only. The modem does not operate while it is connected to a digital telephone network. CHECK THE MICROSOFT OUTLOOK® EXPRESS/WINDOWS MAIL SECURITY SETTINGS — If you cannot open your e-mail attachments: 1 In Outlook Express/Windows Mail, click Tools, click Options, and then click Security. 2 Click Do not allow attachments to remove the checkmark. CHECK THE TELEPHONE LINE CONNECTION CHECK THE TELEPHONE JACK CONNECT THE MODEM DIRECTLY T O THE TELEPHONE WALL JACK US E A DIFFERENT TELEPHONE LINE • Verify that the telephone line is connected to the jack on the modem (the jack has either a green label or a connector-shaped icon next to it). • Ensure that you hear a click when you insert the telephone line connector into the modem. • Disconnect the telephone line from the modem and connect it to a telephone, then listen for a dial tone. • If you have other telephone devices sharing the line, such as an answering machine, fax machine, surge protector, or line splitter, then bypass them and connect the modem directly to the telephone wall jack. If you are using a line that is 3 m (10 ft) or more in length, try a shorter one. RUN THE MODEM DIAGNOSTIC TOOL — Windows XP 1 Click Start→All Programs→Modem Helper. 2 Follow the instructions on the screen to identify and resolve modem problems. Modem Helper is not available on certain computers.118 Troubleshooting Windows Vista 1 Click Start →All Programs→Modem Diagnostic Tool. 2 Follow the instructions on the screen to identify and resolve modem problems. Modem diagnostics are not available on all computers. VERIFY THAT THE MODEM I S COMMUNICATING WITH WINDOWS — Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Printers and Other Hardware→Phone and Modem Options→Modems. 2 Click the COM port for your modem→Properties→ Diagnostics→Query Modem to verify that the modem is communicating with Windows. If all commands receive responses, the modem is operating properly. Windows Vista 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Hardware and Sound→Phone and Modem Options→Modems. 2 Click the COM port for your modem→Properties→Diagnostics→Query Modem to verify that the modem is communicating with Windows. If all commands receive responses, the modem is operating properly. ENSURE THAT YOU ARE CONNECTED T O THE INTERNET — Ensure that you have subscribed to an Internet service provider. With the Outlook Express/Windows mail e-mail program open, click File. If Work Offline has a checkmark next to it, click the checkmark to remove it, and then connect to the Internet. For help, contact your Internet service provider. SCAN THE COMPUTER FOR SPYWARE — If you are experiencing slow computer performance, you frequently receive pop-up advertisements, or you are having problems connecting to the Internet, your computer might be infected with spyware. Use an anti-virus program that includes anti-spyware protection (your program may require an upgrade) to scan the computer and remove spyware. For more information, go to support.dell.com and search for the keyword spyware.Troubleshooting 119 Error Messages Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. If the message is not listed, see the documentation for the operating system or the program that was running when the message appeared. AUXILIARY DEVICE FAILURE — The touch pad or external mouse may be faulty. For an external mouse, check the cable connection. Enable the Pointing Device option in the system setup program (see "Using the System Setup Program" on page 203). If the problem persists, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). BA D COMMAND O R FILE NAME — Ensure that you have spelled the command correctly, put spaces in the proper place, and used the correct pathname. CACHE DISABLED DUE T O FAILURE — The primary cache internal to the microprocessor has failed. Contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). CD DRIVE CONTROLLER FAILURE — The CD drive does not respond to commands from the computer (see "Drive Problems" on page 114). DATA ERROR — The hard drive cannot read the data (see "Drive Problems" on page 114). DECREASING AVAILABLE MEMORY — One or more memory modules may be faulty or improperly seated. Reinstall the memory modules and, if necessary, replace them (see "Memory" on page 163). DISK C: FAILED INITIALIZATION — The hard drive failed initialization. Run the hard drive tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). DRIVE NOT READY — The operation requires a hard drive in the bay before it can continue. Install a hard drive in the hard drive bay (see "Hard Drive" on page 156). ERROR READING PCMCIA CARD — The computer cannot identify the ExpressCard. Reinsert the card or try another card (see "Using ExpressCards" on page 87). EXTENDED MEMORY SIZE HAS CHANGED — The amount of memory recorded in NVRAM does not match the memory installed in the computer. Restart the computer. If the error appears again, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192).120 Troubleshooting TH E FILE BEING COPIED I S TOO LARGE FOR THE DESTINATION DRIVE — The file that you are trying to copy is too large to fit on the disk, or the disk is full. Try copying the file to a different disk or use a larger capacity disk. A FILENAME CANNOT CONTAIN ANY O F THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERS: \ / : * ? “ < > | — Do not use these characters in filenames. GATE A20 FAILURE — A memory module may be loose. Reinstall the memory modules and, if necessary, replace them (see "Memory" on page 163). GENERAL FAILURE — The operating system is unable to carry out the command. The message is usually followed by specific information—for example, Printer out of paper. Take the appropriate action. HARD-DISK DRIVE CONFIGURATION ERROR — The computer cannot identify the drive type. Shut down the computer, remove the hard drive (see "Hard Drive" on page 156), and boot the computer from a CD. Then, shut down the computer, reinstall the hard drive, and restart the computer. Run the Hard Disk Drive tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). HARD-DISK DRIVE CONTROLLER FAILURE 0— The hard drive does not respond to commands from the computer. Shut down the computer, remove the hard drive (see "Hard Drive" on page 156), and boot the computer from a CD. Then, shut down the computer, reinstall the hard drive, and restart the computer. If the problem persists, try another drive. Run the Hard Disk Drive tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). HARD-DISK DRIVE FAILURE — The hard drive does not respond to commands from the computer. Shut down the computer, remove the hard drive (see "Hard Drive" on page 156), and boot the computer from a CD. Then, shut down the computer, reinstall the hard drive, and restart the computer. If the problem persists, try another drive. Run the Hard Disk Drive tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). HARD-DISK DRIVE READ FAILURE — The hard drive may be defective. Shut down the computer, remove the hard drive (see "Hard Drive" on page 156), and boot the computer from a CD. Then, shut down the computer, reinstall the hard drive, and restart the computer. If the problem persists, try another drive. Run the Hard Disk Drive tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). INSERT BOOTABLE MEDIA — The operating system is trying to boot to nonbootable media, such as a floppy disk or CD. Insert bootable media.Troubleshooting 121 INVALID CONFIGURATION INFORMATION-PLEASE RUN SYSTEM SETUP PROGRAM — The system configuration information does not match the hardware configuration. The message is most likely to occur after a memory module is installed. Correct the appropriate options in the system setup program (see "Using the System Setup Program" on page 203). KEYBOARD CLOCK LINE FAILURE — For external keyboards, check the cable connection. Run the Keyboard Controller test in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). KEYBOARD CONTROLLER FAILURE — For external keyboards, check the cable connection. Restart the computer, and avoid touching the keyboard or the mouse during the boot routine. Run the Keyboard Controller test in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). KEYBOARD DATA LINE FAILURE — For external keyboards, check the cable connection. Run the Keyboard Controller test in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). KEYBOARD STUCK KEY FAILURE — For external keyboards or keypads, check the cable connection. Restart the computer, and avoid touching the keyboard or keys during the boot routine. Run the Stuck Key test in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). LICENSED CONTENT I S NOT ACCESSIBLE IN DELL MEDIADIRECT — Dell MediaDirect™ cannot verify the Digital Rights Management (DRM) restrictions on the file, so the file cannot be played (see "Dell MediaDirect problems" on page 128). MEMORY ADDRESS LINE FAILURE A T ADDRESS, READ VALUE EXPECTING VALUE — A memory module may be faulty or improperly seated. Reinstall the memory modules and, if necessary, replace them (see "Memory" on page 163). MEMORY ALLOCATION ERROR — The software you are attempting to run is conflicting with the operating system, another program, or a utility. Shut down the computer, wait 30 seconds, and then restart it. Try to run the program again. If the error message still appears, see the software documentation. MEMORY DATA LINE FAILURE A T ADDRESS, READ VALUE EXPECTING VALUE — A memory module may be faulty or improperly seated. Reinstall the memory modules and, if necessary, replace them (see "Memory" on page 163).122 Troubleshooting MEMORY DOUBLE WORD LOGIC FAILURE A T ADDRESS, READ VALUE EXPECTING VALUE — A memory module may be faulty or improperly seated. Reinstall the memory modules and, if necessary, replace them (see "Memory" on page 163). MEMORY ODD/EVEN LOGIC FAILURE A T ADDRESS, READ VALUE EXPECTING VALUE — A memory module may be faulty or improperly seated. Reinstall the memory modules and, if necessary, replace them (see "Memory" on page 163). MEMORY WRITE/READ FAILURE A T ADDRESS, READ VALUE EXPECTING VALUE — A memory module may be faulty or improperly seated. Reinstall the memory modules and, if necessary, replace them (see "Memory" on page 163). NO BOOT DEVICE AVAILABLE — The computer cannot find the hard drive. If the hard drive is your boot device, ensure that the drive is installed, properly seated, and partitioned as a boot device. NO BOOT SECTOR ON HARD DRIVE — The operating system may be corrupted. Contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). NO TIMER TICK INTERRUPT — A chip on the system board may be malfunctioning. Run the System Set tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). NO T ENOUGH MEMORY O R RESOURCES. EXIT SOME PROGRAMS AND TRY AGAIN — You have too many programs open. Close all windows and open the program that you want to use. OPERATING SYSTEM NOT FOUND — Reinstall the hard drive (see "Hard Drive" on page 156). If the problem persists, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). OPTIONAL ROM BAD CHECKSUM — The optional ROM has failed. Contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). A REQUIRED .DLL FILE WAS NOT FOUND — The program that you are trying to open is missing an essential file. Remove and then reinstall the program. Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Add or Remove Programs→Programs and Features. 2 Select the program you want to remove. 3 Click Uninstall. 4 See the program documentation for installation instructions.Troubleshooting 123 Windows Vista 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Programs→Programs and Features. 2 Select the program you want to remove. 3 Click Uninstall. 4 See the program documentation for installation instructions. SECTOR NOT FOUND — The operating system cannot locate a sector on the hard drive. You may have a defective sector or corrupted FAT on the hard drive. Run the Windows error-checking utility to check the file structure on the hard drive. See Windows Help and Support for instructions (click Start → Help and Support). If a large number of sectors are defective, back up the data (if possible), and then reformat the hard drive. SEEK ERROR — The operating system cannot find a specific track on the hard drive. SHUTDOWN FAILURE — A chip on the system board may be malfunctioning. Run the System Set tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). TIME-O F-DAY CLOCK LOST POWER — System configuration settings are corrupted. Connect your computer to an electrical outlet to charge the battery. If the problem persists, try to restore the data by entering the system setup program, then immediately exit the program (see "Using the System Setup Program" on page 203). If the message reappears, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). TIME-O F-DAY CLOCK STOPPED — The reserve battery that supports the system configuration settings may require recharging. Connect your computer to an electrical outlet to charge the battery. If the problem persists, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). TIME-O F-DAY NOT SET-PLEASE RUN THE SYSTEM SETUP PROGRAM — The time or date stored in the system setup program does not match the system clock. Correct the settings for the Date and Time options (see "Using the System Setup Program" on page 203). TIMER CHIP COUNTER 2 FAILED — A chip on the system board may be malfunctioning. Run the System Set tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107).124 Troubleshooting UNEXPECTED INTERRUPT IN PROTECTED MODE — The keyboard controller may be malfunctioning, or a memory module may be loose. Run the System Memory tests and the Keyboard Controller test in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). X:\ I S NOT ACCESSIBLE. TH E DEVICE I S NOT READY — Insert a disk into the drive and try again. WARNING: BATTERY I S CRITICALLY LOW — The battery is running out of charge. Replace the battery, or connect the computer to an electrical outlet; otherwise, activate hibernate mode or shut down the computer. ExpressCard Problems CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. CHECK THE EXPRESSCARD — Ensure that the ExpressCard is properly inserted into the connector. CHECK THAT THE CARD I S RECOGNIZED B Y WINDOWS — Double-click the Safely Remove Hardware icon in the Windows taskbar. Some cards do not support this feature. If the card supports this Windows feature, the card will be listed. IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS WITH A DELL-PROVIDED EXPRESSCARD — Contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). Also, for Mobile Broadband (WWAN) ExpressCards, see "Mobile Broadband (Wireless Wide Area Network [WWAN])" on page 131. IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS WITH AN EXPRESSCARD NOT PROVIDED B Y DELL — Contact the ExpressCard manufacturer. IEEE 1394 Device Problems CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. ENSURE THAT THE IEEE 1394 DEVICE I S RECOGNIZED B Y WINDOWS — Windows XP Click Start and click Control Panel. 1 Under Pick a Category, click Performance and Maintenance→System→ System Properties→Hardware→Device Manager.Troubleshooting 125 Windows Vista 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Hardware and Sound. 2 Click Device Manager. If your IEEE 1394 device is listed, Windows recognizes the device. IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS WITH A DELL-PROVIDED IEEE 1394 DEVICE — Contact Dell or the IEEE 1394 device manufacturer(see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS WITH AN IEEE 1394 DEVICE NOT PROVIDED B Y DELL — Contact Dell or the IEEE 1394 device manufacturer(see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). Ensure that the IEEE 1394 device is properly inserted into the connector. Keyboard Problems CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you perform the various checks. NOTE: Use the integrated keyboard when running the Dell Diagnostics or the system setup program. When you attach an external keyboard, the integrated keyboard remains fully functional. External Keyboard problems NOTE: When you attach an external keyboard, the integrated keyboard remains fully functional. CHECK THE KEYBOARD CABLE — Shut down the computer, disconnect the keyboard cable and check it for damage, then firmly reconnect the cable. If you are using a keyboard extension cable, disconnect it and connect the keyboard directly to the computer. CHECK THE EXTERNAL KEYBOARD — 1 Shut down the computer, wait 1 minute, and then turn it on again. 2 Verify that the numbers, capitals, and scroll lock lights on the keyboard blink during the boot routine.126 Troubleshooting 3 From the Windows desktop, click Start →All Programs→ Accessories→Notepad. 4 Type some characters on the external keyboard and verify that they appear on the display. If you cannot verify these steps, you may have a defective external keyboard. TO VERIFY THAT THE PROBLEM I S WITH THE EXTERNAL KEYBOARD, CHECK THE INTEGRATED KEYBOARD — 1 Shut down the computer. 2 Disconnect the external keyboard. 3 Turn on the computer. 4 From the Windows desktop, click Start →All Programs→ Accessories→Notepad. 5 Type some characters on the internal keyboard and verify that they appear on the display. If the characters appear now, but did not with the external keyboard, you may have a defective external keyboard. Contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). RUN THE KEYBOARD DIAGNOSTICS TESTS — Run the PC-AT Compatible Keyboards tests in the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). If the tests indicate a defective external keyboard, contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). Unexpected characters DISABLE THE NUMERIC KEYPAD — Press to disable the numeric keypad if numbers are displayed instead of letters. Verify that the numbers lock light is not lit.Troubleshooting 127 Lockups and Software Problems CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. The computer does not start CHECK THE A C ADAPTER — Ensure that the AC adapter is firmly connected to the computer and to the electrical outlet. The computer stops responding NOTICE: You might lose data if you are unable to perform an operating system shutdown. TURN THE COMPUTER OFF — If you are unable to get a response by pressing a key on your keyboard or moving your mouse, press and hold the power button for at least 8 to 10 seconds until the computer turns off, then restart your computer. A program stops responding or crashes repeatedly EN D THE PROGRAM — 1 Press simultaneously. 2 Click the Applications tab and select the program that is no longer responding. 3 Click End Task. NOTE: The chkdsk program may run when you restart the computer. Follow the instructions on the screen. CHECK THE SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION — If necessary, uninstall and then reinstall the program. Software usually includes installation instructions in its documentation or on a floppy disk or CD. A program is designed for an earlier Microsoft® Windows® operating system RUN THE PROGRAM COMPATIBILITY WIZARD Windows XP The Program Compatibility Wizard configures a program so that it runs in an environment similar to non-XP operating system environments.128 Troubleshooting 1 Click Start→All Programs→ Accessories→Program Compatibility Wizard→Next. 2 Follow the instructions on the screen. Windows Vista The Program Compatibility Wizard configures a program so that it runs in an environment similar to non-Windows Vista operating system environments. 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Programs→Use an older program with this version of Windows. 2 In the welcome screen, click Next. Follow the instructions on the screen. A solid blue screen appears TURN THE COMPUTER OFF — If you are unable to get a response by pressing a key on your keyboard or moving your mouse, press and hold the power button for at least 8 to 10 seconds until the computer turns off, then restart your computer. Dell MediaDirect problems CHECK THE DELL MEDIADIRECT HELP FILE FOR INFORMATION — Use the Help menu to access Dell MediaDirect Help. TO PLAY MOVIES WITH DELL MEDIADIRECT, YOU MUST HAVE A DVD DRIVE AND THE DELL DVD PLAYER — If you purchased a DVD drive with your computer, this software should already be installed. VIDEO QUALITY PROBLEMS — Turn off the Use Hardware Acceleration option. This feature takes advantage of the special processing in some graphics cards to reduce processor requirements when playing DVDs and certain types of video files. CANNOT PLAY SOME MEDIA FILES — Because Dell MediaDirect provides access to media files outside the Windows operating system environment, access to licensed content is restricted. Licensed content is digital content that has Digital Rights Management (DRM) applied to it. The Dell MediaDirect environment cannot verify the DRM restrictions, so the licensed files cannot be played. Licensed music and video files have a lock icon next to them. You can access licensed files in the Windows operating system environment. Troubleshooting 129 ADJUSTING THE COLOR SETTINGS FOR MOVIES THAT CONTAIN SCENES THAT ARE TOO DARK O R TOO BRIGHT — Click EagleVision to use a video enhancement technology that detects video content and dynamically adjusts the brightness/contrast/saturation ratios. NOTICE: You cannot reinstall the Dell MediaDirect feature if you voluntarily reformat the hard drive. Contact Dell for assistance (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). Other software problems CHECK THE SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION O R CONTACT THE SOFTWARE MANUFACTURER FOR TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION — • Ensure that the program is compatible with the operating system installed on your computer. • Ensure that your computer meets the minimum hardware requirements needed to run the software. See the software documentation for information. • Ensure that the program is installed and configured properly. • Verify that the device drivers do not conflict with the program. • If necessary, uninstall and then reinstall the program. BACK U P YOUR FILES IMMEDIATELY US E A VIRUS-SCANNING PROGRAM T O CHECK THE HARD DRIVE, FLOPPY DISKS, O R CDS SAVE AND CLOSE ANY OPEN FILES O R PROGRAMS AND SHUT DOWN YOUR COMPUTER THROUGH THE START MENU SCAN THE COMPUTER FOR SPYWARE — If you are experiencing slow computer performance, you frequently receive pop-up advertisements, or you are having problems connecting to the Internet, your computer might be infected with spyware. Use an anti-virus program that includes anti-spyware protection (your program may require an upgrade) to scan the computer and remove spyware. For more information, go to support.dell.com and search for the keyword spyware. RUN THE DELL DIAGNOSTICS — If all tests run successfully, the error condition is related to a software problem (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107).130 Troubleshooting Memory Problems Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. IF YOU RECEIVE AN INSUFFICIENT MEMORY MESSAGE — • Save and close any open files and exit any open programs you are not using to see if that resolves the problem. • See the software documentation for minimum memory requirements. If necessary, install additional memory (see "Memory" on page 163). • Reseat the memory modules to ensure that your computer is successfully communicating with the memory (see "Memory" on page 163). • Run the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). IF YOU EXPERIENCE OTHER MEMORY PROBLEMS — • Reseat the memory modules to ensure that your computer is successfully communicating with the memory (see "Memory" on page 163). • Ensure that you are following the memory installation guidelines (see "Memory" on page 163). • Run the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). Troubleshooting 131 Network Problems Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. CHECK THE NETWORK CABLE CONNECTOR — Ensure that the network cable is firmly inserted into both the network connector on the back of the computer and the network jack. CHECK THE NETWORK LIGHTS ON THE NETWORK CONNECTOR — No light indicates that no network communication exists. Replace the network cable. RESTART THE COMPUTER AND LOG ON T O THE NETWORK AGAIN CHECK YOUR NETWORK SETTINGS — Contact your network administrator or the person who set up your network to verify that your network settings are correct and that the network is functioning. Mobile Broadband (Wireless Wide Area Network [WWAN]) NOTE: The Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility user’s guide and the Mobile Broadband ExpressCard user’s guide are available through Windows Help and Support (click Start →Help and Support). You can also download the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility user’s guide from support.dell.com. NOTE: The icon appears in the notification area if the computer has a Dell WWAN device installed. Double-click the icon to launch the utility. ACTIVATE THE MOBILE BROADBAND EXPRESSCARD — You must activate the Mobile Broadband ExpressCard before you can connect to the network. Position the mouse over the icon in the notification area to verify the status of the connection. If the card is not activated, follow the card activation instructions located within the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility. To access the utility, double-click the icon located in the taskbar, at the lower-right corner of your screen. If your ExpressCard is not a Dellbranded card, see the manufacturer’s instructions for your card.132 Troubleshooting CHECK NETWORK CONNECTION STATUS IN THE DELL MOBILE BROADBAND CARD UTILITY — Double-click the icon to launch the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility. Check the status in the main window: • No card detected — Restart the computer, and launch the Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility again. • Check your WWAN service — Contact your cellular service provider to verify your plan coverage and supported services. Power Problems Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. CHECK THE POWER LIGHT — When the power light is lit or blinking, the computer has power. If the power light is blinking, the computer is in Sleep state—press the power button to exit Sleep state. If the light is off, press the power button to turn on the computer. NOTE: For information on Sleep power state, see "Standby and Sleep Mode" on page 56. CHARGE THE BATTERY — The battery charge may be depleted. 1 Reinstall the battery. 2 Use the AC adapter to connect the computer to an electrical outlet. 3 Turn on the computer. NOTE: Battery operating time (the time the battery can hold a charge) decreases over time. Depending on how often the battery is used and the conditions under which it is used, you may need to purchase a new battery during the life of your computer. CHECK THE BATTERY STATUS LIGHT — If the battery status light flashes amber or is a steady amber, the battery charge is low or depleted. Connect the computer to an electrical outlet. If the battery status light flashes blue and amber, the battery is too hot to charge. Shut down the computer, disconnect the computer from the electrical outlet, and then let the battery and computer cool to room temperature. If the battery status light rapidly flashes amber, the battery may be defective. Contact Dell(see "Contacting Dell" on page 192).Troubleshooting 133 CHECK THE BATTERY TEMPERATURE — If the battery temperature is below 0°C (32°F), the computer will not start. TEST THE ELECTRICAL OUTLET — Ensure that the electrical outlet is working by testing it with another device, such as a lamp. CHECK THE AC ADAPTER — Check the AC adapter cable connections. If the AC adapter has a light, ensure that the light is on. CONNECT THE COMPUTER DIRECTLY T O AN ELECTRICAL OUTLET — Bypass power protection devices, power strips, and extension cables to verify that the computer turns on. ELIMINATE POSSIBLE INTERFERENCE — Turn off nearby fans, fluorescent lights, halogen lamps, or other appliances. ADJUST THE POWER PROPERTIES — See "Power Management Modes" on page 56. RESEAT THE MEMORY MODULES — If the computer power light turns on, but the display remains blank, reinstall the memory modules (see "Memory" on page 163). Printer Problems Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTE: If you need technical assistance for your printer, contact the printer’s manufacturer. CHECK THE PRINTER DOCUMENTATION — See the printer documentation for setup and troubleshooting information. ENSURE THAT THE PRINTER I S TURNED ON CHECK THE PRINTER CABLE CONNECTIONS — • See the printer documentation for cable connection information. • Ensure that the printer cables are securely connected to the printer and the computer. TEST THE ELECTRICAL OUTLET — Ensure that the electrical outlet is working by testing it with another device, such as a lamp.134 Troubleshooting VERIFY THAT THE PRINTER I S RECOGNIZED B Y WINDOWS — Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Printers and Other Hardware→ View installed printers or fax printers. 2 If the printer is listed, right-click the printer icon. 3 Click Properties→Ports. For a parallel printer, ensure that the Print to the following port(s): setting is LPT1 (Printer Port). For a USB printer, ensure that the Print to the following port(s): setting is USB. Windows Vista 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Hardware and Sound→Printer. 2 If the printer is listed, right-click the printer icon. 3 Click Properties and click Ports. 4 Adjust the settings, as needed. REINSTALL THE PRINTER DRIVER — See the printer documentation for instructions. Scanner Problems CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTE: If you need technical assistance for your scanner, contact the scanner’s manufacturer. CHECK THE SCANNER DOCUMENTATION — See the scanner documentation for setup and troubleshooting information. UNLOCK THE SCANNER — Ensure that your scanner is unlocked. RESTART THE COMPUTER AND TRY THE SCANNER AGAIN CHECK THE CABLE CONNECTIONS — • See the scanner documentation for cable connection information. • Ensure that the scanner cables are securely connected to the scanner and the computer.Troubleshooting 135 VERIFY THAT THE SCANNER I S RECOGNIZED B Y MICROSOFT WINDOWS — Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Printers and Other Hardware→Scanners and Cameras. 2 If your scanner is listed, Windows recognizes the scanner. Windows Vista 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Hardware and Sound→Scanners and Cameras. 2 If the scanner is listed, Windows recognizes the scanner. REINSTALL THE SCANNER DRIVER — See the scanner documentation for instructions. Sound and Speaker Problems Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. No sound from integrated speakers ADJUST THE WINDOWS VOLUME CONTROL — Double-click the speaker icon in the lower-right corner of your screen. Ensure that the volume is turned up and that the sound is not muted. Adjust the volume, bass, or treble controls to eliminate distortion. ADJUST THE VOLUME USING KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS — Press to disable (mute) or re-enable the integrated speakers. REINSTALL THE SOUND (AUDIO) DRIVER — See "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140. No sound from external speakers ENSURE THAT THE SUBWOOFER AND THE SPEAKERS ARE TURNED ON — See the setup diagram supplied with the speakers. If your speakers have volume controls, adjust the volume, bass, or treble to eliminate distortion. ADJUST THE WINDOWS VOLUME CONTROL — Click or double-click the speaker icon in the lower-right corner of your screen. Ensure that the volume is turned up and that the sound is not muted.136 Troubleshooting DISCONNECT HEADPHONES FROM THE HEADPHONE CONNECTOR — Sound from the speakers is automatically disabled when headphones are connected to the headphone connector. TEST THE ELECTRICAL OUTLET — Ensure that the electrical outlet is working by testing it with another device, such as a lamp. ELIMINATE POSSIBLE INTERFERENCE — Turn off nearby fans, fluorescent lights, or halogen lamps to check for interference. REINSTALL THE AUDIO DRIVER — See "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140. RUN THE DELL DIAGNOSTICS — See "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107. NOTE: The volume control in some MP3 players overrides the Windows volume setting. If you have been listening to MP3 songs, ensure that you did not turn the player volume down or off. No sound from headphones CHECK THE HEADPHONE CABLE CONNECTION — Ensure that the headphone cable is securely inserted into the headphone connector (see "audio connectors" on page 28). ADJUST THE WINDOWS VOLUME CONTROL — Click or double-click the speaker icon in the lower-right corner of your screen. Ensure that the volume is turned up and that the sound is not muted. Touch Pad or Mouse Problems CHECK THE TOUCH PAD SETTINGS — Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Printers and Other Hardware→Mouse. 2 Try adjusting the settings. Windows Vista 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Hardware and Sound→Mouse. 2 Adjust the settings, as needed.Troubleshooting 137 CHECK THE MOUSE CABLE — Shut down the computer, disconnect the mouse cable and check it for damage, then firmly reconnect the cable. If you are using a mouse extension cable, disconnect it and connect the mouse directly to the computer. TO VERIFY THAT THE PROBLEM I S WITH THE MOUSE, CHECK THE TOUCH PAD — 1 Shut down the computer. 2 Disconnect the mouse. 3 Turn on the computer. 4 At the Windowsdesktop, use the touch pad to move the cursor around, select an icon, and open it. If the touch pad operates correctly, the mouse may be defective. CHECK THE SYSTEM SETUP PROGRAM SETTINGS — Verify that the system setup program lists the correct device for the pointing device option (the computer automatically recognizes a USB mouse without making any setting adjustments). TEST THE MOUSE CONTROLLER — To test the mouse controller (which affects pointer movement) and the operation of the touch pad or mouse buttons, run the Mouse test in the Pointing Devices test group in the "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107. REINSTALL THE TOUCH PAD DRIVER — See "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140. Video and Display Problems Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191 as you complete these checks. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. If the display is blank NOTE: If you are using a program that requires a higher resolution than your computer supports, it is recommended that you attach an external monitor to your computer.138 Troubleshooting CHECK THE BATTERY — If you are using a battery to power your computer, the battery charge may be depleted. Connect the computer to an electrical outlet using the AC adapter, and then turn on the computer. TEST THE ELECTRICAL OUTLET — Ensure that the electrical outlet is working by testing it with another device, such as a lamp. CHECK THE AC ADAPTER — Check the AC adapter cable connections. If the AC adapter has a light, ensure that the light is on. CONNECT THE COMPUTER DIRECTLY T O AN ELECTRICAL OUTLET — Bypass power protection devices, power strips, and extension cables to verify that the computer turns on. ADJUST THE POWER PROPERTIES — Search for the keyword sleep in Windows Help and Support. SWITCH THE VIDEO IMAGE — If your computer is attached to an external monitor, press to switch the video image to the display. If the display is difficult to read ADJUST THE BRIGHTNESS — Press and the up- or down-arrow key. MOVE THE EXTERNAL SUBWOOFER AWAY FROM THE COMPUTER O R MONITOR — If your external speaker system includes a subwoofer, ensure that the subwoofer is at least 60 cm (2 ft) away from the computer or external monitor. ELIMINATE POSSIBLE INTERFERENCE — Turn off nearby fans, fluorescent lights, halogen lamps, or other appliances. ROTATE THE COMPUTER T O FACE A DIFFERENT DIRECTION — Eliminate sunlight glare, which can cause poor picture quality. ADJUST THE WINDOWS DISPLAY SETTINGS — Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Appearance and Themes. 2 Click the area you want to change or click the Display icon. 3 Try different settings for Color quality and Screen resolution. Windows Vista 1 Click Start →Control Panel→Hardware and Sound→ Personalization→Display Settings. 2 Adjust Resolution and Colors settings, as needed.Troubleshooting 139 RUN THE VIDEO DIAGNOSTICS TESTS — If no error message appears and you still have a display problem, but the display is not completely blank, run the Video device group in the "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107, then contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). SE E "ERROR MESSAGES" — If an error message appears, see "Error Messages" on page 119. If only part of the display is readable CONNECT AN EXTERNAL MONITOR — 1 Shut down your computer and connect an external monitor to the computer. 2 Turn on the computer and the monitor, and then adjust the monitor brightness and contrast controls. If the external monitor works, the computer display or video controller may be defective. Contact Dell (see "Contacting Dell" on page 192). Drivers What Is a Driver? A driver is a program that controls a device such as a printer, mouse, or keyboard. All devices require a driver program. A driver acts like a translator between the device and any other programs that use the device. Each device has its own set of specialized commands that only its driver recognizes. Dell ships your computer to you with required drivers already installed—no further installation or configuration is needed. NOTICE: Your Drivers and Utilities media may contain drivers for operating systems that are not on your computer. Ensure that you are installing software appropriate for your operating system. Many drivers, such as the keyboard driver, come with your Microsoft® Windows® operating system. You may need to install drivers if you: • Upgrade your operating system. • Reinstall your operating system. • Connect or install a new device.140 Troubleshooting Identifying Drivers If you experience a problem with any device, identify whether the driver is the source of your problem and, if necessary, update the driver. Windows XP 1 Click Start→Control Panel. 2 Under Pick a Category, click Performance and Maintenance, and click System. 3 In the System Properties window, click the Hardware tab, and click Device Manager. Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista start button , and right-click Computer. 2 Click Properties→Device Manager. NOTE: The User Account Control window may appear. If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue. NOTE: Scroll down the list of devices and check for an exclamation point (a circle with a [!]) next to the device name. If an exclamation point is next to the device name, you may need to reinstall the driver or install a new driver (see "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140). Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities NOTICE: The Dell Support website at support.dell.com and your Drivers and Utilities media provide approved drivers for Dell computers. If you install drivers obtained from other sources, your computer might not work correctly. Using Windows Device Driver Rollback If a problem occurs on your computer after you install or update a driver, use Windows Device Driver Rollback to replace the driver with the previously installed version. Windows XP 1 Click Start→My Computer→Properties→Hardware→Device Manager. 2 Right-click the device for which the new driver was installed and click Properties. 3 Click the Drivers tab→Roll Back Driver.Troubleshooting 141 Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista start button , and right-click Computer. 2 Click Properties→Device Manager. NOTE: The User Account Control window may appear. If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to enter the Device Manager. 3 Right-click the device for which the new driver was installed and click Properties. 4 Click the Drivers tab→Roll Back Driver. If Device Driver Rollback does not resolve the problem, use System Restore (see "Restoring Your Operating System" on page 144) to return your computer to the operating state that existed before you installed the new driver. Using the Drivers and Utilities Media If using Device Driver Rollback or System Restore (see "Restoring Your Operating System" on page 144) does not resolve the problem, reinstall the driver from your Drivers and Utilities media. 1 With the Windows desktop displayed, insert your Drivers and Utilities media. If this is your first time to use your Drivers and Utilities media, continue to step 2. If not, proceed to step 5. 2 When the Drivers and Utilitiesinstallation program starts, follow the prompts on the screen. NOTE: In most cases, the Drivers and Utilities program starts running automatically. If it does not, start Windows Explorer, click your media drive directory to display the media contents, and then double-click the autorcd.exe file. 3 When the InstallShield Wizard Complete window appears, remove the Drivers and Utilities disc and click Finish to restart the computer. 4 When you see the Windows desktop, reinsert the Drivers and Utilities disc.142 Troubleshooting 5 At the Welcome Dell System Owner screen, click Next. NOTE: The Drivers and Utilities program displays drivers only for hardware that came installed in your computer. If you installed additional hardware, the drivers for the new hardware might not be displayed. If those drivers are not displayed, exit the Drivers and Utilities program. For drivers information, see the documentation that came with the device. A message stating that the Drivers and Utilities program is detecting hardware in your computer appears. The drivers that are used by your computer are automatically displayed in the My Drivers—The ResourceCD has identified these components in your system window. 6 Click the driver that you want to reinstall and follow the instructions on the screen. If a particular driver is not listed, then that driver is not required by your operating system. Manually Reinstalling Drivers NOTE: If your computer has a Consumer IR port and you are reinstalling a Consumer IR driver, you must first enable the Consumer IR port in the system setup program (see "Using the System Setup Program" on page 203) before continuing with the driver installation (see "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140). For information about components installed on your computer, see "Determining Your Computer’s Configuration" on page 21. After extracting the driver files to your hard drive, as described in the previous section: Windows XP 1 Click Start→ My Computer→Properties→Hardware→Device Manager. 2 Double-click the type of device for which you are installing the driver (for example, Audio or Video). 3 Double-click the name of the device for which you are installing the driver. 4 Click the Driver tab→Update Driver. 5 Click Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)→Next.Troubleshooting 143 6 Click Browse and browse to the location to which you previously copied the driver files. 7 When the name of the appropriate driver appears, click Next. 8 Click Finish and restart your computer. Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista start button , and right-click Computer. 2 Click Properties→Device Manager. NOTE: The User Account Control window may appear. If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to enter the Device Manager. 3 Double-click the type of device for which you are installing the driver (for example, Audio or Video). 4 Double-click the name of the device for which you are installing the driver. 5 Click the Driver tab→Update Driver→ Browse my computer for driver software. 6 Click Browse and browse to the location to which you previously copied the driver files. 7 When the name of the appropriate driver appears, click the name of the driver→OK→Next. 8 Click Finish and restart your computer. Troubleshooting Software and Hardware Problems in the Microsoft® Windows® XP and Microsoft Windows Vista® Operating Systems If a device is either not detected during the operating system setup or is detected but incorrectly configured, use Windows Vista Help and Support to resolve the incompatibility: If a device is either not detected during the operating system setup or is detected but incorrectly configured, you can use the Hardware Troubleshooter to resolve the incompatibility.144 Troubleshooting To start the Hardware Troubleshooter: Windows XP 1 Click Start→Help and Support. 2 Type hardware troubleshooter in the search field and press to start the search. 3 In the Fix a Problem section, click Hardware Troubleshooter. 4 In the Hardware Troubleshooter list, select the option that best describes the problem and click Next to follow the remaining troubleshooting steps. Windows Vista 1 Click the Windows Vista start button , and click Help and Support. 2 Type hardware troubleshooter in the search field and press to start the search. 3 In the search results, select the option that best describes the problem and follow the remaining troubleshooting steps. Restoring Your Operating System You can restore your operating system in the following ways: • Microsoft Windows Vista System Restore returns your computer to an earlier operating state without affecting data files. Use System Restore as the first solution for restoring your operating system and preserving data files. For instructions, see "Using MicrosoftWindows System Restore" on page 145. • Dell PC Restore by Symantec (available in Windows XP) and Dell Factory Image Restore (available in Windows Vista) returns your hard drive to the operating state it was in when you purchased the computer. Both permanently delete all data on the hard drive and remove any programs installed after you received the computer. Use Dell PC Restore or Dell Factory Image Restore only if System Restore did not resolve your operating system problem. • If you received Operating System media with your computer, you can use it to restore your operating system. However, using the Operating System media also deletes all data on the hard drive. Use the media only if System Restore did not resolve your operating system problem. For instructions, see "Using the Operating System Media" on page 150.Troubleshooting 145 Using MicrosoftWindows System Restore The Windows operating system provides System Restore to allow you to return your computer to an earlier operating state (without affecting data files) if changes to the hardware, software, or other system settings have left the computer in an undesirable operating state. Any changes that System Restore makes to your computer are completely reversible. NOTICE: Make regular backups of your data files. System Restore does not monitor your data files or recover them. NOTE: The procedures in this document were written for the Windows default view, so they may not apply if you set your Dell computer to the Windows Classic view. 1 Click Start →Help and Support. 2 Type System Restore in the search field, then press . NOTE: The User Account Control window may appear. If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action. 3 Click Next and follow the remaining prompts on the screen. In the event that System Restore did not resolve the issue, you may undo the last system restore. Starting System Restore Windows XP NOTICE: Before you restore the computer to an earlier operating state, save and close any open files and exit any open programs. Do not alter, open, or delete any files or programs until the system restoration is complete. 1 Click Start→All Programs→Accessories→System Tools→System Restore. 2 Click either Restore my computer to an earlier time or Create a restore point. 3 Click Next and follow the remaining on-screen prompts.146 Troubleshooting Windows Vista 1 Click Start . 2 In the Start Search box, type System Restore and press . NOTE: The User Account Control window may appear. If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action. 3 Click Next and follow the remaining prompts on the screen. In the event that System Restore did not resolve the issue, you may undo the last system restore. Undoing the Last System Restore NOTICE: Before you undo the last system restore, save and close all open files and exit any open programs. Do not alter, open, or delete any files or programs until the system restoration is complete. Windows XP 1 Click Start→All Programs→ Accessories→ System Tools→System Restore. 2 Click Undo my last restoration and click Next. Windows Vista 1 Click Start . 2 In the Start Search box, type System Restore and press . 3 Click Undo my last restoration and click Next. Enabling System Restore NOTE: Windows Vista does not disable System Restore; regardless of low disk space. Therefore, the steps below apply only to Windows XP. If you reinstall Windows XP with less than 200 MB of free hard-disk space available, System Restore is automatically disabled. To see if System Restore is enabled: 1 Click Start→Control Panel→Performance and Maintenance→System. 2 Click the System Restore tab and ensure that Turn off System Restore is unchecked.Troubleshooting 147 Using Dell™ PC Restore and Dell Factory Image Restore NOTICE: Using Dell PC Restore or Dell Factory Image Restore permanently deletes all data on the hard drive and removes any programs or drivers installed after you received your computer. If possible, back up the data before using these options. Use PC Restore or Dell Factory Image Restore only if System Restore did not resolve your operating system problem. NOTE: Dell PC Restore by Symantec and Dell Factory Image Restore may not be available in certain countries or on certain computers. Use Dell PC Restore (Windows XP) or Dell Factory Image Restore (Windows Vista) only as the last method to restore your operating system. These options restore your hard drive to the operating state it was in when you purchased the computer. Any programs or files added since you received your computer—including data files—are permanently deleted from the hard drive. Data files include documents, spreadsheets, e-mail messages, digital photos, music files, and so on. If possible, back up all data before using PC Restore or Factory Image Restore. Dell PC Restore Using PC Restore: 1 Turn on the computer. During the boot process, a blue bar with www.dell.com appears at the top of the screen. 2 Immediately upon seeing the blue bar, press . If you do not press in time, let the computer finish starting, and then restart the computer again. NOTICE: If you do not want to proceed with PC Restore, click Reboot. 3 Click Restore and click Confirm. The restore process takes approximately 6 to 10 minutes to complete. 4 When prompted, click Finish to reboot the computer. NOTE: Do not manually shut down the computer. Click Finish and let the computer completely reboot.148 Troubleshooting 5 When prompted, click Yes. The computer restarts. Because the computer is restored to its original operating state, the screens that appear, such as the End User License Agreement, are the same ones that appeared the first time the computer was turned on. 6 Click Next. The System Restore screen appears and the computer restarts. 7 After the computer restarts, click OK. Removing PC Restore: NOTICE: Removing Dell PC Restore from the hard drive permanently deletes the PC Restore utility from your computer. After you have removed Dell PC Restore, you will not be able to use it to restore your computer operating system. Dell PC Restore enables you to restore your hard drive to the operating state it was in when you purchased your computer. It is recommended that you do not remove PC Restore from your computer, even to gain additional hard-drive space. If you remove PC Restore from the hard drive, you cannot ever recall it, and you will never be able to use PC Restore to return your computer operating system to its original state. 1 Log on to the computer as a local administrator. 2 In Microsoft Windows Explorer, go to c:\dell\utilities\DSR. 3 Double-click the filename DSRIRRemv2.exe. NOTE: If you do not log on as a local administrator, a message appears stating that you must log on as administrator. Click Quit, and then log on as a local administrator. NOTE: If the partition for PC Restore does not exist on your computer hard drive, a message appears stating that the partition was not found. Click Quit; there is no partition to delete. 4 Click OK to remove the PC Restore partition on the hard drive. 5 Click Yes when a confirmation message appears. The PC Restore partition is deleted and the newly available disk space is added to the free space allocation on the hard drive. Troubleshooting 149 6 Right-click Local Disk (C) in Windows Explorer, click Properties, and verify that the additional disk space is available as indicated by the increased value for Free Space. 7 Click Finish to close the PC Restore Removal window and restart the computer. Windows Vista: Dell Factory Image Restore 1 Turn on the computer. When the Dell logo appears, press several times to access the Vista Advanced Boot Options Window. 2 Select Repair Your Computer. The System Recovery Options window appears. 3 Select a keyboard layout and click Next. 4 To access the recovery options, log on as a local user. To access the command prompt, type administrator in the User name field, then click OK. 5 Click Dell Factory Image Restore. NOTE: Depending upon your configuration, you may need to select Dell Factory Tools, then Dell Factory Image Restore. The Dell Factory Image Restore welcome screen appears. 6 Click Next. The Confirm Data Deletion screen appears. NOTICE: If you do not want to proceed with Factory Image Restore, click Cancel. 7 Click the checkbox to confirm that you want to continue reformatting the hard drive and restoring the system software to the factory condition, then click Next. The restore process begins and may take five or more minutes to complete. A message appears when the operating system and factory-installed applications have been restored to factory condition. 8 Click Finish to reboot the system.150 Troubleshooting Using the Operating System Media Before You Begin If you are considering reinstalling the Windows operating system to correct a problem with a newly installed driver, first try using Windows Device Driver Rollback (see "Using Windows Device Driver Rollback" on page 140). If Device Driver Rollback does not resolve the problem, then use System Restore to return your operating system to the operating state it was in before you installed the new device driver (see "Using MicrosoftWindows System Restore" on page 145). NOTICE: Before performing the installation, back up all data files on your primary hard drive. For conventional hard drive configurations, the primary hard drive is the first drive detected by the computer. To reinstall Windows, you need the following items: • Dell Operating System media • Dell Drivers and Utilities media NOTE: Your Drivers and Utilities media contains drivers that were installed during assembly of the computer. Use your Drivers and Utilities media to load any required drivers, including the drivers required if your computer has a RAID controller. Reinstalling Windows XP or Windows Vista The reinstallation process can take 1 to 2 hours to complete. After you reinstall the operating system, you must also reinstall the device drivers, virus protection program, and other software. NOTICE: The Operating System media provides options for reinstalling Windows XP. The options can overwrite files and possibly affect programs that are installed on your hard drive. Therefore, do not reinstall Windows XP unless a Dell technical support representative instructs you to do so. 1 Save and close any open files and exit any open programs. 2 Insert the Operating System disc. 3 Click Exit if the Install Windows message appears.Troubleshooting 151 4 Restart the computer. When the DELL logo appears, press immediately. NOTE: If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop; then, shut down your computer and try again. NOTE: The next steps change the boot sequence for one time only. On the next start-up, the computer boots according to the devices specified in the system setup program. 5 When the boot device list appears, highlight CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive and press . 6 Press any key to Boot from CD-ROM. 7 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.152 TroubleshootingAdding and Replacing Parts 153 Adding and Replacing Parts Before You Begin This chapter provides procedures for removing and installing the components in your computer. Unless otherwise noted, each procedure assumes that the following conditions exist: • You have performed the steps in "Turning Off Your Computer" on page 154 and "Before Working Inside Your Computer" on page 154. • You have read the safety information in your Dell Product Information Guide. • A component can be replaced—or if purchased separately—installed by performing the removal procedure in reverse order. Recommended Tools The procedures in this document may require the following tools: • Small flat-blade screwdriver • Phillips screwdriver • Small plastic scribe • Flash BIOS update (see the Dell Support website at support.dell.com)154 Adding and Replacing Parts Turning Off Your Computer NOTICE: To avoid losing data, save and close any open files and exit any open programs before you turn off your computer. 1 Save and close all open files and exit all open programs. 2 Shut down the operating system: Windows® XP: Click Start→Shut Down→Shut down. Windows Vista®: Click the Windows Vista Start button , click the arrow in the lower-right corner of the Start menu as shown below, and then click Shut Down. The computer turns off after the operating system shutdown process is complete. 3 Ensure that the computer and all attached devices are turned off. If your computer and attached devices did not automatically turn off when you shut down your operating system, press and hold the power button for about 4 seconds to turn them off. Before Working Inside Your Computer Use the following safety guidelines to help protect your computer from potential damage and to help ensure your own personal safety. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. CAUTION: Handle components and cards with care. Do not touch the components or contacts on a card. Hold a card by its edges or by its metal mounting bracket. Hold a component such as a processor by its edges, not by its pins. NOTICE: Only a certified service technician should perform repairs on your computer. Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not covered by your warranty.Adding and Replacing Parts 155 NOTICE: When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain-relief loop, not on the cable itself. Some cables have a connector with locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before you disconnect the cable. As you pull connectors apart, keep them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector pins. Also, before you connect a cable, ensure that both connectors are correctly oriented and aligned. NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the computer, perform the following steps before you begin working inside the computer. 1 Ensure that the work surface is flat and clean to prevent the computer cover from being scratched. 2 Turn off your computer (see "Turning Off Your Computer" on page 154). NOTICE: To disconnect a network cable, first unplug the cable from your computer, and then unplug it from the network wall jack. 3 Disconnect any telephone or network cables from the computer. 4 Disconnect your computer and all attached devices from their electrical outlets. NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the system board, you must remove the battery from the battery bay before you service the computer. NOTE: To avoid damage to the computer, use only the battery designed for this particular Dell computer. Do not use batteries designed for other Dell computers. 5 Turn the computer over. 6 Slide and click the battery release latches. 7 Slide the battery out of the battery bay.156 Adding and Replacing Parts 8 Turn the computer top-side up, open the display, and press the power button to ground the system board. 9 Remove any installed cards from the ExpressCard slot (see "Removing an ExpressCard or Blank" on page 89) and the 8-in-1 memory card reader (see "Removing a Memory Card or Blank" on page 92). Hard Drive CAUTION: If you remove the hard drive from the computer when the drive is hot, do not touch the metal housing of the hard drive. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: To prevent data loss, turn off your computer (see "Turning Off Your Computer" on page 154) before removing the hard drive. Do not remove the hard drive while the computer is on or in Sleep state. NOTICE: Hard drives are extremely fragile. Exercise care when handling the hard drive. NOTE: Dell does not guarantee compatibility or provide support for hard drives from sources other than Dell. NOTE: If you are installing a hard drive from a source other than Dell, you need to install an operating system, drivers, and utilities on the new hard drive (see "Restoring Your Operating System" on page 144 and "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140). 1 battery 2 battery release latch (2) 1 2Adding and Replacing Parts 157 Removing the Hard Drive 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer over and remove the hard drive screws. NOTICE: When the hard drive is not in the computer, store it in protective antistatic packaging (see "Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge" in the Product Information Guide). 3 Slide the hard drive out of the computer. 1 hard drive 2 screws (4) 1 2158 Adding and Replacing Parts Replacing the Hard Drive 1 Remove the new drive from its packaging. Save the original packaging for storing or shipping the hard drive. NOTICE: Use firm and even pressure to slide the drive into place. If you use excessive force, you may damage the connector. 2 Slide the hard drive into the bay until it is fully seated. 3 Replace and tighten the screws. 4 Install the operating system for your computer, as needed (see "Restoring Your Operating System" on page 144). 5 Install the drivers and utilities for your computer, as needed (see "Reinstalling Drivers and Utilities" on page 140). Returning a Hard Drive to Dell Return your old hard drive to Dell in its original, or comparable, foam packaging. Otherwise, the hard drive may be damaged in transit. 1 foam packaging 2 hard drive 2 1Adding and Replacing Parts 159 Optical Drive CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. Removing the Optical Drive 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer over. 3 Remove the locking screw from the optical drive. 4 Using a plastic scribe, push the notch to release the optical drive from the bay. 5 Slide the optical drive out of the bay. 1 optical drive 2 notch 3 locking screw 2 1 3160 Adding and Replacing Parts Replacing the Optical Drive 1 Slide the optical drive into the bay. 2 Replace and tighten the locking screw. Hinge Cover CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the system board, you must remove the battery from the battery bay before you begin working inside the computer. Removing the Hinge Cover 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Open the display as far as it will open. NOTICE: To avoid damage to the hinge cover, do not lift the cover on both sides simultaneously. 3 Insert a plastic scribe into the indent to lift the hinge cover on the right side. 4 Ease the hinge cover up, moving from right to left, and remove it.Adding and Replacing Parts 161 Replacing the Hinge Cover 1 Insert the left edge of the hinge cover. 2 Press from left to right until the cover snaps into place. Keyboard For more information about the keyboard, see "Using the Keyboard and Touchpad" on page 47. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the system board, you must remove the battery from the battery bay before you begin working inside the computer. 1 hinge cover 2 scribe 1 2162 Adding and Replacing Parts Removing the Keyboard 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Remove the hinge cover (see "Hinge Cover" on page 160). 3 Remove the two screws at the top of the keyboard. NOTICE: The key caps on the keyboard are fragile, easily dislodged, and timeconsuming to replace. Be careful when removing and handling the keyboard. 4 Lift the keyboard and hold it up and slightly forward to access to the keyboard connector. 5 To disconnect the keyboard cable from the keyboard connector on the system board, rotate the keyboard connector latch toward the front of the computer. 6 Slide the keyboard cable out of the keyboard connector on the DIMM A memory module cover. 1 screws (2) 2 keyboard 3 tabs (5) 4 keyboard cable 5 cable release lever 1 2 4 5 3Adding and Replacing Parts 163 Replacing the Keyboard 1 Slide the keyboard cable into the keyboard connector on the DIMM A memory module cover. 2 Rotate the keyboard connector latch to secure the cable. 3 Hook the tabs along the front edge of the keyboard into the palmrest. 4 Press on the right edge near the top to snap the keyboard into place. 5 Replace the two screws on the top of the keyboard. Memory CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. You can increase your computer memory by installing memory modules on the system board. See "Specifications" on page 193 for information on the memory supported by your computer. Install only memory modules that are intended for your computer. NOTE: Memory modules purchased from Dell are covered under your computer warranty. Your computer has two user-accessible SODIMM sockets, one accessed from beneath the keyboard (DIMM A), and the other accessed from the bottom of the computer (DIMM B). NOTICE: If your computer has only one memory module, install the memory module in the connector labeled “DIMMA.” NOTICE: If you need to install memory modules in two connectors, install a memory module in the connector labeled “DIMMA” before you install a module in the connector labeled “DIMMB.” Removing the DIMM A Memory Module NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). The DIMM A memory module is located under the keyboard. 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Remove the hinge cover (see "Hinge Cover" on page 160).164 Adding and Replacing Parts 3 Remove the keyboard (see "Keyboard" on page 161). NOTE: It is not necessary to disconnect the keyboard cable from the memory module cover. 4 Lift the memory module cover but do not remove it. NOTICE: To prevent damage to the memory module connector, do not use tools to spread the memory module securing clips. 5 Use your fingertips to carefully spread apart the securing clips on each end of the memory module connector until the module pops up. 6 Remove the module from the connector. 1 memory module cover 2 memory module (DIMM A) 3 securing clips (2) 1 2 3Adding and Replacing Parts 165 Replacing the DIMM A Memory Module NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). 1 Align the notch in the module edge connector with the tab in the connector slot. 2 Slide the module firmly into the slot at a 45-degree angle, and rotate the module down until it clicks into place. If you do not feel the click, remove the module and reinstall it. NOTE: If the memory module is not installed properly, the computer may not boot. No error message indicates this failure. 3 Replace the memory module cover. 4 Replace the keyboard and hinge cover. 5 Insert the battery into the battery bay, or connect the AC adapter to your computer and an electrical outlet. 6 Turn on the computer. As the computer boots, it detects the additional memory and automatically updates the system configuration information. 1 tab 2 notch 1 2166 Adding and Replacing Parts Confirm the amount of memory installed in the computer: • Windows® XP – Right-click the My Computer icon on your desktop, then click Properties→ General. • Windows Vista® – Click the Windows Vista Start button , right-click Computer, and then click Properties. Removing the DIMM B Memory Module The DIMM B memory module is located under the memory module cover on the bottom of the computer. 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer upside-down, loosen the captive screw on the memory module cover (see "Bottom View" on page 32), and remove the cover. NOTICE: To prevent damage to the memory module connector, do not use tools to spread the memory module securing clips. NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). 1 memory module/coin-cell battery compartment 2 captive screw 1 2Adding and Replacing Parts 167 3 Use your fingertips to carefully spread apart the securing clips on each end of the memory module connector until the module pops up. 4 Remove the module from the connector. Replacing the DIMM B Memory Module NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). 1 Align the notch in the module edge connector with the tab in the connector slot. 2 Slide the module firmly into the slot at a 45-degree angle, and rotate the module down until it clicks into place. If you do not feel the click, remove the module and reinstall it. NOTE: If the memory module is not installed properly, the computer may not boot. No error message indicates this failure. 1 securing clips (2) 2 memory module 1 2168 Adding and Replacing Parts NOTICE: If the cover is difficult to close, remove the module and reinstall it. Forcing the cover to close may damage your computer. 3 Replace the memory module cover. 4 Insert the battery into the battery bay, or connect the AC adapter to your computer and an electrical outlet. 5 Turn on the computer. As the computer boots, it detects the additional memory and automatically updates the system configuration information. Confirm the amount of memory installed in the computer: • Windows® XP – Right-click the My Computer icon on your desktop, then click Properties→ General. • Windows Vista® – Click the Windows Vista Start button , right-click Computer, and then click Properties. 1 tab 2 notch 1 2Adding and Replacing Parts 169 Subscriber Identity Module Subscriber Identity Modules (SIM) identify users uniquely through an International Mobile Subscriber Identity. CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTE: Only Cingular and Vodafone need a SIM. Verizon, Sprint, and Telus do not use SIMs. 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 In the battery bay, slide the SIM into the compartment with the cut-off corner of the card facing away from the compartment. 1 battery bay 2 SIM 1 2170 Adding and Replacing Parts Wireless Mini Cards CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the system board, you must remove the battery from the battery bay before you begin working inside the computer. If you ordered a wireless Mini Card with your computer, the card is already installed. Your computer supports three types of wireless Mini Cards: • Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) • Mobile Broadband or Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) • Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN) Removing a WLAN Card 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer over. 3 Loosen the captive screws on the cover of the Mini Card compartment and remove the cover. 1 captive screws (2) 2 cover 1 2Adding and Replacing Parts 171 4 Disconnect the antenna cables from the WLAN card. 5 Release the WLAN card by pushing the metal securing tabs toward the back of the computer until the card pops up slightly. 1 antenna cable connectors (2) 2 WLAN card 1 2172 Adding and Replacing Parts 6 Lift the WLAN card out of its system board connector. Replacing a WLAN Card NOTICE: The connectors are keyed to ensure correct insertion. If you feel resistance, check the connectors on the card and on the system board, and realign the card. NOTICE: To avoid damage to the WLAN card, never place cables under the card. 1 Insert the WLAN card connector into the system board connector labeled "WLAN" at a 45-degree angle. 2 Press the other end of the WLAN card down into the securing tabs until the card clicks into place. 1 metal securing tabs (2) 2 WLAN card 1 2Adding and Replacing Parts 173 3 Connect the appropriate antenna cables to the WLAN card you are installing: If the WLAN card has two triangles on the label (white and black), connect the white antenna cable to the connector labeled "main" (white triangle), and connect the black antenna cable to the connector labeled "aux" (black triangle). If the WLAN card has three triangles on the label (white, black, and gray), connect the white antenna cable to the white triangle, connect the black antenna cable to the black triangle, and connect the gray antenna cable to the gray triangle. NOTE: The gray antenna cable may not be available in all computers. The presence of the gray antenna cable in your Mini Card compartment depends on the type of display. 4 Secure unused antenna cables in the protective mylar sleeve. 5 Replace the cover and tighten the captive screws. Removing a Mobile Broadband or WWAN Card NOTE: WWAN is also available on an ExpressCard (see "Using ExpressCards" on page 87). 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer over. 3 Loosen the captive screws on the cover of the Mini Card compartment and remove the cover.174 Adding and Replacing Parts 4 Disconnect the two antenna cables from the WWAN card. 1 captive screws (2) 2 cover 1 2Adding and Replacing Parts 175 5 Release the WWAN card by pushing the metal securing tabs toward the back of the computer until the card pops up slightly. 1 antenna cable connectors (2) 2 WWAN card 1 2176 Adding and Replacing Parts 6 Lift the WWAN card out of its system board connector. Replacing a WWAN Card NOTICE: The connectors are keyed to ensure correct insertion. If you feel resistance, check the connectors on the card and on the system board, and realign the card. NOTICE: To avoid damage to the WWAN card, never place cables under the card. 1 Insert the WWAN card connector into the system board connector labeled "WWAN" at a 45-degree angle. 2 Press the other end of the WWAN card down into the securing tabs until the card clicks into place. 1 metal securing tabs (2) 2 WWAN card 1 2Adding and Replacing Parts 177 3 Connect the black antenna cable with a gray stripe to the connector labeled "aux" (black triangle) and connect the white antenna cable with a gray stripe to the connector labeled "main" (white triangle). 4 Secure unused antenna cables in the protective mylar sleeve. 5 Replace the cover and tighten the captive screws. Removing a WPAN Card 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer over. 3 Loosen the captive screws on the cover of the Mini Card compartment and remove the cover. 4 Disconnect the blue antenna cable from the WPAN card. 5 Release the WPAN card by pushing the metal securing tabs toward the back of the computer until the card pops up slightly. 6 Lift the WPAN card out of its system board connector. 1 captive screws (2) 2 cover 1 2178 Adding and Replacing Parts Replacing a WPAN Card NOTICE: The connectors are keyed to ensure correct insertion. If you feel resistance, check the connectors on the card and on the system board, and realign the card. NOTICE: To avoid damage to the WPAN card, never place cables under the card. 1 Insert the WPAN card connector into the system board connector labeled "WPAN" at a 45-degree angle. 2 Press the other end of the WPAN card down into the securing tabs until the card clicks into place. 3 Connect the blue antenna cable to the WPAN card. 4 Secure unused antenna cables in the protective mylar sleeve. 5 Replace the cover and tighten the captive screws. Flash Cache Module The Flash Cache Module (FCM) is an internal flash drive that helps improve the performance of your computer. If you ordered an FCM with your computer, the card is already installed. NOTE: Windows® XP does not support an FCM. You can have an FCM installed when running Windows XP but it will have no effect on your computer’s performance. Removing the FCM 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer over and remove the cover on the Mini Card compartment. 3 Ground yourself by touching one of the metal connectors on the back of the computer. NOTE: If you leave the area, ground yourself again when you return to the computer. Adding and Replacing Parts 179 4 Release the FCM by pushing the metal securing brackets away from the card until the card pops up slightly. 5 Remove the FCM. Replacing the FCM NOTICE: Install the FCM in the WWAN or WPAN slot. Do not install an FCM in the WLAN card slot. Doing so may cause damage to your computer. 1 Insert the FCM connector into the system board connector at a 45-degree angle 2 Press the other end of the FCM down into the securing tabs until the card clicks into place. 1 metal securing tabs (2) 2 FCM 1 2180 Adding and Replacing Parts Internal Card With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the system board, you must remove the battery from the battery bay before you begin working inside the computer. If you ordered a card with Bluetooth wireless technology with your computer, it is already installed. Removing the Card 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Remove the hinge cover (see "Hinge Cover" on page 160). 3 Disconnect the cable on the card. 4 Grasp the connector end of the card and slide it out from under the securing tabs. 1 securing tab 2 card 3 securing tab 4 cable 1 4 2 3Adding and Replacing Parts 181 Replacing the Card 1 Replace the card at an angle to slide it under the securing tabs in the card compartment. 2 Connect the cable to the card. Coin-Cell Battery CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide. NOTICE: To avoid electrostatic discharge, ground yourself by using a wrist grounding strap or by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface (such as a connector on the back of the computer). NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the system board, you must remove the battery from the battery bay before you begin working inside the computer. Removing the Coin-Cell Battery 1 Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin" on page 153. 2 Turn the computer over. 3 Loosen the captive screw on the memory module/coin-cell battery cover (see "Bottom View" on page 32), and remove the cover. 4 Disconnect the coin-cell battery cable from the system board. 5 Slide the battery out of the mylar sleeve. 1 coin-cell battery 2 mylar sleeve 3 battery cable connector 2 1 3182 Adding and Replacing Parts Replacing the Coin-Cell Battery 1 Connect the coin-cell battery cable to the system board. 2 Slide the coin-cell battery into the mylar sleeve. 3 Replace the cover and tighten the captive screw.Dell™ QuickSet Features 183 Dell™ QuickSet Features NOTE: This feature may not be available on your computer. Dell QuickSet provides you with easy access to configure or view the following types of settings: • Network connectivity • Power management • Display • System information Depending on what you want to do in Dell QuickSet, you can start it by either clicking, double-clicking, or right-clicking the QuickSet icon in the Microsoft® Windows® notification area. The notification area is located in the lower-right corner of your screen. For more information about QuickSet, right-click the QuickSet icon and select Help.184 Dell™ QuickSet FeaturesTraveling With Your Computer 185 Traveling With Your Computer Identifying Your Computer • Attach a name tag or business card to the computer. • Write down your Service Tag and store it in a safe place away from the computer or carrying case. Use the Service Tag if you need to report a loss or theft to law enforcement officials and to Dell. • Create a file on the Microsoft® Windows® desktop called if_found. Place information such as your name, address, and phone number in this file. • Contact your credit card company and ask if it offers coded identification tags. Packing the Computer • Remove any external devices attached to the computer and store them in a safe place. • Fully charge the main battery and any spare batteries that you plan to carry with you. • Shut down the computer. • Disconnect the AC adapter. NOTICE: When the display is closed, extraneous items on the keyboard or palm rest could damage the display. • Remove any extraneous items, such as paper clips, pens, and paper, from the keyboard and palm rest and close the display. • Use the optional Dell carrying case to pack the computer and its accessories together safely. • Avoid packing the computer with items such as shaving cream, colognes, perfumes, or food. NOTICE: If the computer has been exposed to extreme temperatures, allow it to acclimate to room temperature for 1 hour before turning it on.186 Traveling With Your Computer • Protect the computer, the batteries, and the hard drive from hazards such as extreme temperatures and overexposure to sunlight, dirt, dust, or liquids. • Pack the computer so that it does not slide around in the trunk of your car or in an overhead storage compartment. Travel Tips NOTICE: Do not move the computer while using the optical drive to prevent loss of data. NOTICE: Do not check the computer as baggage. • Consider disabling wireless activity on your computer to maximize battery operating time. To disable wireless activity, use the wireless switch (see "wireless switch" on page 27). • Consider changing your power management options to maximize battery operating time (see "Power Management Modes" on page 56). • If you are traveling internationally, carry proof of ownership—or of your right to use the computer if it is company-owned—to speed your passage through customs. Investigate the customs regulations of the countries you plan to visit, and consider acquiring an international carnet (also known as a merchandise passport) from your government. • Find out what type of electrical outlets are used in the countries you will visit, and have appropriate power adapters. • Check with your credit card company for information about the kinds of emergency travel assistance it offers to users of portable computers. Traveling by Air NOTICE: Do not walk the computer through a metal detector. Send the computer through an X-ray machine or have it hand-inspected. • Ensure that you have a charged battery available in case you are asked to turn on the computer. • Prior to entering the airplane, verify that using a computer is permitted. Some airlines forbid the use of electronic devices during flight. All airlines forbid the use of electronic devices during takeoff and landing.Getting Help 187 Getting Help Obtaining Assistance CAUTION: If you need to remove the computer cover, first disconnect the computer power and modem cables from all electrical outlets. If you experience a problem with your computer, you can complete the following steps to diagnose and troubleshoot the problem: 1 See "Troubleshooting" on page 107 for information and procedures that pertain to the problem your computer is experiencing. 2 See "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107 for procedures on how to run Dell Diagnostics. 3 Fill out the "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191. 4 Use Dell's extensive suite of online services available at Dell Support (support.dell.com) for help with installation and troubleshooting procedures. See "Online Services" on page 188 for a more extensive list of Dell Support online. 5 If the preceding steps have not resolved the problem, see "Contacting Dell" on page 192. NOTE: Call Dell Support from a telephone near or at the computer so that the support staff can assist you with any necessary procedures. NOTE: Dell's Express Service Code system may not be available in all countries. When prompted by Dell's automated telephone system, enter your Express Service Code to route the call directly to the proper support personnel. If you do not have an Express Service Code, open the Dell Accessories folder, double-click the Express Service Code icon, and follow the directions. For instructions on using the Dell Support, see "Technical Support and Customer Service" on page 188. NOTE: Some of the following services are not always available in all locations outside the continental U.S. Call your local Dell representative for information on availability.188 Getting Help Technical Support and Customer Service Dell's support service is available to answer your questions about Dell™ hardware. Our support staff uses computer-based diagnostics to provide fast, accurate answers. To contact Dell's support service, see "Before You Call" on page 190, and then see "Contacting Dell" on page 192. DellConnect DellConnect is a simple online access tool that allows a Dell service and support associate to access your computer through a broadband connection, diagnose your problem and repair it all under your supervision. For more information, go to support.dell.com and click DellConnect. Online Services You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites: www.dell.com www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only) www.dell.com/jp (Japan only) www.euro.dell.com (Europe only) www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries) www.dell.ca (Canada only) You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail addresses: • Dell Support websites support.dell.com support.jp.dell.com (Japan only) support.euro.dell.com (Europe only) • Dell Support e-mail addresses mobile_support@us.dell.com support@us.dell.com la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only) apsupport@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)Getting Help 189 • Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses apmarketing@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only) sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only) • Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP) ftp.dell.com Log in as user: anonymous, and use your e-mail address as your password. AutoTech Service Dell's automated support service—AutoTech—provides recorded answers to the questions most frequently asked by Dell customers about their portable and desktop computers. When you call AutoTech, use your touch-tone telephone to select the subjects that correspond to your questions. For the telephone number to call for your region, see "Contacting Dell" on page 192. Automated Order-Status Service To check on the status of any Dell products that you have ordered, you can go to support.dell.com, or you can call the automated order-status service. A recording prompts you for the information needed to locate and report on your order. For the telephone number to call for your region, see "Contacting Dell" on page 192. Problems With Your Order If you have a problem with your order, such as missing parts, wrong parts, or incorrect billing, contact Dell for customer assistance. Have your invoice or packing slip handy when you call. For the telephone number to call for your region, see "Contacting Dell" on page 192. Product Information If you need information about additional products available from Dell, or if you would like to place an order, visit the Dell website at www.dell.com. For the telephone number to call for your region or to speak to a sales specialist, see "Contacting Dell" on page 192.190 Getting Help Returning Items for Warranty Repair or Credit Prepare all items being returned, whether for repair or credit, as follows: 1 Call Dell to obtain a Return Material Authorization Number, and write it clearly and prominently on the outside of the box. For the telephone number to call for your region, see "Contacting Dell" on page 192. 2 Include a copy of the invoice and a letter describing the reason for the return. 3 Include a copy of the Diagnostics Checklist (see "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191), indicating the tests that you have run and any error messages reported by the Dell Diagnostics (see "Dell Diagnostics" on page 107). 4 Include any accessories that belong with the item(s) being returned (power cables, software floppy disks, guides, and so on) if the return is for credit. 5 Pack the equipment to be returned in the original (or equivalent) packing materials. You are responsible for paying shipping expenses. You are also responsible for insuring any product returned, and you assume the risk of loss during shipment to Dell. Collect On Delivery (C.O.D.) packages are not accepted. Returns that are missing any of the preceding requirements will be refused at Dell’s receiving dock and returned to you. Before You Call NOTE: Have your Express Service Code ready when you call. The code helps Dell’s automated-support telephone system direct your call more efficiently. You may also be asked for your Service Tag (located on the back or bottom of your computer). Remember to fill out the Diagnostics Checklist (see "Diagnostics Checklist" on page 191). If possible, turn on your computer before you call Dell for assistance and call from a telephone at or near the computer. You may be asked to type some commands at the keyboard, relay detailed information during operations, or try other troubleshooting steps possible only at the computer itself. Ensure that the computer documentation is available. CAUTION: Before working inside your computer, follow the safety instructions in your Product InformationGuide.Getting Help 191 Diagnostics Checklist Name: Date: Address: Phone number: Service Tag (bar code on the back or bottom of the computer): Express Service Code: Return Material Authorization Number (if provided by Dell support technician): Operating system and version: Devices: Expansion cards: Are you connected to a network? Yes/No Network, version, and network adapter: Programs and versions: See your operating system documentation to determine the contents of the system’s start-up files. If the computer is connected to a printer, print each file. Otherwise, record the contents of each file before calling Dell. Error message, beep code, or diagnostic code: Description of problem and troubleshooting procedures you performed:192 Getting Help Contacting Dell NOTE: If you do not have an active Internet connection, you can find contact information on your purchase invoice, packing slip, bill, or Dell product catalog. Dell provides several online and telephone-based support and service options. Availability varies by country and product, and some services may not be available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical support, or customer service issues: 1 Visit support.dell.com. 2 Verify your country or region in the Choose A Country/Region drop-down menu at the bottom of the page. 3 Click Contact Us on the left side of the page. 4 Select the appropriate service or support link based on your need. 5 Choose the method of contacting Dell that is convenient for you.Specifications 193 Specifications NOTE: Offerings may vary by region. For more information regarding the configuration of your computer, click Start , click Help and Support, and then select the option to view information about your computer. Processor Processor type Intel® Core™ 2 Duo L1 cache 32 KB per instruction, 32 KB data cache per core L2 cache 2 MB or 4 MB per core depending on model External bus frequency 667 MHz and 800 MHz System Information System chipset Mobile Intel Express (GM 965 or PM 965) Data bus width 64 bits DRAM bus width dual-channel (2) 64-bit buses Processor address bus width 32 bits Flash EPROM 1 MB Graphics bus PCI-E X16 PCI bus (PCI-Express used for video controllers) 32 bits x16 ExpressCard NOTE: The ExpressCard slot is designed only for ExpressCards. It does NOT support PC Cards. NOTE: PCMCIA may not be available in some regions. ExpressCard controller Intel ICH8M ExpressCard connector one ExpressCard slot (54 mm)194 Specifications Cards supported ExpressCard/34 (34 mm) ExpressCard/54 (54 mm) 1.5 V and 3.3 V ExpressCard connector size 26 pins 8-in-1 Memory Card Reader 8-in-1 memory card controller Ricoh R5C833 8-in-1 memory card connector 8-in-1 combo card connector Cards supported • Secure Digital (SD) • SDIO • MultiMediaCard (MMC) • Memory Stick • Memory Stick PRO • xD-Picture Card • Hi Speed-SD • Hi Density-SD Memory Memory module connector two user-accessible SODIMM connectors Memory module capacities 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB Memory type 667 MHz SoDIMM DDR2 Minimum memory 512 MB Maximum memory 4 GB NOTE: In order to take advantage of the dual channel bandwidth capability, both memory slots must be populated and must match in size. NOTE: The available memory displayed does not reflect the complete maximum memory installed because some memory is reserved for system files. ExpressCard (continued)Specifications 195 Ports and Connectors Audio microphone connector, stereo headphone/speakers connector IEEE 1394 4-pin serial connector Consumer IR sensor compatible with Philips RC6 (receive only) Mini Card three Type IIIA Mini Card slots Modem RJ-11 port Network adapter RJ-45 port S-video TV-out 7-pin mini-DIN connector (optional S-video to composite video adapter cable) USB four 4-pin USB 2.0-compliant connector Video 15-hole connector Communications Modem: Type v.92 56K MDC Controller softmodem Interface Intel High-Definition Audio Network adapter 10/100 Ethernet LAN on system board Wireless internal WLAN, WWAN, WPAN Mini Cards WWAN ExpressCard Bluetooth® wireless technology196 Specifications Video NOTE: Optional video controller upgrades are available for your computer subject to availability at the time of purchase. To determine the configuration of your computer, see "Determining Your Computer’s Configuration" on page 21. Video type: integrated on system board Video controller Intel 965 GM Video memory dynamic based on system memory capacity LCD interface LVDS TV support NTSC or PAL in S-video, composite, and component modes Video type: discrete video card Data bus PCI Express X16 Video controller nVIDIA GeForce 8400M G or nVIDIA GeForce 8600M GT Video memory 128 MB (GeForce 8400M G) or 256 MB (GeForce 8600M GT) LCD interface LVDS TV support NTSC or PAL in S-video, composite, and component modes Audio Audio type two-channel high-definition stereo Audio controller Intel HDA Azalia Stereo conversion 24-bit (analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog) Interfaces: Internal Intel High Definition Audio External microphone-in connector, stereo headphones/speakers connector Speaker two 4-ohm speakers Internal speaker amplifier 2 Watts per channel into 4 ohms Volume controls program menus, media control buttonsSpecifications 197 Display Type (active-matrix TFT) 15.4-inch WXGA 15.4-inch WXGA with TrueLife 15.4-inch WXGA+ with TrueLife 15.4-inch WSXGA+ with TrueLife Dimensions: Height 222.5 mm (8.8 in) Width 344.5 mm (13.6 in) Diagonal 391.2 mm (15.4 in) Maximum resolutions: WXGA 1280 x 800 at 262 K colors WXGA with TrueLife 1280 x 800 at 262 K colors WXGA+ with TrueLife 1440 x 900 at 262 K colors WSXGA+ with TrueLife 1680 x 1050 at 262 K colors Refresh rate 60 Hz Operating angle 0° (closed) to 155° Viewing angles: Horizontal ±40° (WXGA) ±40° (WXGA with TrueLife) ±55° (WXGA+ with TrueLife) ±60° (WSXGA+ with TrueLife) Vertical +15°/–30° (WXGA) +15°/–30° (WXGA with TrueLife) ±45° (WXGA+ with TrueLife) +40°/–50° (WSXGA+ with TrueLife)198 Specifications Pixel pitch: WXGA 0.258 mm WXGA with TrueLife 0.258 mm WXGA+ with TrueLife 0.2304 mm WSXGA+ with TrueLife 0.197 mm Controls brightness can be controlled through keyboard shortcuts (see "Display Functions" on page 48) Keyboard Number of keys 87 (U.S. and Canada); 88 (Europe); 91 (Japan) Layout QWERTY/AZERTY/Kanji Touch Pad X/Y position resolution (graphics table mode) 240 cpi Size: Width 71.7-mm (2.8-in) sensor-active area Height 34.0-mm (1.3-in) rectangle Battery Type 9-cell "smart" lithium ion 6-cell "smart" lithium ion Dimensions: Depth 67.6 mm (2.66 in) (9 cell) 47.5 mm (1.87 in) (6 cell) Height 20.4 mm (0.8 in) Width 209.9 mm (8.26 in) Weight 0.48 kg (1.06 lb) (9 cell) 0.33 kg (0.7 lb) (6 cell) Display (continued)Specifications 199 Voltage 11.1 VDC Charge time (approximate): Computer off 4 hours Operating time Battery operating time varies depending on operating conditions and can be significantly reduced under certain power-intensive conditions (see "Power Problems" on page 132). See "Using a Battery" on page 53 for more information on battery life. Life span (approximate) 300 discharge/charge cycles Temperature range: Operating 0° to 35°C (32° to 95°F) Storage –40° to 65°C (–40° to 149°F) Coin-cell battery CR-2032 AC Adapter Input voltage 90–264 VAC Input current (maximum) 1.5 A Input frequency 47–63 Hz Output current (65 W) 4.34 A (maximum at 4-second pulse) 3.34 A (continuous) Output current (90 W) 5.62 A (maximum at 4-second pulse) 4.62 A (continuous) Output power 65 W, 90 W Rated output voltage 19.5 +/– 1.0 VDC Dimensions (65 W): Height 28.2 mm (1.11 in) Width 57.9 mm (2.28 in) Depth 137.2 mm (5.4 in) Battery (continued)200 Specifications Weight (with cables) 0.4 kg (0.9 lb) Dimensions (90 W): Height 34.2 mm (1.34 in) Width 60.8 mm (2.39 in) Depth 153.4 mm (6.0 in) Weight (with cables) 0.46 kg (1.01 lb) Temperature range: Operating 0° to 35°C (32° to 95°F) Storage –40° to 65°C (–40° to 149°F) Physical Height 42 mm (1.65 in) Width 358.7 mm (14.12 in) Depth 269 mm (10.59 in) Weight (with 6-cell battery): Configurable to less than 3.0 kg (6.61 lb) Environmental Temperature range: Operating 0° to 35°C (32° to 95°F) Storage –40° to 65°C (–40° to 149°F) Relative humidity (maximum): Operating 10% to 90% (noncondensing) Storage 5% to 95% (noncondensing) Maximum vibration (using a random vibration spectrum that simulates user environment): Operating 0.66 GRMS Storage 1.3 GRMS AC Adapter (continued)Specifications 201 Maximum shock (Measured with hard drive in operating status and a 2-ms half-sine pulse for operating. Also measured with hard drive in head-parked position and a 2-ms halfsine pulse for storage): Operating 142 G Storage 163 G Altitude (maximum): Operating –15.2 to 3048 m (–50 to 10,000 ft) Storage –15.2 to 10,668 m (–50 to 35,000 ft) Environmental (continued)202 SpecificationsAppendix 203 Appendix Using the System Setup Program NOTE: Your operating system may automatically configure most of the options available in system setup, thus overriding options that you set through system setup. An exception is the External Hot Key option, which you can disable or enable only through system setup. For more information on configuring features for your operating system, see Windows Help and Support (see "Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista® Help and Support Center" on page 16). You can use system setup as follows: • To set or change user-selectable features such as your computer password • To verify information about the computer's current configuration such as the amount of system memory After you set up the computer, run system setup to familiarize yourself with your system configuration information and optional settings. You may want to write down the information for future reference. The system setup screens display the current setup information and settings for your computer, such as: • System configuration • Boot order • Boot (start-up) configuration • Basic device configuration settings • System security and hard drive password settings NOTE: Unless you are an expert computer user or are directed to do so by Dell technical support, do not change the system setup settings. Certain changes might make your computer work incorrectly. 204 Appendix Viewing the System Setup Screen 1 Turn on (or restart) your computer. 2 When the DELL logo appears, press immediately. If you wait too long and the Microsoft Windows logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Windows desktop, then shut down your computer and try again. System Setup Screen NOTE: For information about a specific item on a system setup screen, highlight the item and see the Help area on the screen. On each screen, the system setup options are listed at the left. To the right of each option is the setting or value for that option. You can change settings that appear as white type on the screen. Options or values that you cannot change (because they are determined by the computer) appear less bright. The upper-right corner of the screen displays help information for the currently highlighted option; the lower-right corner displays information about the computer. System setup key functions are listed across the bottom of the screen. Commonly Used Options Certain options require that you reboot the computer for new settings to take effect. Changing the Boot Sequence The boot sequence, or boot order, tells the computer where to look to find the software needed to start the operating system. You can control the boot sequence and enable/disable devices using the Boot Order page of the system setup program. NOTE: To change the boot sequence on a one-time-only basis, see "Performing a One-Time Boot" on page 205. The Boot Order page displays a general list of the bootable devices that may be installed in your computer, including but not limited to the following: • Diskette Drive • Internal HDDAppendix 205 • USB Storage Device • CD/DVD/CD-RW drive • Modular bay HDD NOTE: Only devices that are preceded by a number are bootable. During the boot routine, the computer starts at the top of the list and scans each enabled device for the operating system start-up files. When the computer finds the files, it stops searching and starts the operating system. To control the boot devices, select (highlight) a device by pressing the downarrow or up-arrow key, and then enable or disable the device or change its order in the list. • To enable or disable a device, highlight the item and press the space bar. Enabled items are preceded by a number; disabled items are not preceded by a number. • To reorder a device in the list, highlight the device and press to move the device up the list or to move a device down the list. Boot sequence changes take effect as soon as you save the changes and exit the system setup program. Performing a One-Time Boot You can set a one-time-only boot sequence without entering the system setup program (you can also use this procedure to boot the Dell Diagnostics on the diagnostics utility partition on your hard drive). 1 Shut down the computer through the Start menu. 2 Connect the computer to an electrical outlet. 3 Turn on the computer. When the DELL logo appears, press immediately. If you wait too long and the Windows logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Windows desktop, then shut down your computer and try again. 4 When the boot device list appears, highlight the device from which you want to boot and press . The computer boots to the selected device. The next time you reboot the computer, the previous boot order is restored.206 Appendix Cleaning Your Computer CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions located in the Product Information Guide. Computer, Keyboard, and Display CAUTION: Before you clean your computer, disconnect the computer from the electrical outlet and remove any installed batteries. Clean your computer with a soft cloth dampened with water. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners, which may contain flammable substances. • Use a can of compressed air to remove dust from between the keys on the keyboard and to remove any dirt or lint from the display. NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the computer or display, do not spray cleaning solution directly onto the display. Only use products specifically designed for cleaning displays, and follow the instructions that are included with the product. • Moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with either water or a display cleaner. Do not use alcohol or an ammonia-based cleaner. Wipe the display gently working from the center to the edges until it is clean and any fingerprints are removed. Do not use excessive pressure. NOTICE: To prevent damage to the antiglare coating, do not wipe the display with soap or alcohol. • Moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with water and wipe the computer and keyboard. Do not allow water from the cloth to seep between the touch pad and the surrounding palm rest. • To clean your monitor screen, lightly dampen a soft, clean cloth with water. You can also use a special screen-cleaning tissue or solution suitable for the monitor’s antistatic coating. • Wipe the keyboard, computer, and monitor plastics with a soft cleaning cloth moistened with a solution of three parts water and one part dishwashing detergent. Do not soak the cloth or let water drip inside your computer or keyboard.Appendix 207 Touch Pad 1 Shut down and turn off your computer (see "Turning Off Your Computer" on page 154). 2 Disconnect any attached devices from the computer and from their electrical outlets. 3 Remove any installed batteries (see "Battery Performance" on page 53). 4 Moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with water, and wipe it gently across the surface of the touch pad. Do not allow water from the cloth to seep between the touch pad and the surrounding palm rest. Mouse NOTICE: Disconnect the mouse from the computer before cleaning the mouse If your screen cursor skips or moves abnormally, clean the mouse. Cleaning a Non-Optical Mouse 1 Clean the outside casing of the mouse with a cloth moistened with a mild cleaning solution. 2 Turn the retainer ring on the underside of your mouse counterclockwise, and then remove the ball. 3 Wipe the ball with a clean, lint-free cloth. 4 Blow carefully into the ball cage or use a can of compressed air to dislodge dust and lint. 5 If the rollers inside the ball cage are dirty, clean the rollers with a cotton swab moistened lightly with isopropyl alcohol. 6 Recenter the rollers in their channels if they are misaligned. Ensure that fluff from the swab is not left on the rollers. 7 Replace the ball and retainer ring, and turn the retainer ring clockwise until it clicks into place. Cleaning an Optical Mouse Clean the outside casing of the mouse with a cloth moistened with a mild cleaning solution.208 Appendix Media NOTICE: Always use compressed air to clean the lens in the optical drive, and follow the instructions that come with the compressed air product. Never touch the lens in the drive. If you notice problems, such as skipping, with the playback quality of your media, try cleaning the discs. 1 Hold the disc by its outer edge. You can also touch the inside edge of the center hole. NOTICE: To help prevent damage to the surface, do not wipe in a circular motion around the disc. 2 With a soft, lint-free cloth, gently wipe the bottom of the disc (the unlabeled side) in a straight line from the center to the outer edge of the disc. For stubborn dirt, try using water or a diluted solution of water and mild soap. You can also purchase commercial products that clean discs and provide some protection from dust, fingerprints, and scratches. Cleaning products for CDs are also safe to use on DVDs. Dell Technical Support Policy (U.S. Only) Technician assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation of the customer in the troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of the operating system, software programs, and hardware drivers to the original default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of appropriate functionality of the computer and all Dell-installed hardware. In addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical support is available at support.dell.com. Additional technical support options may be available for purchase. Dell provides limited technical support for the computer and any "Dellinstalled" software and peripherals1 . Support for third-party software and peripherals is provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or installed through Dell Software and Peripherals, Readyware, and Custom Factory Integration2 . 1 Repair services are provided pursuant to the terms and conditions of your limited warranty and any optional support service contract purchased with the computer. 2 All Dell-standard components included in a Custom Factory Integration (CFI) project are covered by the standard Dell limited warranty for your computer. However, Dell also extends a parts replacement program to cover all nonstandard, third-party hardware components integrated through CFI for the duration of the computer’s service contract.Appendix 209 Definition of "Dell-Installed" Software and Peripherals Dell-installed software includes the operating system and some of the software programs that are installed on the computer during the manufacturing process (Microsoft Office, Norton Antivirus, etc). Dell-installed peripherals include any internal expansion cards, or Dell-branded module bay or ExpressCard accessories. In addition, any Dellbranded monitors, keyboards, mice, speakers, microphones for telephonic modems, docking stations/port replicators, networking products, and all associated cabling are included. Definition of "Third-Party" Software and Peripherals Third-party software and peripherals include any peripheral, accessory, or software program sold by Dell not under the Dell brand (printers, scanners, cameras, games, etc). Support for all third-party software and peripherals is provided by the original manufacturer of the product. FCC Notice (U.S. Only) FCC Class B This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction manual, may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: • This device may not cause harmful interference. • This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTICE: The FCC regulations provide that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Dell Inc. could void your authority to operate this equipment. 210 Appendix These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference with radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient the receiving antenna. • Relocate the system with respect to the receiver. • Move the system away from the receiver. • Plug the system into a different outlet so that the system and the receiver are on different branch circuits. If necessary, consult a representative of Dell Inc. or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. The following information is provided on the device or devices covered in this document in compliance with the FCC regulations: Macrovision Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Product name: Dell™ Inspiron™ 1520 Model number: PP22L Company name: Dell Inc. Worldwide Regulatory Compliance & Environmental Affairs One Dell Way Round Rock, TX 78682 USA 512-338-4400Glossary 211 Glossary Terms in this Glossary are provided for informational purposes only and may or may not describe features included with your particular computer. A AC— alternating current — The form of electricity that powers your computer when you plug the AC adapter power cable in to an electrical outlet. ACPI — advanced configuration and power interface — A power management specification that enables Microsoft® Windows® operating systems to put a computer in standby or hibernate mode to conserve the amount of electrical power allocated to each device attached to the computer. AGP — accelerated graphics port — A dedicated graphics port that allows system memory to be used for video-related tasks. AGP delivers a smooth, true-color video image because of the faster interface between the video circuitry and the computer memory. AHCI — Advanced Host Controller Interface — An interface for a SATA hard drive Host Controller which allows the storage driver to enable technologies such as Native Command Queuing (NCQ) and hot plug. ALS — ambient light sensor — A feature that helps to control display brightness. antivirus software — A program designed to identify, quarantine, and/or delete viruses from your computer. ASF — alert standards format — A standard to define a mechanism for reporting hardware and software alerts to a management console. ASF is designed to be platform- and operating system-independent. B battery life span — The length of time (years) during which a portable computer battery is able to be depleted and recharged. battery operating time — The length of time (minutes or hours) that a portable computer battery powers the computer. BD — See Blu-ray Disc. 212 Glossary BIOS — basic input/output system — A program (or utility) that serves as an interface between the computer hardware and the operating system. Unless you understand what effect these settings have on the computer, do not change them. Also referred to as system setup. bit — The smallest unit of data interpreted by your computer. Bluetooth® wireless technology — A wireless technology standard for short-range (9 m [29 feet]) networking devices that allows for enabled devices to automatically recognize each other. Blu-ray Disc — Blu-ray Disc (BD) is an optical disc format jointly developed by the Blu-ray Disc Association (BDA). A BD records and plays high-definition video (HD), and stores large amounts of data: five times the storage capacity of a DVD and can hold up to 25GB on a single-layer disc and 50GB on a dual-layer disc. boot sequence — Specifies the order of the devices from which the computer attempts to boot. bootable CD — A CD that you can use to start your computer. In case your hard drive is damaged or your computer has a virus, ensure that you always have a bootable CD or floppy disk available. Your Drivers and Utilities media is a bootable CD. bootable disk — A disk that you can use to start your computer. In case your hard drive is damaged or your computer has a virus, ensure that you always have a bootable CD or floppy disk available. bps — bits per second — The standard unit for measuring data transmission speed. BTU — British thermal unit — A measurement of heat output. bus — A communication pathway between the components in your computer. bus speed — The speed, given in MHz, that indicates how fast a bus can transfer information. byte — The basic data unit used by your computer. A byte is usually equal to 8 bits. C C — Celsius — A temperature measurement scale where 0° is the freezing point and 100° is the boiling point of water. cache — A special high-speed storage mechanism which can be either a reserved section of main memory or an independent high-speed storage device. The cache enhances the efficiency of many processor operations. L1 cache — Primary cache stored inside the processor. L2 cache — Secondary cache which can either be external to the processor or incorporated into the processor architecture.Glossary 213 carnet — An international customs document that facilitates temporary imports into foreign countries. Also known as a merchandise passport. CD-R — CD recordable — A recordable version of a CD. Data can be recorded only once onto a CD-R. Once recorded, the data cannot be erased or written over. CD-RW — CD rewritable — A rewritable version of a CD. Data can be written to a CD-RW disc, and then erased and written over (rewritten). CD-RW drive — A drive that can read CDs and write to CD-RW (rewritable CDs) and CD-R (recordable CDs) discs. You can write to CD-RW discs multiple times, but you can write to CD-R discs only once. CD-RW/DVD drive — A drive, sometimes referred to as a combo drive, that can read CDs and DVDs and write to CD-RW (rewritable CDs) and CD-R (recordable CDs) discs. You can write to CD-RW discs multiple times, but you can write to CD-R discs only once. clock speed — The speed, given in MHz, that indicates how fast computer components that are connected to the system bus operate. CMOS — A type of electronic circuit. Computers use a small amount of batterypowered CMOS memory to hold date, time, and system setup options. COA — Certificate of Authenticity — The Windows alpha-numeric code located on a sticker on your computer. Also referred to as the Product Key or Product ID. Consumer IR — Infrared sensor for the Dell Travel Remote. Control Panel — A Windows utility that allows you to modify operating system and hardware settings, such as display settings. controller — A chip that controls the transfer of data between the processor and memory or between the processor and devices. CRIMM — continuity rambus in-line memory module — A special module that has no memory chips and is used to fill unused RIMM slots. cursor — The marker on a display or screen that shows where the next keyboard, touch pad, or mouse action will occur. It often is a blinking solid line, an underline character, or a small arrow.214 Glossary D DDR SDRAM — double-data-rate SDRAM — A type of SDRAM that doubles the data burst cycle, improving system performance. DDR2 SDRAM — double-data-rate 2 SDRAM — A type of DDR SDRAM that uses a 4-bit prefetch and other architectural changes to boost memory speed to over 400 MHz. device — Hardware such as a disk drive, printer, or keyboard that is installed in or connected to your computer. device driver — See driver. DIMM — dual in-line memory module — A circuit board with memory chips that connects to a memory module on the system board. DIN connector — A round, six-pin connector that conforms to DIN (Deutsche Industrie-Norm) standards; it is typically used to connect PS/2 keyboard or mouse cable connectors. disk striping — A technique for spreading data over multiple disk drives. Disk striping can speed up operations that retrieve data from disk storage. Computers that use disk striping generally allow the user to select the data unit size or stripe width. DMA — direct memory access — A channel that allows certain types of data transfer between RAM and a device to bypass the processor. DMTF — Distributed Management Task Force — A consortium of hardware and software companies who develop management standards for distributed desktop, network, enterprise, and Internet environments. domain — A group of computers, programs, and devices on a network that are administered as a unit with common rules and procedures for use by a specific group of users. A user logs on to the domain to gain access to the resources. DRAM — dynamic random-access memory — Memory that stores information in integrated circuits containing capacitors. driver — Software that allows the operating system to control a device such as a printer. Many devices do not work properly if the correct driver is not installed in the computer. DSL — Digital Subscriber Line — A technology that provides a constant, high-speed Internet connection through an analog telephone line. dual-core — An Intel® technology in which two physical computational units exist inside a single processor package, thereby increasing computing efficiency and multitasking ability.Glossary 215 dual display mode — A display setting that allows you to use a second monitor as an extension of your display. Also referred to as extended display mode. DVD-R — DVD recordable — A recordable version of a DVD. Data can be recorded only once onto a DVD-R. Once recorded, the data cannot be erased or written over. DVD+RW — DVD rewritable — A rewritable version of a DVD. Data can be written to a DVD+RW disc, and then erased and written over (rewritten). (DVD+RW technology is different from DVD-RW technology.) DVD+RW drive — drive that can read DVDs and most CD media and write to DVD+RW (rewritable DVDs) discs. DVI — digital video interface — A standard for digital transmission between a computer and a digital video display. E ECC — error checking and correction — A type of memory that includes special circuitry for testing the accuracy of data as it passes in and out of memory. ECP — extended capabilities port — A parallel connector design that provides improved bidirectional data transmission. Similar to EPP, ECP uses direct memory access to transfer data and often improves performance. EIDE — enhanced integrated device electronics — An improved version of the IDE interface for hard drives and CD drives. EMI — electromagnetic interference — Electrical interference caused by electromagnetic radiation. ENERGY STAR® — Environmental Protection Agency requirements that decrease the overall consumption of electricity. EPP — enhanced parallel port — A parallel connector design that provides bidirectional data transmission. ESD — electrostatic discharge — A rapid discharge of static electricity. ESD can damage integrated circuits found in computer and communications equipment. expansion card — A circuit board that installs in an expansion slot on the system board in some computers, expanding the capabilities of the computer. Examples include video, modem, and sound cards. expansion slot — A connector on the system board (in some computers) where you insert an expansion card, connecting it to the system bus. ExpressCard — A removable I/O card adhering to the PCMCIA standard. Modems and network adapters are common types of ExpressCards. ExpressCards support both the PCI Express and USB 2.0 standard.216 Glossary Express Service Code — A numeric code located on a sticker on your Dell™ computer. Use the Express Service Code when contacting Dell for assistance. Express Service Code service may not be available in some countries. extended display mode — A display setting that allows you to use a second monitor as an extension of your display. Also referred to as dual display mode. extended PC Card — A PC Card that extends beyond the edge of the PC Card slot when installed. F Fahrenheit — A temperature measurement scale where 32° is the freezing point and 212° is the boiling point of water. FBD — fully-buffered DIMM — A DIMM with DDR2 DRAM chips and an Advanced Memory Buffer (AMB) that speeds communication between the DDR2 SDRAM chips and the system. FCC — Federal Communications Commission — A U.S. agency responsible for enforcing communications-related regulations that state how much radiation computers and other electronic equipment can emit. fingerprint reader — A strip sensor that uses your unique fingerprint to authenticate your user identity to help secure your computer. folder — A term used to describe space on a disk or drive where files are organized and grouped. Files in a folder can be viewed and ordered in various ways, such as alphabetically, by date, and by size. format — The process that prepares a drive or disk for file storage. When a drive or disk is formatted, the existing information on it is lost. FSB — front side bus — The data path and physical interface between the processor and RAM. FTP — file transfer protocol — A standard Internet protocol used to exchange files between computers connected to the Internet. G G — gravity — A measurement of weight and force. GB — gigabyte — A measurement of data storage that equals 1024 MB (1,073,741,824 bytes). When used to refer to hard drive storage, the term is often rounded to 1,000,000,000 bytes.Glossary 217 GHz — gigahertz — A measurement of frequency that equals one thousand million Hz, or one thousand MHz. The speeds for computer processors, buses, and interfaces are often measured in GHz. graphics mode — A video mode that can be defined as x horizontal pixels by y vertical pixels by z colors. Graphics modes can display an unlimited variety of shapes and fonts. GUI — graphical user interface — Software that interacts with the user by means of menus, windows, and icons. Most programs that operate on the Windows operating systems are GUIs. H hard drive — A drive that reads and writes data on a hard disk. The terms hard drive and hard disk are often used interchangeably. heat sink — A metal plate on some processors that helps dissipate heat. hibernate mode — A power management mode that saves everything in memory to a reserved space on the hard drive and then turns off the computer. When you restart the computer, the memory information that was saved to the hard drive is automatically restored. HTTP — hypertext transfer protocol — A protocol for exchanging files between computers connected to the Internet. Hyper-Threading — Hyper-Threading is an Intel technology that can enhance overall computer performance by allowing one physical processor to function as two logical processors, capable of performing certain tasks simultaneously. Hz — hertz — A unit of frequency measurement that equals 1 cycle per second. Computers and electronic devices are often measured in kilohertz (kHz), megahertz (MHz), gigahertz (GHz), or terahertz (THz). I IC — integrated circuit — A semiconductor wafer, or chip, on which thousands or millions of tiny electronic components are fabricated for use in computer, audio, and video equipment. IDE — integrated device electronics — An interface for mass storage devices in which the controller is integrated into the hard drive or CD drive. IEEE 1394 — Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. — A highperformance serial bus used to connect IEEE 1394-compatible devices, such as digital cameras and DVD players, to the computer. 218 Glossary infrared sensor — Sensor for the Dell Travel Remote integrated — Usually refers to components that are physically located on the computer’s system board. Also referred to as built-in. I/O — input/output — An operation or device that enters and extracts data from your computer. Keyboards and printers are I/O devices. I/O address — An address in RAM that is associated with a specific device (such as a serial connector, parallel connector, or expansion slot) and allows the processor to communicate with that device. IrDA — Infrared Data Association — The organization that creates international standards for infrared communications. IRQ — interrupt request — An electronic pathway assigned to a specific device so that the device can communicate with the processor. Each device connection must be assigned an IRQ. Although two devices can share the same IRQ assignment, you cannot operate both devices simultaneously. ISP — Internet service provider — A company that allows you to access its host server to connect directly to the Internet, send and receive e-mail, and access websites. The ISP typically provides you with a software package, user name, and access phone numbers for a fee. K Kb — kilobit — A unit of data that equals 1024 bits. A measurement of the capacity of memory integrated circuits. KB — kilobyte — A unit of data that equals 1024 bytes but is often referred to as 1000 bytes. key combination — A command requiring you to press multiple keys at the same time. kHz — kilohertz — A measurement of frequency that equals 1000 Hz. L LAN — local area network — A computer network covering a small area. A LAN usually is confined to a building or a few nearby buildings. A LAN can be connected to another LAN over any distance through telephone lines and radio waves to form a wide area network (WAN). LCD — liquid crystal display — The technology used by portable computer and flatpanel displays.Glossary 219 LED — light-emitting diode — An electronic component that emits light to indicate the status of the computer. local bus — A data bus that provides a fast throughput for devices to the processor. LPT — line print terminal — The designation for a parallel connection to a printer or other parallel device. M Mb — megabit — A measurement of memory chip capacity that equals 1024 Kb. Mbps — megabits per second — One million bits per second. This measurement is typically used for transmission speeds for networks and modems. MB — megabyte — A measurement of data storage that equals 1,048,576 bytes. 1 MB equals 1024 KB. When used to refer to hard drive storage, the term is often rounded to 1,000,000 bytes. MB/sec — megabytes per second — One million bytes per second. This measurement is typically used for data transfer ratings. media bay — A bay that supports devices such as optical drives, a second battery, or a Dell TravelLite™ module. memory — A temporary data storage area inside your computer. Because the data in memory is not permanent, it is recommended that you frequently save your files while you are working on them, and always save your files before you shut down the computer. Your computer can contain several different forms of memory, such as RAM, ROM, and video memory. Frequently, the word memory is used as a synonym for RAM. memory address — A specific location where data is temporarily stored in RAM. memory mapping — The process by which the computer assigns memory addresses to physical locations at start-up. Devices and software can then identify information that the processor can access. memory module — A small circuit board containing memory chips, which connects to the system board. MHz — megahertz — A measure of frequency that equals 1 million cycles per second. The speeds for computer processors, buses, and interfaces are often measured in MHz. Mini PCI — A standard for integrated peripheral devices with an emphasis on communications such as modems and NICs. A Mini PCI card is a small external card that is functionally equivalent to a standard PCI expansion card.220 Glossary Mini-Card — A small card designed for integrated peripherals, such as communication NICs. The Mini-Card is functionally equivalent to a standard PCI expansion card. Mobile Broadband network— (also known as a WWAN) is a series of interconnected computers that communicate with each other through wireless cellular technology and provides Internet access in the same varied locations from which cellular telephone service is available. Your computer can maintain the Mobile Broadband network connection regardless of its physical location, as long as the computer remains in the service area of your cellular service provider. modem — A device that allows your computer to communicate with other computers over analog telephone lines. Three types of modems include: external, PC Card, and internal. You typically use your modem to connect to the Internet and exchange email. module bay — See media bay. MP — megapixel — A measure of image resolution used for digital cameras. ms — millisecond — A measure of time that equals one thousandth of a second. Access times of storage devices are often measured in ms. N network adapter — A chip that provides network capabilities. A computer may include a network adapter on its system board, or it may contain a PC Card with an adapter on it. A network adapter is also referred to as a NIC (network interface controller). NIC — See network adapter. notification area — The section of the Windows taskbar that contains icons for providing quick access to programs and computer functions, such as the clock, volume control, and print status. Also referred to as system tray. ns — nanosecond — A measure of time that equals one billionth of a second. NVRAM — nonvolatile random access memory — A type of memory that stores data when the computer is turned off or loses its external power source. NVRAM is used for maintaining computer configuration information such as date, time, and other system setup options that you can set.Glossary 221 O optical drive — A drive that uses optical technology to read or write data from CDs, DVDs, or DVD+RWs. Example of optical drives include CD drives, DVD drives, CD-RW drives, and CD-RW/DVD combo drives. P parallel connector — An I/O port often used to connect a parallel printer to your computer. Also referred to as an LPT port. partition — A physical storage area on a hard drive that is assigned to one or more logical storage areas known as logical drives. Each partition can contain multiple logical drives. PC Card — A removable I/O card adhering to the PCMCIA standard. Modems and network adapters are common types of PC Cards. PCI — peripheral component interconnect — PCI is a local bus that supports 32-and 64-bit data paths, providing a high-speed data path between the processor and devices such as video, drives, and networks. PCI Express — A modification to the PCI interface that boosts the data transfer rate between the processor and the devices attached to it. PCI Express can transfer data at speeds from 250 MB/sec to 4 GB/sec. If the PCI Express chip set and the device are capable of different speeds, they will operate at the slower speed. PCMCIA — Personal Computer Memory Card International Association — The organization that establishes standards for PC Cards. PIO — programmed input/output — A method of transferring data between two devices through the processor as part of the data path. pixel — A single point on a display screen. Pixels are arranged in rows and columns to create an image. A video resolution, such as 800 x 600, is expressed as the number of pixels across by the number of pixels up and down. Plug-and-Play — The ability of the computer to automatically configure devices. Plug and Play provides automatic installation, configuration, and compatibility with existing hardware if the BIOS, operating system, and all devices are Plug and Play compliant. POST — power-on self-test — Diagnostics programs, loaded automatically by the BIOS, that perform basic tests on the major computer components, such as memory, hard drives, and video. If no problems are detected during POST, the computer continues the start-up.222 Glossary processor — A computer chip that interprets and executes program instructions. Sometimes the processor is referred to as the CPU (central processing unit). PS/2 — personal system/2 — A type of connector for attaching a PS/2-compatible keyboard, mouse, or keypad. PXE — pre-boot execution environment — A WfM (Wired for Management) standard that allows networked computers that do not have an operating system to be configured and started remotely. R RAID — redundant array of independent disks — A method of providing data redundancy. Some common implementations of RAID include RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10, and RAID 50. RAM — random-access memory — The primary temporary storage area for program instructions and data. Any information stored in RAM is lost when you shut down your computer. readme file — A text file included with a software package or hardware product. Typically, readme files provide installation information and describe new product enhancements or corrections that have not yet been documented. read-only — Data and/or files you can view but cannot edit or delete. A file can have read-only status if: • It resides on a physically write-protected floppy disk, CD, or DVD. • It is located on a network in a directory and the system administrator has assigned rights only to specific individuals. refresh rate — The frequency, measured in Hz, at which your screen's horizontal lines are recharged (sometimes also referred to as its vertical frequency). The higher the refresh rate, the less video flicker can be seen by the human eye. resolution — The sharpness and clarity of an image produced by a printer or displayed on a monitor. The higher the resolution, the sharper the image. RFI — radio frequency interference — Interference that is generated at typical radio frequencies, in the range of 10 kHz to 100,000 MHz. Radio frequencies are at the lower end of the electromagnetic frequency spectrum and are more likely to have interference than the higher frequency radiations, such as infrared and light. ROM — read-only memory — Memory that stores data and programs that cannot be deleted or written to by the computer. ROM, unlike RAM, retains its contents after you shut down your computer. Some programs essential to the operation of your computer reside in ROM.Glossary 223 RPM — revolutions per minute — The number of rotations that occur per minute. Hard drive speed is often measured in rpm. RTC — real time clock — Battery-powered clock on the system board that keeps the date and time after you shut down the computer. RTCRST — real-time clock reset — A jumper on the system board of some computers that can often be used for troubleshooting problems. S SAS — serial attached SCSI — A faster, serial version of the SCSI interface (as opposed to the original SCSI parallel architecture). SATA — serial ATA — A faster, serial version of the ATA (IDE) interface. ScanDisk — A Microsoft utility that checks files, folders, and the hard disk’s surface for errors. ScanDisk often runs when you restart the computer after it has stopped responding. SCSI — small computer system interface — A high-speed interface used to connect devices to a computer, such as hard drives, CD drives, printers, and scanners. The SCSI can connect many devices using a single controller. Each device is accessed by an individual identification number on the SCSI controller bus. SDRAM — synchronous dynamic random-access memory — A type of DRAM that is synchronized with the optimal clock speed of the processor. serial connector — An I/O port often used to connect devices such as a handheld digital device or digital camera to your computer. Service Tag — A bar code label on your computer that identifies your computer when you access Dell Support at support.dell.com or when you call Dell for customer service or technical support. setup program — A program that is used to install and configure hardware and software. The setup.exe or install.exe program comes with most Windows software packages. Setup program differs from system setup. shortcut — An icon that provides quick access to frequently used programs, files, folders, and drives. When you place a shortcut on your Windows desktop and doubleclick the icon, you can open its corresponding folder or file without having to find it first. Shortcut icons do not change the location of files. If you delete a shortcut, the original file is not affected. Also, you can rename a shortcut icon. SIM — Subscriber Identity Module — A SIM card contains a microchip that encrypts voice and data transmissions. SIM cards can be used in phones or portable computers.224 Glossary smart card — A card that is embedded with a processor and a memory chip. Smart cards can be used to authenticate a user on computers equipped for smart cards. S/PDIF — Sony/Philips Digital Interface — An audio transfer file format that allows the transfer of audio from one file to another without converting it to and from an analog format, which could degrade the quality of the file. standby mode — A power management mode that shuts down all unnecessary computer operations to save energy. Strike Zone™ — Reinforced area of the platform base that protects the hard drive by acting as a dampening device when a computer experiences resonating shock or is dropped (whether the computer is on or off). surge protectors — Prevent voltage spikes, such as those that may occur during an electrical storm, from entering the computer through the electrical outlet. Surge protectors do not protect against lightning strikes or against brownouts, which occur when the voltage drops more than 20 percent below the normal AC-line voltage level. Network connections cannot be protected by surge protectors. Always disconnect the network cable from the network connector during electrical storms. SVGA — super-video graphics array — A video standard for video cards and controllers. Typical SVGA resolutions are 800 x 600 and 1024 x 768. The number of colors and resolution that a program displays depends on the capabilities of the monitor, the video controller and its drivers, and the amount of video memory installed in the computer. S-video TV-out — A connector used to attach a TV or digital audio device to the computer. SXGA — super-extended graphics array — A video standard for video cards and controllers that supports resolutions up to 1280 x 1024. SXGA+ — super-extended graphics array plus — A video standard for video cards and controllers that supports resolutions up to 1400 x 1050. system board — The main circuit board in your computer. Also known as the motherboard. system setup — A utility that serves as an interface between the computer hardware and the operating system. System setup allows you to configure user-selectable options in the BIOS, such as date and time or system password. Unless you understand what effect the settings have on the computer, do not change the settings for this program.Glossary 225 T TAPI — telephony application programming interface — Enables Windows programs to operate with a wide variety of telephony devices, including voice, data, fax, and video. text editor — A program used to create and edit files that contain only text; for example, Windows Notepad uses a text editor. Text editors do not usually provide word wrap or formatting functionality (the option to underline, change fonts, and so on). TPM — trusted platform module — A hardware-based security feature that when combined with security software enhances network and computer security by enabling features such as file and e-mail protection. travel module — A plastic device designed to fit inside the module bay of a portable computer to reduce the weight of the computer. U UAC — user account control— Microsoft Windows® Vista® security feature that, when enabled, provides an added layer of security between user accounts and access to operating system settings. UMA — unified memory allocation — System memory dynamically allocated to video. UPS — uninterruptible power supply — A backup power source used when the electrical power fails or drops to an unacceptable voltage level. A UPS keeps a computer running for a limited amount of time when there is no electrical power. UPS systems typically provide surge suppression and may also provide voltage regulation. Small UPS systems provide battery power for a few minutes to enable you to shut down your computer. USB — universal serial bus — A hardware interface for a low-speed device such as a USB-compatible keyboard, mouse, joystick, scanner, set of speakers, printer, broadband devices (DSL and cable modems), imaging devices, or storage devices. Devices are plugged directly in to a 4-pin socket on your computer or in to a multi-port hub that plugs in to your computer. USB devices can be connected and disconnected while the computer is turned on, and they can also be daisy-chained together. UTP — unshielded twisted pair — Describes a type of cable used in most telephone networks and some computer networks. Pairs of unshielded wires are twisted to protect against electromagnetic interference, rather than relying on a metal sheath around each pair of wires to protect against interference. UXGA — ultra extended graphics array — A video standard for video cards and controllers that supports resolutions up to 1600 x 1200.226 Glossary V video controller — The circuitry on a video card or on the system board (in computers with an integrated video controller) that provides the video capabilities—in combination with the monitor—for your computer. video memory — Memory that consists of memory chips dedicated to video functions. Video memory is usually faster than system memory. The amount of video memory installed primarily influences the number of colors that a program can display. video mode — A mode that describes how text and graphics are displayed on a monitor. Graphics-based software, such as Windows operating systems, displays in video modes that can be defined as x horizontal pixels by y vertical pixels by z colors. Character-based software, such as text editors, displays in video modes that can be defined as x columns by y rows of characters. video resolution — See resolution. virus — A program that is designed to inconvenience you or to destroy data stored on your computer. A virus program moves from one computer to another through an infected disk, software downloaded from the Internet, or e-mail attachments. When an infected program starts, its embedded virus also starts. A common type of virus is a boot virus, which is stored in the boot sectors of a floppy disk. If the floppy disk is left in the drive when the computer is shut down and then turned on, the computer is infected when it reads the boot sectors of the floppy disk expecting to find the operating system. If the computer is infected, the boot virus may replicate itself onto all the floppy disks that are read or written in that computer until the virus is eradicated. V — volt — The measurement of electric potential or electromotive force. One V appears across a resistance of 1 ohm when a current of 1 ampere flows through that resistance. W W — watt — The measurement of electrical power. One W is 1 ampere of current flowing at 1 volt. WHr — watt-hour — A unit of measure commonly used to indicate the approximate capacity of a battery. For example, a 66-WHr battery can supply 66 W of power for 1 hour or 33 W for 2 hours. wallpaper — The background pattern or picture on the Windows desktop. Change your wallpaper through the Windows Control Panel. You can also scan in your favorite picture and make it wallpaper.Glossary 227 WLAN — wireless local area network. A series of interconnected computers that communicate with each other over the air waves using access points or wireless routers to provide Internet access. write-protected — Files or media that cannot be changed. Use write-protection when you want to protect data from being changed or destroyed. To write-protect a 3.5-inch floppy disk, slide its write-protect tab to the open position. WPAN — wireless personal area network. A computer network used for communication among computer devices (including telephones and personal digital assistants) close to one person. WWAN — wireless wide area network. A wireless high-speed data network using cellular technology and covering a much larger geographic area than WLAN. WXGA — wide-aspect extended graphics array — A video standard for video cards and controllers that supports resolutions up to 1280 x 800." X XGA — extended graphics array — A video standard for video cards and controllers that supports resolutions up to 1024 x 768. Z ZIF — zero insertion force — A type of socket or connector that allows a computer chip to be installed or removed with no stress applied to either the chip or its socket. Zip — A popular data compression format. Files that have been compressed with the Zip format are called Zip files and usually have a filename extension of .zip. A special kind of zipped file is a self-extracting file, which has a filename extension of .exe. You can unzip a self-extracting file by double-clicking it. Zip drive — A high-capacity floppy drive developed by Iomega Corporation that uses 3.5-inch removable disks called Zip disks. Zip disks are slightly larger than regular floppy disks, about twice as thick, and hold up to 100 MB of data.228 GlossaryIndex 229 Index Numerics 8-in-1 memory card reader, 91 A audio device connecting, 69 enabling, 84 audio. See sound B battery charge gauge, 55 charging, 58 checking the charge, 54 performance, 53 power meter, 55 removing, 59 replacing coin-cell battery, 181 storing, 60 BD. See Blu-ray Disc blank cards ExpressCards, 87 memory card, 91 removing, 89, 92 Bluetooth wireless technology card device status light, 25 installing, 180 Blu-ray Disc, 64-65, 67 boot sequence, 204 brightness adjusting, 41 C camera, 23 carnet, 186 CD about, 64 CD-RW drive problems, 115 drive problems, 115 Check Disk, 116 cleaning display, 206 keyboard, 206 media, 208 mouse, 207 touch pad, 207 coin-cell battery replacing, 181230 Index computer crashes, 127-128 restore to previous operating state, 145 slow performance, 118, 129 specifications, 193 stops responding, 127 conflicts software and hardware incompatibilities, 143 connecting audio device, 69 Mobile Broadband network, 99 TV, 69 contacting Dell, 192 copying CDs general information, 64 helpful tips, 66 how to, 64 copying DVDs general information, 64 helpful tips, 66 how to, 64 D Dell contacting, 192 Dell Diagnostics about, 107 starting from the Drivers and Utilities media, 109 starting from your hard drive, 108 Dell MediaDirect about, 26 problems, 128 Dell support site, 17 DellConnect, 188 device latch release description, 33 device status lights description, 24 diagnostics Dell, 107 digital array microphones, 26 display adjusting brightness, 41 adjusting the size of icons, 183 adjusting the size of toolbars, 183 description, 23 dual display operation, 43 resolution, 44 switching the video image, 41 documentation End User License Agreement, 16 ergonomics, 16 online, 17 Product Information Guide, 16 regulatory, 16 safety, 16 warranty, 16 Dolby headphones, setting up, 84Index 231 drivers about, 139 identifying, 140 reinstalling, 140 Drivers and Utilities media, 15 about, 141 Dell Diagnostics, 107 drives problems, 114 See also hard drive See also optical drive DVD about, 64 drive problems, 115 E End User License Agreement, 16 ergonomics information, 16 error messages, 119 ExpressCard slot description, 28 ExpressCards, 87 blanks, 87, 89 installing, 88 removing, 89 F Factory Image Restore, 147, 149 fan description, 33 FCM. See Flash Cache Module Flash Cache Module, 178 H hard drive description, 33 problems, 116 replacing, 156 returning to Dell, 158 hardware conflicts, 143 Dell Diagnostics, 107 Hardware Troubleshooter, 143 hibernate mode, 57 hinge cover removing, 160 I icons adjusting the size, 183 IEEE 1394 connector description, 29 problems, 124 infrared sensor description, 33 installing, 170232 Index Internet connection about, 35 options, 35 setting up, 36 IRQ conflicts, 143 K keyboard numeric keypad, 47 problems, 125 removing, 161 shortcuts, 48 keyboard status lights description, 26 keypad numeric, 47 L labels Microsoft Windows, 16 Service Tag, 16 lost computer, 105 M media playing, 61 media control buttons Dell MediaDirect button, 68 description, 25 memory DIMM A, 165 DIMM B, 166 installing, 163 removing, 164, 167 memory card, 91 blanks, 91-92 installing, 91 reader, 29 removing, 92 memory card reader, 91 memory module cover description, 33 messages error, 119 Mini Card installing, 170 WLAN, 170 WPAN, 170 WWAN, 170 Mobile Broadband network connections, 99 problems, 131 See also wireless switch modem connector description, 31 monitor. See displayIndex 233 N network installing WLAN Mini Card, 170 Mobile Broadband (WWAN), 131 problems, 131 QuickSet, 183 network connector description, 30 O operating system reinstalling Windows Vista, 145 P PC Restore, 147 phone numbers, 192 power hibernate mode, 57 line conditioners, 39 problems, 132 protection devices, 39 standby mode, 56 surge protectors, 39 UPS, 39 power button description, 23 power light conditions, 132 power management adjusting settings, 183 QuickSet, 183 printer cable, 38 connecting, 37 problems, 133 setting up, 37 USB, 38 problems blue screen, 128 CD drive, 115 CD-RW drive, 115 computer crashes, 127-128 computer does not start up, 127 computer stops responding, 127 conflicts, 143 Dell Diagnostics, 107 Dell MediaDirect, 128 drives, 114 DVD drive, 115 error messages, 119 hard drive, 116 IEEE 1394 connector, 124 keyboard, 125 lockups, 127 network, 131 power, 132 power light conditions, 132 printer, 133 program crashes repeatedly, 127 program stops responding, 127 programs and Windows compatibility, 127234 Index problems (continued) restore computer to previous operating state, 145 restore operating system to previous state, 144 scanner, 134 slow computer performance, 118, 129 software, 127, 129 sound and speakers, 135 speakers, 135 spyware, 118, 129 Product Information Guide, 16 Q QuickSet, 183 QuickSet Help, 18 R RAM. See memory regulatory information, 16 reinstalling Windows Vista, 145 resolution setting, 44 S S/PDIF digital audio enabling, 84 Safely Remove Hardware icon, 124 safety instructions, 16 scanner problems, 134 screen. See display security cable slot description, 27 Service Tag, 16 SIM. See Subscriber Identity Module software conflicts, 143 problems, 127, 129 software and hardware incompatibilities, 143 sound problems, 135 volume, 135 speakers description, 33 problems, 135 volume, 135 specifications, 193 spyware, 118, 129 standby mode about, 56 stolen computer, 105 Subscriber Identity Module, 169 support contacting Dell, 192Index 235 support website, 17 S-video TV-out connector description, 31 System Restore, 144-145 system setup program commonly used options, 204 screens, 204 viewing, 204 T taskbar Dell Mobile Broadband Card Utility, 131 Dell Support Utility, 18 QuickSet icon, 183 Safely Remove Hardware, 124 wireless activity indicator, 99 telephone numbers, 192 toolbars adjusting the size, 183 touch pad, 50 cleaning, 207 customizing, 51 touch pad buttons description, 25 track stick/touch pad buttons description, 25 transferring information to a new computer, 37 traveling with the computer by air, 186 identification tag, 185 packing, 185 tips, 186 troubleshooting conflicts, 143 Dell Diagnostics, 107 Hardware Troubleshooter, 143 restore computer to previous operating state, 144-145 TV connecting, 69 types, 91 U uninterruptible power supply. See UPS UPS, 39 USB connector description, 31 V video problems, 137 video controller determining configuration, 21 video controller configuration determining what controller is installed, 21236 Index volume adjusting, 135 W warranty information, 16 Windows Easy Transfer wizard, 37 Windows Vista Device Driver Rollback, 140 Factory Image Restore, 147 Program Compatibility wizard, 127 reinstalling, 145 System Restore, 144-145 Windows Easy Transfer wizard, 37 Windows XP Device Driver Rollback, 141 Hardware Troubleshooter, 143 hibernate mode, 57 PC Restore, 147 Program Compatibility wizard, 127 reinstalling, 150 standby mode, 56 wireless turning activity on and off, 183 wizards Program Compatibility wizard, 127 Windows Easy Transfer, 37 WLAN, 170 installing Mini Card, 170 WPAN installing, 177 WWAN installing, 173 See also Mobile Broadband Dellt Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, and 1920/1500W Getting Started With Your System Démarrage avec votre système Erste Schritte Mit Ihrem System Начало работы c вашей системой Inicio de su sistema 系统使用 入门指南 系統使用 入門指南 사용자의 시스템 시작하기 はじめに システムについて H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.comDellt Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, and 1920/1500W Getting Started With Your System Démarrage avec votre système Erste Schritte Mit Ihrem System Начало работы c вашей системой Inicio de su sistema 系统使用 入门指南 系統使用 入門指南 사용자의 시스템 시작하기 はじめに システムについて H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.comNotes and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your software. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury or in property damage incidents. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or injury. DANGER: A DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. DANGER: Observe the following instruction to help prevent an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury: S This UPS contains LETHAL VOLTAGES. All repairs and service should be performed by AUTHORIZED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY. There are NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS inside the UPS. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. E 2009 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden. Trademarks used in this text: Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Phillipsis a registered trademark of Phillips Screw Company. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. July 2009System Features | 1 System Features Providing outstanding performance and reliability, the UPS's unique benefits include: S Buck and Boost voltage regulation that ensures regulated voltage to your load by correcting voltage fluctuations. S Start-on-battery capability for powering up the UPS even if utility power is not available. S Extended runtime with an optional External Battery Module (EBM) for 1000–1920W UPS models. S Two standard communication ports (USB and DB-9 serial port). S Optional Dell Network Management Card with enhanced communication capabilities for increased power protection and control. S Network transient protector that guards your network communications equipment from surges. S Advanced power management with the Dell UPS Management Software for graceful shutdowns and power monitoring. S Sequential shutdown and load management through separate receptacle groups called load segments. S Firmware that is easily upgradable without a service call. S Backed by worldwide agency approvals.2 | Finding Information Finding Information CAUTION: The Safety, Environmental, and Regulatory Information document provides important safety and regulatory information. What are You Looking For? Find It Here S The user's guide for my UPS S The user's guide for the Dell Network Management Card S Dell UPS Management Software NOTE:Documentation and software updates can be found at support.dell.com. Dell UPS Disc S Specifications S How to configure UPS settings S How to troubleshoot and solve problems Dell UPS User's Guide The user's guide is available on the Dell UPS disc and on support.dell.com. S Safety instructions S Regulatory information S Recycling information Safety, Environmental, and Regulatory Information S Warranty information S Terms and Conditions (U.S. only) S End User License Agreement Dell Warranty and Support Information S Support information Dell Support Website — support.dell.com NOTE: Select your region or business segment to view the appropriate support site.Installation and Startup | 3 Installation and Startup CAUTION: Before performing the procedures in this document, read and follow the safety instructions and important regulatory information in your Safety, Environmental, and Regulatory Information document. CAUTION: The cabinet is heavy [500W: 11.6 kg (25.6 lb); 1000W: 18.3 kg (40.3 lb); 1920/1500W: 30.5 kg (67.2 lb)]. Use caution to unpack and move the cabinet. This section describes the steps to set up your system for the first time. Unpacking the System 1 Unpack your system and identify each item. 2 Discard or recycle the packaging in a responsible manner, or store it for future use.4 | Installation and Startup Identifying the UPS This section shows a front and rear panel of the Dell Tower UPS. Refer to the Dell Line-Interactive Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, and 1920/1500W User's Guide for all rear panel details. Cover Latch Cover Latch LCD Panel Scroll Button (Up or Back) Select Button Scroll Button (Down or Forward) Figure 1. The Dell Tower UPS Communication Port Six 5-15 Receptacles (Load Segment 1) Network Transient Protector USB Port UPS Communication Bay On/Off Button IEC-C14 Input Connector Two 5-15 Receptacles (Load Segment 2) EBM Connector Figure 2. UPS Rear Panel (1000W, 120V Rear Panel)Installation and Startup | 5 Removing the UPS Front Cover 3 Remove the UPS front cover. Push the two cover latches to release the front cover and pull up. Removing the Battery Cover 4 Unscrew the thumbscrew on the the metal battery cover and lift up to remove the cover.6 | Installation and Startup Connecting the Internal Battery Connector 5 Connect the internal battery connector. 6 Replace the metal battery cover. Torque the screw to 0.7 Nm (6.2 lb in). 7 Replace the UPS front cover.Installation and Startup | 7 Connecting the Equipment 9 Connect equipment to UPS Connect communication cable from computer to UPS (optional) 8 8 If you plan to use Dell UPS Management Software, connect your computer to the USB port or RS-232 port using the supplied cable. 9 Plug the equipment to be protected into the UPS output receptacles, but do not turn on the protected equipment. NOTE: Verify that the total equipment ratings do not exceed the UPS capacity to prevent an overload alarm.8 | Installation and Startup Connecting the Power Cord 10 Verify that the power input to the UPS has adequate upstream overcurrent protection: Table 1. Minimum Upstream Circuit Breaker Rating UPS Output Power 120V 208V 230V 500W 15A — 15A 1000W 15A — 15A 1500W (at 100V) 1920W 20A — 15A 11 Plug the UPS power cord into a power outlet. NOTE: For 1920/1500W models. There are two power cords in the box, one with BSMI and PSE certified markings that can be used in Taiwan and Japan, another cord is for regions other than Taiwan and Japan.Installation and Startup | 9 Starting the UPS 12 Press the button on the UPS rear panel. Completing the Startup 13 Verify that the Normal icon appears on the UPS status summary screen, indicating that the UPS is operating normally and any loads are powered. 14 On the UPS status summary screen, press the button to check for active alarms or notices. Resolve any active alarms before continuing. See “Troubleshooting” in the Dell Line-Interactive Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, and 1920/1500W User's Guide. If there are no active alarms, a “No Active Alarms” message appears. 15 To change other factory-set defaults, see “Operation” in the Dell Line-Interactive Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, and 1920/1500W User's Guide.10 | Installation and StartupOnduleur Tour Dellt 500 W, 1000 W et 1920/1500 W Démarrage avec votre système H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.comRemarques et avertissements REMARQUE : Une REMARQUE indique des informations importantes qui vous aident à mieux utiliser votre logiciel. DANGER : Un DANGER indique une situation dangereuse imminente qui, si elle n'est pas évitée, provoquera la mort ou une blessure grave. AVERTISSEMENT : Un AVERTISSEMENT indique une situation dangereuse potentielle qui, si elle n'est pas évitée, pourrait provoquer la mort ou une blessure. ATTENTION : Une ATTENTION indique une situation dangereuse potentielle qui, si elle n'est pas évitée, peut provoquer une blessure mineure ou légère ou des dommages matériels. DANGER : Respectez les instructions suivantes pour aider à empêcher une situation dangereuse imminente qui, si elle n'est pas évitée, peut provoquer la mort ou des blessures graves : S Cet onduleur contient desTENSIONS MORTELLES. Toutes les réparations et tous les entretiens devront être effectués UNIQUEMENT PAR UN PERSONNEL D’ENTRETIEN AGRÉÉ. Aucune pièce à l’intérieur de cet onduleur NE PEUT ÊTRE ENTRETENUE PAR L’UTILISATEUR. Les informations dans ce document sont soumises à modifications sans préavis. E 2009 Dell Inc. Tous droits réservés. La reproduction de quelque manière que ce soit sans autorisation écrite de Dell Inc. est strictement interdite. Marques commerciales utilisées dans ce texte : Dell et le logo DELL sont des marques commerciales de Dell Inc. ; Phillips est une marque déposée de Phillips Screw Company. D’autres marques commerciales et noms commerciaux peuvent être utilisés dans ce document pour se référer à des entités revendiquant les marques et les noms ou leurs produits. Dell Inc. rejette tout intérêt propriétaire dans les marques commerciales et les noms commerciaux ne lui appartenant pas. Julliet 2009Caractéristiques du système | 13 Caractéristiques du système Offrant une fiabilité et des performances remarquables, les avantages uniques de l'onduleur comprennent : S La régulation de tension Buck and Boost qui assure une tension régulée à votre charge en corrigeant les fluctuations de tension. S La capacité de démarrage-sur-batterie pour alimenter l'onduleur même si le courant du secteur n'est pas disponible. S Temps d'exécution prolongé avec un Module de batterie externe (EBM) en option pour les modèles d'onduleur 1000–1920 W. S Deux ports de communication standards (port série DB-9 et USB). S Carte de gestion de réseau Dell optionnelle avec capacités de communication améliorées pour une protection et un contrôle accrus de l'alimentation électrique. S Protecteur de réseau contre les phénomènes transitoires qui protège votre équipement de communication réseau contre les surtensions. S Gestion avancée de l'alimentation électrique avec le Logiciel de gestion d'onduleur Dell pour des coupures progressives et une surveillance de l'alimentation. S Arrêt séquentiel et gestion de charge par des groupes de prises séparés appelés « segments de charge ». S Micrologiciel qui peut être facilement mis à niveau sans appeler le service technique. S Soutenu par des approbations d'organismes dans le monde entier.14 | Trouver des informations Trouver des informations ATTENTION! Le document Informations sur la sécurité, l'environnement et la réglementation fournit des informations importantes sur la sécurité et la réglementation. Que recherchez-vous ? Trouvez-le ici S Le guide d'utilisation de mon onduleur S Le guide d'utilisation de ma Carte de gestion de réseau Dell S Logiciel de gestion d'onduleur Dell REMARQUE : Les mises à jour des documents et des logiciels se trouvent sur support.dell.com. Disque de l'onduleur Dell S Spécifications S Comment configurer les paramètres de l'onduleur S Comment identifier et résoudre les problèmes Guide d'utilisation de l'onduleur Dell Le guide d'utilisation est disponible sur le disque de l'onduleur Dell et sursupport.dell.com. S Instructions sur la sécurit S Informations sur la réglementation S Informations sur le recyclage Informations sur la sécurité, l'environnement et la réglementation S Informations sur la garantie S Termes et conditions (États-Unis uniquement) S Contrat de licence de l'utilisateur final Informations sur l'assistance et la garantie Dell S Informations sur l'assistance Site Internet d'assistance Dell — support.dell.com REMARQUE : Sélectionnez votre région ou votre segment commercial pour voir le site d'assistance approprié.Installation et démarrage | 15 Installation et démarrage ATTENTION! Avant de réaliser les procédures de ce document, lisez et suivez les instructions de sécurité et les informations importantes sur la réglementation qui figurent dans votre document Informations sur la sécurité, l'environnement et la réglementation. ATTENTION! Le module est lourd [500 W : 11,6 kg (25,6 lb) ; 1000 W : 18,3 kg (40,3 lb) ; 1920/1500 W : 30,5 kg (67,2 lb)]. Prenez toutes les précautions nécessaires pour déballer et déplacer le module. Cette section décrit les étapes de configuration de votre système pour la première fois. Déballage du système 1 Déballez votre système et identifiez chaque élément. 2 Jetez ou recyclez l'emballage d'une façon responsable, ou conservez-le pour une utilisation ultérieure.16 | Installation et démarrage Identification de l'onduleur Cette section montre un panneau avant et arrière de l'onduleur Tour Dell. Reportez-vous au Guide d'utilisation de l'onduleur en baie Line-Interactive 500 W, 1000 W et 1920/1500 W pour tous les détails sur le panneau arrière. Loquet du couvercle Loquet du couvercle Panneau LCD Bouton de défilement (haut ou arrière) Bouton de sélection Bouton de défilement (bas ou avant) Figure 1. Onduleur Tour Dell Port de communication Six prises 5-15 (Segment de charge 1) Protecteur de réseau contre les phénomènes transitoires Port USB Baie de communication de l'onduleur Bouton Marche/Arrêt Connecteur d'entrée CEI-C14 Deux prises 5-15 (Segment de charge 2) Connecteur de l'EBM Figure 2. Panneau arrière de l'onduleur (panneau arrière du 1000 W, 120 V)Installation et démarrage | 17 Retrait du couvercle avant de l'onduleur 3 Retirez le couvercle avant de l'onduleur. Poussez les deux loquets du couvercle pour libérer le couvercle avant et levez. Retrait du couvercle des batteries 4 Dévissez la vis à oreilles sur le couvercle métallique des batteries et levez pour retirer le couvercle.18 | Installation et démarrage Connexion du connecteur interne des batteries 5 Branchez le connecteur interne des batteries. 6 Remettez en place le couvercle métallique des batteries. Serrez la vis à un couple de 0,7 N·m (6,2 lb in). 7 Remettez en place le couvercle avant de l'onduleur.Installation et démarrage | 19 Connexion de l'équipement 9 Connectez l'équipement à l'onduleur Connectez le câble de communication de l'ordinateur à l'onduleur (en option) 8 8 Si vous prévoyez d'utiliser le Logiciel de gestion d'onduleur Dell, connectez votre ordinateur au port USB ou RS-232 en utilisant le câble fourni. 9 Branchez l'équipement à protéger sur les prises de sortie de l'onduleur, mais ne mettez pas l'équipement à protéger sous tension. REMARQUE: Pour éviter une alarme de surcharge, vérifiez que les valeurs nominales totales de l'équipement ne dépassent pas la capacité de l'onduleur.20 | Installation et démarrage Connexion du cordon d'alimentation 10 Vérifiez que l'entrée d'alimentation de l'onduleur possède une protection contre les surintensités montantes compatible avec la valeur nominale de l'intensité pouvant être acheminée par le cordon d'alimentation. 11 Vérifiez que l'entrée d'alimentation vers l'onduleur possède une protection adéquate contre des surintensités montantes : Tableau 1. Valeur nominale minimale du disjoncteur amont Puissance de sortie de l'onduleur 120 V 208 V 230 V 500 W 15 A — 15 A 1000 W 15 A — 15 A 1500 W (à 100 V) 1920 W 20 A — 15 A 12 Branchez le cordon d'alimentation de l'onduleur à une prise secteur.Installation et démarrage | 21 Démarrage de l'onduleur 13 Appuyez sur le bouton sur le panneau arrière de l'onduleur. Achèvement du démarrage 14 Vérifiez que l'icône Normal apparaît sur l'écran de résumé d'état de l'onduleur, indiquant que l'onduleur fonctionne normalement et que toutes les charges sont alimentées. 15 Sur l'écran de résumé d'état de l'onduleur, appuyez sur le bouton pour vérifier les avis et les alarmes actives. Résolvez toutes les alarmes actives avant de continuer. Voir « Dépannage » dans le Guide d'utilisation de l'onduleur en baie Line-Interactive 500 W, 1000 W et 1920/1500 W. Si aucune alarme n'est activée, un message « Aucune alarme active » apparaît. 16 Pour changer d'autres valeurs d'usine par défaut, voir « Fonctionnement » dans le Guide d'utilisation de l'onduleur en baie Line-Interactive 500 W, 1000 W et 1920/1500 W.22 | Installation et démarrageDellt Tower USV 500 W, 1000 W, und 1920/1500 W Erste Schritte Mit Ihrem System H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.comHinweise und Warnungen HINWEIS: Ein HINWEIS macht auf eine wichtige Information aufmerksam, mit deren Hilfe Sie Ihre Software optimal nutzen können. GEFAHR: GEFAHR macht auf eine unmittelbar gefährliche Situation aufmerksam, die zum Tod oder schweren Verletzungen führt, wenn sie nicht vermieden wird. WARNUNG: Eine WARNUNG macht auf eine potenziell gefährliche Situation aufmerksam, die zum Tod oder zu Verletzungen führt, wenn sie nicht vermieden wird. ACHTUNG: ACHTUNG macht auf eine potenziell gefährliche Situation aufmerksam, die zu geringen oder mäßigen Verletzungen oder Sachschäden führen kann, wenn sie nicht vermieden wird. GEFAHR: Beachten Sie den folgenden Hinweis, um eine unmittelbar gefährliche Situation zu vermeiden, die zum Tod oder zu schweren Verletzungen führen könnte: S Diese USV führt LEBENSGEFÄHRLICHE SPANNUNG. Sämtliche Reparatur-- und Wartungsarbeiten dürfen NUR VON AUTORISIERTEM WARTUNGSPERSONAL durchgeführt werden. Im Inneren der USV sind KEINE VOM BENUTZER WARTBAREN TEILEvorhanden. Unangekündigte Änderungen der Angaben in diesem Dokument vorbehalten. E 2009 Dell Inc. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Die Vervielfältigung, gleich welcher Art, ist ohne schriftliche Genehmigung von Dell Inc. strengstens untersagt. In diesem Text verwendete Marken: Dell und das DELL--Logo sind Marken von Dell Inc.; Phillipsist eine eingetragene Marke von Phillips Screw Company. In diesem Dokument können weitere Marken und Handelsnamen verwendet werden, die sich entweder auf die Personen beziehen, die diese Marken und Namen für sich beanspruchen , oder auf deren Produkte. Dell Inc. verzichtet auf sämtliche gewerblichen Eigentumsrechte an Marken und Handelsnamen, bei denen es sich nicht um eigene Marken und Handelsnamen handelt. Juli 2009Systemmerkmale | 25 Systemmerkmale Die herausragende Leistung und Zuverlässigkeit sind nur einige der Vorteile der USV-Anlagen. Sie bieten zudem: S Spannungsregulierung durch das „Buck and Boost“-Verfahren. Dies gewährleistet durch die Korrektur von Unregelmäßigkeiten einen gleichbleibenden Spannungswert für Ihre Anlagen. S Starten der Anlage im Batteriebetrieb zum Versorgen der USV mit Strom, selbst wenn kein Netzstrom zur Verfügung steht. S Erweiterte Laufzeit mit optionalem Externes Batteriemodul (EBM) für USV-Modelle für 1000-1920 W. S Serienmäßige Ausstattung mit zwei Kommunikationsschnittstellen (USV-Schnittstelle und serielle DB-9-Schnittstelle). S Optionale Dell Netzwerkmanagementkarte mit erweiterten Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten für verbesserten Leistungsschutz und Kontrolle. S Netzwerkschutzeinrichtungen schützen Ihre Anlage für Netzwerkkommunikation vor Spannungsspitzen. S Fortgeschrittene Stromüberwachung mit der Dell USV Management Software für sicheres Herunterfahren und Stromüberwachung. S Abschaltsequenz und Lastenmanagement durch separate Anschlussgruppen (sogenannte Lastsegmente). S Firmware, die sich einfach und ohne Wartungsdienst aktualisieren lässt. S Entspricht einschlägigen Normen auf der ganzen Welt.26 | Auffinden von Informationen Auffinden von Informationen ACHTUNG: Im Dokument Informationen zu Sicherheit, Umweltschutz und Ordnungsvorschriften finden Sie wichtige Sicherheitshinweise und Informationen zu gesetzlichen Bestimmungen. Was suchen Sie? Hier finden Sie es S Die Benutzeranleitung für meine USV S Die Benutzeranleitung für die Dell Netzwerkmanagementkarte S Dell USV Management Software HINWEIS:Dokumente und Softwareaktualisierungen finden Sie unter support.dell.com. Die Disk für die Dell USV S Spezifikationen S Anleitung zum Konfigurieren der USV-Einstellungen S Behebung von Fehlern und Lösung von Problemen Benutzeranleitung der Dell USV Die Benutzeranleitung finden Sie auf der Disk zu der Dell USV und auch untersupport.dell.com. S Sicherheitshinweise S Informationen über Ordnungsvorschriften S Recycling-Informationen Informationen zu Sicherheit, Umweltschutz und Ordnungsvorschriften S Garantieerklärung S AGB (nur USA) S Lizenzvereinbarung für Endbenutzer Informationen zu Garantie und Support von Dell S Supportinformationen Support-Website von Dell – support.dell.com HINWEIS: Wählen Sie Ihre Region bzw. Ihre Branche aus, um die geeignete Support-Website aufzurufen.Installation und Inbetriebnahme | 27 Installation und Inbetriebnahme ACHTUNG: Vor der Ausführung der Verfahren in diesem Dokument lesen Sie bitte die Sicherheitshinweise und wichtigen Informationen zu Ordnungsvorschriften in Ihrem Dokument überInformationen zu Sicherheit, Umweltschutz und Ordnungsvorschriften und halten Sie diese unbedingt ein. :ACHTUNG: Das Gehäuse ist schwer [500 W: 11,6 kg (25,6 lb); 1000 W: 18,3 kg (40,3 lb); 1920/1500 W: 30,5 kg (67,2 lb)]. Beim Auspacken und Transportieren des Gehäuses ist Vorsicht geboten. In diesem Abschnitt werden die Schritte für die Erstkonfiguration Ihres Systems beschrieben. Auspacken des Systems 1 Packen Sie das System aus und identifizieren Sie die einzelnen Komponenten. 2 Entsorgen oder recyceln Sie die Verpackung in umweltbewusster Weise, oder bewahren Sie sie für den späteren Gebrauch auf.28 | Installation und Inbetriebnahme Beschreibung der USV In diesem Abschnitt wird die Vorder- und Rückansicht der Dell Tower USV angezeigt. Alle Einzelheiten zur Rückseite finden Sie in der Dell Line-Interactive Tower USV 500 W, 1000 W, und 1920/1500 W Benutzeranleitung. Abdeckungslasche Abdeckungslasche LCD-Anzeigen Bildlauftaste (aufwärts oder rückwärts) Auswahltaste Bildlauftaste (abwärts oder vorwärts) Abbildung 1. Die Dell Tower USV Kommunikationsschnittstelle Sechs 5-15-Anschlussdosen (Lastsegment 1) Netzwerk-Transienten Schutz USB-Schnittstelle Kommunikationssteckplatz der USV Ein-/Ausschalttaste IEC-C14-Eingangsanschluss Zwei 5-15-Anschlussdosen (Lastsegment 2) EBM-Anschluss Abbildung 2. Rückseite der USV (1000 W, 120 V)Installation und Inbetriebnahme | 29 Entfernen der vorderen USV-Abdeckung 3 Entfernen Sie die vordere USV-Abdeckung. Drücken Sie auf die beiden Abdeckungslaschen, um die vordere Abdeckung zu lösen, und ziehen Sie diese hoch. Entfernen der Batterieabdeckung 4 Lösen Sie die Rändelschraube auf der metallenen Batterieabdeckung und heben Sie die Abdeckung hoch, um sie zu entfernen.30 | Installation und Inbetriebnahme Anklemmen des Anschlusses im Inneren der Batterie 5 Klemmen Sie den Anschluss im Inneren der Batterie an. 6 Setzen Sie die die Batterieabdeckung aus Metall wieder ein. Drehen Sie die Schraube mit einem Drehmoment von 0,7 Nm (6,2 lb in) wieder ein. 7 Bringen Sie die vordere Abdeckung der USV wieder an.Installation und Inbetriebnahme | 31 Anschließen der Anlage 9 Schließen Sie die Anlage an die USV an Schließen Sie das Kommunikationskabel vom Computer an die USV an (optional) 8 8 Sofern Sie die Benutzung der Dell USV Management Software planen, schließen Sie Ihren Computer mit dem beiliegenden Kabel an die USB-Schnittstelle oder an die RS-232-Schnittstelle an. 9 Stecken Sie Stecker der zu schützenden Geräte in die Ausgangsanschlüsse der USV ein, aber schalten Sie die geschützten Geräte noch nicht ein. HINWEIS: Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Gesamtnennleistung aller angeschlossenen Geräte die Kapazität der USV nicht überschreitet, um einen Überlastalarm zu vermeiden.32 | Installation und Inbetriebnahme Anschließen des Netzkabels 10 Vergewissern Sie sich, dass der Stromeingang der USV entsprechend dem Nennstrom des Netzkabels mit einem Schutz gegen Spannungsspitzen ausgestattet ist. 11 Vergewissern Sie sich, dass der Stromeingang der USV mit einem angemessenen Schutz gegen Spannungsspitzen ausgestattet ist: Tabelle 1. Mindestnennstrom der Überstromsicherung USV-Ausgangsleistung 120 V 208 V 230 V 500 W 15 A — 15 A 1000 W 15 A — 15 A 1500 W (bei 100 V) 1920 W 20 A — 15 A 12 Stecken Sie das Netzkabel der USV in eine Netzsteckdose.Installation und Inbetriebnahme | 33 Starten der USV 13 Drücken Sie die Taste auf der Rückseite der USV. Abschluss des Startvorgangs 14 Vergewissern Sie sich, dass das Symbol für „Normal“ auf dem Bildschirm der USV-Statusübersicht angezeigt wird. Hierdurch wird angezeigt, dass die USV ordnungsgemäß funktioniert und dass alle angeschlossenen Lasten mit Strom versorgt werden.34 | Installation und Inbetriebnahme 15 Wählen Sie im Bildschirm mit der USV-Statusübersicht die Schaltfläche , um zu prüfen ob eine aktive Warnmeldung oder ein aktiver Hinweis vorliegt. Lösen Sie alle aktiven Warnmeldungen, bevor Sie den Vorgang fortsetzen. Siehe „Fehlerbehebung“ in der Dell Line-Interactive Tower USV 500 W, 1000 W, und 1920/1500 W Benutzeranleitung. Falls keine Warnmeldungen aktiv sind, wird die Meldung „Keine aktiven Warnmeldungen“ angezeigt. 16 Für die Änderung anderer werkseitiger Standardeinstellungen siehe „Betrieb“ in der Dell Line-Interactive Tower USV 500 W, 1000 W, und 1920/1500 W Benutzeranleitung.ИБП башенного типа Dellt 500 Вт, 1000 Вт и 1920/1500 Вт Начало работы c вашей системой www.dell.com | support.dell.comПримечания и предупреждения ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Пометка ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ указывает на важную информацию, которая поможет вам более эффективно использовать свое программное обеспечение. ОПАСНОСТЬ: Пометка ОПАСНОСТЬ указывает на ситуации, в которых существует непосредственная угроза, которая, если ее не избежать, приведет к серьезной травме или летальному исходу. ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: Пометка ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ указывает на потенциально опасную ситуацию, которая, если ее не избежать, может привести к травме или летальному исходу. ВНИМАНИЕ: Пометка ВНИМАНИЕ указывает на потенциально опасную ситуацию, которая, если ее не избежать, может привести к травмам легкой и средней степени тяжести или к повреждению имущества. ОПАСНОСТЬ: Следуйте приведенным ниже инструкциям, позволяющим предупредить непосредственную угрозу, которая, если ее не избежать, приведет к серьезной травме или летальному исходу: S В устройстве ИБП некоторые узлы находятся под СМЕРТЕЛЬНО ОПАСНЫМ НАПРЯЖЕНИЕМ. Все работы по ремонту и обслуживанию должны выполняться ТОЛЬКО УПОЛНОМОЧЕННЫМ ОБСЛУЖИВАЮЩИМ ПЕРСОНАЛОМ. В ИБП НЕТ УЗЛОВ, ОБСЛУЖИВАЕМЫХ ПОЛЬЗОВАТЕЛЕМ. Информация в настоящем документе может быть изменена без предварительного уведомления. E 2009 Dell Inc. Все права защищены. Воспроизведение данного документа любым способом безписьменного разрешения компании Dell Inc. категорически запрещено. Торговые знаки, используемые в данном тексте: Логотипы Dell и DELL являются торговыми знаками компании Dell Inc.; Phillips является зарегистрированным торговым знаком компании Phillips Screw Company. Прочие торговые знаки и торговые марки могут использоваться в данном документе для ссылки на организации, предъявляющие права на эти знаки и марки, или на их товары. Dell Inc. отказывается от любого права собственности на какие-либо торговые знаки или торговые марки, кроме своих собственных. Июль 2009 г.Функции системы | 37 Функции системы Вот уникальные преимущества, обеспечивающие исключительную эффективность и надежность ИБП: S Понижающая и повышающая регулировка напряжения обеспечивает подачу стабильного напряжения на нагрузку путем коррекции колебаний напряжения. S Функция запуска от батареи используется для питания ИБП даже при отсутствии питания от электросети. S Увеличенное время работы при помощи дополнительного модуля Модуль внешней батареи (EBM) для моделей ИБП 1000 - 1920 Вт. S Два стандартных коммуникационных порта (USB и последовательный порт DB-9). S Дополнительная Карта сетевого управления Dell с усовершенствованными коммуникационными возможностями улучшает защиту питания и его мониторинг. S Защита от сетевых переходных процессов, которая предохраняет устройства сетевой связи от скачков. S Усовершенствованное управление питанием при помощи Программа управления ИБП Dell обеспечивает корректное выключение нагрузки и мониторинг электропитания. S Последовательное выключение и управление нагрузкой при помощи раздельных групп разъемов, называемых сегментами нагрузки. S Легко обновляемое аппаратно-программное обеспечение; для обновления нет необходимости обращаться в службу технической поддержки. S Утверждены международными организациями.38 | Поиск информации Поиск информации ВНИМАНИЕ: Документ Информация о технике безопасности, охране окружающей среды и нормативная информация содержит важную информацию о технике безопасности и нормативную информацию. Что вы ищите? Вы найдете это здесь S Руководство пользователя для моего ИБП S Руководство пользователя для карты Карта сетевого управления Dell S Программа управления ИБП Dell ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Документация и обновленные версии ПО можно найти на сайте support.dell.com. Диск ИБП Dell S Спецификации S Как конфигурировать настройки ИБП S Как находить и устранять неисправности и решать проблемы Руководство пользователя ИБП Dell Руководство пользователя доступно на диске ИБП Dell и на сайте support.dell.com. S Инструкции по технике безопасности S Нормативная информация S Информация об утилизации Информация о технике безопасности, охране окружающей среды и нормативная информация S Информация о гарантии S Сроки и условия (только для США) S Лицензионное соглашение с конечным пользователем Информация о гарантии и поддержке Dell S Информация о поддержке Веб-сайт поддержки Dell — support.dell.com ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Выберите свой регион или сегмент бизнеса, чтобы увидеть соответствующий сайт поддержки.Установка и запуск | 39 Установка и запуск ВНИМАНИЕ: Перед выполнением процедуры, описанной в данной документации, прочтите и выполните инструкции по технике безопасности и ознакомьтесь с важной нормативной информацией, которая содержится в документе Информация о технике безопасности, охране окружающей среды и нормативная информация. ВНИМАНИЕ: ВНИМАНИЕ: Корпустяжелый (500 Вт: 11,6 кг; 1000 Вт: 18,3 кг; 1920/1500 Вт: 30,5 кг]. Проявляйте осторожность при распаковке и перемещении корпуса. В данном разделе описываются этапы настройки системы в первый раз. Распаковка системы 1 Распакуйте систему и проверьте каждый элемент. 2 Выбросьте или утилизируйте упаковку согласно правилам или сохраните ее для будущего использования.40 | Установка и запуск Описание ИБП В данном разделе показаны передняя и задняя панели ИБП «Башня» Dell. См. Руководство пользователя линейно-интерактивного ИБП башенного типа 500 Вт, 1000 Вт и 1920/1500 Вт Dell, чтобы получить подробную информацию о задней панели. Защелка крышки Защелка крышки Жидкокристаллическая панель Кнопка пролистывания (вверх или назад) Кнопка выбора Кнопка пролистывания (внизили вперед) Рис. 1. ИБП «Башня» Dell Коммуникационный порт Шесть гнезд 5-15 (Сегмент нагрузки 1) Устройство защиты от переходных процессов в коммуникационной сети Порт USB Коммуникационного отсека блока бесперебойного питания Кнопка Вкл./Выкл Входной разъем IEC-C14 Два гнезда 5-15 (Сегмент нагрузки 2) Разъем EBM Рис. 2. Задняя панель ИБП (задняя панель 1000 Вт, 120 В)Установка и запуск | 41 Снятие передней крышки ИБП 3 Снимите переднюю крышку ИБП. Нажмите на две защелки крышки, чтобы освободить переднюю крышку, и потяните вверх. Снятие крышки батарей 4 Отвинтите винты на металлической крышке батарей и поднимите ее, чтобы снять.42 | Установка и запуск Подключение разъема внутренней батареи 5 Подключите разъем внутренней батареи. 6 Установите на место металлическую крышку батарей. Затяните винт с усилием 0,7 Нм (6,2 фунта на дюйм). 7 Установите на место переднюю крышку ИБП.Установка и запуск | 43 Подключение оборудования 9 Присоедините свое оборудование к ИБП Подключите кабель связи от компьютера к ИБП (факультативно) 8 8 Если вы планируете использовать Программа управления ИБП Dell, подключите свой компьютер к USB-порту или порту RS-232 при помощи прилагающегося кабеля. 9 Подключите оборудование, которое необходимо предохранить от скачков напряжения, к выходным гнездам ИБП, но не включайте это оборудование. Примечание: Убедитесь, что общая паспортная мощность потребителей не превышает мощность ИБП во избежание сигнала перегрузки.44 | Установка и запуск Подключение шнура питания 10 Убедитесь, что вход питания на ИБП имеет защиту от верхней перегрузки по току согласно номинальному току шнура питания. 11 Убедитесь, что вход питания ИБП имеет соответствующую защиту от верхней перегрузки по току: Таблица 1. Минимальный номинал вышестоящего выключателя Выходная мощность ИБП 120 В 208 В 230 В 500 Вт 15 A — 15 A 1000 Вт 15 A — 15 A 1500 Вт (на 100 В) 1920 Вт 20 A — 15 A 12 Вставьте шнур питания ИБП в розетку электросети.Установка и запуск | 45 Включение ИБП 13 Нажмите кнопку на задней панели ИБП. Завершение запуска 14 Убедитесь, что на итоговом экране состояния ИБП появилась пиктограмма обычного режима , обозначающая, что ИБП работает нормально и подает электропитание на существующие нагрузки.46 | Установка и запуск 15 На итоговом экране состояния ИБП нажмите кнопку , чтобы проверить, активны ли аварийные сигналы или извещения. Отреагируйте на все активные сигналы, прежде чем продолжить. См. Руководство пользователя линейно-интерактивного ИБП башенного типа 500 Вт, 1000 Вт и 1920/1500 Вт Dell, раздел «Поиск и устранение неисправностей». При отсутствии активных аварийных сигналов появится сообщение «Активные аварийные сигналы отсутствуют». 16 Чтобы изменить прочие заводские настройки по умолчанию см. Руководство пользователя линейно-интерактивного ИБП башенного типа 500 Вт, 1000 Вт и , раздел «Эксплуатация».UPS de la torre de Dellt 500 W, 1000 W y 1920/1500 W Inicio de su sistema H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.comNotas y advertencias NOTA: Una NOTA indica información importante que lo ayuda a utilizar mejor el software. PELIGRO: Un PELIGRO indica una situación inminentemente peligrosa que, si no se evita, dará como resultado la muerte o una lesión grave. AVISO: Una ADVERTENCIA indica una situación potencialmente peligrosa que, si no se evita, podría dar como resultado la muerte o una lesión. PRECAUCIÓN: Una PRECAUCIÓN indica una situación potencialmente peligrosa que, si no se evita, puede dar como resultado una lesión moderada o menor, o en incidentes de daño de la propiedad. PELIGRO: Cumpla con la siguiente instrucción para evitar una situación inminentemente peligrosa que, de no evitarse, dará como resultado la muerte o una lesión grave: S Esta UPS contiene VOLTAJES LETALES. SÓLO EL PERSONAL DE SERVICIO AUTORIZADO debe realizar las reparaciones y el servicio. SÓLO EL PERSONAL DE SERVICIO AUTORIZADO dentro de la UPS. La información de este documento se encuentra sujeta a cambios sin previo aviso. E 2009 Dell Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Queda estrictamente prohibida cualquier forma de reproducción sin el previo consentimiento de Dell Inc. por escrito. Marcas comerciales utilizadas en este texto: Dell y el logotipo de DELL son marcas comerciales de Dell Inc.; Phillips es una marca comercial registrada de Phillips Screw Company. Es posible que en este documento se utilicen otras marcas y nombres comerciales para hacer referencia a las entidades que responden a dichas marcas y nombres o a sus productos. Dell Inc. niega cualquier interés en la propiedad de las marcas y nombres comerciales de terceros. julio de 2009Características del sistema | 49 Características del sistema Al brindar rendimiento y confiabilidad sobresalientes, los beneficios exclusivos de la UPS incluyen: S Regulación del aumento y la reducción de voltaje que garantiza un voltaje constante para la carga, corrigiendo así las fluctuaciones. S Capacidad de arranque en batería para poner en funcionamiento la UPS aun cuando el suministro eléctrico no esté disponible. S Tiempo de ejecución con un Módulo de batería externa opcional (EBM) para los modelos de UPS 1000-1920 W. S Dos puertos de comunicación estándar (USB y puerto serie). S Tarjetas opcionales Tarjeta de gestión de red de Dell con capacidades de comunicación mejoradas para lograr mayor control y protección del suministro eléctrico. S Protector transitorio de redes que preserva a su equipo de comunicaciones en red de las sobretensiones. S El manejo avanzado del suministro eléctrico con Software de Gestión de UPS de Dell permite el apagado ordenado y la supervisión del suministro eléctrico. S El apagado secuencial y la gestión de carga mediante grupos de receptáculos separados que se denominan segmentos de carga. S Firmware que se actualiza fácilmente sin necesidad de llamar al cliente. S Respaldado por las aprobaciones de agencias a nivel mundial.50 | Búsqueda de información Búsqueda de información PRECAUCIÓN: El documento Información Ambiental, Regulatoria y de Seguridad brinda información regulatoria y sobre seguridad importante. ¿Qué está buscando? Encuéntrelo aqu S La guía del usuario para mi UPS S La guía del usuario para la Tarjeta de gestión de red de Dell S Software de Gestión de UPS de Dell NOTA:La documentación y la actualización de software se pueden encontrar en support.dell.com. Disco de la UPS de Dell S Especificaciones S Cómo configurar los valores de la UPS S Cómo diagnosticar las fallas y resolver problemas Guía del usuario de la UPS de Dell La guía del usuario está disponible en el disco de la UPS de Dell y en support.dell.com. S Instrucciones de seguridad S Información regulatoria S Información sobre reciclado Información Ambiental, Regulatoria y de Seguridad S Información sobre seguridad S Términos y condiciones (sólo EE. UU.) S Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final Información sobre soporte y garantía de Dell S Información sobre soporte Sitio web de soporte de Dell — support.dell.com NOTA: Seleccione su región o segmento de negocio para visualizar el sitio de soporte correspondiente.Instalación y arranque | 51 Instalación y arranque PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de realizar los procedimientos que se describen en este documento, lea y cumpla con las instrucciones de seguridad y la información regulatoria importante en su documento Información Ambiental, Regulatoria y de Seguridad. PRECAUCIÓN: El gabinete es pesado [500 W: 11,6 kg (25,6 lb); 1000 W: 18,3 kg (40,3 lb); 1920/1500 W: 30,5 kg (67,2 lb)]. Tenga precaución al desembalar y trasladar el gabinete. En la presente sección, se describen los pasos para configurar su sistema por primera vez. Cómo desembalar el sistema 1 Desembale el sistema e identifique cada elemento. 2 Deseche o recicle el embalaje de una manera responsable o guárdelo para un uso futuro.52 | Instalación y arranque Identificación de la UPS En la presente sección, se muestra un panel frontal y posterior de la UPS de la Torre de Dell. Consulte la Guía del usuario de la UPS de la torre de la línea interactiva de Dell 500 W, 1000 W y 1920/1500 W para obtener todos los detalles del panel posterior. Pestillo de la Pestillo de la cubierta cubierta Panel LCD Botón de desplazamiento (hacia arriba o hacia atrás) Botón de selección Botón de desplazamiento (hacia abajo o hacia delante) Figure 1. La UPS de la Torre de Dell Puerto de comunicaciones Seis receptáculos de 5-15 (Segmento de carga 1) Protector de red a transitorios Puerto USB Compartimiento de comunicación de la UPS Botón de Encendido/Apagado Conector de entrada IEC-C14 Dos receptáculos de 5-15 (Segmento de carga 2) Conector EBM Figure 2. Panel posterior de la UPS (panel posterior 1000 W, 120 V)Instalación y arranque | 53 Cómo retirar la cubierta frontal de la UPS 3 Extraiga la cubierta frontal de la UPS. Empuje las dos pestillas de la cubierta para liberar la cubierta frontal y levantarla. Cómo extraer la cubierta de la batería 4 Desatornille el tornillo de apriete manual de la cubierta metálica de la batería y levante para extraer la cubierta.54 | Instalación y arranque Cómo conectar el conector de la batería interna 5 Conecte el conector de la batería interna. 6 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta metálica de la batería. Apriete el tornillo a 0,7 N·m (6,2 lb pulg.). 7 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta frontal de la UPS.Instalación y arranque | 55 Conectar el equipo 9 Conecte el equipamiento a la UPS Conecte el cable de comunicación de la computadora a la UPS (opcional) 8 8 Si planea utilizar el Software de Gestión de UPS de Dell, conecte su equipo al puerto USB o el puerto RS-232 mediante el uso del cable suministrado. 9 Enchufe el equipo para que esté protegido en los receptáculos exteriores de la UPS, pero no encienda el equipo protegido. NOTA: Verifique que los regímenes totales del equipo no excedan la capacidad de la UPS para prevenir una alarma de sobrecarga.56 | Instalación y arranque Conexión del cable de energía 10 Verifique que la entrada de energía a la UPS tenga protección de sobrecarga de corriente ascendente de acuerdo con el régimen de corriente del cable de energía. 11 Verifique que la entrada de energía a la UPS tenga protección de sobrecarga de corriente ascendente adecuada: Table 1. Régimen mínimo del disyuntor ascendente Potencia de salida de la UPS 120 V 208 V 230 V 500 W 15 A — 15 A 1000W 15 A — 15 A 1500 W (a 100 V) 1920 W 20 A — 15 A 12 Conecte el cable de alimentación de la UPS a un tomacorriente.Instalación y arranque | 57 Inicio de la UPS 13 Presione el botón del panel posterior de la UPS. Cómo completar el arranque 14 Verifique que el ícono Normal aparezca en la pantalla de resumen del estado UPS, que indica que la UPS funciona normalmente y todas las cargas están energizadas.58 | Instalación y arranque 15 En la pantalla de resumen de estado de UPS, presione el botón para comprobar las notificaciones y las alarmas activas. Solucione todas las alarmas activas antes de continuar. Consulte el “Diagnóstico de fallas” en la Guía del usuario de la UPS de la torre de la línea interactiva de Dell 500 W, 1000 W y 1920/1500 W. Si no hay ninguna alarma activa, se muestra el mensaje “Ninguna alarma activa”. 16 Para cambiar otros valores predeterminados establecidos de fábrica, consulte “Funcionamiento” en la Guía del usuario de la UPS de la torre de la línea interactiva de Dell 500 W, 1000 W y 1920/1500 W.Dellt 塔式 UPS 500W, 1000W, 和 1920/1500W 系统使用 入门指南 H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.com注意和警告 注意: “注意”表示可帮助您更好使用本软件的重要信息。 危险:“危险”表示紧急危险情况,如果不加以避免,将导致死亡或严重的伤害。 警告:“警告”表示潜在危险情况,如果不加以避免,将会导致死亡或伤害。 小心:“小心”表示潜在危险情况,如果不加以避免,可能导致轻度或中度伤害,或财产损失事故。 危险: 遵守下列须知有助于防止紧急危险情况,其若不加以避免,将导致死亡或严重的伤害: S 本 UPS 包含危险致命的电压。所有维修和服务都只能由经过授权的维修人员进行。UPS 中没有用户可自行维修的部件。 本文档所含信息如有更改,恕不另行通知。 E 2009 Dell Inc. 保留所有权利。 未经 Dell Inc. 书面允许,严禁以任何形式进行复制。 本文中使用的商标:Dell和DELL 徽标为 Dell Inc.的商标;Phillips 为 Phillips Screw Company 的注册商标。 本文件中可能会使用其它商标或商业名称来指称拥有该商标或名称权利的实体或其产品。Dell Inc. 对不属于自己的商标和商品名称,不拥有任何产权利益。 2009 年 7 月系统性能 | 61 系统性能 该 UPS 可提供杰出的性能与可靠性,其独特优势包括: S 降压与升压调节,通过调节电压波动确保您的负荷电压稳定。 S 即使没有公用电源,电池启动功能也能给 UPS 供电。 S 对 1000–1920W UPS 型号,通过可选的外部电池模块(EBM)延长运行时间。 S 两个标准通信端口(USB 和 DB-9 串行口)。 S 为了加强电源保护和控制,可选择增强通信能力的 Dell 网络管理卡。 S 网络抗瞬变装置可保护您的网络通信设备免受电涌的损害。 S 高级电源管理,用Dell UPS 管理软件进行平滑关机和电力监控。 S 通过称为载入段的单独插座组进行顺序关机和负荷管理。 S 不必拨打服务电话,即可自行对固件进行方便升级。 S 全球代理认证提供支持。62 | 查找信息 查找信息 CAUTION:安全、环保和法规信息文件提供了重要的安全和法规信息。 您正在寻找什么? 在此查找 S 我的 UPS 的用户指南 S Dell 网络管理卡 用户指南 S Dell UPS 管理软件 注意:文件和软件更新可在 support.dell.com 找到。 Dell UPS 光盘 S 规格 S 如何配置 UPS 设置 S 如何排查故障和解决问题 Dell UPS 用户指南 用户指南可从 Dell UPS 光盘和 support.dell.com 上找到。 S 安全操作说明 S 行政法规信息 S 回收信息 安全、环保和法规信息 S 保修信息 S 条款和条件(仅限美国) S 最终用户许可协议 Dell 保修和支持信息 S 支持信息 Dell 支持网站 — support.dell.com 注意:选择您的区域或业务部门,以查看合适的支 持网站。安装和启动 | 63 安装和启动 CAUTION: 在进行本文件中的步骤之前,请先阅读和遵循 安全、环保和法规信息 文件中的安全操作说明和重要法规信息。 CAUTION:小心:机箱较重 [500W: 11.6 千克(25.6 磅);1000W:18.3 千克(40.3 磅);1920/1500W: 30.5 千克 (67.2 磅)]。请在拆开包装和搬动机箱时特别小心。 本节描述首次安装系统的步骤。 打开系统 1 打开系统,查看每个物品项目。 2 以负责任的方式处理包装材料或回收循环利用,或者收起存放以备将来使用。64 | 安装和启动 UPS 识别 本节介绍 Dell 塔式 UPS 的前面板和后面板。后面板详细情况请参见 Dell 在线互动塔式 UPS 500W, 1000W, 和 1920/1500W 用户指南 。 外盖闩锁 外盖闩锁 LCD 显示面板 滚动按钮(向上或向后) 选择按钮 滚动按钮(向下或向前) 图 1. Dell 塔式 UPS 通信端口 六个 5-15 插座(载入段 1) 网络抗瞬变装置 USB 端口 UPS 通信槽 开/关按钮 IEC-C14 输入连接器 两个 5-15 插座(载入段 2) EBM 接线器 图 2. UPS 后面板(1000W (瓦),120V (伏)后面板)安装和启动 | 65 取下 UPS 前盖 3 取下 UPS 前盖。 推动两个外盖闩锁,以松开前盖,并拉起。 取下电池盖 4 松开电池金属盖上的翼形螺钉,并提起以取下外盖。66 | 安装和启动 连接内部电池连接器 5 连接内部电池接线器。 6 重新放回电池金属盖。 将螺钉拧至 0.7 牛米(N·m) (6.2 磅英寸(lb in))。 7 重新放回 UPS 前盖。安装和启动 | 67 连接设备 9 将设备连接到 UPS 上 将计算机的通信电缆连接到 UPS 上(可选) 8 8 如果您计划使用Dell UPS 管理软件,用提供的电缆将您的电脑连接到 USB 端口或 RS-232 端口。 9 将需要保护的设备插入 UPS 输出插座,但不要启动受保护的设备。 注意:确保全部设备的总额定值不超过 UPS 的负载能力,以防止出现过载警报。68 | 安装和启动 连接电源线 10 根据电源线额定电流验证 UPS 的功率输入具有上游过电流保护。 11 验证 UPS 的功率输入具有足够的上游过电流保护: 图 1. 最小上游断路器额定值 UPS 输出功率 120V(伏) 208V(伏) 230V(伏) 500W(瓦) 15A(安) — 15A(安) 1000W(瓦) 15A(安) — 15A(安) 1500W (瓦) (在100V(伏)时) 1920W(瓦) 20A(安) — 15A(安) 12 将 UPS 电源线插入电源插座。安装和启动 | 69 启动 UPS 13 按下 UPS 后面板上的 按钮。 完成启动 14 确认“正常”(Normal)图标 显示在 UPS 状态概要屏幕上,这表明 UPS 运转正常,任何负荷都有动力供给。 15 在 UPS 状态屏上,按下 按钮,查看现有警报或通知。 解决所有警报问题,然后继续。 参见Dell 在线互动塔式 UPS 500W, 1000W, 和 1920/1500W 用户指南中的“故障处理”。 如果没有现有警报,会出现“无现有警报”(No Active Alarms)信息。 16 要更改其它出厂设置默认项,请参见Dell 在线互动塔式 UPS 500W, 1000W, 和 1920/1500W 用户指南中的“操作”。70 | 安装和启动Dellt 塔式 UPS 500W、1000W 和 1920/1500W 系統使用 入門指南 H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.com注意和警告 注意: 「注意」表示可幫助您更好地使用本軟體的重要資訊。 危險: 「危險」表示緊急危險情況,如果不加以避免,將導致死亡或嚴重的傷害。 警告: 「警告」表示潛在危險情況,如果不加以避免,將會導致死亡或嚴重的傷害。 小心:「小心」表示潛在危險情況,如果不加以避免,可能導致輕度或中度傷害,或財產損失事故。 危險: 遵守以下須知有助於防止緊急危險情況,其若不加以避免,將導致死亡或嚴重的傷害。 S 本 UPS 包含危險致命的電壓。所有維修和服務都只能由經過授權的維修人員進行。UPS 中沒有可由使用者自行維修的零件。 本文件所含資訊如有變更,恕不另行通知。 E 2009 Dell Inc. 保留所有權利。 未經 Dell Inc. 書面允許,嚴格禁止以任何形式進行複製。 本文中使用的商標:Dell和Dell 標誌為 Dell Inc.的商標;Phillips 為 Phillips Screw Company 的註冊商標。 本文件中可能會使用其他商標或商業名稱來指涉擁有該商標或名稱權利的實體或其產品。Dell Inc. 對不屬於自己的商標和商品名稱,不擁有任何產權利益。 2009 年 7 月系統性能 | 73 系統性能 該 UPS 可提供傑出的性能與可靠性,包括下列獨有優勢: S 降壓與升壓調節,藉由調節電壓波動確保您的負載電壓穩定。 S 電池啟動功能使您能在沒有外部電源時,也能使 UPS 通電。 S 1000–1920W UPS 型號可藉由選配的 外部電池模組(EBM)延長運行時間。 S 兩個標準通信連接埠(USB 和 DB--9 序列埠)。 S 選配的 Dell 網路管理卡 具有增強通訊功能,可增加電源保護和控制。 S 網路瞬態過電保護裝置可保護您的網路通信設備免受電壓突波的損害。 S 使用Dell UPS 管理軟體的先進電源管理,進行平滑關機和電力監控。 S 藉由稱為負載區段的單獨插座組進行順序關機和負載管理。 S 不必撥打服務電話,即可自行輕鬆的升級韌體。 S 提供全球代理商認證支援。74 | 尋找資訊 尋找資訊 CAUTION: 安全、環保和法規資訊文件提供重要的安全和法規資訊。 您正在尋找什麼? 在此尋找 S 我的 UPS 的使用者指南 S Dell 網路管理卡 使用者指南 S Dell UPS 管理軟體 注意:文件和軟體更新可在 support.dell.com 找到。 Dell UPS 光碟 S 規格 S 如何進行 UPS 設定 S 如何排除故障和解決問題 Dell UPS 使用者指南 使用者指南可從 Dell UPS 光碟和 support.dell.com 上取得。 S 安全操作說明 S 行政法規資訊 S 回收資訊 安全、環保和法規資訊 S 保固資訊 S 條款與條件(僅限美國) S 一般使用者授權協議 Dell 保固和支援資訊 S 支援資訊 Dell 支援網站 — support.dell.com 注意:選擇您的區域或業務部門,以查看合適的支援 網站。安裝和啟動 | 75 安裝和啟動 CAUTION: 在進行本文件中的步驟之前,請先閱讀和遵循 安全、環保和法規資訊 文件中的安全操作說明和重要法規資訊。 CAUTION:小心: 機箱較重 [500W; 11.6 公斤 (25.6 磅); 1000W; 18.3 公斤 (40.3 磅); 1920/1500W: 30.5 公斤 (67.2 磅)]。 在拆開包裝和搬動機箱時請特別小心。 本節描述首次安裝系統的步驟。 拆除系統包裝 1 拆除系統包裝,並檢查確定每個項目。 2 以負責任的方式棄置或回收包裝材料,或者將其存放以備將來使用。76 | 安裝和啟動 UPS 的識別 本節介紹 Dell 塔式 UPS 的前面板和後面板。後面板詳細情況請參見 Dell在線互動機架式 UPS 500W、1000W、和 1920/1500W使用者指南。 外蓋閂鎖 外蓋閂鎖 LCD 顯示面板 捲軸按鈕(向上或向後) 選擇按鈕 捲軸按鈕(向下或向前) 圖 1. Dell 塔式UPS 通信連接埠 六個 5-15 插座(負載區段 1) 網路瞬態過電保護裝置 USB 連接埠 UPS 通信槽 開/關按鈕 IEC--C14 輸入連接器 兩個 5-15 插座(負載區段 2) EBM 接線器 圖 2. UPS 後面板(1000W,120V 後面板)安裝和啟動 | 77 取下 UPS 前蓋 3 取下 UPS 前蓋。 推動兩個外蓋閂鎖,以鬆開前蓋並將其拉起。 取下電池蓋 4 鬆開電池金屬蓋上的翼形螺釘,提起以取下外蓋。78 | 安裝和啟動 連接內部電池連接器 5 連接內部電池接線器。 6 重新放囘電池金屬蓋。 將螺釘擰至 0.7 牛米(N·m)(6.2 磅吋(lb in))。 7 重新放囘 UPS 前蓋。安裝和啟動 | 79 連接設備 9 將設備連接到 UPS 上 將電腦的通信電纜連接 到 UPS 上(可選 8 8 如果您計劃使用Dell UPS 管理軟體,請使用提供的電纜將您的電腦連接到 USB連接埠或 RS--232 連接埠。 9 將要保護的設備插入 UPS 輸出插座,但不要開啟受保護設備的電源。 注意: 確保全部設備的縂額定值未超過 UPS 的負載能力,以防止出現過載警報。80 | 安裝和啟動 連接電源線 10 根據電源線額定電流驗證 UPS 的電源輸入具有上游過電保護。 11 驗證 UPS 的電源輸入具有足夠的上游過電保護: 表 1. 最小上游斷路器額定值 UPS 輸出功率 120V(伏) 208V(伏) 230V(伏) 500W(瓦) 15A(安) — 15A(安) 1000W(瓦) 15A(安) — 15A(安) 1500W(瓦) (當100V(伏)時) 1920W(瓦) 20A(安) — 15A(安) 12 將 UPS 電源線插入電源插座。安裝和啟動 | 81 啟動 UPS 13 按下 UPS 後面板上的 按鈕。 完成啟動 14 確認「正常」(Normal)圖示 顯示在 UPS 狀態概要螢幕上,這表明 UPS 運作正常, 任何負載都有電力提供。 15 在 UPS 狀態概要螢幕上,按下 按鈕,查看作用中的警報或通知。解決所有警報問題, 然後繼續。 參見 Dell在線互動機架式 UPS 500W、1000W和 1920/1500W使用者指南 中的「故障處理」。 如果沒有作用中的警報,會出現「無作用中警報」(No Active Alarms)訊息。 16 若要變更其它出廠預設設定,請參見Dell在線互動塔式 UPS 500W, 1000W和 1920/1500W 使用者指南中的「操作」。82 | 安裝和啟動Dellt Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, 1920/1500W 사용자의 시스템 시작하기 H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.com참고 및 경고 참고:"참고"는 소프트웨어를 더 잘 활용하는 데 도움이 되는 중요한 정보를 나타냅니다. 위험:"위험"은 피하지 않을 경우, 급박한 위험 상황이 사망이나 중상의 결과를 야기할 수 있음을 나타냅니다. 경고:"경고"는 피하지 않을 경우 죽음이나 상해를 야기할 수 있는 잠재적 위험 상황을 표시합니다. 주의:"주의"는 피하지 않을 경우 경미하거나 보통의 상해 또는 재산 손실 사고를 야기할 수 있는 잠재적 위험 상황을 표시합니다. 위험: 아래의 지시사항을 준수하여, 피하지 않을 경우 사망이나 중상의 결과를 야기할 수 있는 급박한 위험 상황을 방지하십시오. S UPS는 사망에 이를 수 있는 전압을 갖고 있습니다. 모든 수리와 정비는 자격있는 서비스 요원만이 수행해야 합니다. UPS 내부에는 사용자가 정비할 수 없는 부품이 있습니다. 이 문서에 포함된 정보는 고지없이 변경될 수 있습니다. E 2009 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. Dell Inc.의 서면 허락 없이 어떤 방식으로든 복제를 하는 것은 엄격히 금지됩니다. 이 문서에서 사용된 상표 : Dell및DELL로고는 Dell Inc.의 상표입니다. Phillips는Phillips Screw Company 의 등록상표입니다. 기타 상표와 상호를 관련 상표 및 명칭 또는 관련 제품에 대한 권리를 가지는 당사자를 지칭하기 위해 이 문서에서 사용될 수 있습니다. Dell Inc.는 Dell Inc.가 소유하지 않은 상표 및 상호에 대한 재산적 이해관계를 부인합니다. 2009 년 7월시스템 기능 | 85 시스템 기능 탁월한 성능과 신뢰도를 제공하면서, 본 UPS는 다음과 같은 특유의 장점을 지닙니다. S 전압 변동을 교정하여 사용자의 부하에 대한 조정 전압을 보장하는 승강압형 전압 조정. S 상용 전력을 사용할 수 없는 경우에도 UPS에 전력을 공급하는 스타트온 배터리 (start--on--battery) 기능. S 선택사양인 1000–1920W UPS 모델용 외장 배터리 모듈(EBM)을 갖춘 확장 런타임. S 2개의 표준 통신 포트 (USB 및 DB--9 시리얼 포트). S 전원 보호 및 제어 능력을 제고하기 위한 강화된 통신 기능을 갖춘 선택사양인 Dell Network Management Card. S 네트워크 통신 장비를 서지(surge)로부터 보호하는 네트워크 과도전류(transient) 프로텍터. S 안정적인 종료 및 전원 감시를 위한 Dell UPS Management Software로 수행되는 고급 전원 관리. S 로드 세그먼트라고 하는 별도의 콘센트 그룹을 통한 순차적 종료 및 부하 관리. S 서비스 요청 없이도 쉽게 업그레이드할 수 있는 펌웨어. S 세계적인 인증기관의 각종 인증을 득함.86 | 정보 찾아보기 정보 찾아보기 주의:안전, 환경, 및 규제 관련 정보 문서는 중요한 안전 및 규제 정보를 제공합니다. 찾는 정보 항목 정보의 소재 S UPS용 사용자 설명서 S Dell Network Management Card용 사용자 설명서 S Dell UPS Management Software 참고: 문서 및 소프트웨어 업데이트는 support.dell.com에서 조회할 수 있습니다. Dell UPS 디스크 S 사양 S UPS 설정 구성 방법 S 문제점 처리 및 해결 방법 Dell UPS 사용자 설명서 사용자 설명서는 Dell UPS 디스크 및 support.dell.com에서 조회할 수 있습니다. S 안전 지침 S 규제 정보 S 재활용 정보 안전, 환경, 및 규제 관련 정보 S 보증 정보 S 약관 (미국만 해당) S 최종사용자 라이센스 계약 Dell 보증 및 지원 정보 S 지원 정보 Dell 지원 웹사이트 — support.dell.com 참고:적절한 지원 사이트를 보려면 해당 지역이나 사업분야를 선택하십시오.설치 및 시동 | 87 설치 및 시동 주의:본 문서의 절차를 수행하기 전에 안전, 환경, 및 규제 관련 정보 문서에 있는 안전 지침 및 중요한 규제정보를 읽고 준수하십시오. 주의:캐비닛은 무겁습니다[500W : 11.6 kg (25.6 lb); 1000W : 18.3 kg (40.3 lb); 1920/1500W : 30.5 kg (67.2 lb)]. 주의하여 캐비닛의 포장을 풀고 캐비닛을 옮기십시오. 이 절은 귀하의 시스템을 처음 설치하는 절차를 설명합니다. 시스템 포장풀기 1 시스템 포장을 풀고 각 품목을 확인하십시오. 2 포장은 해당 처리방식에 따라 폐기하거나 재활용하십시오. 또는, 추후 사용하려면 보관하십시오.88 | 설치 및 시동 UPS 확인하기 이 절에서는 Dell Tower UPS의 앞면 패널과 뒷면 패널을 보여줍니다. 모든 뒷면 패널의 세부에 대해서는 Dell Line--Interactive Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, 1920/1500W 사용자 설명서를 참조하십시오. 덮개 걸쇠 덮개 걸쇠 LCD패널 스크롤 버튼(위로 또는 뒤로) 버튼 선택 스크롤 버튼(아래로 또는 앞으로) 그림 1. Dell Tower UPS 통신 포트 6개의5-15콘센트 (로드 세그먼트1) 네트워크 과도전류 프로텍터 USB포트 UPS통신 베이 ON/OFF버튼 IEC-C14입력 커넥터 2개의5-15콘센트 (로드 세그먼트 2) EBM 커넥터 그림 2. UPS 뒷면 패널 (1000W, 120V 뒷면 패널)설치 및 시동 | 89 UPS 앞면 덮개 제거하기 3 UPS 앞면 덮개를 제거하십시오. 두 개의 덮개 걸쇠를 밀어서 앞면 덮개를 풀고 당겨 올리십시오. 배터리 덮개 제거하기 4 금속 배터리 덮개의 손나사를 풀고 들어올려 덮개를 제거하십시오.90 | 설치 및 시동 내부 배터리 커넥터 연결하기 5 내부 배터리 커넥터를 연결하십시오. 6 금속 배터리 덮개를 교체하십시오. 나사에 0.7 N·m (6.2 lb in)의 토크를 주십시오. 7 UPS 앞면 덮개를 교체하십시오.설치 및 시동 | 91 장비 연결하기 9 장비를UPS로 연결 컴퓨터에서UPS로 통신 케이블을 연결(선택사양) 8 8 Dell UPS Management Software를 사용하실 계획이라면, 제공된 케이블을 이용하여 컴퓨터를 USB 포트나 RS--232 포트로 연결하십시오. 9 보호할 장비를 UPS 출력 콘센트에 꽂되 켜지는 마십시오. 참고: 과부하 경보를 방지하려면 장비의 전체 정격사양이 UPS 용량을 초과하지 않도록 확인하십시오.92 | 설치 및 시동 전원 코드 연결하기 10 UPS로 입력되는 전원이 전원코드 전류 정격에 따라 업스트림 과전류 보호를 받고 있는지 확인하십시오. 11 UPS로 입력되는 전원이 적당한 업스트림 과전류에 대해 보호 받고 있는지 확인하십시오. 표 1. 최소 업스트림 회로차단기 정격 UPS 출력 전원 120V 208V 230V 500W 15A — 15A 1000W 15A — 15A 1500W (100V) 1920W 20A — 15A 12 UPS 전원코드를 전원 콘센트에 연결하십시오.설치 및 시동 | 93 UPS 시동하기 13 UPS 앞면 패널의 버튼을 누르십시오. 시동 완료하기 14 UPS가 정상적으로 작동하고 있고 모든 부하가 전력을 공급받고 있음을 표시하는, 정상 아이콘 이 UPS 상태 요약 화면에 나타나는지 확인하십시오. 15 UPS 상태 요약 화면에서, 활성 경보나 통지를 확인하려면 버튼을 누르십시오. 후속 작업을 계속하기 전에 활성 경보를 처리하십시오. Dell Line--Interactive Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, 1920/1500W 사용자 설명서의 "장애처리"를 참조하십시오. 활성 경보가 없을 경우, "활성 경보 없음" 메시지가 나타납니다. 16 기타 공장설정값을 변경하려면 Dell Line--Interactive Tower UPS 500W, 1000W, 1920/1500W 사용자 설명서의 "작동"을 참조하십시오.94 | 설치 및 시동Delltタワー型UPS 500W、1000W、および1920/1500W はじめに システムについて H900N, J715N, K788N, H914N, J716N, K789N www.dell.com | support.dell.com注意および警告 注記: 「注記」は、ソフトウェアを有効に利用するための重要な情報を示しています。 危険: 「危険」は、回避しないとほぼ確実に死亡、または重傷を招く危険な状況を示しています。 警告: 「警告」は、回避しないと死亡、または重傷を招く潜在的に危険な状況を示しています。 注意: 「注意」は、回避しないと軽傷、または中程度の傷害を招く恐れがある潜在的に危険な状況を示 しています。 危険: 避しないとほぼ確実に死亡、または重傷を招く危険な状況を防ぐため、以下の説明をよくお読みくだ さい。 S このUPSの中には致死的な電圧が掛かっています。 すべての修理や点検は、公認のサービ ススタッフのみが行わなければいけません。 当資料の情報は、予告なく変更されることがあります。 E 2009 Dell Inc.無断複写・転載を禁じます。 Dell Inc.の書面による許可のない複写は、いかなる形態においても厳重に禁じられています。. DellおよびDELLのロゴは、Dell Inc.の登録商標です:Phillipsは、Phillips Screw Companyの登録商標です。 本書に使用されているその他の登録商標および商標名は、商標や名称を主張する事業体、あるいは製品のいずれかに言及しま す。Dell Inc.は、Dell自身が所有する登録商標および商標権におけるいかなる所有権を一切放棄します。 2009年7月システムの特徴 | 97 システムの特徴 UPSは優れた性能や信頼性を提供し、以下のような独自の利点がございます: S 電圧変動を修正することで、負荷への一貫した電圧を保証する「昇降圧」電圧調節。 S 外部電力がないときでもUPSの電力を入れることができる始動電池の能力。 S 拡張ランタイムおよびオプションとして1000--1920W UPS型用 の外付けバッテリーモジュール(外付けバッテリーモジュール)付き。 S 2つの標準通信ポート(USBおよびDB--9シリアルポート)。 S オプションとして、増加電力の保護や制御を行う高度通信機能付きDell ネットワークマネージメントカード。 S サージからネットワーク通信装置を保護するネットワーク過度電流プロテクタ。 S スムースなシャットダウンや電力管理を行うDell UPS制御ソフトウェアおよび高度電力 管理。 S 負荷セグメントと呼ばれる個別のレセプタクルグループを通じた逐次シャットダウンおよび 負荷制御。 S カスタマーサービスに問い合わせる必要なく、 簡単にアップグレードができるファームウェア。 S 世界中の代理店の承認による支持。98 | 情報検出 情報検出 注意:: 安全、環境、規則に関する情報資料には、安全および規定に関する重要情報が含まれています。 どんな情報をお探しですか? こちらでご覧いただけます S UPSユーザーガイド S Dellネットワークマネージメントカード用の ユーザーガイド S Dell UPS制御ソフトウェア 注記:説明書およびソフトウェアの更新情報 は、support.dell.comでご確認いただけます。 Dell UPS ディスク S 仕様 S UPSの設定方法 S トラブルシューティングおよび問題の解決方法 Dell UPS ユーザーガイド ユーザーガイドはDell UPSディスクおよび support.dell.comで入手することができます。 S 安全に関する説明書 S 規則に関する情報 S リサイクルに関する情報 安全、環境、規則に関する情報 S 保証情報 S 使用上の条件(アメリカのみ) S エンドユーザー使用許諾契約 Dell 保証およびサポート情報 S サポート情報 Dell サポート用ウェブサイト ‒ support.dell.com 注意:使用する地域や事業区分を選択し、 適切なサポートサイトをご覧ください。インストールおよび設定 | 99 インストールおよび設定 注意:: 当資料の手順を実施する前に、安全、環境、規則に関する情報資料に記載されている安全に関す る説明書および重要な規制情報をご覧いただき、これらの情報に従ってください。 注意:: キャビネットの重量[500W: 11.6 kg (25.6 lb); 1000W: 18.3 kg (40.3 lb); 1920/1500W: 30.5 kg (67.2 lb)] 注意して開梱し、キャビネットを移動します。 このセクションは、最初におけるシステムの設定方法について説明しています。 システムの開梱 1 システムを開梱し、各項目を識別します。 2 責任を持ってパッケージを処分、またはリサイクルし、あるいは将来使えるように保管し ます。100 | インストールおよび設定 UPSの識別 このセクションは、Dellタワー型UPSのフロントパネルおよびリヤパネルを示しています。 リヤパネルの詳細に関しましては、Dellラインインタラクティブ式ラック 500W、1000W、および1920/1500W ユーザーガイドをご参照ください。 カバー止め カバー止め LCDパネル スクロールボタン (上方向、または後方) 選択ボタン スクロールボタン (下方向、または前方) 図 1. Dellタワー型UPS 通信ポート 5-15レセプタクル 6個 (負荷セグメント1) ネットワーク過度 電流プロテクタ USBポート カバーを取り外します オン/オフボタン IEC-C14 入力コネクタ 5-15レセプタクル 2個 EMB コネクタ (負荷セグメント2) 図 2. UPSリヤパネル(1000W、120Vリヤパネル)インストールおよび設定 | 101 UPSのフロントカバーの取り外し方法 3 UPSのフロントカバーを取り外します。 2個のカバー止めを押し、フロントカバーを開放し、引き上げます。 バッテリーカバーの取り外し方 4 金属製バッテリーカバーの蝶ネジを外し、カバーを持ち上げて取り外します。102 | インストールおよび設定 内臓バッテリーコネクタの接続方法 5 内臓バッテリーコネクタを接続します。 6 金属製バッテリーカバーを取り外します。 ネジを0.7 N·m (6.2 lb in)のトルクで締めます。 7 UPSフロントカバーを取り外します。インストールおよび設定 | 103 装置の接続方法 9 装置をUPSへ接続 コンピューターからUPSへの通信 ケーブルを接続(オプション) 8 8 Dell UPS制御ソフトウェアを使用する場合は、同梱のケーブルを使って、 コンピューターをUSBポートやRS--232ポートへ接続してください。 9 保護する装置をUPS出力レセプタクルに差し込みます。ただし保護装置の電源は入れない でください。 注記:: 過負荷アラームを防ぐため、装置の定格の合計がUPSの容量を超えていないか確認してください。104 | インストールおよび設定 電源コードの接続方法 10 UPSへの電源入力には、電源コードの定格電流に従い、逆流過電流保護があるか確認して ください。 11 UPSへの電源入力には、十分な逆流過電流保護があるか確認してください。 表 1. 上流遮断機最小定格 UPS出力 120V 208V 230V 500W 15A — 15A 1000W 15A — 15A 1500W (100V時) 1920W 20A — 15A 12 UPSの電源コードを電源コンセントに差し込みます。インストールおよび設定 | 105 UPSの起動方法 13 UPSのリヤパネルの ボタンを押します。 起動の完了 14 UPSが正常に動作し、負荷電力があることを示す「正常」アイコン がUPSのステータス 要約画面に現れていることをお確かめください。 15 アクティブになっているアラームや通知を確かめるには、UPSステータス要約画面の ボタ ンを押します。 続ける前に、アクティブになっているアラームを解消してください。Dell ラインインタラクティブ式ラック 500W、1000W、および1920/1500W ユーザーガイドの 「トラブルシューティング」をご参照ください。 アクティブになっているアラームがない場合は、「アクティブアラームなし」と表示され たメッセージが現れます。 16 その他の工場出荷時設定の変更は、Dellラインインタラクティブ式ラック 500W、1000W、および1920/1500W ユーザーガイドの「操作方法」をご参照ください。106 | インストールおよび設定*1642018091* 164201809 1 Dell Multi-UPS Management Console and UPS Local Node Manager Software Version 01.06 User Guide Update MUMC and ULNM Software v01.06 User Guide Update December 2012 2 Operating Systems supported by MUMC and ULNM MUMC and ULNM v01.06 support the following systems: Operating system MUMC ULNM Service Pack Platform Software version Service Pack Platform Software version x86 x64 V1.04 V1.06 x86 x64 V1.04 V1.06 Windows Server 2012 Windows Small Business Server 2012 Standard Latest √ √ Latest √ √ Windows Server 2011 Windows Small Business Server 2011 Standard Latest √ √ √ Latest √ √ √ Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard, Enterprise, Datacenter SP1 √ √ √ SP1 √ √ √ Windows Server 2008 R1 Standard, Enterprise, Datacenter SP2 √ √ √ √ SP2 √ √ √ √ Windows Server 2008 Small Business Server R2 Latest √ √ √ √ Latest √ √ √ √ Windows Server 2008 Small Business Server Latest √ √ √ √ Latest √ √ √ √ Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 Standard, Enterprise, Datacenter R2 SP2 √ √ √ √ SP2 √ √ √ √ Windows Server 2003 Standard, Enterprise, Datacenter R1 SP1 √ √ √ √ SP1 √ √ √ √ Windows Small Business Server 2003 Standard, Enterprise, Premium R2 Latest √ √ √ Latest √ √ √ Windows 8 Windows 8 (Enterprise, Premium, Professional, Ultimate, Basic) Latest √ √ Latest √ √ Windows 7 Windows 7 (Enterprise, Premium, Professional, Ultimate, Basic) SP1 √ √ √ √ SP1 √ √ √ √ Windows Vista Windows Vista (Enterprise, Ultimate, Business) SP2 √ √ √ √ SP2 √ √ √ √ Windows XP Windows XP Professional SP3 √ √ √ SP3 √ √ √ RedHat Enterprise Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 √ √ √ Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 √ √ √ √ Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.9 √ √ √ √ Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 √ √ √ √ Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 √ √ √ √ Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform 5.4 (Latest U7 √ √ √ √MUMC and ULNM Software v01.06 User Guide Update December 2012 3 Update) Red Hat Enterprise Linux Base Server 5.4 (Latest Update) U7 √ √ √ √ Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5 U6 √ √ √ √ Fedora core 15 √ √ √ √ Fedora core 14 √ √ √ √ SUSE/Novel SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP2 √ √ √ √ SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP1 √ √ √ √ SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP4 √ √ √ √ OpenSuse 11.4 √ √ √ √ OpenSuse 11.2 √ √ √ √ Debian GNU Linux Debian 6 (Squeeze) √ √ √ √ Debian 5 (Lenny) √ √ √ Ubuntu 12.10 √ √ √ √ 12.04 LTS √ √ √ √ 11.04 LTS √ √ √ √ 10.04 LTS √ √ √ √ Virtualization environments supported by MUMC and ULNM MUMC and ULNM v01.06 support the following environments: Virtualization Environment MUMC ULNM Service Pack Platform Software version Service Pack Platform Software version x86 x64 V1.04 V1.06 x86 x64 V1.04 V1.06 VMware ESXi 5.1 (pay version only) √ √ √ √ ESXi 5.0 (pay version only) U1 √ √ √ U1 √ √ √ ESX 4.0 (pay version only) U4 √ √ √ U4 √ √ √ ESXi 4.1 (pay version only) U4 √ √ √ U4 √ √ √ ESX 4.0 (pay version only) √ √ √ √ √ √ ESXi 4.1 (pay version only) √ √ √ √ √ √ Microsoft HyperV Windows Hyper-V Server 2012 √ √ √ √ Windows Hyper-V Server 2008 R2 √ √ √ √ √ √ Windows Hyper-V Server 2008 √ √ √ √ √ √ Citrix XenServer 6.0 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ XenServer 5.6 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ OpenSource Xen 2.6 on RHEL 5 √ √ √ √ √ √ OpenSource Xen 3.2 on Debian 5 √ √ √ √ √ √ KVM KVM 0.12.1.2 on RHEL 6 and Debian 5 √ √ √ √ √ √MUMC and ULNM Software v01.06 User Guide Update December 2012 4 Virtualization consoles and features supported by MUMC and ULNM MUMC and ULNM v01.06 support the following virtual environment consoles and features: Virtualization consoles and features MUMC ULNM Service Pack Platform Software version Service Pack Platform Software version x86 x64 V1.04 V1.06 x86 x64 V1.04 V1.06 VMware console vCenter √ √ √ √ VMware feature vMotion √ √ √ √ vSphere √ Microsoft HyperV console SCVMM 2012 √ √ √ √ Microsoft HyperV feature LiveMigration √ √ √ √ Citrix console XenCenter √ √ √ √ Citrix feature XenMotion Live Migration √ √ √ √ Release notes MUMC and ULNM version 01.06 Operating systems updates compatibility:  Windows 8  Add new etoast notification tool for operating system providing Metro interface.  SCVMM 2012  ESXi 5.1  RedHat 6.3 Bug fixes:  Remove vCenter plugin does not remove MUMC tab in vCenter  Fix issue with IE10 (Windows 8) compatibility  Fix bad icon in Windows 8 task bar when notification popup is displayed  Fix a crash when special network interfaces are set. This crash has been reported in Red Hat 5.6 using a tuned interface created via openvpn. MUMC and ULNM Software v01.06 User Guide Update December 2012 5 MUMC and ULNM version 01.04 Usability enhancementsto the graphical userinterface  Systemtraymenu added (Windows) including ability to stop/startservice fromthe tray icon contextual menu  Improved alarmacknowledgement options, and audible alarmadded to notification events  Improved eventsorting options  Display of active powerin watts, not Volt‐Amps  UPS shutdown settingsmenu now available in shutdownmenu location Newfunctionality in the graphical userinterface  Improvedmass configuration ofmultipleDellUPSNetwork Cards andULNM agents  XML v4 implementation forimproved security  Improved reverse name resolution capabilitiesforULNM agents and hardware nodes  Enhanced detection of communication loss, which is now available as a shutdown criteria  Added ability to forceUDP or TCP subscription forNMC  MUMC now can be registered as “powered application” inNMC Web interface.  Database logs optimized to handle largerinstallations Expanded virtualization platform support and integration  XenCenter plugin  Force VM shutdown inHA clusters using Remote Virtual Machine Shutdown (RVMS)  Smoother operation of hostmanagementshutdown  Improved documentation for VMware setup Supportfortwo or moreUPSs powering redundant powersupply unit(PSU) devices  UPS software considersmultipleUPS battery status before reaching “low battery” status and shutting down servers.  Ability to create virtual composite groups ofUPSstomanage redundantinstallations as one device Support ofDell’s unique power metrics  Peak headroom, peak consumption, allmetrics now in Watts(W) and not Volt‐Amps(VA). Virtualization  Subscribe MUMC isshown as a “notified application” in theUPSNMC card when a VM host node has a UPS configured in MUMC. MicrosoftIntegration  Trigger vCenter vMotion™ and SCVMM Live Migration™ applications  Transparentlymove virtualmachinesfroma server affected by a powerinterruption to a non‐affected serverMUMC and ULNM Software v01.06 User Guide Update December 2012 6 Citrix integration  XenServer: Remote shutdown from MUMC,remotemaintenance from MUMC, can Add/Protect a XenServerin MUMC  XenCenter: Create an MUMC XenCenter plug‐in, agent‐less hostmanagementfrom MUMC, agent‐less XenMotion VMware integration  Removed the prerequisite of Pearl SDK installation for MUMC to communicate with VMware vCenter  New power events and alarmslogs created in VMware vCenter console  Added ability to force VM shutdown forHA clusters  Can now Add/Protect a standalone ESX/ESXi in MUMC without vCenter Linux Support  Added supportforlatest Linux distributions(seeUserGuide forfull list) Bug fixes:  Crash when emc2 runs out of resources (memory)  ULNM does not detect UPS connected with USB connectivity  Transfer to high efficiency mode not visible in the events list  MUMC may lose nodes, and generates alarms on non‐UPS SNMP devices  When a proxy client reaches shutdown time, all other proxy clients along with server get shut down  No communication lost after network cable is removed  Make sure Scan and communication behaves correctly when USB module is not present  Proxy: when changing power source, previous endpoint is not removed  MUMC upgrade will disable the "Set as Power Source"  ULNM in connected mode in Notified Applications of NMC  Event Pane in Power Source View is Off by One  Detect Lansafe, Netwatch, Lansafe Web View in the installer  Silent uninstall does not remove the install folder Other bug fixes and improvements:  Outlet management improvements  Scan sometime never stops  Removing devices hangs the server FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGCover.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 – FOR PROOF ONLY Template Last Updated -03/06/2010 Dell PowerConnect 5500 Series System User Guide Regulatory Models: PowerConnect 5524, 5524P, 5548, 5548PNotes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your system. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. ____________________ Information in this document is subject to change without notice. © 2013 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden. Trademarks used in this text: Dell™, the DELL logo, Dell Precision™, OptiPlex™, Latitude™, PowerEdge™, PowerVault™, PowerConnect™, OpenManage™, EqualLogic™, KACE™, FlexAddress™ and Vostro™ are trademarks of Dell Inc. Intel®, Pentium®, Xeon®, Core™ and Celeron® are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. AMD® is a registered trademark and AMD Opteron™, AMD Phenom™, and AMD Sempron™ are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows Server®, MS-DOS® and Windows Vista® are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Red Hat Enterprise Linux® and Enterprise Linux® are registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Novell® is a registered trademark and SUSE ™ is a trademark of Novell Inc. in the United States and other countries. Oracle® is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Citrix®, Xen®, XenServer® and XenMotion® are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. VMware®, Virtual SMP®, vMotion®, vCenter®, and vSphere® are registered trademarks or trademarks of VMWare, Inc. in the United States or other countries. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this publication to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. Regulatory Models PC5524, PC5524P, PC5548 and PC5548P March 2013 A07FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm Contents 3 Contents 1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 2 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 IP Version 6 (IPv6) Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Stack Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Power over Ethernet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Green Ethernet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Head of Line Blocking Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Flow Control Support (IEEE 802.3X) . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Back Pressure Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Virtual Cable Testing (VCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Auto-Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 MDI/MDIX Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 MAC Address Supported Features . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Layer 2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 IGMP Snooping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Port Mirroring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Broadcast Storm Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm 4 Contents VLAN Supported Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Spanning Tree Protocol Features . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Link Aggregation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Quality of Service Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Device Management Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Security Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Port Profile (CLI Macro) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Protected Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 iSCSI Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Proprietary Protocol Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 3 Hardware Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Device Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Device Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 LED Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 4 Stacking Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Stack Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Stack Members and Unit IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm Contents 5 5 Configuring the Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Configuration Work Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Connecting the Switch to the Terminal . . . . . . . . . 59 Booting the Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Configuring the Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Configuration Using the Setup Wizard . . . . . . . . . 61 6 Advanced Switch Configuration . . . . . . . 67 Using the CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Accessing the Device Through the CLI . . . . . . . . . 71 Retrieving an IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Security Management and Password Configuration . . 75 Configuring Login Banners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Startup Menu Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Software Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 7 Using Dell OpenManage Administrator. . 87 Starting the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Understanding the Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Using the Switch Administrator Buttons . . . . . . . . 91 Field Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Common GUI Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm 6 Contents GUI Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 8 Network Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Port Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 ACLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 ACL Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Proprietary Protocol Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Time Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Dot1x Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 9 Configuring System Information . . . . . . 155 General Switch Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Time Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 IP Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Management Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 File Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Stack Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm Contents 7 sFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 10 Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Jumbo Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Green Ethernet Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Protected Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Port Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Port Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 LAG Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Storm Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Port Mirroring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 11 Address Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Static Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Dynamic Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 12 GARP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 GARP Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 GARP Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm 8 Contents 13 Spanning Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Spanning Tree Protocol Overview. . . . . . . . . . . 435 Global Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 STP Port Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 STP LAG Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Rapid Spanning Tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Multiple Spanning Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 14 VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Virtual LAN Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 VLAN Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Port Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 LAGs Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 Protocol Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Protocol Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 GVRP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Private VLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494 Voice VLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498 15 Link Aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 Link Aggregation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 LACP Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm Contents 9 LAG Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 16 Multicast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 Multicast Support Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 Global Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 Bridge Multicast Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 Bridge Multicast Forward All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 IGMP Snooping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 Unregistered Multicast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533 Multicast TV VLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 17 LLDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 LLDP Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 LLDP Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542 LLDP Port Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546 MED Network Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549 LLDP MED Port Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552 Neighbors Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557 18 Dynamic ARP Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 Dynamic ARP Inspection Overview. . . . . . . . . . . 561 Global Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm 10 Contents Dynamic ARP Inspection List . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564 Dynamic ARP Inspection Entries . . . . . . . . . . . 566 VLAN Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568 Trusted Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 19 DHCP Snooping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 DHCP Snooping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 DHCP Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586 20 iSCSI Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594 Optimizing iSCSI Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 Global Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 iSCSI Targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 iSCSI Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603 Configuring iSCSI Using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 21 Statistics/RMON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606 Table Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 RMON Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 Charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm Contents 11 22 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 QoS Features and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653 QoS Basic Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669 QoS Advanced Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678 QoS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\Dell_ContaxUG_PrintTOC.fm 12 ContentsDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 13 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY 1 Preface PowerConnect 5524/5548 and PowerConnect 5524P/5548P are stackable, advanced multi-layer devices. This guide contains the information needed for installing, configuring, and maintaining the device through the web-based management system, called the OpenManage Switch Administrator. This guide describes how to configure each system through the web-based management system and through CLI commands. The CLI Reference Guide, which is available on the Documentation CD, provides additional information about the CLI commands. 14 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGPrefix.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLYDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 15 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY 2 Features This section describes the features of the PowerConnect 5524/P and 5548/P switches. For a complete list of all updated device features, see the latest software version Release Notes. This section contains the following topics: • IP Version 6 (IPv6) Support • Stack Support • Power over Ethernet • Green Ethernet • Head of Line Blocking Prevention • Flow Control Support (IEEE 802.3X) • Back Pressure Support • Virtual Cable Testing (VCT) • Auto-Negotiation • MDI/MDIX Support • MAC Address Supported Features • Layer 2 Features • IGMP Snooping • Port Mirroring • Broadcast Storm Control • VLAN Supported Features • Spanning Tree Protocol Features • Link Aggregation • Quality of Service Features • Quality of Service Features • Device Management Features16 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY • Security Features • DHCP Server • Protected Ports • iSCSI Optimization • Proprietary Protocol Filtering IP Version 6 (IPv6) Support The device functions as an IPv6-compliant host, as well as an IPv4 host (also known as dual stack). This enables device operation in a pure IPv6 network as well as in a combined IPv4/IPv6 network. For more information, see "IP Addressing" on page 209. Stack Support The system supports up to eight units with two fixed HDMI stacking ports. The HDMI ports are 1.3a specification, Category 2 High Speed cables, 340 MHz (10.2 Gbit/s). it is recommended to use HDMI cable version 1.4 The stacking feature supports the following features: • Fast-link failover • Software auto-synch. • Improved response time to events, such as master failover • Auto-numbering algorithm when choosing unit number For more information, see "Stacking Overview" on page 45 Power over Ethernet Power over Ethernet (PoE) provides power to devices over existing LAN cabling, without updating or modifying the network infrastructure. When PoE is used, the network devices do not have to be placed next to a power source. PoE can be used in the following applications: • IP Phones • Wireless Access PointsDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 17 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY • IP Gateways • PDAs • Audio and video remote monitoring For more information, see "Power over Ethernet" on page 162. Green Ethernet Green Ethernet, also known as Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE), is an effort to make networking equipment environmentally friendly, by reducing the power usage of Ethernet connections. The Short-Reach method, which reduces power over Ethernet cables shorter than 40m, is supported by the device. For more information, see "Green Ethernet Configuration" on page 390. Head of Line Blocking Prevention Head of Line (HOL) blocking results in traffic delays and frame loss caused by traffic competing for the same egress port resources. To prevent HOL blocking, the device queues packets, and packets at the head of the queue are forwarded before packets at the end of the queue. Flow Control Support (IEEE 802.3X) Flow control enables lower-speed devices to communicate with higher-speed devices, by requesting that the higher-speed device refrain from sending packets. Transmissions are temporarily halted to prevent buffer overflows. For more information, see "Flow Control" on page 386. Back Pressure Support On half-duplex links, the receiving port prevents buffer overflows by occupying the link so that it is unavailable for additional traffic. For more information, see "Protected Ports" on page 394.18 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Virtual Cable Testing (VCT) VCTdetects and reports copper link cabling faults, such as open cables and cable shorts. For more information, see "Diagnostics" on page 255. Auto-Negotiation Auto-negotiation enables the device to advertise modes of operation. The auto-negotiation function enables an exchange of information between two devices that share a point-to-point link segment, and automatically configures both devices to take maximum advantage of their transmission capabilities. The PowerConnect 5500 series enhances auto-negotiation by providing port advertisement. Port advertisement enables the system administrator to configure the port speeds that are advertised. For more information, see "Port Configuration" on page 403 or "LAG Configuration" on page 409. MDI/MDIX Support Standard wiring for end stations is known as Media-Dependent Interface (MDI), and standard wiring for hubs and switches is known as MediaDependent Interface with Crossover (MDIX). If auto-negotiation is enabled, the device automatically detects whether the cable connected to an RJ-45 port is MDIX (crossed) or MDI (straight). This enables both types to be used interchangeably. If auto-negotiation is not enabled, only MDI (straight) cables can be used. For more information, see "Port Configuration" on page 403 or "LAG Configuration" on page 409. MAC Address Supported Features MAC Address Capacity Support The device supports up to 16K MAC addresses and it reserves specific MAC addresses for system use.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 19 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Static MAC Entries MAC entries can be manually entered in the Bridging Table, as an alternative to learning them from incoming frames. These user-defined entries are not subject to aging, and are preserved across resets and reboots. For more information, see "Static Addresses" on page 424. Self-Learning MAC Addresses The device enables controlled MAC address learning from incoming packets. The MAC addresses are stored in the Bridging Table. For more information, see "Dynamic Addresses" on page 427. Automatic Aging for MAC Addresses MAC addresses from which no traffic is received for a given period, are aged out. This prevents the Bridging Table from overflowing. For more information, see "Dynamic Addresses" on page 427. VLAN-Aware MAC-Based Switching The device always performs VLAN-aware bridging. Classic bridging (IEEE802.1D), in which frames are forwarded based only on their destination MAC address, is not performed. However, a similar functionality can be configured for untagged frames. Frames addressed to a destination MAC address that is not associated with any port are flooded to all ports of the relevant VLAN. MAC Multicast Support Multicast service is a limited Broadcast service that enables one-to-many and many-to-many connections for information distribution. In Layer 2 Multicast service, a single frame is addressed to a specific Multicast address, from which copies of the frame are transmitted to the relevant ports. When Multicast groups are statically enabled, you can set the destination port of registered groups, as well as define the behavior of unregistered Multicast frames. For more information, see "Multicast" on page 516.20 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Layer 2 Features IGMP Snooping Internet Group Membership Protocol (IGMP) Snooping examines IGMP frame contents, when they are forwarded by the device from work stations to an upstream Multicast router. From the frame, the device identifies work stations configured for Multicast sessions, and which Multicast routers are sending Multicast frames. The IGMP Querier simulates the behavior of a Multicast router. This enables snooping of the Layer 2 Multicast domain even if there is no Multicast router. For more information, see "IGMP Snooping" on page 527. Port Mirroring Port mirroring monitors network traffic by forwarding copies of incoming and outgoing packets from a monitored port to a monitoring port. Users specify which target port receives copies of all traffic passing through a specified source port. For more information, see "Port Mirroring" on page 417. Broadcast Storm Control Storm Control enables limiting the number of Multicast and Broadcast frames accepted by and forwarded by the device. When Layer 2 frames are forwarded, Broadcast and Multicast frames are flooded to all ports on the relevant VLAN. This occupies bandwidth, and loads all nodes connected on all ports. For more information, see "Storm Control" on page 414.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 21 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY VLAN Supported Features VLAN Support VLANs are collections of switching ports that comprise a single Broadcast domain. Packets are classified as belonging to a VLAN, based on either the VLAN tag or on a combination of the ingress port and packet contents. Packets sharing common attributes can be grouped in the same VLAN. For more information, see "VLANs" on page 466. Port-Based Virtual LANs (VLANs) Port-based VLANs classify incoming packets to VLANs, based on their ingress port. For more information, see "Defining VLAN Membership Using CLI Commands" on page 473. Full 802.1Q VLAN Tagging Compliance IEEE 802.1Q defines an architecture for virtual, bridged LANs, the services provided in VLANs, and the protocols and algorithms involved in the provision of these services. For more information, see "Virtual LAN Overview" on page 467. GVRP Support GARP VLAN Registration Protocol(GVRP) provides IEEE 802.1Qcompliant VLAN pruning and dynamic VLAN creation. When GVRP is enabled, the device registers and propagates VLAN membership on all ports that are part of the active underlying Spanning Tree Protocol topology. For more information, see "GVRP Parameters" on page 490. Voice VLAN Voice VLAN enables network administrators to enhance VoIP service by configuring ports to carry IP voice traffic from IP phones on a specific VLAN. VoIP traffic has a preconfigured OUI prefix in the source MAC address. Network administrators can configure VLANs from which voice IP traffic is 22 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY forwarded. Non-VoIP traffic is dropped from the Voice VLAN in Auto-Voice VLAN Secure mode. Voice VLAN also provides QoS to VoIP, ensuring that the quality of voice does not deteriorate if the IP traffic is received unevenly. For more information, see "Voice VLAN" on page 498. Guest VLAN Guest VLAN provides limited network access to unauthorized ports. If a port is denied network access via port-based authorization, but the Guest VLAN is enabled, the port receives limited network access through the Guest VLAN. For more information, see "Dot1x Authentication" on page 132. Private VLAN The Private VLAN feature provides Layer 2 isolation between ports that share the same Broadcast domain, or in other words, it creates a point-tomultipoint Broadcast domain. The ports can be located anywhere in the Layer 2 network (compared to the Protected Ports feature, where the ports must be in the same stack). For more information, see "Private VLAN" on page 494. Multicast TV VLAN The Multicast TV VLAN feature provides the ability to supply multicast transmissions to Layer 2-isolated subscribers, without replicating the multicast transmissions for each subscriber VLAN. The subscribers are the only receivers of the multicast transmissions. For more information, see "Multicast TV VLAN" on page 535. Spanning Tree Protocol Features Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 802.1d Spanning tree is a standard Layer 2 switch requirement that enables bridges to automatically prevent and resolve Layer 2 forwarding loops. Switches exchange configuration messages using specifically-formatted frames, and selectively enable and disable forwarding on ports. For more information, see "Spanning Tree" on page 434. Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 23 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Fast Link STP can take 30–60 seconds to converge. During this time, STP detects possible loops, enabling time for status changes to propagate and for relevant devices to respond. This period of 30-60 seconds is considered too long a response time for many applications. The Fast Link option bypasses this delay, and can be used in network topologies, where forwarding loops do not occur. For more information on enabling Fast Link for ports and LAGs, see "STP Port Settings" on page 442 or "Static Addresses" on page 424. IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Spanning Tree takes 30–60 seconds for each host to decide whether its ports are actively forwarding traffic. Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP) detects uses of network topologies to enable faster convergence, without creating forwarding loops. For more information, see "Spanning Tree" on page 434. IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Multiple Spanning Tree (MSTP) operation maps VLANs into STP instances. MSTP provides a different load balancing scenario. Packets assigned to various VLANs are transmitted along different paths within MSTP Regions (MST Regions). Regions are one or more MSTP bridges by which frames can be transmitted. The standard lets administrators assign VLAN traffic to unique paths. For more information, see "Spanning Tree" on page 434. STP BPDU Guard BPDU Guard is used as a security mechanism, to protect the network from invalid configurations. BPDU Guard is usually used either when fast link ports (ports connected to clients) are enabled or when the STP feature is disabled. When it is enabled on a port, the port is shut down if a BPDU message is received and an appropriate SNMP trap is generated. For more information, see "Spanning Tree" on page 434.24 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Link Aggregation Up to 32 Aggregated Links may be defined, each with up to eight member ports, to form a single Link Aggregated Group (LAG). This enables: • Fault tolerance protection from physical link disruption • Higher bandwidth connections • Improved bandwidth granularity • High bandwidth server connectivity A LAG is composed of ports with the same speed, set to full-duplex operation. For more information, see "LAG Configuration" on page 409. Link Aggregation and LACP LACP uses peer exchanges across links to determine, on an ongoing basis, the aggregation capability of various links, and continuously provides the maximum level of aggregation capability achievable between a given pair of devices. LACP automatically determines, configures, binds, and monitors the port binding within the system. For more information, see "Link Aggregation" on page 508. BootP and DHCP Clients DHCP enables additional setup parameters to be received from a network server upon system startup. DHCP service is an on-going process. DHCP is an extension of BootP. For more information, see "DHCP IPv4 Interface" on page 214. Quality of Service Features Class of Service 802.1p Support The IEEE 802.1p signaling technique is an OSI Layer 2 standard for marking and prioritizing network traffic at the data link/MAC sub-layer. 802.1p traffic is classified and sent to the destination. No bandwidth reservations or limits Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 25 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY are established or enforced. 802.1p is a spin-off of the 802.1Q (VLANs) standard. 802.1p establishes eight levels of priority, similar to the IP Precedence IP Header bit-field. Advanced QoS Frames that match an ACL and were permitted entrance are implicitly labeled with the name of the ACL that permitted their entrance. Advanced mode QoS actions defined in network policies can then be applied to these flows. The switch can set DSCP values and map IPv6 DSCP to egress queues in the same way it does for IPv4. The switch detects IPv6 frames by the IPv6 ethertype. For more information about Advanced QoS, see "QoS Advanced Mode" on page 678. TCP Congestion Avoidance The TCP Congestion Avoidance feature activates an algorithm that breaks up or prevents TCP global synchronization on a congested node, where the congestion is due to multiple sources sending packets with the same byte count. For more information, see "The following is an example of the CLI commands:" on page 666. Device Management Features SNMP Alarms and Trap Logs The system logs events with severity codes and timestamps. Events are sent as SNMP traps to a Trap Recipient List. For more information, see "SNMP" on page 314.26 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY SNMP Versions 1, 2, and 3 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) over the UDP/IP protocol controls access to the system. A list of community entries is defined, each consisting of a community string and its access privileges. There are three levels of SNMP security: read-only, read-write, and super. Only a super user can access the Community table. For more information, see "SNMP" on page 314. Web-Based Management Web-based management enables managing the system from any web browser. The system contains an Embedded Web Server (EWS) that serves HTML pages, through which the system can be monitored and configured. The system internally converts web-based input into configuration commands, MIB variable settings, and other management-related settings. Management IP Address Conflict Notification This feature validates the uniqueness of the switch's IP address, whether it is assigned manually or through DHCP. If the IP address is not unique, the switch performs actions according to the address type. If the IP address is static, see more information about this in "IPv4 Interface Parameters" on page 210. If the IP address is dynamic, see more information about this in"DHCP IPv4 Interface" on page 214. Flow Monitoring (sflow) The switch supports statistics collection, using a sampling technology called sFlow that is based on RFC 3176. The sFlow sampling technology is embedded within the switch, and provides the ability to continuously monitor traffic flows on some or all the interfaces simultaneously. For more information, see "sFlow" on page 375. Configuration File Download and Upload The device configuration is stored in a configuration file. The configuration file includes both system-wide and port-specific device configuration. The system can display configuration files as a collection of CLI commands that are stored and manipulated as text files.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 27 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Auto-Update of Configuration/Image File This feature facilitates installation of new devices. When you enable the various auto-update options, the device automatically downloads a new image or configuration file when it receives its IP address from a TFTP server, and automatically reboots, using the image or configuration file it received. For more information, see "Auto-Update/Configuration Feature" on page 338. TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol The device supports boot image, software, and configuration upload/download via TFTP. USB File Transfer Protocol The device supports boot image, software, and configuration upload/download via USB. Remote Monitoring Remote Monitoring (RMON) is an extension to SNMP that provides comprehensive network traffic monitoring capabilities. RMON is a standard MIB that defines MAC-layer statistics and control objects, enabling real-time information to be captured across the entire network. For more information, see "Statistics/RMON" on page 606. Command Line Interface Command Line Interface (CLI) syntax and semantics conform as much as possible to common, industry standards. CLI is composed of mandatory and optional elements. The CLI interpreter provides command and keyword completion to assist users and save typing. Syslog Syslog is a protocol that enables event notifications to be sent to a set of remote servers, where they can be stored, examined, and acted upon. The system sends notifications of significant events in real time, and keeps a record of these events for after-the-fact usage. For more information on Syslog, see "Logs" on page 195.28 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY SNTP The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) assures accurate network Ethernet Switch clock time synchronization up to the millisecond. Time synchronization is performed by a network SNTP server. Time sources are prioritized by strata. Strata define the distance from the reference clock. The higher the stratum (where zero is the highest), the more accurate the clock. For more information, see "Time Synchronization" on page 169. Domain Name System Domain Name System (DNS) converts user-defined domain names into IP addresses. Each time a domain name is assigned, the DNS service translates the name into a numeric IP address. For example, www.ipexample.com is translated into 192.87.56.2. DNS servers maintain domain name databases containing their corresponding IP addresses. For more information, see "Domain Name System" on page 242. 802.1ab (LLDP-MED) The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) enables network managers to troubleshoot, and enhances network management by discovering and maintaining network topologies over multi-vendor environments. LLDP discovers network neighbors by standardizing methods for network devices to advertise themselves to other systems, and to store discovered information. The multiple advertisement sets are sent in the packet Type Length Value (TLV) field. LLDP devices must support chassis and port ID advertisement, as well as system name, system ID, system description, and system capability advertisements. LLDP Media Endpoint Discovery (LLDP-MED) increases network flexibility by enabling various IP systems to co-exist on a single network LLDP. It provides detailed network topology information, emergency call service via IP phone location information, and troubleshooting information. For more information, see "LLDP" on page 540.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 29 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Security Features SSL Secure Socket Layer (SSL) is an application-level protocol that enables secure transactions of data through privacy, authentication, and data integrity. It relies upon certificates and public and private keys. Port-Based Authentication (Dot1x) Port-based authentication enables authenticating system users on a per-port basis via an external server. Only authenticated and approved system users can transmit and receive data. Ports are authenticated via the Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) server using the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP). Dynamic VLAN Assignment (DVA) enables network administrators to automatically assign users to VLANs during the RADIUS server authentication. For more information, see "Dot1x Authentication" on page 132. Locked Port Support Locked Port increases network security by limiting access on a specific port to users with specific MAC addresses. These addresses are either manually defined or learned on that port. When a frame is seen on a locked port, and the frame source MAC address is not tied to that port, the protection mechanism is invoked. For more information, see "Port Security" on page 98. RADIUS Client RADIUS is a client/server-based protocol. A RADIUS server maintains a user database that contains per-user authentication information, such as user name, password, and accounting information. RADIUS Accounting This feature enables recording device management sessions (Telnet, serial, and WEB but not SNMP) and/or 802.1x authentication sessions.30 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Due to the complexity of 802.1x setup and configuration, many mistakes can be made that might cause loss of connectivity or incorrect behavior. The 802.1x Monitor mode enables applying 802.1x functionality to the switch, with all necessary RADIUS and/or domain servers active, without actually taking any action that may cause unexpected behavior. In this way, the user can test the 802.1x setup before actually applying it. For more information, see "RADIUS" on page 291. SSH Secure Shell (SSH) is a protocol that provides a secure, remote connection to a device. SSH version 2 is currently supported. The SSH server feature enables an SSH client to establish a secure, encrypted connection with a device. This connection provides functionality that is similar to an inbound telnet connection. SSH uses RSA and DSA Public Key cryptography for device connections and authentication. For more information, see "Security Management and Password Configuration" on page 75. TACACS+ TACACS+ provides centralized security for validation of users accessing the device. TACACS+ provides a centralized, user management system, while still retaining consistency with RADIUS and other authentication processes. For more information, see "TACACS+" on page 282. Password Management Password management provides increased network security and improved password control. Passwords for SSH, Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS, and SNMP access are assigned security features. For more information, see "Password Management" on page 286. The switch provides the ability to demand strong passwords, meaning that they must contain both upper and lower-case letters, numbers, and punctuation marks. For more information, see "Password Management" on page 286.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 31 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Access Control Lists (ACL) Access Control Lists (ACL) enable network managers to define classification actions and rules for specific ingress ports. Packets entering an ingress port with an active ACL, are either admitted or denied entry and the ingress port is disabled. If they are denied entry, the user can disable the port. Dynamic ACL/Dynamic Policy Assignment (DACL/DPA) The network administrator can specify the user's ACL in the RADIUS server. After successful authentication, the user is assigned that ACL. For more information, see "Network Security" on page 97. DHCP Snooping DHCP Snooping expands network security by providing firewall security between untrusted interfaces and DHCP servers. By enabling DHCP Snooping, network administrators can differentiate between trusted interfaces connected to end-users or DHCP servers and untrusted interfaces located beyond the network firewall. For more information, see "DHCP Snooping" on page 573. ARP Inspection Dynamic ARP inspection is a security feature that validates ARP packets in a network. It intercepts, logs, and discards ARP packets with invalid IP-to-MAC address bindings. This capability protects the network from certain man-inthe-middle attacks. Port Profile (CLI Macro) Macros provide a convenient way to save and share a common configuration. A macro is a set of CLI commands with a unique name. When a macro is applied to a port, the CLI commands contained within it are executed and added to the Running Configuration file. For more information, see "Dynamic ARP Inspection" on page 560.32 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY DHCP Server Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) provides a means of passing configuration information (including the IP address of a TFTP server and a configuration file name) to hosts on a TCP/IP network. The switch can serve as a DHCP server or client. For more information on the device serving as a DHCP server, see "DHCP Server" on page 297. For more information on the device serving as a DHCP client, see "DHCP IPv4 Interface" on page 214. Protected Ports The Protected Ports feature provides Layer 2 isolation between interfaces (Ethernet ports and LAGs) that share the same Broadcast domain (VLAN) with other interfaces. For more information, see "Protected Ports" on page 394. iSCSI Optimization iSCSI optimization provides the iSCSI flows with specific priority over other network traffic. In addition, the feature provides monitoring of iSCSI sessions. For more information, see "iSCSI Optimization" on page 594. Proprietary Protocol Filtering This feature enables user control over the filtering of packets with proprietary protocols such as CDP, VTP, DTP, UDLD, PaGP, and SSTP. The user can select any combination of the protocols to be filtered, for example: CDP and VTP and UDLD. For more information, see "Network Security" on page 97. DHCP Relay and Option 82 A DHCP relay agent detects DHCP Broadcasts from DHCP clients and relays them to DHCP servers that may reside on different subnets.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 33 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY The relay agent information option (Option 82) in the DHCP protocol enables a DHCP relay agent to send additional client information, upon requesting an IP address. Option 82 specifies the relaying switch's MAC address, the port identifier, and the VLAN that forwarded the packet. For more information, see "DHCP Relay" on page 586. Identifying a Switch via LED The switch provides the ability to turn on a LED (through the GUI interface) on a specific unit or on all units in a stack for a specific length of time. For more information, see Unit Identification (Location).34 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGFeatures.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLYDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 35 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY 3 Hardware Description This section describes PowerConnect 5500 hardware. It contains the following topics: • Device Models • Device Structure • LED Definitions • Power Supplies36 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Device Models The PowerConnect 5500 switches combine versatility with minimal management requirements. This series includes the following device types: • PowerConnect 5524 — Provides 24 10/100/1000Mbps Base-T ports • PowerConnect 5524P (with PoE) — Provides 24 10/100/1000Mbps Base-T ports, along with Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) support • PowerConnect 5548 — Provides 48 10/100/1000Mbps Base-T ports • PowerConnect 5548P (with PoE) — Provides 24 10/100/1000Mbps Base-T ports, along with Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) support Each of these devices provides, in addition to the above ports, two HDMI ports, two SPF+ ports, an RS-232 console port, and a USB port, as shown in Figure 3-1. NOTE: 10/100/1000Mbps Baset-T ports are also known as Gigabit ports or G ports. Device Structure This section describes the structure of the devices. It contains the following topics: • Front Panel • Buttons and LEDs • Back Panel • Ventilation System • System LEDs • Port LEDsDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 37 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Front Panel Figure 3-1 shows the front panel of the PowerConnect 5548 device with its various ports labelled. The PowerConnect 5524 device from the PowerConnect 5548 device in that there are 24 G ports and not 48. Figure 3-2 shows the buttons/LEDs on the right side in greater detail. Figure 3-1. PowerConnect 5548 Ports The following ports are found on the devices. • 24/48 G Ports • Two XG Ports (also known as Small Form Factor Plugable (SFP)+ Ports) These are 10 Gigabit ports, designated as 1000Base-X-SFP+. The SFP+ ports are fiber transceivers designated as 10000 Base-SX or LX. They include TWSI (Two-Wire Serial Interface) and internal EPROM. • RS-232 Console Port This port is used for a terminal connection for debugging and software downloads. The default baud rate is 9,600 bps. The baud rate can be configured from 2400 bps up to 115,200 bps. • Two HDMI Ports The HDMI ports are 1.3a specification, category 2 high-speed cables, 340 MHz (10.2 Gbit/s). They are used for stacking purposes. Console SPF+ Ports USB Port HDMI Ports Giga Ports (even numbered) Port Giga Ports (odd numbered)38 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY NOTE: it is recommended to use HDMI cable version 1.4 • Single USB Port This port is used for firmware upgrade from a USB device. Buttons and LEDs LEDs on Front Panel Figure 3-2 shows the extreme, right-hand part of the front panel, which contains buttons and LEDs, in addition to ports. Figure 3-2. Button/LED Panel These LEDs are described in Table 3-1 and Table 3-2. Reset Button The PowerConnect 5500 switches have a reset button, located on the front panel that is used for manual reset (reboot) of the device. The single reset circuit of the switch is activated by power-up or low-voltage conditions. Power Status Fan RPS Reset Stacking Unit ID Master Port LEDs Console PortDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 39 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY The Reset button does not extend beyond the unit’s front, and it must be activated with a pin. Back Panel The back panel of the non-PoE models, shown in Figure 3-3, contains a Redundant Power Supply (RPS) connector, Location LED, and power connector. The back panel of the PoE models, shown in Figure 3-4, contains a Modular Power Supply (MPS) connector, Location LED, power connector, and two fan outlets. Figure 3-3. PowerConnect 5524/48 Back Panel Figure 3-4. PowerConnect 5524/48/P Back Panel The elements on the back panel are used as follows: • Locator LED — This LED is lit when the Unit Identification feature is selected. See "Unit Identification (Location)" on page 373 for more information about this feature. • RPS/MPS — Connector for auxiliary power supply. See "Power Supplies" on page 44 for more information. RPS A/C Power Supply Locator Locator MPS Fan Fan A/C Power Supply40 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY • A/C Power Supply — Connector for AC power supply. See "Power Supplies" on page 44 for more information. • Fans — Fan outlets. See "Ventilation System" on page 40 for more information. Ventilation System The PowerConnect 5500/P switches have two built-in fans. Operation can be verified by observing the LED that indicates if one or more fans are faulty (see Table 3-1). The fan outlets are shown in Figure 3-4. LED Definitions The front panel contains light emitting diodes(LEDs) that indicate the status of links, power supplies, fans, and system diagnostics. These are described below. System LEDs The system LEDs of the PowerConnect 5500 devices provide information about the power supplies, fans, thermal conditions, and diagnostics. Figure 3-2 shows the location of the system LEDS on the device. Table 3-1 describes the meaning of the colors of the system LEDs. Table 3-1. System LED Indicators LED Color Description Power Supply (PWR) Green Static The switch is turned on. Green Flashing The Locator function is enabled. Off The switch is turned off. Status Green Static The switch is operating normally. Green Flashing The switch is booting. Red Static A critical system error has occurred. Red Flashing A non-critical system error has occurred.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 41 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Stacking No. Indicates the unit ID of the device in the stack. Modular/Redundan cy Power Supply (MPS/RPS) Green Static The MPS/RPS is currently operating. Red Static The MPS/RPS failed. Off The MPS/RPS is not plugged in. Locator Green Flashing Locator function is enabled. Green Static Locator function is disabled. Master Green Static The device is a master unit. Off The device is not a master unit. Fan (FAN) Green Static All device fans are operating normally. Red Static One or more of the device fans are not operating. Table 3-1. System LED Indicators (Continued) LED Color Description 42 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Port LEDs Gigabit Ports Each Giga port has two LEDs associated with it. The speed/link (LNK) LED is located on the left side of the port, while the activity/PoE LED is located on the right side of the port. The activity/PoE LED is labelled ACT in non-PoE devices, and is labelled PoE in PoE-enabled devices, as shown in Figure 3-5. Figure 3-5. Giga Port LEDs Table 3-2 describes the LED indications for the Gigabit ports: Table 3-2. Giga Port s on non-PoE-enabled Devices LEDs LED Color Description LNK Green Flashing Link is up and the port is either transmitting or receiving at 1000 Mbs. Yellow Flashing Link is up and the port is either transmitting or receiving data at 100 Mbps. Solid green Solid amber Link is up high speed. Link is up at lower speeds. OFF The port is currently not operating. ACT Green Flashing There is activity on the port. Off There is no activity on the port. LNK ACT/PoE LNK ACT/PoEDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 43 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Table 3-3 describes the LED indications for Gigabit ports on PoE-enabled devices. HDMI Port LEDs The HDMI ports have a Speed/link (LNK) LED on their left side and an activity (ACT) LED on their right side. Table 3-4 describes the HDMP port LEDs: Table 3-3. Giga Port s on PoE-enabled Devices LEDs LED Color Description LNK Flashing green Link is up and the port is either transmitting or receiving at 1000 Mbs. Flashing amber Link is up and the port is either transmitting or receiving data at 100 Mbps. Solid green Solid amber Link is up high speed. Link is up at lower speeds. Off Port is currently not operating. PoE Flashing green There is activity on the port and the PoE is off. Flashing amber There is activity on the port and the PoE is on. Amber solid There is no activity on the port and the PoE power is on. Off There is no activity on the port and the PoE is off. Table 3-4. HDMI (Stacking) Port LEDs LED Color Description Speed/Link Solid green Port is linked to device. Off Port is currently not operating. ACT Flashing green Port is either transmitting or receiving. Off Port is not transmitting or receiving.44 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGHardware.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY SFP LEDs The SFP+ ports each have two LEDs, marked as LNK and ACT, associated with them. Figure 3-5 describes these LEDs. Stack ID LED The front panel of the device contains a Stack ID panel used to display the Unit ID for the Stack Master and members, as shown in Figure 3-2. Power Supplies The device has an internal power supply unit (AC unit) and a connector to connect PowerConnect 5500/P devices to a PowerConnect EPS-470 unit, or to a PowerConnect MPS-600 unit. The PowerConnect 5500/P devices have the following internal power supplies: • 24 Port non-PoE devices — 54 Watt. • 48 Port non-PoE devices — 100 Watt. • 24/48 Port PoE devices — 600 Watt. Operation with both power supply units is regulated through load sharing. Power supply LEDs indicate the status of the power supply. The AC power supply unit operates from 90 to 264 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz. The AC power supply unit uses a standard connector. A LED, shown in Figure 3-3, indicates whether the AC unit is connected. When the device is connected to a supplementary power source, the probability of failure in the event of a power outage decreases. Table 3-5. SFP Port LEDs LED Color Description LNK Solid green Link is at highest speed. Solid amber Link is at lowest speed. Off Port is currently not linked. ACT Flashing green Port is either transmitting or receiving.Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 45 DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY 4 Stacking Overview This section describes how the Stacking feature of the PowerConnect 5500 series functions. It contains the following topics: • Stack Overview • Stack Members and Unit IDs46 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Stack Overview The PowerConnect 5500 Stacking feature provides multiple switch management through a single switch, so that all units in the stack are treated as if they were a single switch. All stack members are accessed through the management IP address, through which the stack is managed. Each switch is a member in a stack, although the stack may consist of only a single switch. Up to eight units can be stacked. This section covers the following topics: • Stack Operation Modes • Stacking Units • Stack Topology Stack Operation Modes All stacks must have a Master unit, and may have a Master Backup unit. All other units are connected to the stack as members (slaves). A unit in the stack can be in one of the following modes: • Stack Master — Runs the fully operational software of a switch. In addition, it runs configures and manages all other units in the stack. All protocols run in the context of the Master unit. It is responsible for updating and synchronizing the Master Backup. The Stack Master detects and reconfigures the ports with minimal operational impact in the event of: Unit failure Inter-unit stacking link failure Unit insertion Unit removal When the Master unit boots, or when inserting or removing a stack member, the Master unit initiates a stacking discovering process. Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 47 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY • Slave Unit — Runs a slave version of the software that enables the applications running on the Master’s CPU to control and manage the resources of the slave unit. • Master Backup — Runs as a slave unit, as described above, and in addition, continuously monitors the existence and operation of the stack master. If the master unit fails, the master-backup unit assumes the Master Backup role. Stacking Units PowerConnect 5500 series switches use two HDMI 10G ports for stacking. To connect the units in the stack: 1 Insert one end of an HDMI cable into the left-hand HDMI port on the unit at the top of the stack and the other end into the right-hand HDMI port of the unit immediately below it (this is called crossover). 2 Repeat this process until all units are connected. 3 (Optional) Connect the left-hand HDMI port of the unit at the bottom of the stack to the right-hand HDMI port of the unit at the top of the stack. This step provides increased bandwidth and redundancy.48 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY The results of this process are shown in Figure . Figure 4-1. Stacking Ring Topology HDMI Ports Front Panel HDMI Ports Front Panel HDMI Ports Front Panel Front Panel HDMI PortsDell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 49 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Stack Topology The PowerConnect 5500 series systems operates in a ring or chain topology. Ring Topology In a ring topology all units in the stack are connected to each other, forming a circle. Each unit in the stack accepts data and sends it to the unit to which it is attached. The packet continues through the stack until it reaches its destination. The system discovers the optimal path on which to send traffic. Figure 4-1 shows units of a stack connected in a ring topology. Stacking Failover Topology - Chain Topology Difficulties occur when a unit in the ring becomes non-functional, or a link is severed. In this case, the system automatically switches to a chain topology, without any system downtime. In chain topology, each unit in the stack is connected to neighboring unit except for the last unit, which is not connected to any other unit. In the chain topology, the stack continues to function as long as there is a master- or backup-enabled unit in each segment of the stack. When the ring topology is switched to chain topology, an SNMP message is automatically generated, but no stack management action is required. The unit that failed must be repaired to restore full stacking operation in the ring topology. After the stacking issues are resolved, the units can be reconnected without interruption, and the ring topology is restored. Stack Members and Unit IDs This section describes how to configure the stack. It contains the following topics: • Adding a Unit to the Stack • Assigning Unit IDs • Selecting the Master and Master Backup Units • Switching from the Master to the Master Backup • Replacing Stacking Members50 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY • Loading Software onto Stack Members • Rebooting the Stack • Managing Configuration Files on the Stack Adding a Unit to the Stack The recommended procedure to add a unit to a stack is as follows: 1 Place the powered-off unit in its physical place in the stack, and insert the stacking link in the unit (but do not connect it to the rest of the stack). 2 Power up the unit, and set the correct Unit ID, as described below. 3 Reboot the unit and connect it to the rest of the stack through the stack link. Assigning Unit IDs Each unit in the stack has a unique ID that defines the unit’s position and function in the stack, as shown in Figure 3-2. The unit that is assigned Unit ID 1 is the Master unit, by default. The unit that is assigned Unit ID 2 is the Master Backup unit. When you power-up the stack, each unit is assigned a unique Unit ID. This is displayed on the front panel of the unit, as shown in Figure 3-2. The Unit ID of each unit can be either automatically assigned or manually assigned, as described in step 1 to step 4 below. To assign IDs to the units in the stack, do the following for each unit in the stack: 1 Connect the unit to the terminal.Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 51 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY 2 Turn on the unit to begin auto boot and press Return or Esc to abort and enter the Start Up menu. 3 Select Stack Menu to open the Stack Menu. 4 Select Set Unit Stack ID. Enter either a Unit ID for manual assignment or 0 to indicate that the unit ID will be assigned automatically. NOTE: The entire stack should be connected, as shown in Figure 4-1, before powering up the units. Selecting the Master and Master Backup Units A unit is master-enabled if it assigned Unit ID 1 and Unit 2. All other units in the stack (slaves) have unit IDs of 3-8. The stack master assignment is performed during the configuration boot process. One master-enabled stack member is elected as Master, and the other master-enabled stack member is selected as Master Backup, according to the following decision process: • A master is selected from the set of the two Master-enabled units. Priority is given to the lowest unit ID, but also takes into account the amount of time the unit is UP (Up Time) as follows: Startup Menu [1]Download Software [2]Erase Flash File [3]Password Recovery Procedure [4]Set Terminal Baud-Rate [5]Stack Menu [6]Back [1]Show Unit Stack ID [2]Set Unit Stack ID [3]Back52 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY – When a master-enabled unit is inserted to a running stack, (or when Master and Backup master both start at the same time), they exchange each other’s UP TIME (the time since they powered up). If the time difference is smaller than 10 minutes, the unit with the lowest unit ID is elected; otherwise, the unit with the longest UP time is elected. – If a Master-enabled unit (with ID 1 or 2) is inserted into an operational stack, it will be elected as a backup master. – If a Master unit and/or a backup Master unit is removed from the stack and the user wishes to configure one of the slave units (numbered 3-8) to be a Master backup, the user must reset the unit’s ID. This can be done as follows: • If there is a Master-enabled unit in the stack: Do -switch n renumber 2 (through CLI or GUI). This makes the nth unit a master-enabled unit. • If there is no Master-enabled unit in the stack: Press the reset button on the unit to be master-enabled, and assign it a unit ID= 1 using the boot menu. • The user can force a master-enabled unit to be the master unit of the stack, even if the master election process did not select it. This is done by switching over to the backup unit. NOTE: Two stacking member are considered the same age if they were inserted within a ten minute interval, for example, if Unit 2 is inserted in the first minute of a ten-minute cycle, and Unit 1 is inserted in fifth minute of the same cycle, the units are considered to be the same age. NOTE: If two stack members are discovered to have the same Unit ID, only the older unit is included in the stack. The stack continues to function and a message is sent notifying that a unit failed to join the stack. The Stack Master and the Master Backup maintain a Warm Standby. The Warm Standby ensures that the Master Backup takes over for the Stack Master if a failover occurs, so that the stack continues to operate normally. During the Warm Standby, the Master and the Master Backup are synchronized with the static configuration. When the Stacking Master is configured, it must synchronize the Master Backup. The dynamic Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide 53 FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY configuration is not saved, for example, dynamically-learned MAC addresses are not saved, but dynamic information is learned quickly and automatically by network traffic. Switching from the Master to the Master Backup The Master Backup replaces the Stack Master if one or more of the following events occur: • The Stack Master fails or is removed from the stack. • Links from the Stack Master to the stacking members fails. • User performs soft switchover via the Web interface or the CLI. Switching between the Stack Master and the Master Backup results in limited service loss. Dynamic tables are relearned if a failure occurs. The Running Configuration file is synchronized between Stack Master and the Master Backup, and continues running on the Master Backup. Replacing Stacking Members If a unit is removed from the stack, and replaced with a unit with the same unit ID, the stack member is configured with the original unit configuration. Otherwise, if the new unit has either more or fewer ports than the previous unit, the results depend on the device type of the new and original units, as defined in Table 4-1: Table 4-1. Port Configurations when Replacing Units New Unit Original Unit New Port Configuration 5548P or 5548 5548P or 5548 Port configurations remain the same. 5524 or 5524P The first 24 Giga (GE) ports receive the respective 5524/P 24 GE port configurations. The 10 G port configurations remain the same. 54 Dell PowerConnect 55xx Systems User Guide FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\gina\Desktop\Checkout_new\Maintenance Projects\Dell Contax\sources\CxUGStacking.fm DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 3/11/13 - FOR PROOF ONLY Loading Software onto Stack Members Software can be downloaded to all units simultaneously, or to the master unit alone. If software is only loaded to the master unit, when new software is selected, and the Master is rebooted, the Master updates the software on the remaining units. In this way, all units in the stack run the same software version. Rebooting the Stack Whenever a reboot occurs, topology discovery is performed, and the Master learns all units IDs in the stack. Configuration files are changed only through explicit user configuration, and are not automatically modified when units are added, removed or reassigned unit IDs. Each time the system reboots, the Startup Configuration file in the Master unit is used to configure the stack. Managing Configuration Files on the Stack The Startup Configuration and Running Configuration file are stored on the stack master. Each port in the stack is referenced in the configuration files by its port type and unit ID/0/port number, for example "gi1/0/24", which means Giga port 24 on unit 1 (the middle 0 is reserved for future use). Configuration files are managed from the Stack Master, including: • Saving to